Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198786 | AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (ARQ) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING PHYSICAL LAYER MONITORING - A communication system includes a plurality of nodes forming a wireless mesh network. A plurality of wireless communication links connect the nodes together. Each node is formed as a communications device having a physical layer and a media access control (MAC) layer in accordance with the Open System Interconnect (OSI) model and operative for transmitting and receiving communications packets to and from other nodes via the wireless communication links in an Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) mode. The physical layer monitors channel parameters of the wireless communications link when in an ARQ mode and, based on the channel parameters, communicates to the MAC layer over-the-air (OTA) parameters used for transmitting packets. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198787 | Mobile Data Object Transmission Over Wireless Communication Networks Using UDP and Two Level Protocol - Systems and methods for data communication between multiple computing devices, comprising: transmitting data through a selectable communication medium by constructing a frame for data, dividing the frame into TXU packets, dividing each TXU packet into UDP segments; grouping the UDP segments into windows; and sending each window to a second computing device; receiving the data at the second computing device comprising receiving UDP segments, assembling UDP segments to recreate TXU packets, sending an ACK message for the first UDP segment of each non-final window and for the last UDP segment of a TXU packet of a final window to the first computing device, and sending a NAK message, specifying missing segments; the first computing device, upon receiving the ACK message, sending the next window, and upon receiving a NAK message, retransmitting missing UDP segments; and at the second computing device, upon receiving a final TXU packet for a frame, recreating the frame by reassembling the TXU packets. Probe messages are sent for missing ACKs and NAKs. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198788 | Hybrid automatic repeat request system and method thereof in a communication system - A method to transmit a packet of a BS in a communication system using a HARQ scheme is provided. The method includes assigning resource for transmitting a packet to a mobile station, and transmitting a first packet to the mobile station using the assigned resource; transmitting timing information on which a second packet is transmitted to the mobile station when the BS does not receive information indicating that the mobile station decoded the first packet successfully or when the BS receives information indicating that the mobile station failed to decode the first packet; and transmitting the second packet to the mobile station on a timing point corresponding to the timing information. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198789 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING COOPERATIVE ROUTING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and method is presented for establishing relayed communications involving (1) sending a request message from a source node to a destination node through a plurality of intermediate nodes, (2) receiving the request message at the destination node, and (3) sending an acceptance message from the destination node to the source node through at least a subset of the intermediate nodes, wherein an intermediate node relays the request or acceptance message by receiving the message and re-transmitting the message, and wherein the intermediate node is capable of receiving the message from more than one other intermediate node. | 08-21-2008 |
20080205323 | Apparatus and method for resource allocation considering buffering in relay wireless communication system - A relay wireless communication system is provided. A Relay Station (RS) includes a buffer for storing packets to be sent to at least one Mobile Station (MS); a scheduler for allocating resources to the at least one mobile station of which the packets are stored to the buffer; a generator for generating a message which comprises information about at least one mobile station of which packets are not stored to the buffer; and a communicator for sending the message to a Base Station (BS) and sending the packets stored to the buffer to the at least one mobile station allocated the resources. | 08-28-2008 |
20080212512 | Method and Device for Indirect Communication Within a WiMAX Network - A method for indirect communication in a WiMAX network includes: determining a wireless broadband terrestrial transmission scheme by a base station; transmitting, in response to the wireless broadband terrestrial transmission scheme, a first preamble and a first data frame, by a first set of relay stations, towards multiple subscriber devices, substantially simultaneously; and transmitting, in response to the wireless broadband terrestrial transmission scheme, a second preamble and a second data frame by another relay station towards other subscriber devices. Wherein a coverage area of the other relay station does not substantially overlap a coverage area of any of the first set of relay stations. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212513 | Protocol Data Units and Header in Multihop Relay Network - The invention provides a data structure embodied in a computer readable media. The data structure is a protocol data packet (PDU) communicated in a mobile multihop network between stations. The data structure includes a relay media access header, a payload and an optional cyclical redundancy checksum for the protocol data unit; and an indication whether the PDU is a relay media access protocol data unit or not. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212514 | COLLISION-FREE GROUP HOPPING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for supporting data transmission with little or no control overhead are described. In an aspect, data may be sent based on a hybrid scheme that utilizes a combination of group hopping for transmissions of new packets and static grouping for retransmissions of pending packets. For the hybrid scheme, a user equipment (UE) may be assigned different resource blocks in different transmission intervals based on a hopping pattern. The first transmission of new packets may be sent on resource blocks determined based on the hopping pattern. Retransmissions of each packet, if any, may be sent on the resource block used for the first transmission of the packet. The UE may perform blind decoding to recover packets sent to the UE. In another aspect, semi-static group assignment may be used, and the UE may be assigned a group of resource blocks that may change periodically or based on trigger events. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212515 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING RELAY SCHEME - A system and method for transmitting and receiving a signal in a communication system using a relay scheme. A base station receives a first signal in a first time interval from a first mobile station which is at least one mobile station located in a third region which is a region where a first region which is a region of the base station itself overlaps with a second region which is a region of a relay station. The relay station receives a second signal in the first time interval from a second mobile station which is at least one mobile station located in a fourth region which is a region not overlapping with the first region in the second region, and receives the first signal from the first mobile station. The relay station transmits a third signal including the first signal and the second signal to the base station in a second time interval. The base station receives the third signal in the second time interval, and cancels the first signal from the third signal to detect the second signal. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212516 | Appartus and method for negotiating frame offset between base station and relay station in broadband wireless communication system using multi-hop relay scheme - Provided are an apparatus and method for negotiating a frame offset between a Base Station (BS) and a Relay Station (RS) in a wireless communication system using a multi-hop relay scheme. A communication method of a superordinate station includes, upon detecting an initial access of an relay station, determining an offset value between a frame number used in the superordinate station and a frame number to be used in the relay station; generating a message including RS frame offset information corresponding to the offset value; and transmitting the generated message to the relay station. Accordingly, since the base station and the relay station share the frame offset, the base station can transmit a specific broadcast message in advance to the relay station by considering the frame offset, and the relay station can transmit data, which has to be transmitted in synchronization with the base station at the same time point or at the same frame number, to a Mobile Station (MS) at an exact time point. | 09-04-2008 |
20080219202 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAY STATION NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY - A method and apparatus for relay station neighbor discovery by providing predictable timing for relay station preambles and route advertisements, minimizing signaling overhead by keeping these times fixed, scheduling a subset of relay stations for transmission of relay station preamble during any given transmission zone, and allowing the scanning relay stations to scan for a fraction of a frame to determine its neighbors without any repercussions to its activity in the rest of the frame. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219203 | METHOD FOR MAC PROCESS AND FLEXIBLE CONNECTION IN WIRELESS MULTI-HOP RELAYING NETWORK - A method for processing a frame received at a relay station in a wireless multi-hop relaying network, the frame including first control data in a header of the frame and second control data in a body of the frame includes examining the header of the frame to determine whether the first control data includes a tunnel identifier. The method also includes parsing the body of the frame if the first control data does not include the tunnel identifier, to retrieve the second control data, determining whether the second control data includes the tunnel identifier, classifying the frame by examining the contents of the first and second control data and forwarding the data frame. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219204 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REQUESTING PACKET RETRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for requesting packet retransmission in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes checking, by a receiving-side Automatic Retransmission reQuest (ARQ) layer, sequence numbers of received packets to determine whether there is any missing packet, and starting a first timer in association with the missing packet; stopping the first timer upon receiving an Hybrid ARQ (HARQ) reception failure indicator corresponding to the missing packet, provided from a receiving-side HARQ layer; and stopping generation of a status report message corresponding to the missing packet, and waiting for an ARQ packet corresponding to the missing packet, retransmitted from a transmitting-side ARQ layer. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219205 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RELEASING MOBILE STATION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-HOP RELAY SCHEME - Disclosed is an apparatus and method for releasing MS information in a wireless access communication system using a multi-hop relay scheme. In a method for a communication operation of a BS, when a data transmission path of an MS changes, one or more RSs from which information about the MS is to be removed are determined. Thereafter, a path removal message is generated and the path removal message is transmitted to the one or more RSs. | 09-11-2008 |
20080225774 | OPTIMAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A MULTI-HOP OFDMA WIRELESS NETWORK WITH COOPERATIVE RELAYING - An optimal resource allocation strategy for OFDMA multi-hop wireless networks is disclosed. The system allocates one or more resources in a multi-hop network by solving one or more higher-layer sub-problem; solving one or more physical layer and media access control (PHY/MAC) layer sub-problems per tone per time slot with one of cooperative relaying of radio signals or spatial reusing of radio spectrum; updating prices; and allocating radio resources based on the PHY/MAC layer sub-problems. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225775 | Physical Layer Repeater Utilizing Real Time Measurement Metrics and Adaptive Antenna Array to Promote Signal Integrity and Amplification - Embodiments of a repeater environment can be operative to deploy a feedback cancellation loop that is adaptively coupled with an antenna array such that a selected metric can be applied to the antenna array and feedback cancellation loop combination to improve signal integrity and amplification. Illustratively, the feedback cancellation loop of the exemplary repeater can be adapted by a metric that operatively adapts weights provided by performing a selected linear algebra technique to the feedback cancellation loop such that the metric can be indicative of the level of transmitter signal present at a receive and can be derived based on performing a correlation between the transmitted signal and the receiver signal. Further, operatively, the exemplary repeater can maintain a delay sufficient to preferably ensure that transmitted signal is de-correlated with the desired receiver signal, and time aligned and correlated with the feedback leakage signal. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225776 | Apparatus, methods, and computer program products providing unsolicited HARQ for system information in the downlink - In one non-limiting, exemplary embodiment, incremental HARQ combining is performed in the DL for system information (e.g., the BCCH) without the interactive ACK/NACK responses that are an element of conventional HARQ. Instead, a number of unsolicited HARQ repeats are sent. That is, one or more HARQ incremental repeats of the BCCH frame are sent without any ACK/NACK feedback (e.g., from the UE). In one non-limiting, exemplary embodiment, a method includes: transmitting a system information message from a base station to a user equipment; and retransmitting the system information message as an unsolicited HARQ message from the base station to the user equipment, wherein the unsolicited HARQ message is not triggered by an indication from the user equipment. In further exemplary embodiments, the system information message is retransmitted as the unsolicited HARQ message in order to maintain a target BLER within a coverage area of the base station. | 09-18-2008 |
20080232296 | Apparatus and method for operating relay link in relay broadband wireless communication system - Provided is a relay broadband wireless communication system. The relay broadband wireless communication system includes a plurality of base stations, and one or more relay stations. The base stations perform communication with a relay station placed within a coverage area and generate state information to be provided to the relay station. The one or more relay stations are disposed at a location allowing communication with the plurality of base stations and select one or more serving base stations based on state information received from each of the base stations. | 09-25-2008 |
20080240013 | Power Control for Compressed Mode in WCDMA System - To perform closed loop power control, a receiving station measures the signal strength of a received signal transmitted from a transmitting station, generates periodic power control commands based on the signal strength measurements, and transmits the periodic power control commands to a transmitting station to control the transmit power level of the transmitting station. A power control filter is used to adapt the power control mechanism when the transmitting station is operating in a compressed mode to compensate for intermittent transmission by the transmitting station in the compressed mode. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240014 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ASYNCHRONOUS CONTROL MESSAGE TRANSMISSION FOR DATA RETRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for data retransmission in a multihop relay wireless communication system are provided. The retransmission method includes determining whether an error is detected in data received from an upper node; generating a message indicative of the data error; and sending the message to the upper node at a time that is not appointed with the upper node. Therefore, it is possible to reduce a retransmission delay time that occurs during synchronous retransmission. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240015 | Repeater device and repeater system - A repeater device that is placed between a transmission device connected to a server device and a reception device connected to a console device that controls the server device. The repeater device repeats a signal between the transmission device and the reception device, and includes an equalizer amplifier that amplifies a signal that is received from the transmission device or another repeater device. | 10-02-2008 |
20080247349 | METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST PACKETS BASED ON A MULTI-HOP RELAY STANDARD - A method, a wireless communication system, a tangible machine-readable medium, and a communication apparatus for transmitting downlink hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) packets based on a multi-hop relay standard are provided. The wireless communication system comprises a BS, an SS, and a plurality of RSs. The BS transmits a plurality of first downlink HARQ packets to the RSs. After receiving one of the first downlink HARQ packets, at least one of the RSs replies a first ACK to the BS and retrieves a second downlink HARQ packet in the first downlink HARQ packet. Then, the at least one of the RSs transmits the second downlink HARQ packet to the SS. And the second downlink HARQ packet is the same as a part of one of the first downlink HARQ packets. | 10-09-2008 |
20080247350 | RELAY STATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF FOR USE IN A MULTI-HOP NETWORK - A relay station, a transmission method, and a tangible machine-readable medium thereof for use in a multi-hop network are provided. The relay station comprises a receiving module, a decoding module, and a transmission module. The receiving module is configured to receive a frame, the frame comprising an extended information element corresponding to the relay station. The decoding module is configured to decode the extended information element to derive at least one message. The transmission module is configured to transmit a burst according to the at least one message. | 10-09-2008 |
20080259840 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, RELAY METHOD, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF FOR USE IN A MULTI-HOP NETWORK - A relay station (RS), a relay method, a base station (BS), a transmission method, and a computer readable medium thereof are provided. The BS is configure to generate a DL-R-MAP for the BS and a first frame according to a resource usage status of the multi-hop network, and transmit the first frame in a DL relay zone according to the DL-R-MAP for the BS, wherein the first frame comprises a plurality of DL-R-MAPs for RSs, and each of the DL-R-MAPs for RSs. The RS is configure to receive the first frame from the BS, generate a second frame by removing a DL-R-MAP from the first frame, and transmit the second frame to a subordinated relay station in a DL relay zone according to the DL-R-MAP removed from the first frame. | 10-23-2008 |
20080267110 | Signaling for Multi-Hop Relay in Wireless Communication Systems - Systems and techniques for signaling between a subordinate base station and a superordinate base station in a wireless network with wireless relay stations to inform the superordinate base station of a failure in establishing an uplink related to the subordinate base station and scheduling wireless resource allocation between a base station and one or more relay stations. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267111 | Data Transmitting Method in Wireless Communication System - In a method for transmitting data from a first node to a second node through first and second relay units in a wireless communication system: a) a first symbol is transmitted from the first node to the second node and the first relay unit during a first time slot section; b) the first symbol, which is received from the first node, is transmitted from the first relay unit to the second node during a second time slot section; c) a second symbol is transmitted from the first node to the second node and the second relay unit during the second time slot section; and d) the second symbol, which is received from the first node, is transmitted from the second relay unit to the second node during a third time slot section. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267112 | DEVICE FOR REPEATING RF SIGNALS THROUGH ELECTROMAGNETIC COUPLING - A device is intended to repeat radiofrequency signals that must be exchanged between a station of a radio communication network and a communication terminal located within a space enclosed by walls. This device comprises an external repeater intended to be placed on the outer surface of a wall and comprising first electromagnetic coupling means coupled to first RF signal transmitting and/or receiving means, and an internal repeater intended to be placed on the inner surface of that same wall substantially facing the external repeater and comprising second electromagnetic coupling means coupled to second RF signal transmitting and/or receiving means. The first and second electromagnetic coupling means are configured so as to transfer, over waves, and through the wall, RF signals originating respectively from the first and second RF signal transmitting and/or receiving means. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267113 | RS-BASED NETWORK TRANSMISSION METHOD - A Relay System (RS)-based cellular network transmission method for MT having a function of single input and single output is provided. The method includes transmitting broadcast information to all RSs and Mobile Terminals (MTs); transmitting required data to each RS in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) mode; performing the operations of selection of modulation scheme, addition of CP, addition of symbols for channel estimation and selection of OFDM symbols; feeding feedback information to the Base Station (BS); transmitting a synchronization request to the BS; transmitting a synchronization acknowledgement to the RS; transmitting information to each MT belonging to the BS; transmitting information to each MT belonging to the RS; the MT belonging to the BS transmitting ACK/NACK information to the BS; the MT belonging to the RS transmitting ACK/NACK information to the BS; and the BS informing the RS of the received ACK/NACK information. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267114 | HOME (e)NODE-B WITH NEW FUNCTIONALITY - A wireless communication device is configured as an in-home node-B (H(e)NB). The H(e)NB is configured to perform a locking function to control modification of carrier and user controlled parameters, and also configured to detect a change in location. | 10-30-2008 |
20080279133 | WIRELESS ROUTER SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless router employing a technique to couple a plurality of host services or host systems and a plurality of wireless networks. A method to route data items between a plurality of mobile devices and a plurality of host systems through a common wireless router. A point-to-point communication connection is preferably established between a first host system and a common wireless router, a mobile network message at a mobile device is generated, the mobile network is transmitted via a wireless network to the common wireless router which in turn routes a data item component of the mobile network message to the appropriate host service. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279134 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION OF MOBILE TERMINAL USING RELAY DEVICE - A method and apparatus for allowing a mobile terminal to communicate using a relay device are provided. In the method, whether a communication environment between a base station and the relay device changes is determined so that information representing the change in the communication environment is selectively created, and then a communication environment between the relay device and the mobile terminal is controlled based on the created information. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279135 | COVERAGE IMPROVEMENT IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS WITH FIXED INFRASTRUCTURE BASED RELAYS - Infrastructure relays are used to relay signals to multi-antenna receivers where the received signals are then processed using MIMO processing. The transmissions can use spatial multiplexing and/or space time block coding. | 11-13-2008 |
20080285499 | System and Method for Unbalanced Relay-Based Wireless Communications - A method and system for wireless communication with a mobile device in which wireless communication is established with the mobile device. A base station is used to transmit directly to the mobile device in a downlink direction. A relay node is used to transmit to the base station communications received in an uplink direction from the mobile station. The relay node relays at least a portion of the uplink traffic received from the mobile station to the base station. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285500 | Wireless Relay Network Media Access Control Layer Control Plane System and Method - A method and system for using a communication network having a relay node to provide wireless communication with a mobile station. A ranging region is established with the mobile station in which the establishment of the ranging region includes the transmission of control information corresponding to the relay node. The mobile station is allowed to enter the communication network. The relay node is used to wirelessly communicate with the mobile station in at least one of the uplink and downlink directions. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285501 | Media Access Control Data Plane System and Method for Wireless Communication Networks - A method and system for using a communication network having a relay node to provide wireless communication with a mobile station. A protocol stack is implemented in the relay node in which the protocol stack includes a media access control layer defining a media access control protocol. The media access control protocol defines a set of headers providing media access control layer data plane functions in the relay node. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285502 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RELAY STATION TO FORWARD DOWNLINK SIGNAL - A method for relay stations (RSs) to forward downlink signals includes: obtaining downlink qualities between a mobile station (MS) and each of the RSs; determining an RS group for forwarding downlink signals according to difference degrees among all of the downlink qualities; performing space-time coding on the downlink signals through the RSs in the RS group when the RS group contains a plurality of RSs. Another method for RSs to forward downlink signals includes: setting the number of the RSs for forwarding the downlink signals to plurality; obtaining downlink qualities between an MS and each of the RSs; determining an RS group for forwarding the downlink signals according to each of the downlink qualities and the number of the RSs; performing space-time coding on the downlink signals through the RSs in the RS group, and forwarding the downlink signals to the MS. A device structure for the RSs to forward the downlink signals is also provided. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291863 | SYNCHRONIZATION OF MEDIA DATA STREAMS WITH SEPARATE SINKS USING A RELAY - Relay devices and sink devices that provide synchronized audio and/or video outputs are described. A relay device receives a first communication packet from a source device. The first communication packet includes a data frame. A timestamp is generated. The timestamp is an estimate of a time at which content defined by the data frame will be “played.” A second communication packet is generated that includes the data frame and the generated timestamp. The second communication packet is transmitted from the relay device. In one implementation, the generated timestamp is received by a plurality of sink devices, and is used to synchronize output signals (e.g., sound and/or video images) of the sink devices. In another implementation, the generated timestamp is received by a sink device, and is used to synchronize an output signal of the sink device with an output signal of the relay device. | 11-27-2008 |
20080298295 | Apparatus and Method for Modulating of On-Channel Repeater - Provided is a modulating apparatus and method of an on-channel repeater. An object of the present invention is to provide a modulating apparatus of an on-channel repeater for reducing time delay by configuring and up-sampling a baseband signal, filtering the up-sampled baseband signal with an Equi-Ripple (ER) filter or in a window method, and converting the filtered baseband signal into an RF signal. The modulating apparatus includes: a baseband signal configuring unit for configuring a baseband, signal by combining an input field and a segment sync signal; a pilot adding unit for adding a pilot signal to the baseband signal; a filtering unit for filtering the baseband signal with the pilot signal; and an RF up-converting unit for up-converting the filtered signal into an RF signal. The present invention is used to form an on-channel repeating network in a transmitting system including a digital TV broadcasting system. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298296 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTICAST DATA IN WIMAX/WIBRO RELAY SYSTEM - A method for transmitting multicast data in a WiMax/WiBro relay system, including transmitting carrier-interference-noise ratios from UEs to corresponding Relays; selecting the minimum value among the carrier-interference-noise ratios; determining the modulation and coding mode according to the selected minimum value; transmitting the modulation and coding mode to BS; selecting a modulation and coding mode with a highest rate for multicast data on an access link; transmitting the final modulation and coding mode to the Relays; and transmitting data via the access link with the modulation and coding mode determined by the BS. | 12-04-2008 |
20080304435 | LOCAL OSCILLATION ROUTING PLAN APPLICABLE TO A MULTIPLE RF BAND RF MIMO TRANSCEIVER - Local oscillation circuitry for use in an RF transceiver Integrated Circuit (IC) includes local oscillation generation circuitry operable to produce a local oscillation and local oscillation distribution circuitry. The local oscillation distribution circuitry includes a splitting circuit, a first distribution portion, and a second distribution portion. The splitting circuit receives the local oscillation and produces multiple copies of the local oscillation. The first distribution portion produces a first local oscillation corresponding to a first RF band and a second local oscillation corresponding to a second RF band based and to provide the first local oscillation and the second local oscillation to a first RF transceiver group. The second distribution portion produces a first local oscillation and a second local oscillation and provides the first local oscillation and the second local oscillation to the second RF transceiver group. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304436 | WIRELESS VIRAL MESH NETWORK AND PROCESS FOR USING THE SAME - A sending subscriber system may participate in a wireless network by generating a message to transmit in a wireless network, identifying a local wireless subscriber system with which communications may be established, and determining whether to use the wireless local subscriber system as a relay. | 12-11-2008 |
20080310338 | Configurable Acknowledgement Mode for a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Protocol - The present invention relates to a method for configuring an acknowledgement mode of an HARQ re-transmission protocol used for acknowledging the delivery of data packets of a service provided from a transmitting entity to a receiving entity in a wireless communication system comprising a controlling entity in a radio access network. To improve the overall transmission efficiency while providing transmission robustness, the controlling entity configures, based on at least one of a QoS attribute or physical layer parameter, one of a first and second acknowledgement mode. An acknowledgement message is transmitted according to the configured acknowledgement mode, wherein, in case the data packet has not been decoded successfully by the receiving entity, the acknowledgement message in the first acknowledgement mode indicates one of a plurality of decoding quality levels of the data packet obtained when decoding the data packet at the receiving entity, and the acknowledgement message in the second acknowledgement mode indicates a decoding failure of the data packet. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310339 | Radio Communication System, Radio Communication Apparatus and Radio Communication Method - Provided is a radio communication method including: notifying a reception-side radio communication apparatus of omitted-source-address information indicating a first source address permanently assigned to a source device of a first data frame to be transmitted to the reception-side radio communication apparatus; determining whether or not the first source address is identical to a second source address permanently assigned to a source device of a second data frame to be transmitted to the reception-side radio communication apparatus; and transmitting the second data frame to the reception-side radio communication apparatus after omitting transmission of the second source address and also adding, to the second data frame, an omission indication indicating that the second source address is omitted, if the first source address is determined to be identical to the second source address. | 12-18-2008 |
20080316954 | Relay System And Method For Bandwidth Allocation And Scheduling - A relay system and a bandwidth allocation and scheduling method. The method includes: adding, in control packets of a downlink subframe of a physical layer frame structure of a base station, information elements specifying locations and profiles of respective bursts for connections corresponding to a subscriber station/mobile subscriber station; receiving, by the base station, a bandwidth request initiated by the subscriber station/mobile subscriber station and relayed by a relay station; and in accordance with the bandwidth request, generating the control packets including the information elements, transmitting the control packets to the subscriber station/mobile subscriber station, and performing bandwidth allocation and scheduling. | 12-25-2008 |
20090003258 | WIRELESS REPEATER AND OPERATING METHOD OF THE SAME - A repeater for relaying data signals between two nodes is provided. The repeater includes a first signal processor that amplifies the received data signals, a path controller that transmits initial information of the received data signal through a first path to determine if the received data signal is from a specific local area and transmits data signals following the initial information through a second path to amplify the data signals following the initial information, a second signal processor that amplifies and transmits the data signal, and a data selection processor that allows the data signals following the initial information to be transmitted through the second path when it is determined using the initial information received that the received data signal is from the specific local area. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003259 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING IN RELAY-ASSISTED WIRELESS NETWORKS - A scheduling system and method for use with relay-assisted wireless networks includes accessing feedback from mobile stations in a network and arranging users associated with a relay station in a list in accordance with marginal utilities. A determination of whether the users in the list can be eliminated from feedback overhead by testing conditions for feedback reduction is made. A diversity schedule is generated by employing a weighted bipartite graph with relay channels and access channels and performing a matching method. A transmission schedule is generated for channel usage in accordance with multi-user and channel diversity for mobile users and spatial reuse of channels across relay and access hops by incorporating rate feedback and interference for the mobile stations and the relay stations based upon the matching method applied to a new weighted graph which accounts for traffic loads and fairness as well. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003260 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD FOR MULTI-HOP RELAY WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention discloses a resource scheduling method for multi-hop relay wireless network comprising: for each of a base station and relay stations, acquiring the minimal resource requirement of each of connections to all MSSs which are covered by said station and have direct signal transmission with said station, and then summing up the acquired resource requirement to obtain the minimal resource requirement of said station; and acquiring interference status between the relay stations, using different partition strategies to classify the relay stations into different independent sets, each of which can occupy the same resource, according to the minimal resource requirement of the base station and the relay stations as well as the interference status between the relay stations, and determining and comparing the total resource requirement under each of the partition strategies to obtain an optimized partition strategy for resource reuse scheduling. This resource scheduling method can meet the QoS requirement on each connection better and is applicable to dynamic and asymmetric multi-hop network. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003261 | Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving signal in a wireless communication system - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal in a wireless communication system are provided in which, when a relay request message is received from a transmitter, a first receiver transmits a relay response message including a relay possible information to the transmitter, the relay possible information including information indicating whether the first receiver can perform a relay function, and relays a signal between the transmitter and a second receiver, when a relay confirm message is received from the transmitter after transmitting the relay response message. Herein, the first receiver is different from the second receiver. | 01-01-2009 |
20090010198 | SHARED HARQ FEEDBACK CHANNELS FOR VIRTUAL GROUPING IN A WIRELESS RELAY NETWORK - Various embodiments are disclosed, which may include transmitting a transmission schedule for a data burst to a plurality of relay stations in a wireless relay network. The transmission schedule may identify a data channel for transmission of the data burst and a corresponding shared negative acknowledgment feedback channel for transmission of a negative acknowledgment. The negative acknowledgment feedback channel may be shared by the plurality of relay stations. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010199 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus having a relay function comprises a memory to store an address of a first wireless communication apparatus connected to the wireless communication apparatus and having a relay function, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit a first relay frame addressed to the first wireless communication apparatus, the first relay frame including a first address field prepared for a final destination address, an address of a second communication apparatus not connected to the wireless communication apparatus being set in the first address field, and a second address field prepared for an address of a third wireless communication apparatus connecting the second communication apparatus and having a relay function, one of an address except for the address of the third wireless communication apparatus and a specific value being set in the second address field. | 01-08-2009 |
20090016256 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING OPTIMAL TRANSMISSION MODE AND FRAME STRUCTURE FOR MODE DETERMINATION IN RELAY SYSTEM - A method of determining an optimal transmission mode and a data frame structure for determining an optimal transmission mode in a data transmission system using a relay, are provided. Any one of a base station, a relay, and a mobile station determines an optimal transmission mode from among a plurality of transmission modes, and the base station transmits the determined optimal transmission mode by enabling the determined optimal transmission mode to be included in the system information duration of the data frame, so that the overall relay system can transmit data according to the optimal transmission mode. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016257 | Methods of data transmission by relay nodes in a synchronous communications network, corresponding reception method, computer program product, storage means and nodes - A method for the transmission of data in a synchronous communications network comprising a plurality of nodes, a super frame being communicated based on a network cycle on the network and comprising a plurality of frames, each frame being associated with one of the nodes. Each frame comprises a payload part itself comprising an own data section and a repeat data section. The plurality of nodes comprises at least one relay node associated with an application generating own data of the relay node having to be transmitted to at least one second node. The relay node performs the following steps: reception of frames coming from the other nodes; reading of a predetermined part of the data from the received frames, enabling repeat data to be obtained; writing said repeat data in the repeat data section of a new frame; writing own data of said relay node in the own data section of the new frame; and transmission of the new frame. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016258 | QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL IN MULTIPLE HOP WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENTS - One or more relay stations may be employed along a wireless communication access path between an ingress station and an egress station. A logical communication tunnel is established between the ingress and egress stations through any number of intermediate relay stations to handle session flows of PDUs. As PDUs arrive, the ingress station may determine and add scheduling information to the PDUs before they are delivered to the downstream intermediate relay stations or egress stations. The scheduling information is used by the downstream stations to schedule the PDUs for further delivery. The scheduling information may also be used by the egress station to schedule the PDUs for delivery. The scheduling information added to the PDU by the ingress station bears on a QoS class associated with the PDU, a deadline for the egress station to deliver the PDU, or a combination thereof. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016259 | QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL IN MULTIPLE HOP WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENTS - One or more relay stations may be employed along a wireless communication access path between an ingress station and an egress station. A logical communication tunnel is established between the ingress and egress stations through any number of intermediate relay stations to handle session flows of PDUs. As PDUs arrive, the ingress station may determine and add scheduling information to the PDUs before they are delivered to the downstream intermediate relay stations or egress stations. The scheduling information is used by the downstream stations to schedule the PDUs for further delivery. The scheduling information may also be used by the egress station to schedule the PDUs for delivery. The scheduling information added to the PDU by the ingress station bears on a QoS class associated with the PDU, a deadline for the egress station to deliver the PDU, or a combination thereof. | 01-15-2009 |
20090022080 | PTP/PTM Transmission Decisions - A retransmission correction performed by counting means ( | 01-22-2009 |
20090022081 | Communication Apparatus - A communication apparatus according to the invention can be applied to constitute each of relay nodes provided to constitute a novel communication network which avoids problems brought about by one or more bottlenecks formed in the communication network to result from the convergence of communication traffic induced in one or more relay nodes in the communication network. The communication apparatus comprises a temporary managing portion | 01-22-2009 |
20090022082 | RELAY FOR DETECTING ERROR IN ASYNCHRONOUSLY RECEIVED DATA AND MAP INFORMATION - A relay to transmit data received from a transmitter to a receiver includes a reception unit to receive a first data frame including first data and a second data frame including first MAP information transmitted from a transmitter, and a determination unit to determine whether the received first data and first MAP information correspond to each other, and to determine that the reception unit has failed to receive second MAP information corresponding to the first data and second data corresponding to the first MAP information when the received first data and the first MAP information do not correspond to each other. | 01-22-2009 |
20090022083 | METHOD OF SYNCHRONIZING FRAME IN MMR NETWORK - Provided is a method of synchronizing a frame using a cycle prefix (CP) in a mobile multi-hop relay (MMR) network. The frame is synchronized using the CP of the frame after obtaining a frame synchronization using a preamble of the frame, which does not need an additional preamble, so that a preamble necessary for the frame synchronization is transmitted to a subordinate station during a preamble receiving section. | 01-22-2009 |
20090028086 | METHOD OP RELAYED WIRELESS TRANSMISSION - A light-weight relay selection mechanism for selecting the most-likely “best” relay station for data transmission from a given source station S to an access point AP uses the Initial Receive Signal Strength (IRSS) to infer the future data transmission rate. In the initialisation stage, the access point AP constructs a table mapping the IRSSs of receivers to eight levels of transmission rate. In the relay selection stage, relay candidates R measure the IRSSs for the source station S and access point AP and report their IRSS levels to the AP. A contention-based mechanism is dedicated to enabling the candidates with higher IRSS levels to report earlier. With this mechanism, the access point AP is able to select the station with the highest estimated data transmission rate. | 01-29-2009 |
20090034447 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING PEER-TO-PEER RESOURCE IN RELAY-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating a Peer-to-Peer (P2P) resource in a relay-based wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving relay link resource information, determining whether a current link is a multi-hop link by using the relay link resource information, and if the current link is the multi-hop link, allocating a corresponding relay link resource as the P2P resource by determining a serving station. Accordingly, P2P communication can be achieved without having to use additional P2P-dedicated resources. | 02-05-2009 |
20090040960 | Space frequency block code signal processing system - A space frequency block code signal relaying system is provided. The space frequency block code signal relaying system includes a signal detecting unit which receives, via a radio channel, a source signal sent from a source station and detects the received signal; a relay signal generation unit which generates a relay signal corresponding with the source signal transmitted from the source station to a destination node based on the received signal, the source signal and the relay signal being signals encoded in a Space Frequency Block Code (SFBC) scheme; and a signal transmitting unit which transmits the relay signal to the destination node. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040961 | AGGREGATION CONTROL METHOD, AGGREGATE NODE, DEAGGREGATE NODE - A technology is disclosed that provides an aggregation control method, an aggregate node, and a deaggregate node that can quickly and efficiently manage aggregation. Through the technology, a deaggregate node | 02-12-2009 |
20090046621 | RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A relay apparatus ( | 02-19-2009 |
20090046622 | Systems and Methods for Mobile Communications - In on embodiment, messages are delivered in a mobile network by creating a communication route between a source node and a destination node comprised of virtual routers, each virtual router being fixed to a particular geographical area and including a plurality of mobile nodes, each of the mobile nodes being available to forward a data packet on behalf of a virtual router, and each mobile node upon receiving a data packet sent over the communication route monitoring for forwarding of the data packet by another mobile node and, if such forwarding is not detected, the mobile node forwarding the data packet. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046623 | Network repay device, network relay program, and storage medium containing the network relay program - When a communication station receives trigger for a stream to be transmitted or received by the communication station, the communication station determines whether the communication station transmits the stream in a network, and the communication station changes whether the communication station obtains a communications resource of the network from a communications resource management station in accordance with a result of the determination. | 02-19-2009 |
20090052366 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A frame such as a beacon in wireless communication, with a maximum MAC address, hop count, and maximum hop count, described therein is exchanged between nodes. All the nodes measure the number of hops from a node with the maximum MAC address, and exchange the maximum hop count (hmax) out of the numbers with each other. Hop count H(a,b) between arbitrary nodes a and b is expressed by H(a,b)≦H(a,max)+H(max,b)≦2*hmax, where hmax is a hop count from node (max) with the maximum MAC address to the farthest node. That is, the number of hops between two arbitrary nodes in the group is always 2*hmax or less. Herewith, a numeric value assuredly exceeding the maximum value out of the numbers of hops between nodes in an ad-hoc network can be propagated in the entire ad-hoc network. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052367 | System and Method for Retransmissions in a Discontinuous Reception Configured System - Methods of performing retransmissions in respect of communications, uplink and/or downlink, on semi-persistent resources are provided. Various embodiments include: the mobile device keeps its radio on for an additional period immediately following an awake period upon determining there will be a retransmission; the mobile device turning its radio on for an additional period separate and distinct from the awake period. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052368 | RADIO NETWORK EXPANSION METHOD - One objective of the present invention is to determine a location for a relay terminal in a radio network, without preparatory surveying a radio status and to arrange the relay terminal at the location. Another objective is to provide a method for retrieving the arranged relay terminal. When a relay terminal is to be arranged, the relay terminal transmits a survey packet to examine the quality of communication with a communication terminal or other relay terminal. Where a location is appropriate, the relay terminal gives a notice. The arranged terminal relays communication. Further, when the relay terminal is to be retrieved, the relay terminal carried by a user transmits a retrieval packet to the arranged relay terminal, which notifies the user of its presence by light, sounds, or returning a packet. In this manner, a single relay terminal provides functions of arrangement, relay and retrieval. | 02-26-2009 |
20090059837 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION OF REPEATERS AND ANTENNA SYSTEMS - A system for remote control of a remote network element of a wireless network is provided including an administration unit, a virtual private network implemented on a base network connecting the administration unit and the remote network element. An element manager application executes on the administration unit and is operable to remotely control the remote network element through the virtual private network. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059838 | Methods and apparatuses for efficiently using radio resources in wireless communication system based on relay station (RS) - Methods and apparatuses for efficiently using radio resources in a wireless communication system based on a relay station are provided. An operating method of a relay station (RS) for efficiently using radio resources in a wireless communication system based on the RS. The method includes setting a call with a sending terminal; checking whether a receiving terminal of the sending terminal travels in the same RS cell, in a different RS cell of the same base station (BS) cell, or in a different cell of a neighbor BS; and checking a destination address of a data and relaying the data to the receiving terminal according to a result of the checking. | 03-05-2009 |
20090067361 | Cellular Phone Signal Enhancement Apparatus - A method for guiding radio frequency (RF), this apparatus aids an RF signal for receiving incoming and outgoing RF cellular signals is described. This apparatus facilitates an improved communications link between an outside cellular signal source and a receiving indoor hand held cellular device. This apparatus improves existing communication links by providing a path for RF signal travel using standard building wiring infrastructure. This invention, in its preferred embodiments, is specifically designed to provide channeling of RF communications from local sources of RF signal sources outside of a building or other structure to their interior. This invention uses only passive means to facilitate an RF path and is not electrically activated when plugged into a standard wall outlet, but relies on absorbed RF thru existing building wiring infrastructure to facilitate an improved communications signal to a hand held cellular device inside of said structure. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067362 | CONTROL SIGNALING TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed relating to wireless networks, such as relay networks or multi-hop networks, and also relating to control signaling techniques for wireless networks. In an example embodiment, a method or technique may include transmitting (e.g., data or control) frames in a downlink direction and control frames in an uplink direction during a first phase, and transmitting (e.g., data or control) frames in an uplink direction and control frames in a downlink direction during a second phase. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067363 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING INFORMATION FROM WIRELESS SOURCES TO LOCATIONS WITHIN A BUILDING - A system provides radio frequency signals devices inside a building. The system includes one or more receivers, each receiver configured to receive one or more radio frequency signals from at least one source. The system further includes a device configured to receive the signals from the receiver or receivers. The device combines the received signals into a combination signal and converts the combination signal to a digital signal. The digital signal is then provided over a digital communications medium within the building. The system further includes an antenna system configured to receive the digital signal and to retransmit the radio frequency signals from the sources to the devices inside the building. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067364 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING TIME TO RESPONSE OF RETRANSMISSION IN A MULTIHOP RELAY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A multihop relay wireless communication system is provided. A Base Station (BS) includes a calculator for calculating an ACKnowledge (ACK)/Non ACK (NACK) transmission time of at least one Relay Station (RS) using retransmission parameter values, and a transmitter for transmitting the ACK/NACK transmission time information to the at least one RS. | 03-12-2009 |
20090073913 | Direct link relay in a wireless network - Disclosed herein are exemplary techniques for power conservation in a wireless network. A wireless device identifies another wireless device suitable to act as a relay node. Uplink information is transmitted to the other wireless device, which is in turn relayed to an access point for transmission to its destination. Downlink information may be transmitted directly from the access point to the wireless device. The use of a relay node may reduce transmit power consumption as the relay node may be closer to, or support a higher transmit rate, than the access point with which the wireless device is associated. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073914 | MESSAGE CODING IN A RELAYED COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for relaying a signal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises receiving in at least one of a base station and a relay station information regarding a mobile station group (MSG) of a mobile station, scheduling within a given duration uplink information to be transmitted from a first mobile station and downlink information to be transmitted to at least one mobile station, wherein the first mobile station is in each of the at least one mobile station's MSG, receiving in a relay station the uplink information and the downlink information to be transmitted within the given duration, network coding the uplink information and the downlink information in the relay station, and transmitting from the relay station a network-coded packet, wherein the network-coded packet can be received by the base station and the at least one mobile station. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073915 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING MOBILE COMMUNICATION - An apparatus, system and method for implementing mobile communication are described. The apparatus includes: a transmitter, a receiver, a duplexer, and an antenna. The apparatus further includes: an uplink data processing module, configured to process data transmitted from a terminal to a base station and received by the receiver, and transmit the processed data to the transmitter; a downlink data processing module, configured to process data transmitted from a base station to a terminal and received by the receiver, and transmit the processed data to the transmitter, the downlink data processing module sharing the transmitter and the receiver with the uplink data processing module in a time-division manner; and a control processor, configured to control the transmitter, the receiver, the uplink data processing module, and the downlink data processing module. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073916 | RANGING REGIONS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RELAY STATIONS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a unique ranging technique in wireless communication environments that employ relay stations associated with a base station. Each relay station, and optionally the base station itself, can be allocated a unique ranging region having unique ranging resources that may be used by a mobile station to initiate a ranging function with the corresponding relay station or base station. | 03-19-2009 |
20090080366 | Method and system for alternate wireless channel selection for uplink and downlink data communication - A method and system for alternate wireless channel selection for uplink and downlink data communication, is provided. In a wireless communication network including a wireless relay node, a communication path is established via the relay node for transmission of the data. A wireless channel is selected as an uplink channel for uplink transmission of the data to the relay node, and an alternate wireless channel is selected as a downlink channel for downlink transmission of the data from the relay node. | 03-26-2009 |
20090092072 | COMMUNICATION RELAY APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION RELAY METHOD - A communication relay apparatus wherein the error rate characteristic of a relay destination is improved to raise the throughput, while reducing the given interference power to prevent the reduction of the throughput of the whole communication system. In the apparatus, a signal addressed to a base station is received (ST | 04-09-2009 |
20090092073 | Cooperative relay system enabling simultaneous broadcast-unicast operation with efficient automatic repeat request functionality - A wireless node, such as a relay node, has different operating modes for unicast and broadcast/multicast subchannels. For unicast services the phase offsets of those relay nodes engaged in a cooperative transmission are optimized for the subchannels used for unicast services. Alternatively, when no feedback is available and an open loop MIMO or MIMO-type scheme is in use, retransmissions are performed in such a way that a destination (e.g., user terminal) receives effectively a distributed space-time block code. For the broadcast/multicast services time varying random phase offsets may be employed for the subchannels used for broadcast services. For reliable high data rate broadcast transmissions a cooperative retransmission scheme that effectively forms distributed space-time block codes may be used. | 04-09-2009 |
20090097431 | Automatic weather information downloading and displaying system - The system for downloading and displaying information utilizes a computer with an Internet connection. The computer runs a program that causes it to access a weather information server with a pre-determined address, upon start-up and periodically thereafter, and to receive weather information for a given place or given places from the accessed server. A memory stores the received weather information. A controller selects successive portions of the stored weather information for transmission at predetermined time intervals. The selected portions of the stored weather information are wirelessly transmitted. The transmitted information portions are received at a remote location and checked for transmission errors. If no errors are detected, the information is displayed. In one embodiment, two-way communications between the transmission and receiver sections of the system are possible through the use of transceivers. In another, time information is also downloaded and displayed. A compensation algorithm compensates for signal processing and transmission delays. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097432 | METHOD FOR SETTING PACKET TRANSMISSION PATH IN AD HOC NETWORK, AND NETWORK APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method of setting a packet transmission path in a wireless communication network and a network apparatus using the same are provided. A method of setting a packet transmission path includes setting N−1 routing regions including at least one node between a source node and a destination node based on a predetermined N number of hops, N denoting an integer greater than or equal to two, and determining a node in each of the routing regions as a relay node based on a channel gain. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097433 | RELAY METHOD OF WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEMS AND BASE STATION, RELAY DEVICE AND REPLAY SYSTEM THEREOF - The present invention is directed to provide a relay method in a wireless access system, including comprising the following steps: in downlink direction, receiving downlink data from a base station, wherein the downlink data include control information for relay operation; constructing downlink data to be retransmitted; retransmitting the constructed downlink data to wireless communication terminals according to a profile specified by the control information; and, in uplink direction, receiving uplink data from the wireless communication terminals according to a profile specified by the control information; recovering the uplink data of the wireless communication terminals; and retransmitting the uplink data to the base station according to the profile specified by the control information. The present invention further provides the corresponding base station device, relay device and wireless relay system. Through the present invention, the base station is able to perform centralized control of the entire mobile multi-hop relay system, which effectively reduces the complexity of the relay device and can realize a transparent transportation with respect to wireless communication terminals. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097434 | Frame Constructing and Frame Processing Methods, Device and System In Multi-Hop Access Network - The present invention discloses a frame constructing method for use in a multi-hop wireless access network, the method comprising the steps of: determining Relay Stations (RSs) and Mobile Stations (MSs); setting a DL sub-frame; setting an UL sub-frame; and constructing a completed frame based on the UL sub-frame and the DL sub-frame; wherein the step of setting the DL sub-frame comprises a step of setting a DL relay sub-frame field for DL relay information sent to the RS; and the step of setting the UL sub-frame comprises a step of setting an UL relay sub-frame field for UL relay information sent from the RS. The present invention further discloses a corresponding frame processing method and a device, base station, relay station and system for implementing the method. According to the present invention, the synchronization in the whole network system is ensured, and the handover operation when the MS moves is simplified. Moreover, the situation that the base station and the relay stations use different frequencies can be supported. Additionally, the delay of traffic transmission is decreased. | 04-16-2009 |
20090103469 | Method for establishing a telecommunications network for patient monitoring - A wireless network having an architecture that resembles a peer-to-peer network has two types of nodes, a first sender type node and a second receiver/relay type node. The network may be used in a medical instrumentation environment whereby the first type node may be wireless devices that could monitor physical parameters of a patient such as for example wireless oximeters. The second type node are mobile wireless communicators that are adapted to receive the data from the wireless devices if they are within the transmission range of the wireless devices. After an aggregation process involving the received data, each of the node communicators broadcasts or disseminates its most up to date data onto the network. Any other relay communicator node in the network that is within the broadcast range of a broadcasting communicator node would receive the up to date data. This makes it possible for communicators that are out of the transmitting range of a wireless device to be apprized of the condition of the patient being monitored by the wireless device. Each communicator in the network is capable of receiving and displaying data from a plurality of wireless devices. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103470 | Revocation management - A method of carrying out wireless video communication involves at a wireless receiver (WR) device, providing a digital certificate, the digital certificate containing a High-Bandwidth Digital Copy Protection (HDCP) Key Source Vector (KSV), a device identifier for the WR device, and a digital signature cryptographically binding the identifiers; at the WR, responsive to an initiation of a wireless communication session from a wireless transmitter (WT) device, sending the digital certificate to the WT device; the WT receiving the digital certificate and having the identities in the digital certificate checked against a revocation list; and if one of the WR device's identities has been revoked, halting the wireless communication session. This abstract is not to be considered limiting, since other embodiments may deviate from the features described in this abstract. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103471 | Wireless video communication - A method of managing revocation when an alternate transmission method, using an alternate transmitter identity and an alternate receiver identity, is juxtaposed into an original transmission system, the original transmission system having its own original transmitter and receiver identities that communicate via an original transmission method involves at an alternate transmission receiver (ATR), providing a digital certificate, the digital certificate cryptographically binding the ATR identity to an original transmission (OT) re-transmitter identity; at the ATR, responsive to an initiation of a communication session from an alternate transmission transmitter (ATT), sending the digital certificate to the ATT using the alternate transmission method; at the ATT, extracting the original transmission identity from the certificate and sending it to the original transmission transmitter (OTT) using the original transmission method for checking in a revocation list; and if the OT identity is found to be in the revocation list, preventing copy protected content from being sent from the OTT. This abstract is not to be considered limiting, since other embodiments may deviate from the features described in this abstract. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103472 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COOPERATIVE RELAY WITH MULTIPLE RELAY STATIONS IN WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention provides a method and device for cooperative relay with multiple relay stations in the wireless telecommunication network. To be specific, according to the invention, in single-hop or multi-hop relay telecommunication link, the relay device and other relay devices within the same hop select space diversity or space multiplexing to carry out cooperative relay operation according to the processing indicating information from the base station, thus obtaining space diversity gain and space multiplexing gain. | 04-23-2009 |
20090109891 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTED ADMISSION CONTROL IN MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS (MANETS) - Techniques are provided for distributed admission control (AC) in a mobile ad hoc network (MANET). When the source node transmits a new communication stream (NCS) toward a destination node, other nodes allow transmission of the NCS during a temporary admission period even though the NCS has not yet been admitted. The nodes can determine whether the NCS causes degradation of any existing communication stream(s) (ECSs) supported by that node based on existing QoS requirements associated with the ECSs. In some implementations, nodes which determine that they are unable to support ECSs transmit an indicator which notifies other nodes that admission of the NCS is denied by that node. By contrast, if none of the nodes transmit an indicator during the temporary admission period, then the NCS is “admitted” to the MANET and the source node is permitted to keep transmitting the NCS, a variation thereof or another new communication stream. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109892 | HARQ SUPPORTED CLIENT RELAY PROTOCOL - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, in a HARQ supported client relaying wireless network, if the intended client subscriber station is able to decode the transmission from the base station, an allocated data zone otherwise allocated for relay transmission and acknowledgment zones in the uplink subframe can be used by another client station for uplink transmission. If the intended client subscriber station cannot decode the transmission from the base station but the relay station can, the relay station may use the allocated data zone in the uplink subframe in which to transmit a relay transmission, along with acknowledgment transmissions in the acknowledgment zones. If the relay station also cannot decode the base station transmission, the other client station may use the allocated data otherwise allocated for relay transmission and acknowledgment zones for uplink transmission. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109893 | Cross-Layer Optimization of VoIP Services in Advanced Wireless Networks - A cross-layer optimization is presented between the MAC and Network layers to enhance the performance of VoIP services in advanced wireless networks. Among the factors considered in the optimization are the characteristics of the originating source and the network path. This information is relayed using the Network layer to provide feedback to the MAC layer in order to improve the end-to-end performance of VoIP services. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109894 | Pseudo hub-and-spoke wireless audio network - An apparatus induces a first wireless device to transmit audio-related data to both the apparatus and a second wireless device by providing the first wireless device with a false indication of the apparatus being capable of performing an audio function that the apparatus is incapable of performing so as to enable the second wireless device to receive the audio-related data simultaneously with the apparatus, and wherein the second wireless device cooperates with the apparatus to leave the first wireless device unaware of the simultaneous receipt of the audio-related data by the second wireless device. | 04-30-2009 |
20090116422 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPPORTUNISTIC HYBRID RELAY SELECTION SCHEME FOR DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION - An opportunistic hybrid-relay selection scheme for downlink transmission selects between cooperative relay and single relay schemes based on the channel conditions (e.g., signal-to-noise-ratio (SNR)) between the base station (BS) and RSs (i.e., BS-RSs link) and RSs and mobile station (MS) (i.e., RSs-MS link), respectively. In another selection scheme, a selection between the single relay (e.g., best-relay) transmission scheme or the cooperative-relay transmission scheme may be determined based on transmission paths (e.g., line-of-sight, obstructed-light-of-sight, non-light-of-sight) and channel conditions (e.g., SNR) between the BS-RSs link and the RSs-MS link, respectively. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116423 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COOPERATIVE RELAY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention provides a method and device for cooperative relay with multiple relay stations in the wireless telecommunication network. The invention is proposed to improve the quality of relayed signals, reduce the resources needed for relaying and solve the problems when performing the switch between relay devices. The method and device according to the invention are characterized in that, the received signals are processed according to the indicating information from a BS, before sending them to the next level network nodes. Compared with the prior art, the present invention can achieve better spatial diversity gain or spatial multiplexing gain, even both of them. Further, the present invention does not require a high level synchronization. Therefore, the performance of the signals received can be considerably improved, the resources needed for relaying are also reduced. Further, the present invention is very practical. | 05-07-2009 |
20090122744 | Selective relaying for wireless networks - A relay may partially decode a frame to get enough information to know when to amplify and transmit the frame to a user. By limiting transmission in this way, less interference may be generated in some cases. By using only limited decoding, the relay overhead may be reduced in some embodiments. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122745 | DIGITAL COMBINING DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a combining device for combining radio signals during uplink transmission in an indoor communication system, the indoor communication system comprising an Ethernet switch, the Ethernet switch connected to a base station and to at least a first and second radio remote headend. The radio remote headend (RRH) is adapted for expanding the wireless coverage of the base station and comprises: means for receiving at least a packet flow from the Ethernet switch, wherein the packet flow comprises packets from at least the first and second RRH, the packet comprises packet data, RRH identification and time stamp of the packets; means for separating the packets according to the RRH origin into at least first and second RRH packet, using the RRH identification; and means for matching the packets with identical time stamp between the first and the second RRH packets. The combining device also comprises means for summing the packet data of the matched packets with a mathematical addition and means for transmitting the summation of the packet data to the Ethernet switch. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122746 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACK CHANNEL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for transmitting ACKnowledge (ACK) channels by a Relay Station (RS) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes, when receiving one or more ACK information from one or more lower nodes, checking ACK channel constitution information provided from an upper node, arranging one or more ACK channels to transmit corresponding ACK information according to the ACK channel constitution information by distinguishing ACK information of one or more data scheduled by the upper node and ACK information of one or more retransmission data not scheduled by the upper node, and transmitting the one or more ACK information to the upper node in the arranged ACK channels. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122747 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A RELAY SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREFOR - A method and system for transmitting data from a base station to a mobile station in a wireless communication system using a multiple hop relay scheme is In a multi-hop system having a plurality of nodes, performing bidirectional data transmission between the nodes comprises: grouping the plurality of nodes into a first node group to a fourth node group, and assigning data transmission intervals to the grouped node groups at each frame, the data transmission intervals dividing each frame in time; receiving, by a second group node, data from an upper group node at a first frame and, at the same time, receiving, by a third group node, data from a lower group node; and transmitting by the second group node data to the upper group node at a second frame and, at the same time, transmitting by the third group node data to the lower group node. | 05-14-2009 |
20090129308 | PACKET RELAY APPARATUS, MULTICAST PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MULTICAST PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD - A packet relay apparatus, a multicast packet communication system and a multicast packet communication method wherein even when a single service is constituted by a plurality of communication system data streams, the radio networks and the network resources can be effectively used. Each of relay apparatuses of GGSN ( | 05-21-2009 |
20090129309 | Retransmitting lost packet with subsequent received packet - In one embodiment, a method comprises transmitting onto a wireless connection, by a device, a first wireless data packet destined for a second device; in response to a determined absence by the device of a required acknowledgment of the first wireless data packet from the second device, queuing by the device the first wireless data packet while waiting for a second wireless data packet; receiving by the device the second wireless data packet; and transmitting, by the device, the first wireless data packet with the second wireless data packet to the second device via the wireless connection in response to the device receiving the second wireless data packet and before any other device can send a data frame on the wireless connection. | 05-21-2009 |
20090141666 | WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK USING DYNAMIC MESSAGE ROUTING ALGORITHM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - Provided is a wireless sensor network using a dynamic message routing algorithm and a method of controlling the wireless sensor network. Therefore, a network system can be provided, in which each sensor node calculates a relay probability, periodically updates the relay probability, and dynamically determines a node for relaying a message on the basis of the relay probability, so that throughput per node is improved and a media access control (MAC) layer is not needed. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141667 | METHOD FOR ROUTING MESSAGE IN WIRELESS NETWORK BASED ON RELAY PROBABILITY - Provided is a method for routing a message in a wireless network based on relay probability. The method allows dynamic delivery of a message by calculating the relay probability of each node for message transmission, measuring the strength of a beacon signal received from a destination node, and determining a node that will relay a message based on the relay probability and the strength of beacon signal. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141668 | MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOL FOR MULTI-HOP NETWORK SYSTEMS AND METHOD THEREFORE - A method and system for wireless communication in which a plurality of media access control (“MAC”) packet data units (“PDUs”) corresponding to a plurality of wireless communication connections are received. The plurality of MAC PDUs is grouped into a relay packet and the relay packet is transmitted. Such grouping and transmission of the relay packet is performed by one or more relay nodes. The traffic control for the transmission can also be based on centralized or decentralized routing control and/or centralized or decentralized QoS control. | 06-04-2009 |
20090147722 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A DATA PACKET IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK USING BANDWIDTH OCCUPANCY COST FACTORS - A method for transmitting a data packet from a source node to a destination node in a wireless communication network as provided enables bandwidth aware path selection. The method includes determining a first link metric using a first bandwidth occupancy cost factor for a first multi-hop path between the source node and the destination node. Next, a second link metric is determined using a second bandwidth occupancy cost factor for a second multi-hop path between the source node and the destination node. It is then determined whether the first multi-hop path or the second multi-hop path is a preferred path based on a comparison of the first link metric and the second link metric. Finally, the data packet is transmitted from the source node to the destination node over the preferred path. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147723 | Method and Device for Data Routing and Bandwidth Reservation in Small Scale Distributed Networks - A data routing and/or bandwidth reservation method for small scale distributed network in which each member has a topological view of the whole network. Route selection is performed at a source member and bandwidth reservation is conducted along the selected route. Upon start up or joining the network each member of the network establishes and maintains a list of information for all other devices in the network, which serves as a topological view of the network. To reduce communication overhead during information collection, a priority based broadcast scheduling is adopted. When a device intends to establish a connection with another device it selects a route based on its own preference and current network topology. The device then reserves bandwidth along the selected route. Bandwidth reservation uses a mutually exclusive bandwidth reservation protocol which guarantees only one application can reserve bandwidth at a time. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147724 | METHOD AND APPRATUS FOR RATE MATCHING WITHIN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for rate matching is described. During operation of a transmitter, multiple data streams are received and individually interleaved with a permutation of a same length K | 06-11-2009 |
20090147725 | CROSS-LAYER ROUTING METHOD IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - Provided is a cross-layer routing method in a wireless sensor network including: locating a destination node which is a final destination of data by a source node which generates the data; and determining an optimal relay node among one or more neighboring nodes using their position information for each hop and forwarding the data from the source node to the destination node through the determined relay nodes. Therefore, an effective and stable routing which reduces overheads of additional control messages used for stable data forwarding and reduces collisions in a shared channel by using wireless link layer characteristics can be implemented. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147726 | Method for improving Discontinuous Reception for a Wireless Communication System and Related Communication Device - A method for improving discontinuous reception for a user equipment of a wireless communication system includes separately managing retransmission reception time limits of a plurality of downlink hybrid automatic repeat request (DL HARQ) processes when the discontinuous reception is used in the plurality of DL HARQ processes. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147727 | Method for Improving Discontinuous Reception for a Wireless Communication System and Related Communication Device - A method for improving discontinuous reception for a user equipment of a wireless communication system includes separately managing retransmission detecting timings of a plurality of downlink hybrid automatic repeat request (DL HARQ) processes when the discontinuous reception is used in the plurality of DL HARQ processes. | 06-11-2009 |
20090154390 | LOCAL AREA NETWORK TRANSLATING BI-DIRECTIONAL PACKET REPEATER - A translating bi-directional packet repeater includes a first antenna and a second antenna for receiving a wireless signal, amplifying it, and retransmitting it on a different channel. The channel associated with each of the antennas is separated in frequency sufficiently to ensure good isolation between the wireless signals that are received and then retransmitted. The wireless signal is down converted to an intermediate frequency (IF) that is passed through a band pass filter, and the filtered signal is then up converted and retransmitted on the different channel. A controller responds to a wireless signal on one of the antennas in selecting a path through the bi-directional amplifier and the antennas used to receive and retransmit the signal. The isolation between the received wireless signal and the retransmitted wireless signal is sufficient to avoid interference, and the retransmission takes place almost instantaneously to minimize the delay incurred. | 06-18-2009 |
20090161597 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A NEXT GENERATION WIRELESS ACCESS VIA A CONDITIONAL ENABLEMENT - A system and method for a next generation wireless access via a conditional enablement is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method of providing data communication access in an Internet Protocol (IP) network system includes enabling a first link connecting an access device to an Internet source, and enabling a second link connecting an end-user device to the access device upon successfully establishing the first link. The method further includes performing an address configuration by the end-user device by enabling the data communication access, and implementing IP packet bridging by the access device for transmitting one or more data packets between the end-user device and the Internet source. | 06-25-2009 |
20090168687 | TECHNIQUES FOR OPTIMAL LOCATION AND CONFIGURATION OF INFRASTRUCTURE RELAY NODES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method, comprising optimizing the location and configuration of relay stations in a wireless network that includes at least one base station and at least one relay station by taking into account at least one or more of the following: the distinct antenna heights of said at least one base station and said at least one relay station; the data dependency between said at least one relay station and said at least one base station; the service outage of said wireless network; and the network throughput of said wireless network. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168688 | RELAY STATION OPERATED ACCORDING TO QOS LEVEL OF SERVICE PACKET AND METHOD OF OPERATING RELAY STATION - A relay station, including a delay information storage unit to store remaining delay information generated in a path from a target relay node to a destination node; an order determination unit to determine an order of processing service packets with a plurality of quality of service (QoS) levels using the remaining delay information, the service packets being received from a neighbor node; and a processing unit to process the service packets in the determined order. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168689 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication system is provided that includes a first wireless communication device, a second wireless communication device, and a base station. The first and second wireless communication devices perform one of indirect communication via the base station and direct communication not passing via the base station. The first wireless communication device obtains the type of communication function with which the second wireless communication device is compatible, and transmits a data frame using at least one of the communication functions with which both the first and second wireless communication devices are compatible. The second wireless communication device measures communication quality of the data frame transmitted from the first wireless communication device for each communication function used. One of the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device, based on the communication quality, determines whether to perform one of the indirect communication and the direct communication. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168690 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS FOR SELECTING SUITABLE TRANSFER ROUTE ON WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless communication apparatus prepared in each of wireless terminals configuring a wireless network adapted to transmit and receive a data signal and terminal information to and from peripheral wireless terminals of a subject wireless terminal; to manage the terminal information received from the peripheral wireless terminals; to determine a relay network to which the subject terminal belongs on the basis of the terminal information of the peripheral wireless terminals when the subject terminal can be connected to at least one of the relay networks provided within the wireless network; to transmit terminal information including information indicating the relay network of the subject terminal to the peripheral wireless terminal; and to use the relay network of the subject terminal as a data signal transfer route to perform forward processing. Thus, the apparatus can prepare plural transfer routes to avoid wireless signal interference and collision and balance the power consumption among the terminals. | 07-02-2009 |
20090175214 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for cooperation in wireless communications. Cooperation is considered among a number of network elements, including at least one wireless transmit-receive unit, at least one relay station, and at least one base station. | 07-09-2009 |
20090185521 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION BY OVERHEARING - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments in a wireless network, a station may overhear one or more packets that are not necessarily destined for those stations. The overhearing station may decode the data of the packet, and may utilizes the decoded packet to remove a retransmission of that packet in a subsequent time slot and occurring at the same time as the transmission of a packet destined for that station in the same time slot. Such a retransmission of packets may occur for example in relay systems and/or in hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) systems. The retransmitted packet may be treated as an interference signal in the total received signal, so that the previously received and decoded packet may be subtracted from the total signal, allowing the desired packet to be decoded from the intended signal. | 07-23-2009 |
20090190520 | Method of updating transmission channel information based on eaves-dropping of beamformed signals - A method and apparatus of providing a base station with updated transmission channel information is disclosed. The method includes the base station transmitting beamformed signals to a first terminal. A second terminal receives the transmitted beamformed signals, and measures a signal quality. The second terminal conveys back to the base station the measured signal quality, and a transmission identifier of the beamformed data signal. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190521 | MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS RELAY NODES USING IDENTIFIERS - A set of wireless relay nodes are managed to facilitate inter-node routing of packets in the set. In some aspects, unique identifiers are defined for the wireless relay nodes to facilitate routing packets within the set. In some aspect a routing table is provided to each of the wireless relay nodes, wherein the routing table identifies each wireless relay node in the set and a next-hop entity for each of these wireless relay nodes. Each of the wireless relay nodes may then define a forwarding table based on the routing table. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190522 | MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS RELAY NODES USING ROUTING TABLE - A set of wireless relay nodes are managed to facilitate inter-node routing of packets in the set. In some aspects, unique identifiers are defined for the wireless relay nodes to facilitate routing packets within the set. In some aspect a routing table is provided to each of the wireless relay nodes, wherein the routing table identifies each wireless relay node in the set and a next-hop entity for each of these wireless relay nodes. Each of the wireless relay nodes may then define a forwarding table based on the routing table. | 07-30-2009 |
20090196214 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF BIDIRECTIONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Device, system and method of bidirectional wireless communication. In some demonstrative embodiments a method may include, for example, receiving by a wireless communication relay node a superimposed transmission corresponding to first and second transmissions from first and second wireless communication nodes, respectively, wherein the first transmission includes a first packet intended at least for a third wireless communication node; and broadcasting a broadcast transmission including the superimposed transmission from the relay node to a set of two or more wireless communication nodes including the third wireless communication node. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196215 | WIRELESS REPEATER WITH SMART UPLINK - An over the air repeater for enhancing wireless communication is provided. The repeater employs a system and method by which strong signals can be prevented from exceeding the repeater's uplink output limits while still providing full operational gain to any concurrently amplified weak signals, while adapting to time slot variations and optionally to frequency hopping variations. Power measurements are performed on each channel with resultant gain changes being performed on delayed versions of those same signals. Digital delay buffers are used to provide adequate processing time to make an accurate determination of the uplink signal levels of each RF carrier. The repeater alternatively monitors the downlink path from the donor base station to determine the frequencies to be processed on the uplink communication. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201846 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING OVER MULTIPLE HOPS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate scheduling over multiple hops in a wireless communication network. Radio resources can be partitioned into sets of sub-frames that can be allocated statically and/or dynamically. Statically allocated radio resources can be reassigned over time based on the loading on each hop and/or throughput imbalance. In addition, dynamic assignment of sub-frames to each hop can be based on traffic or channel conditions. Moreover, the radio resources can be dynamically allocated in a distributed scheme, wherein a base station controls the scheduling of resources, or a centralized scheme, wherein a relay station controls the scheduling of resources. Furthermore the allocation of radio resources can be transparent or explicit. In the transparent case, the access terminal listens directly to the base station, and the relay station does not transmit control information, such as DL or UL assignments. Conversely, when the allocation of resources is explicit the relay station does transmit control information. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207776 | Adaptive Forward Error Corrector And Method Thereof, And TDD Radio Repeating Apparatus Using The Same - An adaptive feedback estimation and cancellation (AFEC) apparatus includes: a controller for generating and outputting control information by using a synchronization signal from an external synchronization acquisition unit and base station information, in order to remove a feedback signal that exists in a forward/reverse repeater signal to be repeated and then send the forward/reverse repeater signal; a first feedback prediction canceller for adaptively removing a feedback signal that exists in the forward repeater signal based on the control information from the controller and automatically adjusting the gain of the forward repeater signal; and a second feedback prediction canceller for adaptively removing a feedback signal that exists in the reverse repeater signal based on the control information from the controller and automatically controlling the gain of the reverse repeater signal. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207777 | TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT FOR MULTI-HOP WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Various traffic management techniques may be employed in a multi-hop wireless communication system. For example, a decision to transmit data to another node may be based on whether that node is able to effectively transmit its data. A decision to transmit an interference management message may be based on the amount of data a parent node may transmit. A decision to transmit an interference management message may be based on how effectively data is being transmitted. A weight may be assigned for an interference management message based on a traffic scheduling policy. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207778 | Symmetrical cooperative diversity in the relay-enabled wireless systems - A communications system includes a source, a destination, and multiple relays. In a first time period, the source emits a first transmission and a first relay retransmits a prior source transmission. Then, in a second, subsequent time period, the source node emits a second transmission and a second relay transmits the source transmission from the first time period. Optionally, the transmission from the second relay also includes the message from the first relay during the first time period. Similarly, in a third time period, the first relay transmits a message that includes the second relay's transmission and the second source transmission from the second time period. Alternatively, the source node transmit in a first frequency band, the first and second relays receive only in the first frequency band, and retransmit in a second frequency band, and the destination receives in both the first and second frequency bands. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207779 | COMMUNICATION SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS FOR REPEATER - A communication signal processing apparatus for a repeater includes an interface for receiving the communication signals of at least two different communication services, and a communication signal processor for combining a pair of different communication signals into a single digital signal, converting the single digital signal into a frame and serializing the frame. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213778 | Fragmentation and Packing for Wireless Multi-User Multi-Hop Relay Networks - A hop-by-hop and multi-hop approach for fragmentation and packing are provided for a wireless multi-hop relay network. The fragmentation and packing operate at ingress, intermediate, and egress stations of a tunnel connecting a base station (BS) with an access relay station (RS). A format of the associated relay fragmentation and packing subheader are specified. In addition, a tunnel data includes numbered blocks to ensure correct packet sequencing for proper packet construction and reassembly for fragmentation and packing in the multi-hop relay network. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213779 | MULTI-HOP WIRELESS RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DOWNLINK DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD AND DEVICE - A downlink data transmitting method is applied to a multi-hop wireless relay communication system. The method includes the following steps. A network unit obtains an identifier of a next hop network unit corresponding to a connection identifier (CID) in a downlink medium access control protocol data unit (MPDU) header according to an existing corresponding relationship of the CID and a path ID, and sends the downlink MPDU to the next hop network unit by utilizing the obtained identifier of the next hop network unit, so that a data transmission of multi-hop wireless communication system is realized without changing a current user terminal and protocol structure of a core network. Meanwhile, a multi-hop wireless relay system, and a base station and relay stations applied to the system are described. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219851 | ADDING HYBRID ARQ TO WLAN PROTOCOLS WITH MAC BASED FEEDBACK - A wireless node having a MAC layer configured to coordinate access to a shared wireless medium using a MAC protocol, a PHY layer configured to provide an interface to the shared wireless medium, and a HARQ layer between the MAC and PHY layers, the HARQ layer being configured to support HARQ using the MAC protocol. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219852 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING RELAY COMMUNICATION - A method for reporting a channel status in a mobile communication system including a relay station (RS) is provided. When a mobile terminal in the coverage of a base station (BS) receives a service through an RS, the RS reports a channel status between the RS and the terminal to the BS to allow the BS to decide whether or not to communicate with the terminal through the RS. In the method, a first RS in communication with a BS and at least one terminal measures a channel quality with a first terminal and compares the measured channel quality with a threshold and transmits a report message to the BS according to the comparison. The report message is to request the BS to measure a channel quality of at least one of a second RS and the first terminal in communication with the BS. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219853 | Wireless Communication Systems - A multi-hop wireless communication system, in which packets of data are transmitted over a connection between a base station (MR-BS) and a subscriber station (SS) via at least one relay station (RS), the packets of data being transmitted in accordance with one of a plurality of service classes each having a respective quality-of-service (QoS), and available bandwidth in the system being shared among a plurality of such connections in accordance with their service classes. To decrease the latency of bandwidth allocation in the system, and to support its scheduler algorithm, the RS has to know the QoS demands and the bandwidth allocating requirements of each connection. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219854 | Radio Base Station, Relay Station And Communication Control Method - A radio base station which performs data transmission with radio terminals under a plurality of relay stations via the plurality of relay stations respectively, including a control unit which transmits a first data addressed to a first radio terminal under a first relay station and a second data addressed to a second ratio terminal under a second relay station, in at least partially timing. | 09-03-2009 |
20090232044 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RETRANSMITTING OF DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING RELAY - An apparatus and method for retransmitting of data in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting data to at least one lower node, temporarily storing the data transmitted to the lower node, if ACKnowledgement (ACK) information of a relay link is not received for a predetermined time after data transmission or if the ACK information of the relay link is received from a lower Relay Station (RS), identifying if error occurrence information of an access link is received from the lower RS, and, if the ACK information of the access link is received from the lower RS, recognizing that data transmission to a Mobile Station (MS) succeeds. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232045 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MESSAGE DELIVERY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A router system maintains a status of a wireless device of either available or unavailable. The status of available may be indicative of the wireless device being in-coverage with a wireless network, whereas the status of unavailable may be indicative of the wireless device being out-of-coverage with the wireless network. The router system is adapted to receive, from a host service, a user data message that is addressed to an address of the wireless device. The user data message has a user data payload and one or more request parameters, where the one or more request parameters instruct the router system on whether to return at least a portion of the user data message to the host service when the device status is unavailable. In response to the user data message being received at the router system when the device status is available, the router system delivers the user data message to the wireless device via the wireless network. In response to the user data message being received at the router system when the device status is unavailable, the router system fails to delivery the user data message to the wireless device but sends the at least user data message portion to the host service. | 09-17-2009 |
20090238108 | RELAY DEVICE - A relay device receives transfer data from a transfer-source terminal and transfers the received transfer data to a transfer-destination terminal via relaying performed by another relay device. When the transfer data is received, the relay device establishes direct communication with the other relay device if information regarding the other relay device is attached to the received transfer data. If information regarding the other relay device is not attached, the relay device attaches information regarding itself to the transfer data and transfers the resulting transfer data to a wireless control station. | 09-24-2009 |
20090245159 | System and method for node-clustering and multi-hop routing in wideband wireless ad-hoc networks - An ad-hoc network system for computing a proposed number of node-clusters that enable a relative threshold data rate. The ad-hoc network system includes a source terminal, a destination terminal, a plurality of relay terminals, and a cluster determination engine. The source terminal sends a network communication to a destination terminal via a plurality of relay terminals. The cluster determination engine computes a threshold data rate, C, for a number of hops, N, based on a transmission power constraint. The cluster determination engine determines a proposed route for the wireless communication from the source terminal to the destination terminal according to the threshold data rate, C. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245160 | Geographical scheduling and association procedure for wimax systems - Techniques to manage communication between a subscriber station and a base station or a relay station are disclosed. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245161 | INFORMATION COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, INFORMATION TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION COMMUNICATION METHOD - An information communication apparatus ( | 10-01-2009 |
20090245162 | Communication Systems - A method of assessing a potential communication link in a wireless communication system, the system comprising a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and at least one intermediate apparatus, said source apparatus being operable to transmit information in a communication direction towards the destination apparatus either directly along a single communication link or indirectly along a communication path via the or each intermediate apparatus, and the or each intermediate apparatus being operable to receive information from a previous communication apparatus along said path in said communication direction and to transmit the received information to a subsequent apparatus along said path in said communication direction, the method comprising: for a potential communication link between a particular said intermediate apparatus and another apparatus of the communication system, establishing whether said other apparatus is of a first type or of a second type different from said first type; determining whether said link is suitable for communication in a first mode or in a second mode in dependence upon the established type of said other apparatus; and if it is determined that said potential link is suitable for communication in said first mode, concluding a link initiation process in order to enable communication in said first mode along that link. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245163 | ACCESS POINT DEVICE FOR WIRELESS LAN AND METHOD OF SECURING COMMUNICATION PATH - An access point device of a wireless LAN connecting a client device to a wired LAN: monitors a connection between the access point device and the wired LAN; transmits a portal request, to an adjacent access point device, indicating a request for serving as a proxy connection node accessing the wired LAN and implements a process as a relay node between the adjacent access point device and the client device, if the connection between the access point device and the wired LAN is not normal; and implements a process as a proxy connection node indicated by a portal request sent from the adjacent access point device, if the connection between the access point device and the wired LAN is normal where the access point device receives the portal request from the adjacent access point device. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245164 | Wireless Communication Systems - A wireless communication system comprising at least one user terminal (MS) in wireless communication with a relay station (Access RS), the relay station being in communication with at least one super-ordinate station in the system such as a base station (MR-BS) such that the user terminal can perform either single-hop communication with the access relay station or multi-hop communication with the access relay station's super-ordinate station. The system defines at least one specific signal to be used in a bandwidth request for multi-hop and/or single hop communication, and the specific signal is notified to the user terminal in advance, for example during a network entry procedure conducted with the relay station. This specific signal can be a specific CDMA code (or one of a set of codes), or a distinct CID, reserved for either single or multi-hop. Then, when the user terminal needs bandwidth, it issues a bandwidth request to the relay station indicating a single hop or multi-hop communication by including or not including the specific signal. The relay station decides whether or not to issue its own bandwidth request to the super-ordinate station based on the presence or absence of the specific signal. In this way, latency of bandwidth requests is reduced without needless allocation of bandwidth at the super-ordinate station. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245165 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RESOURCE SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method for resource scheduling in a wireless system, applicable to a multi-hop network, includes a MS acquiring bandwidth granted by an MS synchronous station, and transmitting data to the MS synchronous station with the bandwidth. Each node between the MS and an MMR-BS acquires bandwidth granted by the superordinate node of the node between granting the bandwidth to the subordinate node of the node and receiving the data from the subordinate node, and transmits the data to the superordinate node of the node with the bandwidth granted by the superordinate node of the node after receiving the data from the subordinate node. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245166 | Sending Station, Relay Station, And Relay Method - In a relay station, a packet fragmented by a sending station is received. The fragmented packet is selectively further fragmented into a plurality of refragmented packets. Identification information (FSN) is added to each of the refragmented packets and to a non-refragmented packet not fragmented. Each of the packets to which the identification information (FSN) has been added is transmitted to a receiving station. This makes it possible to prevent a confliction of information (FSN) between packets due to the packet refragmentation in the relay station. | 10-01-2009 |
20090252078 | RELAY STATION AND METHOD OF OPERATING RELAY STATION IN MULTI-HOP COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A replay station and a method of operating the relay station in a multi-hop communication system are provided. A method of operating a relay station of a multi-hop communication system includes monitoring a delay of the relay station, determining whether the monitored delay exceeds a predetermined threshold, and controlling the relay station to be handed over to another upper relay station that is different from a connecting upper relay station. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252079 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH RELAYS - Methods and systems are provided for use with wireless networks having one or more cell in which each cell includes a base station (BS), at least one relay station (RS) and at least one mobile station (MS). The at least one relay station can be used as an intermediate station for providing communication between the BS and MS. Methods are provided for allocating OFDM resources for communicating between the BS, RS and/or MS for example dividing transmission resources into uplink and downlink transmissions and methods of inserting pilot symbols into transmission resources used by the RS. In some embodiments on the invention, the methods are consistent and/or can be used in conjunction with existing standards such as 802.16e. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252080 | Relaying apparatus and method in wireless communication system - Provided are an apparatus and a method for providing a relay service in a wireless communication system. The apparatus includes a modulator, an encoder, and a transmission unit. The modulator modulates a transmission signal according to a modulation degree. The encoder encodes a modulation symbol provided from the modulator using a convolution code of a ring domain. The transmission unit transmits the signal provided from the encoder to a relay station. The relay station detects a signal where signals received from different transmission ends are added in a real domain, and relays the detected signal, thereby providing a relay service without an additional time resource. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252081 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING VARIOUS SYSTEMS IN A MULTIHOP RELAY BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station compliant with a legacy system and a mobile station compliant with a new system are both supported in a multihop relay broadband wireless communication system. A DownLink (DL) period of the Base Station (BS) includes a legacy zone for communicating with entities of a legacy system and a new zone for communicating with entities of a new system. Operations of the BS include transmitting DL data to entities of the legacy system via the legacy zone, and transmitting DL data to entities of the new system via the new zone which follows the legacy zone in a time axis. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252082 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEMS IN MULTI-HOP RELAY BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for supporting heterogeneous systems in a multi-hop relay wireless communication system are provided. In a method of transmitting and receiving a DownLink (DL) frame of a Base Station (BS) in a multi-hop relay wireless communication system employing heterogeneous systems, the DL frame of the BS includes a legacy zone for communication with a legacy Mobile Station (MS), an access zone of a new zone for communication with a new MS, and a relay zone of the new zone for communication with a new Relay Station (RS). The method includes transmitting DL data to the legacy MS in the legacy zone, transmitting the DL data to the new MS in the access zone of the new zone, and transmitting the DL data to the new RS in the relay zone of the new zone. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252083 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DIFFERENT SYSTEM IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-HOP RELAY SCHEME - An apparatus and method for supporting a different system in a broadband wireless communication system using a multi-hop relay scheme are provided. A DownLink/UpLink (DL/UL) frame of a Base Station (BS) includes a legacy access zone for communicating with a legacy Mobile Station (MS), a relay zone for communicating with a legacy Relay Station (RS), and a new zone for communicating with a new MS. A DL/UL frame of an RS includes a legacy access zone for communicating with a legacy MS and a legacy relay zone for communicating with a new BS by legacy standards. | 10-08-2009 |
20090262678 | COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATIONS TECHNIQUES - Techniques are disclosed involving communications between source and destination devices. Such communications may involve multiple cooperating devices that retransmit (e.g., simultaneously retransmit) transmissions sent by a source device. Thus, the delivery of transmissions from source devices to destination devices may involve two or more “hops” (e.g., a first “hop” comprising an initial transmission, and a second “hop” comprising two or more relay transmissions). | 10-22-2009 |
20090268656 | Fast Common Overhead Services Acquisition for MediaFlo - A technique for fast common overhead services acquisition for MediaFLO™ mobile multimedia multicast system, wherein encoding overhead information symbol (OIS) information in a first burst of MLC of each superframe, OIS comprises control channel (CC) information and reserved flow data comprising primary flow data, service information data, notification flow data, configuration flow data, and presentation metadata; encoding padding in second MLC burst; encoding parity bytes in third and fourth MLC bursts; encoding primary flow data in final MLC burst per superframe; encoding the remaining reserved flow data at the end of superframe; transmitting wireless data stream comprising first MLC at ½ forward error correction (FEC) rate and receiving it in receiver; determining a correctness of CC information by checking cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bits at the end of each received data packet; and transmitter sending size wise remainder of reserved flows at the end of superframe. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268657 | Relays in wireless communications - A method is provided, in a wireless communications network comprising a source node, a destination node and at least one relay node, of selecting spatial subchannels for use. The method comprising the steps of: spatially decomposing channels into spatial subchannels; and selecting a subset of the subchannels for use that at least approximately maximises predicted throughput rate. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268658 | Apparatus and method for relay service in wireless communication system - An apparatus and a method for relay service in a wireless communication system are provided. A method for constituting a frame for a relay service in a wireless communication system includes configuring Downlink and Uplink subframes for a Base Station (BS) to transmit and receive signals to and from a Mobile Station via one or more relay stations over one or more communication zones. Thus, the frames for the multihop relay service can be constituted with ease, the multihop relay service can be provided not to drive the relay service data into a particular part of the frame, and the service coverage of the MS can be extended. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268659 | REPEATER, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The present invention provides a repeater that can transmit the same signal received by plural repeaters to the recipient wireless communication device without redundancy of the signal, a wireless communication system, a control method, and a recording medium. | 10-29-2009 |
20090274087 | UTILITY OUTLETS AS REMOTE CONTROL REPEATERS - The current invention is directed to using utility outlets as remote control repeaters. Using utility outlets as remote control repeaters extends the coverage distance of the remote controller. Additionally, using the utility outlets as repeaters avoids interferences such as walls in premises. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274088 | Methods and Apparatus for Enabling Relay-Model Tethered Data Calls in Wireless Networks - A method and apparatus for enabling a data call in a wireless network comprising determining if the data call in a packet app is a relay model tethered data call; and determining if default link flow type Flow 1 is deactivated for the data call. In one aspect, one or more of the following is also included: determining if the type of the data call is CDMA 2000 1X, IS-95A/B, EVDO Rev. 0, EVDO Rev. A or EVDO Rev. B; determining the type of the packet app; requesting to deactivate default link flow type Flow 1; and determining if default link flow type Flow 1 is deactivated for the data call; and wherein the type of the packet app is of a default packet app (DPA), a multi-flow packet app (MPA), an enhanced multi-flow packet app (EMPA) or a multi-link multi-flow packet app (MMPA). | 11-05-2009 |
20090279473 | LINK TRAINING SCHEME FOR DISPLAYPORT SOURCE REPEATERS - A system and a method for configuring communication between a source device and a sink device using captured configuration data are described. The source device communicates with a repeater, which modifies received data to facilitate transmission to the sink device, using a communication channel. The communication channel transmits video and/or audio data from the source device to the sink device. An auxiliary communication channel is used to communicate configuration data between the source device and sink device to optimize transmission and receipt of data through the communication channel. The repeater is coupled to the auxiliary communication channel and passively captures configuration data from the auxiliary communication channel. The repeater uses a subset of the captured configuration data (e.g., data rate, voltage swing, pre-emphasis, etc.) to modify how the repeater transmits data to the sink device using the communication channel. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279474 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, POWER MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF FOR USE IN A WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - A relay station, a base station, a power management method, and a computer readable medium thereof are provided. The relay station is located within the coverage area of the BS. The relay station comprises a receiving/transmission module and a determination module. The receiving/transmission module is configured to receive a BS beacon in a first period of time. The determination module is configured to allow the BS to transmit a data to the relay station according to the BS beacon, so that the receiving/transmission module transmits a power saving poll to the BS, receives a power saving poll ACK in the first period of time, and receives the data in a second period of time after the first period of time. | 11-12-2009 |
20090285147 | ISOLATION MEASUREMENT AND SELF-OSCILLATION PREVENTION IN TDD-OFDM REPEATER FOR WIRELESS BROADBAND DISTRIBUTION TO SHADOWED AREAS - A method for determining isolation status of the RF repeater is provided. A modem in the repeater registers with a base transceiver station (BTS). Uplink output levels of a donor RF transceiver are calibrated and stored in the modem. The modem is synchronized to a BTS transmission received at the donor RF transceiver and the synchronization information is provided to a server RF transceiver of the repeater. Isolation detection and measurement can then be performed between donor transmit antenna and receive server antenna of the RF repeater and the automatic gain control parameter of donor RF transceiver and server RF transceiver are adjusted based upon the isolation detection and measurement value. The isolation and detection can be implemented in a co-processor coupled to the donor and server transceivers. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285148 | NATURAL NETWORK CODING FOR MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORK - Described herein is technology for, among other things, natural network coding in a wireless mesh network. The technology involves wireless mesh network systems, methods and devices based on the natural network coding. By encoding signals in their natural forms using their channel strengths, more efficient transmission of signals is possible in the wireless mesh network. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285149 | DATA TRANSCEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD IN CENTRALIZED MAC-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transceiving apparatus and method in a centralized MAC-based wireless communication system are provided. The data transceiving method of a centralized MAC-based device may include: setting a direct path to a device and a relay path to a piconet coordinator (PNC); selecting any one of the direct path and the relay path; and transceiving data via the selected path. | 11-19-2009 |
20090290526 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING OSCILLATION BETWEEN REPEATERS - A first repeater operating within a wireless network including a second repeater capable of communicating with the first repeater, and first and second wireless station devices capable of communicating with at least one of the first repeater and the second repeater, includes a reception device for receiving a wireless signal at a reception frequency; a detector for detecting if a predetermined portion of the received wireless signal includes a modified portion to thereby determine that the received signal is from the second repeater; and a transmission device for transmitting the wireless signal to one of the first and second wireless station devices at a transmission frequency to thereby repeat the wireless signal. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290527 | Automatic detection and cofiguration in wireless networks - Automatic detection of access points and range extension points and automatic configuration may be used to eliminate a need for manual configuration. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290528 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING MULTI-PATH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OF DISTRIBUTED MAC - Provided is an apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving data using multiple paths in a wireless communication system using a distributed Media Access Control (MAC). More particularly, provided is an apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving data that may select a path with a better channel status from multiple paths that include a direct path using a Line of Sight (LOS) and a relay path passing through a relay apparatus, in a wireless communication system that may transmit data via the LOS using a distributed MAC and a directional antenna. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290529 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING NETWORK BASE IP MOBILITY PROTOCOL, CONTROL APPARATUS, ROUTER AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - There are provided a communication system, a control apparatus, a router, and communication method thereof, there are capable of eliminating loss in packets during a handover and effectively releasing a resource of a router in a network base IP mobility protocol in which a mobile mode is movable without mounting a special protocol. When an MN | 11-26-2009 |
20090296625 | METHOD FOR DYNAMIC PACKET RETRANSMISSION FOR RADIO LINK CONTROL LAYER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a method for dynamic packet retransmissions of a radio link control, hereinafter called RLC, layer for an RLC entity of a transmitter in a wireless communications system. The method includes the following steps. A first RLC packet, including a first header and a first data field, is transmitted to a receiver. A negative acknowledgment signal corresponding to the first RLC packet is received from the receiver. A first TB size is indicated and received from a protocol layer lower than the RLC layer. A second RLC packet is constructed, whose size depends on the first TB size, includes a second header and a second data field including a portion of the first data field. The second RLC packet is then transmitted to the receiver. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296626 | Method, apparatus and computer program for relay selection - First are determined which relays are available between at least one source and at least one destination, and from them are selected a subset of those relays for an activation interval under a constraint of equal transmit energy per selected relay across the activation interval. A matrix is formed, using CSI received from the relays, to evaluate each effective channel between source and destination that goes through each of the relays, including multi-relay hops, and the relays are selected from that matrix. Utility of source-relay pairing is evaluated in view of the relay-destination channel and the pairing enables relays to multiplex multiple sources where feasible. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296627 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING RELAY STATION MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and apparatus for selecting an RS mode in a BWA communication system are provided. In a method for a BS to select an RS mode in a BWA communication system, bidding prices are received from a set of RSs covered by the BS. The winner RS of at least one or more auctions is determined on the basis of the bidding values and the interference information of the RS set. The winner RS is set to operate in an active mode. | 12-03-2009 |
20090303916 | System for satellite digital communications with onboard processing adaptive to the attenuation traffic and radio interface conditions for point to point communication and meshed grids - The present invention provides apparatus for processing and regenerating the signals of telecommunication satellites, for meshed communications on multi-beam coverage between standard DVB-RCS and DVB-S2 user terminals and apparatus for filtering and routing the signals transferred between ground terminals. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303917 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND LINK USE STOPPING METHOD - Resources for maintaining links are conserved by not using links that substantially cannot relay data. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303918 | ZONES FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH RELAYS - Methods and systems are provided for use with wireless networks having once or more cell in which each cell includes a base station (BS), at least one relay station (RS) and at least one mobile station (MS). The at least one relay station can be used as an intermediate station for providing communication between the BS and MS. Methods are provided for an RS to initially access the network, access of the RS by MSs initially accessing the network, methods of allocating OFDM resources for communicating between the BS, RS and/or MS for example dividing transmission resources into uplink and downlink transmissions, and methods of inserting pilot symbols into transmission resources used by the RS. In some embodiments on the invention, the methods are consistent and/or can be used in conjunction with existing standards such as 802.16e. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303919 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING PREAMBLE CHANGE OF RELAY STATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIHOP RELAY - An apparatus and a method for processing a change of a preamble of a Relay Station (RS) are provided. An operating method of a Base Station (BS) includes providing a relay service via an RS, determining whether a preamble of the RS needs to change, when it is necessary to change the preamble of the RS, sending a preamble change command message to the RS and, when the preamble of the RS is changed, sending a preamble change notification message informing of the preamble change to at least one lower node of the RS. | 12-10-2009 |
20090310527 | Method for backhaul interference management with access terminal router - An enhanced access terminal (AT) that can serve as a “proxy wireless over-the-air backhaul or relay” is provided, to connect a base station with no backhaul to its neighboring fully functional base station that is connected to the NMS. In a further embodiment, an architecture and protocol for storing and retrieving data at the base station lacking backhaul is provided, and, using that information, a mechanism by which the ATR can communicate the format information to the source to improve interference cancellation at the base station lacking backhaul, and neighboring base stations, due to backhaul transmission from the AT's routing and relaying capability. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310528 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONNECTION DEVICE, RELAY DEVICE AND REGISTERING METHOD - A wireless communication system is provided. The wireless communication system includes a connection device which configures a first LAN which is a wireless LAN; a relay device which configures a second LAN different from the first LAN and relays data between a LAN terminal connected to the second LAN and the connection device; an authentication connection section which connects the relay device to the connection device through the first LAN by executing authentication conforming to an infrastructure mode based on a request from the relay device to the connection device; and a data transfer section which transfers data to be communicated between the LAN terminal and the connection device by using a data frame conforming to a wireless distribution system between the connection device and the relay device connected by the authentication connection section. | 12-17-2009 |
20090316617 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication apparatus performing data communication through a network having a relay apparatus which relays data, a data-path establishment unit establishes a data-communication path between the communication apparatus and an opposite end of the data-communication path, and a control-path establishment unit establishes a control-information path between the communication apparatus and an opposite end of the control-information path, where the control-information path is arranged for transmitting control information for controlling the data communication through the control-information path. In addition, an instruction transmission unit transmits an address-set instruction instructing the relay apparatus to search for a next-hop node in the data-communication path and store a MAC address of the next-hop node before the control-information path is established by the control-path establishment unit. | 12-24-2009 |
20090323578 | Wireless Vehicle Communication Method Utilizing Wired Backbone - A method for providing electronic communications between nodes of a vehicle includes electronically connecting a plurality of gateway nodes to one another via a wired backbone. A first and second of the gateway nodes are electronically connected to the wired backbone. A plurality of sub-network nodes are wirelessly communicatively coupled to each of the plurality of gateway nodes. A plurality of first sub-network nodes are wirelessly communicatively coupled to the first gateway node. A plurality of second sub-network nodes are wirelessly communicatively coupled to the second gateway node. A message is transmitted from a selected first sub-network node to a selected second sub-network node by using a data routing technique. The data routing technique includes the selected first sub-network node wirelessly transmitting the message to the first gateway node. The first gateway node receives the message and, in response thereto, the first gateway node broadcasts the message on the wired backbone. The second gateway node receives the message on the wired backbone and, in response thereto, the second gateway node wirelessly transmits the message to the selected second sub-network node. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323579 | Redundant message packet suppression for in-vehicle ad hoc network - A method is provided for suppressing redundant packet message transmissions a multi-hop message delivery system. The vehicle receives message packets from any one of a plurality of vehicles within a broadcast range of the vehicle. The vehicle includes a buffer for holding the received message packets prior to re-broadcasting the message packets. A first estimation value is calculated as a function of a signal strength of the vehicle receiver for a respective received message packet. A second estimation value is calculated as a function of the buffer. A re-broadcast estimation threshold value is determined as a function of the first estimation value and the second estimation value. At least one triggering function is provided for generating an at least one triggering indicator. The respective message packet is re-broadcast in response to the re-broadcast estimation threshold value satisfying the at least one triggering indicator. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323580 | Frame structure and sequencing for enabling network coding for wireless relaying - In a wireless network, when using an intermediate node to relay two-way communications between two other nodes, the data sets going in opposite directions may be intercepted and XOR'd together by the intermediate node to produce a third data set. The third data set may then be transmitted simultaneously to both destination nodes (e.g., through a multicast transmission), which each use another XOR operation to produce the message intended for them. Identification numbers may be appended to the various messages to allow each node to keep track of which messages are intended for it, and which data to use in the XOR operation. If bidirectional network traffic is unbalanced, separate time periods may be established by a network controller for transmission of data sets that are to be coded and those that are not. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323581 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RELAYING CALLS - An apparatus connected to a communication terminal and for relaying a call between communication terminals. This apparatus includes a relay determiner, a priority determiner, and a relay controller. The relay determiner determines whether if a new call can be relayed based on the communication capacity, when there is a relaying request of a new call from a communication terminal or to a communication terminal. The priority determiner determines the priorities of a call that is being relayed and a new call based on the pre-configured policy. The relay controller may allow the relaying request of a new call by stopping the relaying of any existing call having a lower priority than the new call among the calls that are being relayed. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323582 | REPEATER TECHNIQUES FOR MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT UTILIZING BEAM FORMERS - A repeater for a wireless communication network includes a first reception antenna for receiving a reception signal on a first path from one of an access point, another repeater or a wireless station device; a second reception antenna for receiving the reception signal on a second path; a reception weighting circuit for applying first and second weights to the reception signal to generate a first weighted reception signal and a second weighted reception signal; a signal combiner for combining the first and second weighted reception signals according to various mathematical combinations to generate a plurality of combined reception signals; and a transmission antenna for transmitting a transmission signal corresponding to one of the combined reception signals to one of the access point, the another repeater or the wireless station device. | 12-31-2009 |
20100002618 | Radio Communication with a Repeater - A first radio station receives a message in a first frequency band from a second radio station and passes the message to a third radio station in a second frequency band, where the width of the first frequency band differs from the width of the second frequency band. The modulation of the data in the message is maintained unchanged and the first radio station is not required to perform decoding of the message. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002619 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A downlink transmission method for use in a multi-hop communication system, the system comprising a base station (BS), a mobile station (MS) and one or more relay stations (RS), and the system providing two or more different communication paths extending between the base station and the mobile station, the base station being operable to transmit information indirectly to the mobile station along a series of links forming a first such communication path via one or more of said relays and also being operable to transmit information to the mobile station along one link or a series of links forming a second such communication path; the method comprising transmitting particular information from the base station along the first and second communication paths and combining the same particular information transmitted along the first and second communication paths in the mobile station. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002620 | REPEATER HAVING DUAL RECEIVER OR TRANSMITTER ANTENNA CONFIGURATION WITH ADAPTATION FOR INCREASED ISOLATION - A repeater for a wireless communication network includes a reception antenna and first and second transmission antennas. The repeater also includes a weighting circuit which applies a weight to at least one of first and second signals on first and second transmission paths coupled to the first and second transmission antennas respectively, and a control circuit configured to control the weighting circuit in accordance with an adaptive algorithm to thereby increase isolation between a reception path coupled to the reception antenna and the first and second transmission paths. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002621 | System and Method for Implementing an Out-of-Band Relay Scheme - A method for implementing an out-of-band relay scheme includes establishing a relay connection between a base station and a relay station using a relay frequency and an access connection between the relay station and an endpoint using an access frequency that is different than the relay frequency. The method also includes receiving at the relay station data from the base station during a current frame via the relay frequency and data from the endpoint during the current frame via the access frequency. At least a portion of the data from the endpoint is received concurrently with data from the base station. The method additionally includes transmitting previously received data from the relay station to the base station during the current frame via the relay frequency and to the endpoint during the current frame via the access frequency. At least a portion of the data transmitted to the endpoint is transmitted concurrently with data transmitted to the base station. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002622 | System and Method for Implementing an In-Band Relay Scheme - A method for implementing an in-band relay scheme includes establishing a connection between a base station and a relay station and between the relay station and a mobile station using a frequency. The method also includes receiving data from the base station during a frame via the frequency, the frame comprising a downlink sub-frame, and an uplink sub-frame, wherein the data is received during a beginning portion of the downlink sub-frame. The method further includes transitioning from receive to transmit during the downlink sub-frame. The method additionally includes transmitting data, received from the base station during a previous frame, to the endpoint during a later portion of the downlink sub-frame via the frequency. The method also includes transmitting data received from the endpoint during a previous frame, to the base station during a beginning portion of the uplink sub-frame via the frequency. The method further includes transitioning from transmit to receive during the uplink sub-frame. The method also includes receiving data from the endpoint during a later portion of the uplink sub-frame via the frequency. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002623 | Token-Based Receiver Diversity - A token-based receiver diversity processing is described. In one embodiment, a receiver diversity comprises repeaters receiving wirelessly transmitted packets from a mobile station, and one of the repeaters forwarding packets of the wirelessly transmitted packets to a switch if the one repeater is currently assigned to forward packets from the mobile station based on an indicator assigned prior to the wirelessly transmitted packets being sent. | 01-07-2010 |
20100008284 | RELAYING METHOD OF RELAY STATION(RS) USING A DIRECT RELAYING ZONE IN MULTIHOP RELAY SYSTEM - Provided are a method of relaying a data burst in a relay station (RS) of a multi-hop relay (MMR) system using a direct relay zone, and a system using the method. The RS requests a base station to assign the direct relay zone in a frame in which a demodulation and forwarding scheme that demodulates, and then modulates and transmits a data burst is applied, receives an acknowledgement to the request from the base station, and relays a data burst using the frame in which the direct relay zone is assigned. Accordingly, since a data burst can be relayed within one frame, relay latency can be reduced. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008285 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus transmits a request message to connectable relay apparatuses, and receives a response message from the relay apparatuses. The communication apparatus determines whether the received request message includes the device identification data of a relay apparatus to which it is currently connected. If no received response message includes the device identification data of a relay apparatus to which it is currently connected, the communication apparatus requests another relay apparatus identified based on device identification data that is included in any of the received response messages to make a connection with the communication apparatus. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008286 | WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - A wireless sensor network having mobile sensors ( | 01-14-2010 |
20100008287 | SYSTEM LEVEL ARCHITECTURES FOR RELAYED UPLINK COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication method and apparatus are disclosed for assigning different phases, (i.e., time periods), to perform data transmissions over designated frequency bands in a cooperative relaying system. In phase 1, a relay station (RS) listens to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and successfully receives b information bits. In phase 2, the RS and WTRU cooperatively transmit these b information bits to the destination. These transmissions may be performed in a unicast scheme, wherein a WTRU sends information to a selected RS in phase 1, and the RS forwards the information to a base station (BS) in phase 2. The transmission may also be performed in a multicast scheme, wherein the WTRU sends information to the RS and the BS in phase 1, and the RS transmits a subset the information to the BS in phase 2. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008288 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING HIERARCHICAL MODULATION SCHEME OR NETWORK CODING SCHEME - A communication system using a hierarchical modulation scheme and/or a network coding scheme is provided. A relay node included in the communication system may generate a relay packet by applying a network coding scheme to a hierarchically modulated source packet and to a destination packet received from a destination node. The relay packet is transmitted to a source node and a destination node, and the source node and the destination node may extract a desired packet from a relay packet. The communication system also may adaptively determine an optimal communication mode. | 01-14-2010 |
20100014451 | PACKET DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND PACKET DISTRIBUTION METHOD - Provided is a technique for switching a session between a terminal and a network to a session using a plurality of peripheral terminals having respective functions, by considering the load on the distribution side system and distributing a packet to the plurality of peripheral terminals. This application for relaying a packet transmitted from a distribution node via a communication device in response to a request from a terminal to a relay destination peripheral terminal that becomes a relay destination, characterized in comprising: data acquiring means for decapsulating the packet encapsulated by the communication device, thereby to acquire a payload data; outputting means for outputting the acquired data by the data acquiring means to a predetermined reproduction function; and relay processing means for, based upon header information being contained in the decapsulated packet, relaying the decapsulated packet to the relay destination peripheral terminal. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014452 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS - A communication control apparatus controls radio communications with other communication device through a relay device. The communication control apparatus includes a transmission control unit that notifies a data transmission to the relay device, and performs the data transmission to the relay device when the transmission control unit receives a response to the notification from the relay device indicating that the data transmission is possible, and stops a data transmission when the transmission control unit receives a response to a notification made by another communication device from the relay device, a collision conjecture unit that conjectures a collision of frames at the data transmission in accordance with a predetermined condition, and a threshold value control unit that sets a threshold value to determine an assertion or a negation of the transmission control unit in accordance with a result of the conjecture of the collision. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014453 | COOPERATIVE MAC FOR RATE ADAPTIVE RANDOMIZED DISTRIBUTED SPACE-TIME CODING - Data is transmitted from a source wireless device to a destination wireless device by: (a) discovering node-to-node wireless channel conditions in a wireless network; (b) determining at least one of (A) wireless relay devices, (B) modulation schemes, and (C) transmission rates using the discovered node-to-node channel conditions; (c) signaling at least some of the determined information to the determined wireless relay devices; (d) receiving, with each of the wireless relay devices, a transmission of the data from the source wireless device; and (e) transmitting, with each of the wireless relay devices, a randomized, space-time encoded, part of the received data, to the destination device using the signaled at least some of the determined information | 01-21-2010 |
20100020738 | RELAY NETWORK SYSTEM AND TERMINAL ADAPTOR APPARATUS - The optimum relay route is selected out of a plurality of relay routes to a server. In order to solve a multirouting problem, introduced is a multi routing system for determining a relay route on the basis of a label corresponding to a terminal of an access source and a server type of an access destination instead of using an IP address as a key to select the relay route. A VPN using L2TP is also introduced. A CE router A ( | 01-28-2010 |
20100020739 | AUTOMATIC PARTNER SELECTION IN THE COOOPERATIVE MAC PROTOCOL - The present invention provides a system ( | 01-28-2010 |
20100020740 | Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Device, Wireless Communication Method, and Program - A set-N table ( | 01-28-2010 |
20100020741 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A modular wireless Internet access communications system designed to extend broadband 802.3 linear-bus topology up to fifteen miles beyond the physical limits of DSL or cable technologies through the integration of specialized wireless hardware devices, firmware, and protocols. | 01-28-2010 |
20100027457 | Base station, relay station, and bandwidth allocation method - A relay station that performs relay processing of data, intervening between a wireless terminal and a wireless base station having a receiving processing unit to obtain a bandwidth request included in the data received from the wireless terminal and a bandwidth allocation control unit to allocate a bandwidth to the wireless terminal based on the bandwidth request obtained by the receiving processing unit is utilized in an aspect. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027458 | Method and System for Full Duplex Relaying in a Wireless Communication Network - Embodiments of the present invention are systems and methods for wireless communication. According to one embodiment, a system for wireless communication comprises a first relay station, second relay station, and a base station. The first relay station and the second relay station are operable to receive and transmit wireless signals. The base station is operable to transmit the wireless signals to the first relay station and the second relay station in an interchanging pattern during successive time frames so that the first relay station and the second relay station forward the wireless signals to a mobile station. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027459 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A management apparatus instructs a wireless terminal wirelessly connecting to a first base station to switch wireless connection to a second base station. After the wireless terminal switches the wireless connection to the second base station as instructed, the wireless terminal transmits a message for updating information used for determining a forwarding destination of the message received by the relay apparatus. The relay apparatus updates the information used for determining the forwarding destination of the received message based on the message transmitted from the wireless terminal. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027460 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER EQUIPMENT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A signal transmission method and apparatus of a user equipment for a mobile communication system is provided for improving data transmission reliability and efficiency by transmitting data based on precise discrimination of the uplink transmission resource assignment messages indicative of initial transmission and retransmission. A signal transmission method of a user equipment for a mobile communication system receives an uplink transmission resource assignment message from a base station determines whether a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) buffer is empty, and when the HARQ buffer is empty, transmits to the base station a Media Access Control Protocol Data Unit (MAC PDU) generated with reference to information contained in the uplink transmission resource assignment message. | 02-04-2010 |
20100034132 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A telecommunications system for communicating data to and from a mobile device. The system comprises a plurality of repeater nodes disposed to form a network. Each repeater, node has a transceiver unit operable to transmit the data with a first transmission power to one or more other of the repeater nodes within one of a plurality of slots of a time frame. Each repeater node is allocated a time slot, and the mobile device is arranged to transmit and receive data to and from the repeater nodes in the network. Each of the repeater nodes is operable to transmit a pilot signal during the same one of the time slots of the time frame with a second transmission power, the second power being less than the first transmission power. The pilot signal includes an identifier of the repeater node which is transmitted with the pilot signal and the mobile device is operable to receive one of the pilot signals. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034133 | Systems and methods for efficiently positioning a directional antenna module to receive and transmit the most effective band width of wireless transmissions - Wireless systems and methods establish an optimal wireless communication link by efficiently positioning an antenna module to receive/transmit the most effective signal. An antenna module scans and rotates and receives data such as available networks and the qualities of received signals. Received networks are analyzed, recorded and mapped to antenna variables such as azimuth, elevation and polarity. Automatic or manual selection of a wireless network is based upon antenna variables, qualities of received network signals and predefined conditions. If desired, a more refined antenna position is obtained by the addition of spiral antenna rotations and additional recordings of received data are mapped to antenna elevation, azimuth and polarity. In the event the measured effective signal reception diminishes, the center destination of the spiral path shifts and the process repeats until the highest effective signal reception is found. The disclosed technique acknowledges the realities of complicated modern day signal topography. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034134 | Adaptive Antenna System for Diversity and Interference Avoidance in a Multi-Station Network - The invention provides a method of operating a communication network and a network itself. The network comprises a plurality of wireless stations, each station being able to transmit and receive data so that the network can transmit a message comprising a plurality of data packets from an originating station to a destination station via at least one intermediate station. At least some of the stations have a controllable antenna system operable to direct a null selectively. The method includes selecting, at each station, one or more probing channels for the transmission of probe signals to other stations. At stations having a controllable antenna system, the presence of interference on said one or more probing channels is detected, and one or more nulls are selectively directed towards the source or sources of the interference. Typically, a null is directed towards a source of interference where the level of the interference exceeds a predetermined level. Each station transmits neighbor gathering probe signals on the selected probing channel or channels, and other stations which receive the neighbor gathering probe signals from a probing station respond directly or indirectly to thereby indicate to the probing station their availability as destination or intermediate neighbor stations. The presence of the nulls affects the ability of other stations to receive the neighbor gathering probe signals, and the resulting variations in the connectivity between stations provides variations in the availability of neighbor stations to each station. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034135 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF COMMUNICATION USING SUBFRAME BETWEEN BASE STATION AND RELAY - Provided is a communication method of a relay station in a wireless communication system, the communication method comprising the steps of configuring subframes dedicated for a backhaul link between a base station and the relay station and receiving a signal from the base station via the subframes dedicated for the backhaul link, wherein access of a legacy mobile station to at least a part of the subframes dedicated for the backhaul link is restricted. | 02-11-2010 |
20100039980 | MULTI-ANTENNA RELAY STATION WITH TWO-WAY CHANNEL - In relaying signals in a multi-hop network, two-way transmission signals are received at the relay device via at least two antenna elements. The received two-way transmission signals are separated and subjected to a transmit processing at the relay device. Thereby, transmit and receive processing can be restricted to the relay device and signalling load between the transmitting end and the receiving end can be reduced. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039981 | HANDOVER METHOD USING RELAY STATION HAVING HANDOVER CONTROL FUNCTION AND MULTI-HOP RELAY SYSTEM - Provided are a handover method using a relay station having a handover control function and a multi-hop relay system. When handover of mobile stations connected to a relay station is required, the relay station negotiates handover of the mobile stations with a base station by exchanging a handover request message and a handover response message. Upon execution of handover of the mobile stations, the relay station collects handover results of the mobile stations and transmits the handover results to the base station. The base station then updates information about the handed-over mobile stations. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039982 | Wireless Communication Device, Communication System, Communication Control Method, and Program - A wireless communication device includes a control unit that controls data communication, and a memory that stores communication data. The control unit controls a switch between a direct link path that is a direct communication path with a communication party, and a relay-point-routed path that is a communication path routed via a relay point. The control unit transmits a communication path switch request to the communication party, and on condition of reception of an acceptance response from the communication party, the control unit starts data communication using a switched communication path. | 02-18-2010 |
20100046413 | COMMUNICATION METHOD USING RELAY STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method using a relay station (RS) in a mobile communication system is disclosed. A base station transmits identification information, which designates a position of a relay station region during at least one next frame, to a mobile subscriber station through the relay station, and the mobile subscriber station identifies the position of the relay station region during the at least one next frame. Thus, the mobile subscriber station does not need to synchronize with a relay station preamble to retrieve the relay station region for every frame, and a start point of the relay station region can be retrieved quickly and exactly even in the case that the position of the relay station region is varied. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046414 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LEVERAGING SPATIAL REUSE IN OFDMA RELAY NETWORKS - Systems and methods for scheduling transmission that leverages both diversity and spatial reuse gains in the presence of finite user buffers in a two-hop wireless relay setting are disclosed. The system includes partitioning a set of relays to enable spatial reuse while accounting for half-duplex nature of relays, and assigning and reusing of channels to the relays (and associated users) in the two partitions to maximize the aggregate system throughput while ensuring proportional fairness. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046415 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EFFECTIVE ADAPTIVE CODING AND MODULATION IN SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Second Generation Digital Video Broadcasting via Satellite (DVB-S2) system is provided. More particularly, a method and apparatus for maintaining synchronization of a signal by changing an Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) method that is used for a conventional DVB-S2 system are provided. In the apparatus and method, an FEC frame of a variable length is formed by turbo encoding rather than Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem (BCH) and Low Density Parity Check (LDPC) encoding, and a Physical Layer (PL) frame of a specific length is formed regardless of a modulation method, so that a satellite terminal receives a signal transmitted at a specific length regardless of a modulation method or a coding rate to easily maintain synchronization without interruption and efficiently transmit the signal. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046416 | MOBILE IP CONTROL SYSTEM, MOBILE IP CONTROL METHOD, AND MOBILE IP CONTROL PROGRAM - To suppress communication delay and data loss caused by the radio type of a mobile terminal and the radio communication band when a communication packet is sent to the mobile terminal in a mobile IP system. A mobile IP control system includes: a radio base station ( | 02-25-2010 |
20100046417 | WIRELESS LAN RELAY APPARATUS - The relay apparatus includes a wireless communication unit configured to carry out wireless communication with the base station, and capable of direct wireless communications respectively with other relay apparatuses belonging to the wireless LAN, without going through the base station, and a path search unit configured to compare the throughput of a wireless communication path for carrying out data transfer to a destination apparatus without going through the base station, with the throughput of a wireless communication path for carrying out data transfer to a destination apparatus going through the base station; and select the path having higher throughput. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046418 | RELAY ARCHITECTURE FRAMEWORK - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate providing relay nodes in wireless networks. In particular, cluster nodes, which can be regular eNBs, can provide wireless network access to the relay nodes over a backhaul link, and the relay nodes can offer access to devices or other relay nodes to expand network coverage and/or provide increased throughput. User equipment (UE) relays can function as UEs according to a cluster node such that UE relays receive network addressing and can tunnel communications through the cluster node using the backhaul link. Cell relays can function as a cell of the cluster node, such that transport layer communications terminate at the cluster node. In this regard, cell relays can define transport layers to use in communicating with the cluster nodes over the backhaul and with other devices over a provided access link. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046419 | Overlay Network Node, Mobile Node, and Mobile Router - A technique is disclosed, by which generation of redundant signaling caused by processing to establish route optimization can be suppressed. According to this technique, an overlay network is formed on a network, and an overlay network service of home agent is provided by a pHA (proxy home agent) | 02-25-2010 |
20100046420 | Communication Systems - A transmission method for use in a wireless communication system is provided. The wireless communication system includes a source apparatus and a destination apparatus, where at least transmission from the source apparatus to the destination apparatus is conducted via an intermediate apparatus. The source apparatus is arranged to transmit an identification message to identify itself to the system. The method includes, in the intermediate apparatus, determining whether an identification message from the source apparatus is received and if so, informing the destination apparatus of the reception of the identification message. The method also includes, in the destination apparatus, detecting any identification message received directly at the destination apparatus from the source apparatus, detecting whether the intermediate apparatus has informed the destination apparatus of the reception of the identification message, and using said detections to decide whether to send a response to the source apparatus. | 02-25-2010 |
20100054169 | System and Method for Allocating Resources in a Non-Transparent Multi-Hop Relay Network - A method for allocating resources in a wireless network includes establishing one or more links. The method also includes the following iterative steps: allocating a first number of slots to the relay links; dividing the first number of slots among the relay links; determining a representative relay data rate indicative of a data rate provided by one of the relay links for one of the multi-hop access links; allocating the second number of slots to the multi-hop access links; dividing the second number of slots among the multi-hop access links; determining the effective multi-hop data rate based on the minimum of the representative relay link data rate and the multi-hop data rate; allocating the third number of slots to the single-hop access links; dividing the third number of slots among the single-hop access links; and upon the single-hop data rate being approximately equal to the effective multi-hop data rate, provisioning the first, second and third number of slots. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054170 | Apparatus and Method for Allocating Resources in a Transparent Multi-Hop Relay Network - A method for allocating resources in a multi-hop relay network includes establishing one or more relay links, single-hop access links, and multi-hop access links. The method also includes iteratively repeating the following steps until a single-hop data rate is approximately equal to a multi-hop data rate: allocating a first number of slots to the multi-hop access links; dividing the first number of slots among the multi-hop access links; allocating a second number of slots to the relay links; allocating a third number of slots to the single-hop access links; dividing the third number of slots among the single-hop access links; and comparing the single-hop data rate to the multi-hop data rate. The method also includes, upon the single-hop data rate being approximately equal to the multi-hop data rate, provisioning the first number of slots to each of the multi-hop access links, the second number of slots to each of the relay links, and the third number of slots to each of the single-hop access links. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054171 | System and Method for Selecting an Access Link in a Multi-Hop Relay Network - A method for selecting an access link in a multi-hop relay network includes determining a first effective spectrum efficiency value of a first connection between an endpoint and a base station. The first effective spectrum efficiency value is indicative of the spectrum efficiency from the endpoint to the base station when the first connection is used. The method also includes determining a second effective spectrum efficiency value of a second connection between the endpoint and the base station via a relay station. The second effective spectrum efficiency value is indicative of the spectrum efficiency from the endpoint to the base station when the second connection is used. The method also includes comparing the first and second effective spectrum efficiency values. The method further includes establishing a connection using one of the first or second connections based on the comparison of the first and second effective spectrum efficiency values. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054172 | FRAME SYNCHRONIZATION USING BIDIRECTIONAL TRANSIT AND RECEIVE ZONES - Various example embodiments are disclosed relating to synchronization of frames using bidirectional transmit and receive zones. An example method includes delaying, at a wireless relay station, a start time of a frame. In the example method, the start time of the frame is delayed, such that the relay station receives one or more data symbols from a superordinate wireless station and one or more data symbols from a subordinate wireless station at substantially the same time during the frame. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054173 | RELAY STATION AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE SAME - A relay station and a method of operating a relay station are disclosed. The method includes decoding a received signal to restore the received signal into an information packet, and obtaining a first probability sequence representing probability information of respective information bits constituting the information packet, encoding the information packet to obtain a coded packet, and obtaining a second probability sequence representing probability information of respective coded bits constituting the coded packet by using the first probability sequence, and obtaining a modulated symbol by using the second probability sequence. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054174 | DATA COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM RECORDING DATA COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A user location monitoring unit of a data communication control apparatus monitors a message sent from a wireless device via a repeater. Upon detection of a change in the location of the wireless device, the user location monitoring unit updates the location information in the database and notifies via the Internet a management server of the location change. Upon receipt of the message via the Internet, a destination address confirming and correcting unit of the data communication control apparatus uses the user ID of a destination wireless device as a search keyword to search the database. In turn, the destination address confirming and correcting unit corrects the destination address of the message to the latest address of the pertinent user ID and outputs the corrected message to a received message forwarding unit. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054175 | Wirless broadband systems with relay stations - In a wireless communications network using relay stations between the network controller and at least some of the subscriber stations, the total network throughput may be increased by using spatial multiplexing between the network controller and some relay stations. In networks with multiple tiers of relay stations, a relay station may dedicate some sub-channels to communicating directly with subscriber stations and dedicate other sub-channels to communicating with other downstream relay stations. | 03-04-2010 |
20100061292 | NETWORK COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Distributing a message in a network may include transmitting, via a contention-free access channel, the message from an originating node to a first set of nodes neighboring the originating node, and designating a subset of the first set of nodes as relay nodes. A first one of the relay nodes may then relay, via the contention-free access channel, the message to a second set of nodes neighboring the first relay node. | 03-11-2010 |
20100067427 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INTER RELAY INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - A method for inter relay interference coordination (IRIC) by a first relay node in a wireless communications system is described. A second relay node is communicated with over a relay interface. A first set of user equipment (UE) communication settings is received over the relay interface that correspond to the second relay node. A second set of UE communication settings is determined that correspond to the first relay node. The second set of UE communication settings are based on the first set of UE communication settings. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067428 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF BEACON TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - A system includes a first primary wireless system ( | 03-18-2010 |
20100067429 | EXTENSION SUBORDINATE MACHINE SYSTEM AND SIGNAL RELAYING METHOD - An extension subordinate machine system enabling high-accuracy correction of the cable loss by adjusting the gain by using the pilot signal and further enabling high-accuracy correction of the loss caused by distribution by a distributor even when a relay device adaptor is connected to the extension subordinate machine through the distributor. With this system, a main machine control section ( | 03-18-2010 |
20100067430 | RELAY APPARATUS AND RELAY METHOD - A relay apparatus for relaying data transmitted and received between a transmitting station and a receiving station, including a discarding decision unit which measures a transmission delay amount in the receiving station on the basis of the feedback information from the receiving station, decides a discarding amount of the data based on the transmission delay amount for a session the transmission delay amount of which exceeds a threshold value, and discards data in the discarding amount among the data stored in a buffer. | 03-18-2010 |
20100074160 | MESSAGE REPEATER AND METHOD OF OPERATION - A method is provided for operating a distributed power repeater for a train system. The method includes: (a) monitoring all radio traffic on a wireless communications channel used by the repeater to relay distributed power commands between a plurality of transmitters and receivers disposed on a plurality of trains for distributed power control of the trains; (b) determining the level of channel loading on the communications channel; (c) comparing the channel loading to a predetermined limit; (d) if the channel loading is less than the predetermined limit, relaying messages over the wireless communications channel at a first activity level; and (e) if the channel loading exceeds the predetermined limit, relaying messages over the wireless communications channel at a second activity level less than the first activity level. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074161 | METHOD FOR DYNAMIC ROUTING USING TUNNELING - Techniques for routing data from a source to a destination in a wireless network are provided. The techniques include broadcasting one or more messages in a network to identify a set of one or more nodes that can be used to forward data towards a destination, routing data from a source to the destination by way of a sequence of one or more data transmissions involving the one or more identified nodes, wherein each data transmission comprises a node that has data addressed to the destination to trigger a distributed procedure among the one or more identified nodes to select a relaying node, and sending the data to the selected relaying node until the destination is reached. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074162 | WIRELESS INTERNET CONNECTION REPEATER WITHOUT SIGNAL INTERFERENCE - Disclosed is a wireless Internet connection repeater, and more particularly, a wireless Internet connection repeater without signal interference between a local area wireless communication module (WiFi module) and a broadband wireless communication module (WiMAX module). The wireless Internet connection repeater includes a broadband wireless communication module which includes a master packet control mediator for outputting status information of data transmission/receipt between the broadband wireless communication module and a base station in a broadband wireless network, and a local area wireless communication module which includes a slave packet control mediator for transmitting and receiving data to/from client terminals in synchronization with the status information from the master packet control mediator. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074163 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING DATA PATHS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A network node for use in a wireless sensor network has memory that is configured to store a routing indicator indicating whether the network node may function as a routing node for messages destined for other nodes of the wireless sensor network. The network node also has logic that is configured to control, based on the routing indicator, whether the network node is specified as a hop for a data path from a source node to a destination node of the wireless sensor network. In one exemplary embodiment, the routing indicator is controlled based on sleeping characteristics of the network node. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074164 | Communication Systems - A method for transmission of information about downlink and uplink parameters of a intermediate apparatus link in a multi-hop wireless communication system, the system comprising a first node apparatus, a second node apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses, each said apparatus being operable to transmit and receive information along a series of links forming a communication path for downlink and uplink communication, the communication path extending between the first node and second node apparatuses via the or each intermediate apparatus, each link comprising either a first node link between the first node apparatus and a said intermediate apparatus or an intermediate apparatus link between a said intermediate apparatus and a said apparatus which is not the first node apparatus, and the system having access to a minimum allocation unit for allocating time and transmission frequency bandwidth, the method comprising: obtaining values of downlink and uplink parameters for a particular intermediate apparatus link; mapping both values onto a single minimum allocation unit and transmitting them towards the first node apparatus. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074165 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication control apparatus calculates a bandwidth ratio Ri based on a received number of IP packets received from a radio communication apparatus within a window T | 03-25-2010 |
20100074166 | WIRELESS NETWORK USING NETWORK CODING SCHEME BASED ON OVERHEARING CHANNEL - A wireless network using a network coding scheme is provided. The wireless network may include at least two source nodes, at least two destination nodes, and a relay node. The at least two source nodes may divide source messages into partial source messages, and transmit the partial source messages to the relay node. The relay node may generate a network-coded message using the network coding scheme. The at least two destination nodes may overhear the partial source messages using overhearing channels and obtain the source messages based on the received network-coded message. | 03-25-2010 |
20100080164 | Methods And Apparatus For Operating A Wireless Communications System - A method of operating a wireless communications system comprising at least a base station, a first relay station, a second relay station and one or more subscriber stations; wherein the base station, the first relay station and one or more of the said subscriber stations are operable to communicate with each other using at least a first wireless protocol, and wherein the base station, the second relay station and one or more of the said subscriber stations are operable to communicate with each other using at least a second wireless protocol; the method comprising operating the system according to an overall frame structure in which a subframe comprises:
| 04-01-2010 |
20100080165 | MIMO REPEATER APPARATUS, MIMO HANDHELD TERMINAL APPARATUS, MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - An apparatus performing wireless communication with a group of a plurality of base station antennas disposed on a wireless base station apparatus side in accordance with a multi-input multi-output wireless communication system includes a group of a plurality of repeater antennas disposed around the body of a user. The apparatus further includes a repeater base apparatus being connected to the group of the repeater antennas, communicating, with a handheld mobile terminal apparatus carried by the user, transmission/reception data in the handheld mobile terminal apparatus in accordance with a short-distance wireless communication system, and communicating, between the group of the plurality of the repeater antennas and the group of the base station antennas, the transmission/reception data in accordance with the multi-input multi-output wireless communication method. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080166 | TECHNIQUES FOR SUPPORTING RELAY OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for supporting operation of relay stations in wireless communication systems are described. In an aspect, a base station may transmit data to a relay station in a portion of a subframe instead of the entire subframe. The relay station may transmit control information during part of the subframe. The base station may transmit data to the relay station during the remaining part of the subframe. In another aspect, a target termination for a packet may be selected based on data and/or ACK transmission opportunities available for the packet. One or more transmissions of the packet may be sent with HARQ, and ACK information may be sent for the packet. The packet may be transmitted such that it can be terminated prior to the first subframe (i) not available for sending the packet or (ii) available for sending ACK information. | 04-01-2010 |
20100085907 | WIRELESS RELAY DEVICE, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND RECORDING MEDIUM THAT RECORDS PROGRAM - A wireless relay device and method that wirelessly connects a wireless terminal, measures a communication index indicating a communication state of a wireless terminal wirelessly connected, detects a weak connection wireless terminal and a strong connection wireless terminal out of wireless terminals according to a communication index of the wireless terminal, transmits a request for functioning as a wireless relay device to the strong connection wireless terminal between the weak connection wireless terminal and the strong connection wireless terminal; switches wireless connection to the weak connection wireless terminal through the wireless connection unit to the wireless connection relayed by the strong connection wireless terminal | 04-08-2010 |
20100091697 | DITRIBUTED TURBO CODING AND RELAYING PROTOCOLS - This invention concerns distributed turbo coding and relaying protocols wireless relay networks. In particular, the invention concerns a method for relaying signals at a relay node, a method for processing signals at a destination node, a relay system and software to perform the methods. The wireless relay networks comprise a source node, a destination node and one or more relay nodes. At a relay node, the invention comprises the steps of receiving a signal from a first node; decoding the received signal; and if the received signal is decoded incorrectly, employing an Amplify-And-Forward (AAF) relaying protocol comprising the steps of amplifying the received signal and then transmitting the amplified signal to a second node; but otherwise, employing a Decode-And-Forward (DAF) relaying protocol comprising the steps of re-encoding the decoded signal and then transmitting the coded signal to the second node. At a destination node, data transmitted by the source node is recovered by combining all signals received from the source and relay nodes and then decoding the combined signal. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091698 | RADIO RELAY APPARATUS, RADIO TERMINAL APPARATUS, METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR PERFORMING RADIO COMMUNICATION BASED ON BEACON - A radio relay apparatus to periodically transmit a beacon to a radio terminal apparatus, comprises: a control section for generating a beacon including group identification information indicating a group to which a radio terminal apparatus of a reception object of the beacon belongs; and a transmission section for transmitting the generated beacon to the radio terminal apparatus. | 04-15-2010 |
20100097976 | INCREMENTAL REDUNDANCY RELAYS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Techniques for relaying transmissions in a wireless communication network are described. In one design, a relay may receive at least one assignment for a packet, which may be sent to the relay or intercepted by the relay. The relay may receive at least one transmission of a packet sent from a transmitter to a receiver. The relay may process the at least one transmission to decode the packet and may generate at least one additional transmission of the packet after correctly decoding the packet. The relay may send the at least one additional transmission of the packet to the receiver. The transmission(s) and the additional transmission(s) may be HARQ transmissions with different redundancy information for the packet. The transmitter may send transmissions until an acknowledgement (ACK) is received from the receiver or the relay. The relay may send additional transmissions until an ACK is received from the receiver. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097977 | Mobile IP Proxy - The present invention relates to a device, method, system, and program for facilitating the control in an intermediate telecommunications network ( | 04-22-2010 |
20100097978 | DATA TRANSMISSION VIA A RELAY STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for supporting data transmission via a relay station are described. In an aspect, data transmission may be supported using ACK-and-suspend. A transmitter station sends a first transmission of a packet to a receiver station. The transmitter station receives no ACK information for the first transmission of the packet and suspends transmission of the packet. The transmitter station thereafter receives an indication to resume transmission of the packet and, in response, sends a second transmission of the packet. In another aspect, different ACK timeline may be used when applicable. The receiver station may send ACK information in a designated subframe if available for use or in a different subframe. In yet another aspect, ACK repetition may be used. The receiver may send ACK information in multiple subframes to facilitate reception of the ACK information when the transmitter station is unable to receive one or more of the multiple subframes. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097979 | Packet Relay Method And Device - Feedback information including a transmission quality of a packet transmitted from a transmitting device to a receiving device is received from the receiving device and the transmission quality included in the feedback information is revised down, to be transferred to the transmitting device, based on information of resource consumed for maintaining a wireless link included in a path to the receiving device. The above revising down is executed if it is found that the information of resource consumed reaches a predetermined threshold or is not executed unless it is found otherwise. The information of resource includes, for example, the number of retransmission times of a packet for a predetermined period of time, a transmission power level or a code length of an error correcting code. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103858 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING IN A RELAY COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for transmitting data in a relay communication network are described. In an aspect, stations in the relay network may be grouped into multiple depths, and stations at each depth may send the same transmission in each time interval. Packets may be transmitted in a pipelined manner in the relay network. Transmissions of a packet may be sent by stations at progressively higher depth in successive time intervals. A station may perform auto-configuration, attempt to decode transmissions from stations at different depths, and determine its depth based on decoding results. In another aspect, stations at each depth may transmit the same synchronization signal, and stations at different depths may transmit different synchronization signals. In one design, the synchronization signals for different depths may be different pilots, which may be generated with different scrambling codes or different orthogonal codes or may be multiplexed in frequency and/or time. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103859 | RELAY CONNECTION UNIT FOR VEHICLE - A Relay connection unit ( | 04-29-2010 |
20100103860 | Method of operating relay station in wireless communication system - A method of operating a relay station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes operating in a first mode comprising a first sub-mode and a second sub-mode, in the first sub-mode a first downlink and a first uplink between a base station and the relay station being simultaneously activated, in the second sub-mode a second downlink and a second uplink between the relay station and a mobile station being simultaneously activated, and operating in a second mode comprising a third sub-mode and a fourth sub-mode, in the third sub-mode the first downlink and the second uplink being simultaneously activated, in the fourth sub-mode the first uplink and the second downlink being simultaneously activated. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103861 | CELL RELAY PACKET ROUTING - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate packet routing among relay eNBs in a wireless network. A donor eNB can create at least a portion of a tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID) for a relay eNB communicating with a UE or other device. In addition, the relay eNB communicating with the UE can create a portion of the TEID. Upon receiving packets with a TEID, the donor eNB can route the packets to downstream eNBs based on the portion of the TEID that it created. Other downstream eNBs can continue to route packets to next hop eNBs based on the portion of the TEID created by the donor eNB or the downstream eNBs themselves. The relay eNB communicating with the UE can route packets to the UE based on the portion of the TEID it created and/or the portion created by the donor eNB. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103862 | DEVICE ATTACHMENT AND BEARER ACTIVATION USING CELL RELAYS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate assigning TEIDs, or portions thereof, to UEs or other devices during network attachment and/or dedicated bearer activation using one or more cell relays. Relay eNBs can request bearer establishment from a UE, which can be based on receiving an attach accept from an upstream node during attachment for the UE, receiving a bearer setup request from the upstream node, and/or the like. Once a bearer establishment response is received from the UE, the relay eNBs can store a TEID relating to the bearer. This can be a TEID that is at least partially received in the attach accept or bearer setup message, generated for the UE upon receiving the bearer establishment response, and/or the like. The TEID, or portion thereof, can be utilized for subsequent packet routing to the UE through one or more cell relays. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103863 | BEARER QoS MAPPING FOR CELL RELAYS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate mapping multiple evolved packet system (EPS) bearers to a single relay eNB radio bearer. In particular, an upstream eNB can select a radio bearer of a downstream eNB for association to an EPS bearer; the selection can be based on a best effort match or substantially any logic. The upstream eNB can store an association between the radio bearer and EPS bearer for subsequent downstream packet routing. The upstream eNB can also provide an indication of the selected radio bearer to the downstream relay eNB to facilitate upstream packet routing therefrom. The upstream eNB can alternatively select the radio bearer of the downstream eNB for association to the EPS bearer based on a quality of service (QoS) class identifier (QCI) of the EPS bearer. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103864 | CELL RELAY PROTOCOL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate providing a relay protocol to facilitate communicating upper layer protocol data among relay and donor nodes. In particular, a donor node can create a relay protocol packet upon receiving data for a relay node from a core network. Donor node can indicate an assigned relay identifier in the relay protocol packet header to facilitate routing the packet among related downstream relay nodes to arrive at the appropriate relay node, which can process the upper layer protocol data. In addition, a relay node can formulate a relay protocol packet for communication to a donor node through zero or more intermediary upstream relay nodes. Similarly, the relay node can insert the assigned relay identifier in the header to allow the donor node to associate response or related packets from the core network with the relay node. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103865 | HEADER COMPRESSION FOR CELL RELAY COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate compressing packet headers for cell relay communications. Since cell relays can support a number of evolved packet system (EPS) bearers over a given dedicated radio bearer (DRB), robust header compression (RoHC) can be multiplexed for communications to/from a given cell relay. Thus, an upstream node compressing one or more packet headers can indicate a RoHC context, which can be represented by a RoHC context identifier in a RoHC header. A receiving entity can decompress the headers based on determining the RoHC context. Alternatively, the RoHC context can be associated with an identifier of a related UE bearer such as a tunnel endpoint identifier (TEID), a relay identifier, and/or the like, that is received in a tunneling protocol header to facilitate packet routing. | 04-29-2010 |
20100110966 | INCREMENTAL REDUNDANCY RELAYS FOR BROADCAST TRANSMISSION - Techniques for relaying a broadcast transmission in a wireless network are described. In one design, a relay may receive at least one transmission of a packet from a transmitter (e.g., a broadcast station) and may process the at least one transmission to decode the packet. The relay may generate at least one remaining transmission of the packet after correctly decoding the packet. The transmitter may broadcast multiple transmissions of the packet to receivers. The at least one transmission may be at least one of the multiple transmissions, and the at least one remaining transmission may be remaining ones of the multiple transmissions. The relay may send the at least one remaining transmission of the packet at the same time and on the same resources used by the transmitter. The multiple transmissions may be HARQ transmissions containing different redundancy information for the packet. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110967 | METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE RELAYING WITHIN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for cooperative relaying within multi hop wireless communication systems includes a base station, in an attempt to decode a data packet, combining hard sliced channel bits and Logarithmic Likelihood Ratio (LLR) quality information received from relay stations who had also received the data packet with stored information about the data packet. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110968 | MULTIPLE RELAY BASED MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station with multiple antennas including a relay scheduler to select a serving relay from a plurality of candidate relays. Each candidate relay may have a user group including at least one user. The selection may be based on an achievable transmission capacity of each candidate relay with respect to its user group and a state of channels formed between the plurality of candidate relays and the base station. The base station also includes a transmission signal generator to generate a transmission signal for the user group corresponding to the serving relay. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110969 | COOPERATIVE RELAY METHOD AND SYSTEM IN MULTI-HOP RELAY NETWORK - A cooperative relay method and system in a multi-hop relay network are provided. The method may include receiving, at a first time slot, resource allocation information from a base station, and identifying a first hop Mobile Station (MS) data zone, receiving, at the first time slot, first hop MS data in the identified first hop MS data zone, and storing the received first hop MS data, and receiving, at a second time slot, second hop MS data from a relay station, and combining the first hop MS data with the second hop MS data. The resource allocation information may be an MS MAP indicating a first hop MS data zone, a simultaneous assignment MS MAP indicating both a first hop MS data zone and a second hop MS data zone, or a relay MAP indicating a first hop MS data zone. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110970 | WIRELESS NETWORK USING SUPERPOSITION CODING SCHEME - An operation method of a relay node in a wireless network using a superposition coding scheme is provided. In particular, a relay node may receive a first transmission message from a first source node in a first time slot. The relay node may also receive a second transmission message from a second source node in a second time slot. The relay node may then transmit a relay message to a first destination node corresponding to the first source node and a second destination node corresponding to the second source node in a third time slot, the relay message being associated with the first transmission message and the second transmission message | 05-06-2010 |
20100110971 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING CONTROL MESSAGE WHICH REQUESTS RETRANSMITTING DATA - A method and an apparatus for processing a control message for a request of retransmission are provided. The method includes generating a First Missing Serial number (FMS) describing a serial number of a data unit having a lowest serial number among data units which are not received, determining whether a data unit having a serial number greater than the serial number described in the FMS exists due to an out of sequence among data units which are previously received, generating a bitmap indicating a reception of a plurality of data units having a serial number greater than the FMS, if a data unit which is out of sequence exists, and connecting and transmitting the FMS and the bitmap. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110972 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING THE RELAYED DATA IN A MULTIHOP RELAY BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for processing the relayed data in a multihop relay broadband wireless access communication system are provided. A method for an operation of a Relay Station (RS) includes determining whether a packet received from an upper node comprises a Relay Media Access Control (MAC) Header (RMH), when the RMH is comprised in the received packet, determining whether the RMH comprises access RS information, and when the access RS information is not comprised in the RMH, removing the RMH from the received packet and transmitting the packet to a lower Mobile Station (MS). | 05-06-2010 |
20100110973 | Communication System - The present application relates to a wireless communication system and related methods and apparatuses for transmitting a signal from a source apparatus to a destination apparatus, via at least one intermediate apparatus. In particular, the present invention relates to techniques which seek to improve the throughput of data in multi-hop communication systems. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110974 | BANDWIDTH REQUEST METHOD AND RELAY STATION - The present invention provides a bandwidth method and a relay station (RS). After receiving the bandwidth request message sent by subordinate network entity, RS judges whether it has available bandwidth; if it has available bandwidth, sending a bandwidth request message to superordinate network entity based on the available bandwidth; otherwise, requesting bandwidth from superordinate network entity using CDMA ranging codes. | 05-06-2010 |
20100118761 | METHODS AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING ADAPTIVE DECENTRALIZED TRAFFIC SCHEDULING INCLUDING A DYNAMIC RECEIVER YIELDING THRESHOLD - Methods and apparatus relating to scheduling of air link resources, e.g., traffic segments, in a wireless communications system are described. Various described methods and apparatus are well suited to wireless peer to peer networks in which traffic scheduling is decentralized, e.g. an ad hoc peer to peer network. An individual wireless terminal corresponding to a peer to peer connection which desires to communicate traffic signals makes a receiver yielding decision. The receiver yielding decision, in some embodiments, includes comparing a link quality estimate corresponding to its own link, to a dynamically generated receiver yielding threshold. The dynamically generated receiver yielding threshold is determined based on at least one of: quality of service information corresponding to its own link and historical link quality information corresponding to its own link. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118762 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - An object is to realize execution of an access point function while keeping power consumption low. A cell phone | 05-13-2010 |
20100124185 | RELAY COMMUNICATIONS METHODS AND APPARATUS - Methods and apparatus relating to interference mitigation in a wireless communications system including multi-sector base stations and relay stations are described. Different types of transmission slots are used, e.g., base station-relay station slots, relay station-access terminal slots, and base station-access terminal slots. Relay station to access terminal slots of a first schedule are non-overlapping with relay station to access terminal slots of a second schedule. A deployment pattern associates each particular base station sector and its associated relay station with one particular schedule. At least some different sectors of the same base station intentionally use different schedules. An access terminal determines and uses the schedule corresponding to the base station sector or relay station from which it intends to receive downlink signals. By utilizing multiple slot type allocation schedules and a particular schedule deployment pattern in the system, interference experienced by access terminals in boundary regions can be mitigated. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124186 | Method and apparatus for HARQ operation with network coding - For use in a wireless communication network, methods for encoding information bit streams at a relay station are provided. Each method includes receiving data packets from a base station and a mobile station. Each method also includes decoding the packets and re-encoding the packets. Each method further includes combining the re-encoded packets into another packet using an XOR operation, and transmitting the other packet to the base station and the mobile station. | 05-20-2010 |
20100128651 | Method for Transmitting Packets in Relay Networks - A method transmits an L bit packet in a relay network including a source node, a relay node and a destination node. The source node partitions the packet into first fragment of βL bits and a second fragment of (1−β) bits. The first fragment is transmitted from the source node to the relay node at a first data rate during a first phase. The second fragment is transmitted from the source node to the destination node at a second data rate during a second phase while the first fragment is retransmitted from the relay node to the destination node at a third data rate. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128652 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PERFORMING HARQ ACK WITH SCANNING AND SLEEP IN WIMAX SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide techniques for processing a HARQ data burst and/or a HARQ ACK message in the event a HARQ ACK message falls within a scanning or an unavailable interval of an MS. For certain embodiments, a HARQ ACK message may be postponed if it falls within the scanning or the unavailable interval of the mobile station. For certain embodiments, the HARQ data burst transmission may be postponed if the corresponding HARQ ACK message falls within a scanning or an unavailable interval of the mobile station. For certain embodiments, the HARQ ACK may be transmitted or received even if it falls within the scanning or the unavailable interval of the mobile station. However, the HARQ ACK message may not be processed during the scanning/unavailable interval. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128653 | AD HOC COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A number of data relay devices, e.g. mobile telephones, ( | 05-27-2010 |
20100128654 | Communication Systems - A transmission method for use in a multi-hop wireless communication system is provided. The method includes, for two apparatuses having overlapping transmission coverage areas, one of the two said apparatuses being an intermediate apparatus, transmitting a first transmission signal from a first one of those apparatuses in a first transmission window of a particular transmission interval and transmitting a second transmission signal from the second one of those apparatuses in a second transmission window of the particular transmission interval but not in said first transmission window, so that a communication apparatus located in the coverage areas of both the first and second apparatuses can receive said first transmission signal substantially without interference from said second transmission signal. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128655 | Reconfiguration Of A Communication System - A communication system is described. In one embodiment, the communication system comprises a mobile station having a transmitter to transmit packets wirelessly according to a protocol and multiple repeaters communicably coupled with the mobile station. Each of the plurality of repeaters receives one or more packets of the wirelessly transmitted packets from the mobile station. Each of the repeaters receives an indication of which of the wirelessly transmitted packets were received without errors by other repeaters and a received signal strength for those packets. The communication system also includes a switch coupled to the repeaters. Each of the repeaters forwards to the switch each packet of the wirelessly transmitted packets that each repeater had received without errors at a received signal strength higher than any other repeater. | 05-27-2010 |
20100142433 | Method and Apparatus for Discovery of Relay Nodes - A method for determining a presence of a relay node in a wireless communications system. The method includes receiving, from a network node in the system, information indicating the presence of at least one of an access node and the relay node. The method further includes determining whether the network node is the one of the access node and the relay node based on the information. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142434 | CONFIGURABLE APPARATUS AND METHOD - A TETRA gateway apparatus ( | 06-10-2010 |
20100142435 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION USING MULTI-PATH - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving data by using a multi-path. The multi-path is established between two transceivers, data is transmitted via each path at a predetermined time, a data receipt acknowledge control signal ACK of each path is received, and a path by which the data receipt acknowledge control signal ACK is not received is determined. Therefore, the path by which the data receipt acknowledge control signal ACK is not received is not used any further but data is transmitted via a path by which the data is previously transmitted, so that the data can be transmitted even if a line of sight (LOS) of the two transceivers comprising a directional antenna is blocked by a person or an obstacle. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142436 | Communication Systems - A transmission method for use in a multi-hop wireless communication system is provided. The system includes a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses. The system has access to at least one predetermined transmission introduction sequence and also has access to a time-frequency format for use in assigning available transmission frequency bandwidth during a discrete transmission interval, said format defining a plurality of transmission windows within such an interval. Each window occupies a different part of that interval and has a frequency bandwidth profile within said available transmission frequency bandwidth over its part of that interval. Each said window being assignable for such a transmission interval to at least one of said apparatuses for use in transmission. The method includes, when transmitting a message with a preamble in a particular transmission interval, transmitting the preamble in a first transmission window of that transmission interval. Furthermore, the method includes transmitting the transmission introduction sequence in a second transmission window of that transmission interval other than the first transmission window preferably as control information for use by at least one said intermediate apparatus or the destination apparatus. | 06-10-2010 |
20100150051 | Communication Systems - A transmission method for use in a multi-hop wireless communication system is provided. The system includes a base station, a relay station and mobile stations. The method transmits using a downlink transmission frame that has a first zone for transmitting radio signals from the base station to the relay station, a second zone for transmitting radio signals from the relay station to a mobile station, and a third zone provided between the first zone and the second zone for transmitting radio signals from the base station directly to a mobile station. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150052 | Wireless Communications Node Used In AD HOC Network And Method Thereof - A wireless communications node, being included in a multi-hop route starting from a source node and terminating at a destination node, has a receiving part configured to receive signals including transmission data prepared by the source node and transferring the received signals to a succeeding node, a preparing part configured to prepare source node data including at least identification data of the source node based on a predetermined portion of the transmission data, and a reporting part configured to report the source node data and relay data to a management node that manages cost data of plural nodes included in an ad hoc network. The relay data include the cost data and station data including at least identification data of the wireless communications node. | 06-17-2010 |
20100157874 | ADAPTIVE MODULATION FOR COOPERATIVE CODED SYSTEMS | 06-24-2010 |
20100157875 | Spatial reuse techniques with wireless network relays - In various embodiments of the invention, a relay station in a wireless communications network may communicate with one or more subscriber stations at the same time and/or on the same frequency that the associated base station is communicating with another relay station in the same network. This contrasts with the conventional technique of devoting one time period or frequency exclusively to communications between the base station and the relay stations, and devoting another time period or frequency exclusively to communications between the relay stations and the subscriber stations. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157876 | METHOD FOR SELECTIVE TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING ANTENNA REPETITION - Disclosed is a method for selective transmitting/receiving antennal repetition. A repeater performs wireless communication with a terminal located in a jurisdiction repetition area by using one transmitting/receiving antenna, and communicates with a base station by using multiple transmitting/receiving antennas. The repeater, in a downlink, selectively receives a signal transmitted from a specific transmitting antenna of the base station by using a signal process technology, and amplifies and transmits the signal to the repetition area. Further, in an uplink, the repeater receives a signal received from the terminal in the repetition area and then transmits the signal to the base station. In this operation, the signal transmitted to the base station is processed by the repeater such that a specific receiving antenna the base station can receive the signal with the largest strength. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157877 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING SEQUENCE TO SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL FOR NODE IDENTIFICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus for allocating a sequence to a synchronization channel for a node identification (ID), the apparatus including: a base node sequence generator to generate a base sequence that is a sequence for a node ID of a base node; a relay node sequence generator to generate a relay sequence that is a sequence for a node ID of a relay node by transforming the base sequence; a baseband signal generator to generate a baseband signal by mapping the base sequence or the relay sequence to a frequency domain and a time domain; and a transmitter to transmit the baseband signal. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157878 | RELAY STATION FOR A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay station for being operative in a mobile communication system, comprising a receiver for receiving a radio signal from a source, the radio signal comprising symbols representing an encoded information, the encoded information being based on an encoding rule and comprising payload information and redundancy information. The relay station comprising a soft detector for detecting a symbol from the radio signal to obtain soft information, the soft information comprising information on the symbol and reliability information on the information on the symbol. The relay station further comprising a quantizer for quantizing the soft information to obtain quantized soft information and a transmitter for transmitting an information on the quantized soft information to a destination. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157879 | SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM AND METHOD - A plurality of modules interact to form an adaptive network in which each module transmits and receives data signals indicative of proximity of objects. A central computer accumulates the data produced or received and relayed by each module for analyzing proximity responses to transmit through the adaptive network control signals to a selectively-addressed module to respond to computer analyses of the data accumulated from modules forming the adaptive network. | 06-24-2010 |
20100165910 | PHYSICAL LAYER REPEATER WITH ROAMING SUPPORT BASED ON MULTIPLE IDENTIFIERS - An exemplary method ( | 07-01-2010 |
20100165911 | RELAY STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - An embodiment of a relay station for a base station and a mobile station is provided. The relay station includes a first base station module and a mobile station module. The first base station module receives a control packet and a data packet transmitted by a mobile station. The mobile station module receives and transmits the control packet and the data packet to the base station, wherein the first base station module transmits the control packet to the mobile station module via a tunnel mode, and transmits the data packet to the mobile station module via a bridge mode. | 07-01-2010 |
20100172284 | Mobile Communication System, Radio Communication Relay Station Device, and Relay Transmission Method - Provided is a radio communication relay station device which can improve a line quality measurement accuracy. In the radio communication relation station ( | 07-08-2010 |
20100172285 | WIRELESS RELAY DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless relay device connecting a wireless terminal to one of a plurality of access networks with different wireless interfaces and performing relay processing between the wireless terminal and one of the plurality of access networks being connected, the wireless relay device including a wireless interface on local side to be connected to the wireless terminal, a plurality of wireless interfaces on network side to be connected to the plurality of respective access networks, and a connection control section which boots the plurality of wireless interfaces on network side when the wireless interface on local side receives a signal from the wireless terminal, connects a wireless interface on network side establishing a fastest connection and the wireless interface on local side, and connects the wireless terminal to an access network corresponding to the wireless interface on network side establishing the fastest connection. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177677 | Distributed MAC architecture for wireless repeater - A method and apparatus for communicating between devices is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises running two or more instances of a switch MAC sublayer on a switch and managing the two or more instances of the switch MAC sublayer as multiple logical access points inside the switch. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177678 | FORWARD AND REVERSE CALIBRATION FOR GROUND-BASED BEAMFORMING - Methods and systems for calibrating the return and forward links of a satellite communication system are provided according to embodiments of the invention. The phase and/or amplitude variations caused by the return and forward links are calculated and/or estimated to aid in beamforming, such as ground-based beamforming. Calibration earth stations, distributed within one or more beam patterns, may be used to transmit calibration codes to the gateway to calibrate the return link. Return links variations may be estimated using a weighted minimum mean square algorithm at the gateway. Forward links may be calibrated with calibration codes transmitted from the gateway through a hybrid matrix to at least one calibration station. Forward calibration links may also calibrate for temperature-dependent signal variations such as diplexer variations at the satellite. | 07-15-2010 |
20100182946 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN THE RELAY STATION AND THE BASE STATION - A new data packet transmission solution is provided in the present invention. Firstly, a source network equipment sends a duplicate of a data packet to a sponsor relay station and other one or more assistant relay stations; then the one or more assistant relay stations transmit the duplicate of the data packet received to the sponsor relay station. After the sponsor relay station receives the duplicate directly transmitted by the source and a plurality of duplicates which are transmitted by one or more assistant relay stations, it applies a joint processing of several duplicates of the data packet, and then transmits the result of the joint processing to a corresponding network equipment. Preferably, after one or more assistant relay stations transmit the duplicates of the data packet to the sponsor relay station, the destination network equipment also receives one or more duplicates, and applies a joint processing of the one or more duplicates and a duplicate of the data packet which is received from the sponsor relay station. | 07-22-2010 |
20100195560 | Packet relay system and wireless node - A packet relay system in which each node calculates a link cost of each adjacent node based on an arrival rate of a packet from each adjacent node, acquires an accumulated value of a link cost calculated by each node in a range of nodes from a sink node for each adjacent node, calculates, for each adjacent node, a path cost of the one adjacent node by adding the link cost calculated to the accumulated value, and relays a data packet to one adjacent node selected from among nodes adjacent to the node based on a path cost of each adjacent node. This enables establishment of an upstream path to a sink node without increasing the amount of communication in a network. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195561 | WIRELESS RELAY APPARATUS AND WIRELESS RELAY METHOD - The wireless relay apparatus ( | 08-05-2010 |
20100195562 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION RELAY DEVICE - The present invention provides a user-carriable mobile communication relay device that relays communication between an internal network and an external network, in which even when the device is moved, the device dynamically selects and connects the external network depending on a surrounding radio wave environment or a communication content. The device is provided with an internal network communication adapter 13 compatible with the internal network connecting to a specific terminal device 4; external network communication adapters 11, 12 compatible with external networks with a mobile telephone network and with a wireless LAN at an installation site; a network selection processing portion 102 automatically selecting one or more networks to be connected, out of the external networks, according to stored profile information 141; an internal network connection processing portion 104 establishing or reconfiguring the connection to an internal network selected for a predetermined opportunity; an external network connection processing portion 105 establishing or reconfiguring the connection to an external network selected for a predetermined opportunity; and a communication relay processing portion 101 relay-processing communication between the internal network and the external network. | 08-05-2010 |
20100202343 | Relays in a Multihop Heterogeneous UMTS Wireless Communication System - Aspects relate to a Remote NodeB Relay that appears similar to a NodeB, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), and served mobile devices. Also provided is a Super-Light Router Relay that can provide better performance and QoS to served mobile devices while mitigating modifications to mobile devices, NodeBs, or interfaces between RNC and intermediary NodeBs. Aspects also relate to an Internet Protocol (IP) Relay that requires few, if any, modifications to mobile devices, NodeBs, or interfaces between RNC and intermediary NodeBs. Further, changes to an RNC and/or a core network can be mitigated though utilization of a strategic Relay Gateway. | 08-12-2010 |
20100208643 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A telecommunications system for communicating data to and from a mobile device. The system comprises a plurality of repeater nodes disposed to form a network. Each repeater node has a transceiver unit operable to transmit the data with a first transmission power to one or more other of the repeater nodes within one of a plurality of slots of a time frame. Each repeater node is allocated a time slot, and the mobile device is arranged to transmit and receive data to and from the repeater nodes in the network. Each of the repeater nodes is operable to transmit a pilot signal during the same one of the time slots of the time frame with a second transmission power, the second power being less than the first transmission power. The pilot signal includes an identifier of the repeater node which is transmitted with the pilot signal and the mobile device is operable to receive one of the pilot signals and from the identifier included in the strongest pilot signal the mobile device can identify on of the repeater nodes to which to transmit and or receive data. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208644 | Device, method and system for wireless communication and uses thereof - Provided herein are an electronic device, method and system for wireless communication over a wireless network. The device comprises an addressable point in network (Pin) which listens for all available wireless signals and creates and relays wireless signals containing destination address(es) for message(s) to other Pin(s). Wireless signal(s) are relayed from the Pin device(s) to other Pins over the network. Destination, receiving and originator Pin addresses and message flags within received messages are compared with message flags in a device memory trace queue to determine if the receiving Pin is the destination and/or origin of the message and whether the received message is retained and/or relayed or dropped. The system includes the Pin(s), a wireless communication network over which the message(s) are relayed to and from the Pin(s) and an enterprise provider information system (PIS) with an application stack configured to wirelessly transmit product and services information to the Pin(s). | 08-19-2010 |
20100208645 | Method, Computer Program, Apparatus and System - The invention is related to an apparatus including means for making a decision to change connection from one relay node to another; and means for sending a message via a source relay node to a user device, the message including radio access information on a target cell and information on a connection change, and for sending a message to the source relay node for releasing user device resources in the source relay node. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208646 | NETWORK CONNECTION CONTROL SYSTEM - A network connection control system is provided with: a relay device that relays communication in a communication network; and a communication terminal that performs communication via the relay device. The relay device has a network information transmission section, which is information about the communication network. The communication terminal has: a lower communication section that performs communication via the relay device; a network information receiving section that receives the network information via the lower communication section; a higher communication section that performs inter-higher-section communication via the lower communication section, with another higher communication section in another communication terminal; a judgment result acquisition section that acquires a judgment result based on the received network information, about whether or not to permit the inter-higher-section communication; and a communication control section that inhibits the inter-higher-section communication until a judgment result that the inter-higher-section communication is to be permitted is acquired. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208647 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A communication apparatus includes an input unit that inputs names of repeater stations to which the local communication apparatus and a communication counterpart belong respectively, a memory storing identification information of each repeater station, and information needed to set a communication path from the repeater station to another repeater station as communication path setting information associated with the name of the repeater station, an information retrieving section that retrieves identification information of the repeater station, and information needed to set a communication path to another repeater station from the associated information stored in the memory based on the input name of the repeater station, and a communication frame generating section that generates a communication frame including the identification information of the repeater station, and the information needed to set the communication path from the repeater station to which the local communication apparatus belongs to the repeater station of the communication counterpart from a result of the information retrieval. | 08-19-2010 |
20100214972 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALING ON WIRELESS RELAY LINK - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method comprises allocating a control channel resource in a wireless relay transmission frame on a wireless relay link; generating a control signaling based on at least one of a resource allocation scheme, a status of the wireless relay link and a traffic condition of the wireless relay link; mapping the control signaling to the allocated control channel resource via at least one of a time-first mapping, a frequency-first mapping, and a multiplexing mapping; and transmitting the control signaling in the allocated control channel resource on the wireless relay link to at least one associated relay node. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214973 | METHOD FOR FORWARDING DIRECT MESSAGE IN PARTIAL FUNCTION OFDMA RELAY SYSTEM - A method for forwarding direct message in partial function OFDMA relay system is proposed in present invention. In present invention, the operations like forwarding and reflecting are fixed for the PFRS. Therefore, the BS performs scheduling according to the fixed operations so as to make the PFRS actually has the function of direct message forwarding. | 08-26-2010 |
20100220644 | NETWORK CODING RELAY OPERATIONS - A method for network coding of packets between End Nodes (ENs) and a Relay Node (RN) in wireless communications can be performed at the RN. This method may include: receiving a new packet at the RN from one of the ENs; determining the source node of the new packet at the RN; providing a buffer for each EN; determining whether the buffer associated with the EN that is not the source of the new packet (non-source buffer) has the new packet buffered and based upon such determination, either: (1) storing the new packet in the EN buffer that is the source of the new packet on a condition that the non-source buffer is empty; or (2) network coding the new packet with an existing packet in the non-source buffer. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220645 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING WITH RELAY STATION - A method for communicating with a relay station is disclosed. The method for communicating with a relay station comprises transmitting resource allocation information of downlink traffic and uplink traffic from a base station to the relay; and transmitting the downlink traffic to the relay by encapsulating the downlink traffic in accordance with the resource allocation information and receiving encapsulated uplink traffic from the relay in accordance with the resource allocation information. It is possible to enable efficient communication through a relay using a minimum interface without deterioration of throughput even in the case that a base station does not know detailed attributes of a relay existing in a system. Also, it is possible to coordinate collision through a master relay in case of a system supporting multi-hop relays. | 09-02-2010 |
20100226304 | Wireless Communication System - Disclosed is a wireless communication method for executing transmission and reception of a radio signal among communication terminals via a plurality of base stations connected to an IP (Internet Protocol) network. One of the base stations performs AD conversion on a radio signal received via an antenna from one of the communication terminals without demodulation, packetizes the AD-converted radio signal into packet data, and transmits the packet data to another base station over the IP network. The another base station performs DA conversion on the packet data received over the IP network from the one base station, transforms the DA-converted packet data into a radio signal without modulation, and transmits the radio signal to another base station via the antenna. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226305 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY STATION AND DATA FRAME FOR THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication method and a data frame for a communication system having a relay station. An uplink sub-frame of the data frame may include a first uplink relay sub-frame which corresponds to a time frame where relay stations selected among a plurality of relay stations simultaneously transmit uplink relay signals to a base station, and a second uplink relay sub-frame which corresponds to a time frame where the remaining relay stations transmit remaining uplink relay signals to the base station using a scheduled radio resource. A downlink sub-frame of the data frame may include a first downlink relay sub-frame which corresponds to a time frame where a base station simultaneously transmits downlink relay signals to relay stations selected from among a plurality of relay stations, and a second downlink relay sub-frame which corresponds to a time frame where the base station transmits remaining downlink relay signals to the remaining relay stations using a scheduled radio resource. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226306 | Radio communication terminal and radio communication system - A radio communication terminal and a radio communication system which can avoid an obstacle that is caused by a malicious wormhole while using a harmless wormhole. There are provided: a radio communication terminal in which a relay route about a certain node is stored as a backup route about the node and the backup route is changed and set as a relay route about the node in accordance with a detection of an obstacle caused by application data; and a radio communication system in which a sink node transmits a transfer destination change command in association with the change setting and a node which received the command sets a node of a transferring source of the command as a transfer destination node. | 09-09-2010 |
20100232342 | NODE DISCOVERY METHOD AND MOBILE NODE, RELAY NODE, HOME AGENT WHICH IS USED BY THE METHOD - There is disclosed a technique which provides a node discovery method and others capable of detecting a TA allowing a quasi-optimized data route for the achievement of a quasi-optimized data route while guarding the location privacy of an MN. This technique comprises a step in which a mobile node | 09-16-2010 |
20100232343 | RELAY DEVICE AND RELAY METHOD - A relay device ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100232344 | SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF RELAY-BASED NETWORK - Disclosed are a scheduling method and apparatus for a relay-based network. The scheduling apparatus may assign a plurality of sub channels to links, with respect to each of a first sub frame and a second sub frame included in s downlink sub frame. The scheduling apparatus may perform scheduling in cases where nodes operated as transmitters and as receivers in the first sub frame and the second sub frame may diversely exist. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232345 | System and Method for Smart Relay Operation in a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for smart relay operation in a wireless communications system is provided. A method for smart relay operations includes receiving, at a smart relay, a transmission from a communications device, the transmission destined for a controller, decoding the transmission, computing a response based on the decoding, and transmitting the response to the controller. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232346 | Relay Reception Synchronization System and Method - A method for informing a relay node when to receive data. The method includes the relay node being informed of a fixed point in a subframe of data when an access node will begin transmitting relevant data over a physical downlink shared channel. The method further includes the relay node beginning to receive data at approximately the fixed point. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232347 | Resource Assignments for Relay System and Method - A method for allocating uplink resources to a relay node. The method includes an access node allocating a plurality of disparate uplink resources to the relay node in a single downlink transmission to the relay node. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232348 | Method and Apparatus for Sending, Forwarding, and Processing Data - A method for sending data includes obtaining data packets to be sent and modulating, by each transmit diversity branch, the data packets by using modulation mode corresponding to the each transmit diversity branch, and sending the modulated data packets. The modulation modes form a preset optimized combination of modulation modes. A different modulation mode corresponds to a different group of modulation factors and/or different group of constellation modulation symbols. The different groups of modulation factors comply with a preset modulation factor mapping relationship. The different groups of constellation modulation symbols comply with a preset constellation modulation symbol mapping relationship. | 09-16-2010 |
20100238853 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A path selection method for use in a communication system, the system comprising at least three communication apparatuses, a particular one of said apparatuses being operable to transmit and/or receive a communication signal along at least two different communication paths, each said path being either a single-link path extending from the particular apparatus to another said apparatus directly over a single communication link therebetween, or being a multi-link path extending from the particular apparatus to said other or another said apparatus indirectly via one or more intermediate said apparatuses over a plurality of consecutive such links link-by-link along the path, and at least one said path being such a multi-link path, the method comprising: for each link along at least the or one of the multi-link paths, obtaining link-suitability information indicative of the suitability of the link concerned for transmission and/or reception; for at least the or said one of the multi-link paths, combining the link-suitability information for each link of the path concerned so as to generate path-suitability information indicative of the suitability of the path concerned for transmission and/or reception; and selecting one of said paths for transmission and/or reception in dependence upon said path-suitability information. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238854 | SIGNALING MECHANISMS FOR NETWORK-RELAY INTERFACE WITH REDUCED OVERHEAD - Relay reporting in a wireless network is implemented by efficiently allocating radio resources based on the nature or criticality of the type of relay report. According to an embodiment, a method of communicating with a relay located in a wireless network includes instructing the relay when to transmit reports based on a mapping of different categories of relay reports to one or more different reporting schemes. Reports are received from the relay based on the relay report category and the corresponding reporting scheme. According to another embodiment, a method of reporting information from a relay to a network node of a wireless network includes generating different categories of reports at the relay for transmission to the network node. A reporting scheme associated with each report category is identified and each report is transmitted to the network node in accordance with the reporting scheme identified for the corresponding report category. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238855 | RELAY DEVICE AND RELAY METHOD - A relay device can perform high-quality communication even in a wireless mesh network where relay devices are densely arranged and interference of wireless packets is caused. The relay device includes: a representative node determining unit ( | 09-23-2010 |
20100246472 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROACTIVE REPEAT TRANSMISSION OF DATA OVER AN UNRELIABLE TRANSMISSION MEDIUM - A system and method for proactive repeat transmission of data units sent using an unreliable transmission medium for the delivery of time sensitive data content predicts a future condition of a downlink data distribution channel using current channel estimation information. The predicted channel condition is used to determine which data units in a next data frame are likely to decode incorrectly, and a repeat transmission of those data units is explicitly requested by the receiving equipment, or automatically scheduled by the sending equipment using time domain channel state information provided to the sending equipment by the receiving equipment. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246473 | Resource Allocation for Rateless Transmissions - Embodiments of the invention describe a method for transmitting a message of a source entropy from a source node, via a set of relay nodes, to a destination node, the set of relay nodes includes a node and a next node connected by a wireless link, wherein the next node is guaranteed to receive accumulated nats from one or more previous transmissions of the message, in which a transmission of the message from the node to the next node includes determining the accumulated nats guaranteed to be received by the next node; calculating minimal nats of the message to be transmitted from the node to the next node, such that a sum of the minimal nats and the accumulated nats is not less than the source entropy; and transmitting the message having the minimal nats from the node to the next node. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246474 | Relay Coded Multi-User Cooperative Communications for Uplink 4G Wireless Networks - Source nodes in an International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT)-advanced 4G network transmit data on uplink channels to a relay node and a BS using a channel code. The relay node decodes independently the data received from each source node, and applies network coding to data correctly decoded, and transmits the encoded data to the BS. The BS decodes the encoded data transmitted by the sources nodes and the relay nodes cooperatively via a turbo decoding process. The data from each source node are decoded by soft-input soft-output single user decoders and are decoded, together with the data from the relay node, by a soft-input soft-output multi-user decoder. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246475 | FRAME STRUCTURE FOR A MULTI-HOP WIRELESS SYSTEM - A wireless network includes a base station which can serve terminals directly, or via multi-hop transmission paths via relay stations. The base station transmits a downlink sub-frame which includes a first set of frame control information and a second set of frame control information. The second set of frame control information occupies a different position within the downlink sub-frame compared to the first set of frame control information. A relay station is able to transmit a downlink sub-frame to a terminal, or another relay station, while still being able to receive a set of frame control at a different time during the downlink sub-frame. The invention is especially useful in a wireless network in which the downlink transmissions of a base station and a relay station are synchronised to one another and where the downlink transmissions of a base station and relay station occupy the same, or similar, frequency bearer. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246476 | METHOD FOR DRIVING SMART ANTENNAS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and device for implementing a smart antenna in a network that uses a deterministic access protocol, one or more mobile stations MS and at least one base station BS, the transmitted data being included in a data frame, wherein it comprises at least the following steps: On entry into the network:
| 09-30-2010 |
20100246477 | RETRANSMISSION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND RELAY STATION - A retransmission method in a mobile communication system includes performing a first transmission of data from a first wireless communication apparatus to a second wireless communication apparatus through at least one relay station by wireless relaying; and performing retransmission processing of retransmitting the data through fewer relay stations than the first transmission, or without using any relay station, where the second wireless communication apparatus receives data transmitted based on the retransmission processing. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246478 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST METHOD OF A DOWNLINK TUNNEL - A hybrid automatic repeat request method of a downlink tunnel comprising the following steps: the base station transmits the tunnel data comprising the protocol data unit of multiple mobile stations to the access relay station via the tunnel link, and receives the feedback from the relay station until the access relay station receives the data correctly; the access relay station analyzes the protocol data unit of each mobile station from the tunnel data, transmits the protocol data unit of each mobile station to the corresponding mobile station, and performs the corresponding process after receiving the feedback from each mobile station. | 09-30-2010 |
20100254299 | RADIO SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR RELAYING PACKETIZED RADIO SIGNALS - The present invention provides a radio system and a method for relaying packetized radio signals. The radio system comprises at least one transmit path, a base band calibration signal generator for generating a base band calibration signal, a digital predistortion unit, a calibration unit and a feedback path. The feedback path is commonly used by the digital predistortion unit and the calibration unit for feeding back a feedback signal. The feedback signal is adapted to update at least one of phase and amplitude changes and the digital predistortion. The present invention further relates to a method for relaying packetized radio signals. The method is capable of updating the digital predistortion as well as adapted for an updating of the phase and amplitude changes. The updating of the digital predistortion and the updating of the phase and amplitude changes is implemented using the feedback signal. The present invention further relates to a computer program product for the manufacture of the radio system. The present invention further relates to a computer program product for the execution of the method. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254300 | LEVERAGING COHERENT DISTRIBUTED SPACE-TIME CODES FOR NONCOHERENT COMMUNICATION IN RELAY NETWORKS VIA TRAINING - In a training cycle, a source node transmits at least one pilot symbol to relay nodes in a training cycle. The relay nodes each amplifies and forwards the pilot symbol to a destination node in an assigned time slot in the training cycle. The destination node sequentially receives multiple versions of the pilot symbol from the relay nodes and estimates channel information based on the multiple versions of the pilot symbol. In data transmission cycles that follow the training cycle, the nodes apply coherent distributed space-time block code (DSTBC) with the estimated channel information to communicate data symbols. The power allocation between training and data cycles may be adjusted to improve the error performance. The nodes may also apply orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) based DSTBC when timing errors are not known. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254301 | System and Method for Assigning Backhaul Resources - A system and method for assigning backhaul resources is provided. A method for wireless relay network communications includes determining performance information regarding a plurality of relay nodes, allocating resource blocks in a subframe to relay nodes based on the information, and notifying relay nodes of the allocated RBs using a signaling message. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254302 | METHOD OF ROUTING PATH IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS BASED ON CLUSTERS - A routing method for a cluster-based wireless sensor network is provided for improving lifespan of the network and reducing network traffic. A routing method is proposed for a wireless sensor network having a sensor field defined by a plurality of clusters each including a plurality of sensor nodes and a header node, one of the cluster is a head cluster including a sink node. The routing method includes announcing, at least one sensor node which is the sensor node detected an event, the event; requesting, at the sink node, the source node to transmit data required for ubiquitous services; and transmitting, at the at least one source node, data to the sink node. Announcing the event includes relaying, at the at least one source node, a data announcement packet from a source cluster to which the source node belongs to a destination cluster which is arranged along an ith second direction axis through the header nodes of the clusters arranged along a first direction axis of the source cluster. The routing method of the present invention reduces the transmission amounts of data request and data packets, thereby conserving the energy and bandwidth, resulting in improvement of network life time. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254303 | WIRELESS INTERMEDIARY DEVICE AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - The invention provides a wireless intermediary device and a wireless transmission method. The wireless intermediary device includes a processing module and a plurality of transmission interfaces. Each transmission interface is used for transmitting the data units by a corresponding transmission media frequency, respectively. The processing module distributes the data units to the transmission interfaces according to a distribution principle to transmit the data units. The wireless intermediary device and the wireless transmission method utilize a plurality of wireless systems to increase the available bandwidth. Consequently, the transmission speed is higher, the transmission distance is longer, and multi-layer service application and high quality multimedia stream are provided. | 10-07-2010 |
20100260092 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING COOPERATIVE MIMO IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method of wireless communication for facilitating cooperative multiple in, multiple out in a wireless local area network with a primary channel and a secondary channel is disclosed. The method includes determining that a frame has been received on the secondary channel; and, relaying the frame to an intended wireless node on the secondary channel. An apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260093 | PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR RELAY ENHANCED CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and system for communication between mobile stations in a wireless relay enhanced cellular communication system. One implementation involves providing a communication resource allocation for peer-to-peer (P2P) communication between a pair of mobile stations during a P2P enhanced time frame wherein one mobile station serves a role as a transparent relay station (MRS) and another mobile station serves a role as a peer mobile station in the pair; and delivering resource allocation information comprising communication periods and frequency subcarriers to the pair of mobile stations, for the mobile station pair to conduct P2P communication therebetween in the P2P enhanced time frame. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260094 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS RADIO NETWORK - A method for transmitting data in a wireless radio network having a multiplicity of base stations for wirelessly sending and receiving data, wherein the base stations are wirelessly networked such that each base station can communicate wirelessly with one or more adjacent base stations. Broadcast messages are transmitted between a mobile station for wirelessly sending and/or receiving data and the base stations and broadcast messages are also forwarded between the base stations. These broadcast messages do not have an associated explicit connection between two units in the radio network. Moreover, the mobile station which receives a broadcast message can process this message regardless of the base station from which it originates. This avoids so-called “hand offs,” which are used in the prior art to associate a mobile station with a new base station when the mobile station moves out of range of the earlier base station. These hand offs result in time delays which are unacceptable in safety-critical applications. The novel method is particularly suitable for use in traffic systems, particularly in rail traffic systems, in which, by way of example, a train is controlled via a central unit using the radio network. In such applications, it is particularly important for no relatively long delays to arise in the data transmission, since otherwise the safety of the traffic system is no longer assured. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260095 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPRISING AT LEAST ONE RELAY STATION - A method for controlling a feedback channel in a communication system including a relay station (RS) is disclosed. In a method for controlling transmission/reception of a channel quality information feedback in a wireless communication system including a relay station (RS), the RS receives total channel quality information from a mobile station (MS), transmits the channel quality information to a base station (BS), receives a delta CQI from the mobile station (MS), and transmits the delta CQI to the base station (BS) according to control information. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260096 | SPLIT-CELL RELAY APPLICATION PROTOCOL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate packet routing among relay eNBs in a wireless network. Packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer communications from a user equipment (UE) can terminate at a donor evolved Node B (eNB) and vice versa. In this regard, a relay application protocol (RAPP) layer is defined to transport application layer control data among relay eNBs to facilitate appropriate routing. RAPP layer messages can be similar to control messages at other application layers, such as S1-AP, X2, etc., while additionally including a relay UE identifier for routing the messages among relay eNBs. In addition, RAPP layer messages can exclude other parameters normally defined in other application layers to protect security and encryption/decryption details. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260097 | DEVICE MOBILITY FOR SPLIT-CELL RELAY NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate supporting mobility for UEs and relay eNBs in split-cell relay configurations. Parameters regarding communicating with one or more UEs can be provided to disparate eNBs from a donor eNB to provide mobility for one or more of the UEs or a serving relay eNB. In addition, a donor eNB can request establishment of one or more radio bearers at a target relay eNB for continuing communications with one or more UEs. Moreover, a donor eNB can provide information regarding one or more core network bearers to a target donor eNB to facilitate establishing the core network bearers at the target donor eNB for communicating with the one or more UEs. Furthermore, uplink buffer contents from a relay eNB can be provided to a target donor eNB so communications from the one or more UEs can be continued by the target donor eNB. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260098 | HEADER COMPRESSION FOR IP RELAY NODES - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate compressing headers for internet protocol (IP) relay nodes. In particular, a plurality of IP headers in a packet and at least one tunneling protocol header can be compressed to facilitate efficient communications of packets between IP relay nodes and/or a donor access point. In addition, IP relay nodes can be limited in a number of upstream bearers and can provide a greater number of downstream bearers. In this regard, the IP relay nodes can compress headers for upstream packets related to one or more downstream devices utilizing disparate context identifiers for the upstream packets. Thus, the upstream packets can be distinguished from each other while sent over the same upstream bearer. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265871 | BEACON RE-BROADCASTING APPARATUS, BEACON RE-BROADCASTING METHOD, AND INITIAL ACCESS REQUEST METHOD IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided are a beacon re-broadcasting apparatus, a beacon re-broadcasting method, and an initial access request method in a wireless network. In the re-broadcasting apparatus and method, a beacon frame including beacon information for communications in the wireless network and information on an echo beacon slot allocated for beacon re-broadcasting among time slots of a superframe is received from a management device for managing the wireless network in which a plurality of terminals communicated with each other through the superframe including time-divided time slots, and the beacon information is re-broadcasted during the echo beacon slot. Accordingly, the beacon information can be received in various environments, and the beacon information can be received to an adjacent network in addition to the corresponding network. Therefore, frequency resources can be shared and effectively used between networks, and convenience and efficiency in network operation can be maximized. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265872 | RELAY FOR HANDLING DATA FORWARDING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A relay of a wireless communication system for handling data forwarding between at least a user equipment (UE) and a base station (BS) is disclosed. The relay includes a UE interfacing unit and a BS interfacing AS unit. The UE interfacing unit is used for communicating with the base station and includes an AS (Access Stratum) unit for performing AS functionalities with the base station based on a first AS protocol. The relay is recognized as a UE by the base station via the first AS protocol. The BS interfacing AS unit wirelessly performs BS AS functionalities with the UEs based on a second AS protocol and exchanging data with the UE interfacing unit. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265873 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO BEARER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of managing a radio bearer is disclosed. A relay node (RN) sets up at least one UuRB for a Uu interface between a user equipment (UE) and the RN and a UnRB for a Un interface between the RN and a base station (BS). The at least one UuRB is mapped to the UnRB according to quality of service (QoS) guaranteed by the at least one UuRB to setup a RB between the UE and the BS. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265874 | PRE-COMMUNICATION FOR RELAY BASE STATIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Providing for wireless communication involving supplemental wireless nodes is described herein. By way of example, prior signaling is employed between a macro base station and a set of associated supplemental nodes to support pending wireless communication with a user terminal In some aspects, the prior signaling can include control or data traffic transmitted to or received from the user terminal. In addition, the supplemental nodes can synchronize transmission or reception of the control or data traffic transmissions with similar transmission or reception of the macro base station. In some aspects, the supplemental nodes can also replicate pilot signal transmissions on OFDM symbols employed by the macro base station for pilot signals, to give consistent downlink channel for both traffic and pilot signals. Accordingly, the user terminal observes consistent pilot transmissions over various time slots, as well as concurrent traffic transmissions that can generally be decoded with a common reference signal. | 10-21-2010 |
20100272005 | MULTI-ANTENNA RELAY WITH SELF-INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - A wireless relay node ( | 10-28-2010 |
20100272006 | Design of In-Band Backhaul for Wireless Relays in Wireless Networks - This invention extends the coverage and improves the capacity of wireless communication networks using relay nodes. The relay nodes are wirelessly connected to the base station. The base station uses the same radio access technology for a link between the base station and user equipment and between the base station and the relay node. The relay node uses the same radio access technology for a link between the base station and the relay node and between the relay node and the user equipment. The relay node supports at least a Physical Layer (PHY), a Medium Access Control (MAC) sub-layer and a Radio Link Control (RLC) sub-layer protocol. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272007 | Protocol Stack and Scheduler for L3 Relay - This invention is a method for extending the coverage and/or improving the capacity of wireless communication networks comprising inserting a Relay Node (RN) in the Radio Access Network (RAN). The relay node relays the signal between the Base Station node (eNB) and the User Equipment (UE). The relay node is wirelessly connected to the base station. The base station uses the same radio access technology (RAT) for the base station to user equipment link and the base station to relay node link. The relay node uses the same radio access technology for the base station to relay node link and the relay node to user equipment link. The relay node is non-transparent and seen as base station by the user equipment. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272008 | NETWORK RELAY DEVICE AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING NETWORK RELAY DEVICE - The Ethernet converter | 10-28-2010 |
20100272009 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL AND INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - An exemplary method of communicating includes a relay node that uses a cell identifier that is also used by a base station having a coverage area within which the relay node is located. The method includes determining that a mobile station is within a communication range of the relay node. A transmission power from the relay node is controlled so that the total transmission power of at least one transmission from the relay node and the base station corresponds to a selected transmit power limit. A timing of a downlink transmission from the base station and the relay node is coordinated based on a schedule determined by the base station. At least one uplink control parameter is set at the base station based upon uplink information regarding a link between the mobile station and the relay node. | 10-28-2010 |
20100278095 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - VoIP packets as many as the number transmittable within a time period equal to a window T | 11-04-2010 |
20100278096 | RELAY AND RELATED METHOD - A relay method comprising receiving data from a first node and a second node; estimating the symbols in the data received from said first node and said second node; transmitting the estimated data from the first node to the second node and the estimated data from the second node to the first node. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278097 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR MOBILE STATION HANDOVER - A method, system and device for MS handover are provided in an embodiment of the present invention. The method includes: receiving the handover-assisting information from the RS by the serving MR-BS; determining whether to recommend the RS to the MS as the target station according to the handover-assisting information by the serving MR-BS. The embodiments of the present invention enable the serving MR-BS to obtain related information from the RS and the serving MR-BS of the MS to better ascertain the potential target station and related information to be recommended to the MS. This helps improve the handover performance of the MS and reduce the failure rate. | 11-04-2010 |
20100284322 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SCHEDULE IN WIMAX/WIBRO RELAY SYSTEM - A system and method for transmitting downlink schedule in a WiMax/WiBro relay system is proposed in present invention. In present invention, the task of transmitting the schedule is dispersed from the BS to both of the BS and RS so that several RS may transmit the schedule items simultaneously and therefore the resource of the system is saved. | 11-11-2010 |
20100290384 | HEADER TYPE NOTIFICATION FOR CO-EXISTANCE OF LEGACY HEADER AND NEW HEADERS ON SAME RADIO LINK - The exemplary embodiments of this invention generally relate to message header-type notification that, for example, enables the co-existence of a legacy header type with one or more new header types on a same radio link. In one non-limiting, exemplary embodiment, a method includes: determining a type of medium access control (MAC) header to transmit in a MAC transmission; setting a value of a notification field in a resource allocation message based on the determined type of MAC header; and transmitting the resource allocation message. In another non-limiting, exemplary embodiment, a method includes: receiving a resource allocation message having a notification field; and using a value of the notification field to determine a type of medium access control (MAC) header for a MAC transmission. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290385 | PREVENTING PACKET LOOPS IN UNIFIED NETWORKS - Unified mobility switches often define a virtual LAN (VLAN), including a combination of mobility tunnels and access tunnels, via which packets are transported to a mobile device over a combination of physical connections and wireless links. A unified switch may have multiple ports available to route a packet to a particular destination, since the unified switches identify routing paths for both physical connections and VLANs. A particular unified switch may therefore have multiple routes to a common destination, which can lead to a routing loop across a network of switches supporting both physical and virtual connections. A unified mobility switch provides loop detection and prevention through a set of rules for qualifying connections as virtual tunnels or physical connections, and defining a single path where multiple potential paths exist. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290386 | WIRELESS RELAY CONTROLLER FOR HOME AUTOMATION - A wireless relay controller for a home automation system may remain in a sleep state until an addressed command is received, wake from the sleep state and actuate a bi-stable relay responsive to receiving the addressed command, and then enter the sleep state after execution of the command. | 11-18-2010 |
20100296431 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING A RELAY TO PROVIDE PHYSICAL AND HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST FUNCTIONALITIES - Methods and apparatus are described for performing automatic repeat request (ARQ) and hybrid-ARQ (HARQ) assisted ARQ procedures in a relay-based wireless communication system. Triggers for radio link control (RLC)/ARQ retransmissions and RLC/ARQ status reporting are also described. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296432 | Queued Cooperative Wireless Networks Configuration Using Rateless Codes - A system using cooperative communication with rateless codes is presented that uses communication transmission aspects of cooperative communication with rateless codes over Rayleigh fading channels and queuing aspects for buffering messages at intermediate relays. The system transmits a subsequent message while a current message is en route to the destination by receiving and buffering the current message in queues at intermediate relays. A relay with a best instantaneous communication link to the source may receive a message first and forward the received message to the destination. Alternatively, if inter-relay communication links are strong, all relays may cooperate simultaneously. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296433 | SOURCE ANTENNA SWITCHING SCHEME FOR NON-ORTHOGONAL PROTOCOL - The present invention relates to a source antenna switching scheme for a non-orthogonal protocol; and more particularly, to a source antenna switching scheme for a non-orthogonal protocol, which transmits a signal of a source node to a destination node through a relay node. The present invention provides a source antenna switching scheme for a non-orthogonal decode-and-forward protocol that can acquire a greater diversity than the conventional NDF protocol. In other words, the present invention provides a source antenna switching scheme for a non-orthogonal decode-and-forward protocol that can increase a diversity order by adding a reasonable priced antenna instead of expensive hardware such as an RF chain when there are a plurality of antenna in the RF chain. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296434 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR SWITCHING WIRELESS CHANNELS - In a wireless communication system including a plurality of wireless terminal apparatuses and a relaying apparatus, the relaying apparatus performs a channel search to select a wireless channel in a good communication situation when the relaying apparatus transmits a beacon signal at a constant period, and transmits switching destination information to be used to switch the wireless channel to the selected one in a state of being stored in the beacon signal. When the communication situation of the wireless channel has deteriorated, the relaying apparatus switches the wireless channel being used by the communication section to the selected one based on the switching destination information. When the communication situation of a wireless channel of the wireless terminal apparatus has deteriorated, the wireless terminal apparatus switches the wireless channel to the selected one based on the switching destination information. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296435 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RELAYING-DEVICE SELECTING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - In order to perform communication while configuring a disclosure level on an attribute of a user to be disclosed to a communication destination to a designated disclosure level, there is provided a communication relaying device selecting means ( | 11-25-2010 |
20100302993 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A telecommunications system, for communicating data to and from a mobile device. The system comprises a plurality of repeater nodes, each repeater node having a transceiver unit operable to transmit and receive data to or from one or more other of the repeater nodes or the control node or the mobile device within a predetermined range, and processing unit operable to control the transceiver unit. The system also comprises a control node operable to transmit data in a downstream direction from the control node to the mobile device via the repeater nodes and to receive data from the mobile device transmitted in an upstream direction from the mobile device to the control node via the repeater nodes. The control node, the mobile device and the plurality of repeater nodes are arranged to communicate the data in the downstream direction from the control node to the mobile device via the repeater nodes using a time frame divided into a plurality of time slots, and to communicate the data in the upstream direction from the mobile device to the control node via the repeater nodes using the time frame, and the time slots of the time frame are allocated to the repeater nodes to the effect that each repeater nodes transmits to another repeater node in one of the upstream or the downstream directions in a time slot which is a minimal time from the time slot in which the other repeater node transmits in the upstream or downstream direction. The telecommunications system reduces the time taken for upstream or downstream data to be transmitted from a mobile terminal within the network, via the repeater nodes to the control node. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302994 | CHANNEL SWITCHING IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - There is provided a method of changing channels in a communication network, there being a traffic flow on a first channel between first and second devices in the network, the method comprising forming an information element, the information element including a channel change request from the first device; and transmitting the information element from the first device to the second device in a Beacon frame. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302995 | ROUTER APPARATUS - A router apparatus is for establishing, in a home network system comprising a plurality of subnetworks including a first subnetwork and a second subnetwork, connection between the respective subnetworks. The router apparatus includes: a first network interface configured to be connected to a first communication device existing on the first subnetwork; a second network interface configured to be connected to a second communication device existing on the second subnetwork; a determination module configured to determine whether a function advertisement notification related to a router device is received from the first communication device; and a providing module configured to provide, to the second communication device, information included in the function advertisement notification received from the first communication device when the determination module determines that the function advertisement notification related to the router device is received. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302996 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND WIRELESS TRANSMITTING METHOD - There are provided a wireless transmitting apparatus and a wireless transmission method that enable reduction of transmission delay of a system by enhancing receiving performance achieved during transmission of network-coded data. A decoding section | 12-02-2010 |
20100302997 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REASSEMBLING PACKETS IN RELAY NODE - A system and method for reassembling packets in a packet relay node are provided. A packet relay node located between a transmitting node (i.e., a source node) and a receiving node (i.e., a destination node) inspects received packets to see if they are fragmented packets and reassembles a series of packets decided to be fragmented packets into an original packet, thereby reducing overhead and radio resource waste caused by duplicate transmission of IP headers having the same fragmented-packet information. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302998 | METHOD OF PROCESSING IN RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention proposes a method processing in random access procedure, comprising the following steps: when a Preamble transmitted by a random access node is detected by a base station, the base station calculating TA according to the Preamble detected by itself and transmitting it to the random access node; the base station receiving random access detection information reported from a transparent relay station and selecting a service node for the random access node; the base station receiving an uplink signaling transmitted by the random access node after the random access node adjusted the uplink timing advance according to TA calculated by the base station, and notifying the random access node of the access condition through a contention resolution message according to the selected service node, and the random access node performing an access procedure based on the access condition. According to the present invention, the duration of the random access procedure can be shortened, and the service QOS can be improved, which gives the user better service experience. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302999 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAYING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Conventional approach for relay nodes in a wireless system only uses one type of relay in part of or entire system and it does not change dynamically. The present invention enables asymmetric replay for a number of aspects in a network. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303000 | WIRELESS RELAY DEVICE, WIRELESS RELAY METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless relay device that transmits a reception signal from a transmission device to a reception device includes a determination section configured to determine whether or not the reception signal is a retransmission signal retransmitted from the transmission device, and an amplification section configured to amplify the reception signal when the determination section determines that the reception signal is the retransmission signal, and not to amplify the reception signal when the determination section determines that the reception signal is not the retransmission signal. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303001 | WIRELESS LAN DEVICE - The wireless LAN device | 12-02-2010 |
20100309837 | Apparatus and method for Setting Up Radio Bearer in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus of setting up a radio bearer (RB) in a wireless communication system is provided. At least one UnRB is set up based on a quality of service (QoS) guaranteed between a relay node and a base station. The relay node sets up a connection with a user equipment, and selects a UnRB of which a QoS corresponds to a QoS of the service request from the at least one UnRB according to a service request from the user equipment. A UuRB which is to be mapped to the selected UnRB is set up between the relay node and the user equipment. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309838 | TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER AND METHOD FOR EXTENDING COVERAGE IN WLAN - A transmitter, a receiver, and a method for extending a coverage in a local area wireless communication network are provided. A group forming unit may form a transmission group together with peripheral devices that enable a local area communication. A distributing unit may distribute, to the peripheral devices, data to be transmitted to a target receiver. A communication unit may transmit the distributed data to the peripheral devices through a frequency band used for the local area communication, and may transmit the distributed data to a reception group, to which the target receiver belongs, using a cooperative Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) scheme with the peripheral devices. | 12-09-2010 |
20100315989 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE RELAYING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for cooperative relaying in wireless communications is provided. An efficient and simplified relay scheme is disclosed that transitions between different modes on a per packet basis using scheduling information or switching information included in the packet, without requiring link reconfiguration. The cooperative relay scheme benefits further from the use of cooperative relaying protocols that emphasize centralized scheduling. One protocol emphasizes physical layer cooperation via synchronized transmissions and distributed space-time coding and the other protocol emphasizes medium access control (MAC) layer cooperation using different MAC flows or messages. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315990 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM - This inventive wireless communication system comprises a plurality of wireless communication devices ( | 12-16-2010 |
20100315991 | Mobile communications system - A mobile communications system includes a control station that identifies a base station zone serving as a communications area of a base station and performs position registration of first mobile stations which belongs to the base station; and a relay terminal station that relays radio communications between the base station and a second mobile station, the second mobile station being located outside the base station zone and inside a relay terminal zone. Further, the second mobile station sends a position registration request signal to the base station via the relay terminal station; the base station receives the position registration request signal and transfers the received position registration request signal to the control station; and, after completing the position registration, the control station sends a position registration acknowledgement signal to the second mobile station via the base station and the relay terminal station. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315992 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ROUTE OPTIMISATION - A mechanism for initiating route optimization in an administrative domain. The mechanism is actualized when traffic is exchanged between at least a first mobile node and a second mobile node, said traffic taking place over at least one Local Mobility Anchor (LMA) within said administrative domain. The traffic exchange between said first and second mobile nodes within the administrative domain is detected followed by a decision to initiate route optimisation for the traffic. Thereafter an optimized route for the traffic, in which the traffic is routed directly between a first and a second mobile access gateway (MAG) serving the first and the second mobile nodes, respectively, is created. A route optimisation update is then sent directly or indirectly, to any uninformed mobile access gateway (MAG), after which the traffic is routed directly between the first and the second MAG. This method for route optimization may be applied in a Proxy Mobile IP (PMIP) context. | 12-16-2010 |
20100322139 | Apparatus and method for simultaneous transmission scheduling in a multi-hop cellular system - An apparatus and method for simultaneous transmission scheduling in a multi-hop cellular system are provided, in which a base station presets simultaneous transmission relay station set information and transmits the simultaneous transmission relay station set information to relay stations managed by the base station, and an relay station receives the simultaneous transmission relay station set information from the base station, determines, upon receipt of a data frame from the base station, a state of the relay station preset in relation to a receiving relay station for the data frame by comparing an ID of the receiving relay station included in the data frame with the simultaneous transmission relay station set information, and operates according to the preset state. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322140 | RELAY-BASED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD PROCESSING SIGNAL WITHOUT CYCLIC PREFIX - A relay-based communication system and method processing a signal without a cyclic prefix is provided. An apparatus for generating a relay signal includes a signal receiving unit which receives a source signal transmitted from a source node to a relay node and detects a received signal, a signal conversion unit which extracts samples corresponding to a first time duration from the received signal, sums the received signal and the extracted samples in a second time duration, and generates a converted received signal, a relay signal generation unit which generates a relay signal cooperating with the source signal based on the converted received signal according to a space frequency block code (SFBC) scheme, and a signal transmission unit which transmits the generated relay signal to a destination node. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322141 | JOINT ASSOCIATION, ROUTING AND RATE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS MULTI-HOP MESH NETWORKS - A method and apparatus are described including collecting network information, determining an association, bandwidth allocation and routing scheme based on the collected network information, notifying a mesh access point of the association, the bandwidth allocation and the routing scheme and notifying a client node of its association information. Also described are a method and apparatus including measuring link quality and channel conditions, reporting results of the measuring act to a controller, receiving a routing decision and data forwarding instructions from the controller and forwarding the routing decision and the data forwarding instructions to a client node. Further described are a method and apparatus including measuring link quality and channel conditions, reporting results of the measuring act to a controller, receiving association instructions from the centralized controller and updating previously stored association instructions with the received association instructions. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322142 | RANGING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELAY STATION FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - Provided are a ranging method in a mobile communication system, and a relay station (RS) for performing the method. The RS checks whether the status of each of a plurality of ranging codes received from one or more mobile stations (MSs) corresponds to “success”, “continue”, or “abort”, and generates and transmits a message requesting at least one of a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) allocation information element and a bandwidth, thereby efficiently performing a ranging process. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322143 | Uplink Transmissions for Type 2 Relay - A method for providing user agent data. The method includes an access node receiving an indicator sent from a relay node as an indication that the relay node has received data from the user agent. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322144 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELAY APPARATUS PERFORMING THE SAME - Provided are a data transmission method in a communication system and a relay performing the same. The data transmission method in a communication system includes receiving, at a relay, an uplink buffer status report (BSR) of a terminal from the terminal, including the uplink BSR of the terminal received by the relay in an uplink BSR to be transmitted from the relay to a base station to generate a combined uplink BSR, and transmitting the combined uplink BSR to the base station even before the relay receives data stored in an uplink buffer of the terminal from the terminal. Accordingly, it is possible to reduce the transmission delay of the communication system including a relay. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322145 | Type II Relay Node Initialization Procedures - A relay node including one or more components configured to encode a message to be transmitted to an access node, the message used to identify the relay node as a relay node during initialization of the relay node. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322146 | BASE STATION, RELAY STATION, AND BACKHAUL CONTROL COMMUNICATION METHODS THEREOF - A relay station and a backhaul control communication thereof are provided. A wireless communication system comprises the relay station, a base station, and a core network. The relay station is wirelessly connected to the base station, while the base station is wiredly connected to the core network. The relay station comprises a processing unit and a transceiver. The processing unit is configured to create a radio link having a control plane connection between the relay station and the base station and create a backhaul link between the relay station and the base station by the control plane connection of the radio link. The transceiver is configured to transmit a backhaul control message to the core network via the backhaul link. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322147 | RELAY STATION AND BACKHAUL CONNECTION METHOD THEREOF - A relay station and a backhaul connection method thereof are provided. The relay station adopts an NAS mechanism. A wireless communication system comprises the relay station, a base station, and a core network. The relay station comprises a processing unit and a transceiver. The processing unit enters a first state of the NAS mechanism after the relay station creates a radio connection with the core network. The transceiver transmits a backhaul connection request to the base station after the relay station enters the first state. The processing unit then enters a second state of the NAS mechanism after the transmission of the backhaul connection request. The transceiver then receives a backhaul connection response from the base station after the transmission of the backhaul connection request. The processing unit then enters the first state after the receipt of the backhaul connection response. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322148 | BASE STATION AND ATTACHING METHOD THEREOF - A base station and an attaching method thereof are provided. A relay network system comprises the base station, a relay station and a core network. The base station is connected with the core network via a backhaul link. The base station comprises a processing unit and a transceiver. The processing unit is configured to setup a communication link procedure between the relay station and the core network corresponding to a link request from the relay station, and to create a mapping table for connecting the relay station and the core network. The transceiver is configured to forward network packets and control signals between the relay station and the core network based on the mapping table. | 12-23-2010 |
20100329174 | SIMULTANEOUS COMMUNICATIONS WITHIN CONTROLLED MESH NETWORK - A wireless mesh network, method of operating a wireless mesh network, and a central node device are disclosed herein. Communications are interleaved to maintain a spatial differential, for example, two “hops,” between any two nodes transmitting in proximity to the collector. In one embodiment, a wireless mesh network includes a central node and a plurality of bidirectional nodes in bidirectional wireless communication with the central node. Each bidirectional node has a respective wireless communication path to the central node that is either a direct path or an indirect path through one or more intermediate bidirectional nodes. Each bidirectional node is characterized by a number of intermediate bidirectional nodes forming a respective wireless communication path to the central node. The central node isolates a first data communication from a first node from second data communications from other nodes that are within a defined threshold of hop levels of the first node. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329175 | Mobile assisted relay selection in a telecommunications system - A mobile station is operated in a telecommunications system that includes a base station and one or more relay stations. The mobile station communicates directly with the base station via a first channel. To facilitate selection of a suitable relay station, the mobile station broadcasts a burst for receipt by a plurality of relay stations. Relay stations each measure a quality of the received burst and communicate this information to the base station, which uses the information to select a most suitable one of the relay stations for use in carrying on indirect communications between the base station and the mobile station. | 12-30-2010 |
20110002256 | BASE STATION, RELAY STATION, COMPUTING APPARATUS, AND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION, ALLOCATION, AND RECEIVING METHODS THEREOF - A base station, relay station, computing apparatus, and reference signal transmission, allocation, and receiving methods thereof are provided. For each the antennas, the BS perform the following operations: (i) generating a BS superframe comprising a first kind frame and a second kind frame, each of the first and second kind frames comprising a plurality of subframes and defining a downlink access zone and a downlink relay zone, (ii) allocating allocates a reference signal of the antenna in a first OFDM symbol in only one of the subframes in the first kind frame, the first OFDM symbol belonging to the downlink access zone of the first kind frame, and (iii) allocating the reference signal in a second OFDM symbol in only one of the subframes, the second OFDM symbol belonging to the downlink access zone or the downlink relay zone. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002257 | Method and system for processing signals in a high performance receive chain - Aspects of a method and system for processing signals in a high performance receive chain may include amplifying a plurality of radio frequency signals in one or more respective one or ones of a plurality of amplifier chains in a multistandard radio frequency front-end, which may comprise one or more shared processing stages. The plurality of radio frequency signals may be compliant with a plurality of radio frequency communication standards and may be received concurrently. The one or more shared processing stages may be shared between two or more of the plurality of amplifier chains. Each of the two or more of the plurality of amplifier chains may be operable to amplify signals compliant with different radio frequency communication standards. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002258 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION - A method for transmitting and receiving system information, wherein the method for transmitting the system information includes that a sub-frame used to transmit other system information and a sub-frame used to transmit system information | 01-06-2011 |
20110007684 | METHOD FOR RELAYING AND FORWARDING THE FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN HARQ SCENARIO - A method for relaying and forwarding feedback information in hybrid automatic repeat request scenario is provided, wherein the method for sending feedback information includes that: a relay station receives a resource allocation message; the relay station determines the time of sending the feedback information according to the resource allocation message, and sends the corresponding feedback information when the feedback time arrives. The processes of triggering the relay station to perform feedback or sending in multiple HARQ scenarios such as initial transmission and retransmission of downlink and uplink, and uplink feedback loss of subordinate node etc. are integrally and uniformly defined according to the present invention. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007685 | System and Method for Downlink Channel Sounding in Wireless Communications Systems - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a base station configured to communicate with at least one user device includes transmitting a reference signal to the at least one user device, receiving channel quality information from the at least one user device, and forming a beam based on the channel quality information received from the at least one user device. | 01-13-2011 |
20110013552 | System, Methods, and Apparatus For Bidirectional Relaying In Wireless Communications Systems - In one embodiment, a method of wireless communication includes transmitting a first data packet from a user end during a first subframe of a radio frame. A second data packet is transmitted from a base station during a second subframe of the radio frame. A single data packet is received from a relay node in a third subframe of the radio frame. The single data packet includes the first and the second data packets. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013553 | MOBILE NETWORK DEVICE MULTI-LINK OPTIMIZATIONS - Methods and apparatus for performing optimizations for a mobile network device such as a Mobile Node or Mobile Router supporting multiple links to a Home Agent (or Correspondent Node in a Mobile IPv6 environment) are disclosed. During the registration process, link characteristics are transmitted in the registration request. From the link characteristics, it is possible to determine whether the mobile network device has roamed from a high to a low bandwidth link, or vice versa. A first set of optimizations may be performed when the mobile network device has roamed from a high to a low bandwidth link, while a second set of optimizations may be performed when the mobile network device has roamed from a low to a high bandwidth link. Some optimizations may be performed during the establishment of a TCP session, while others may be performed during or upon completion of the Mobile IP registration process. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013554 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATION OF SUBFRAMES ON A MIXED CARRIER - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for allocating subframes of a mixed carrier. In one aspect, there is provided a method. The method may include allocating subframes within radio frames transmitted to a user element. Moreover, the method may include transmitting, to the user element, a message comprising an indication of the allocation. The indication may be representative of the allocation within the subframes of consecutive radio frames, without the indication identifying the radio frames including the allocated subframes. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 01-20-2011 |
20110019606 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Each mobile terminal apparatus measures receiving power or receiving quality of a signal received from a radio communication apparatus. If a plurality of mobile terminal apparatuses in which the receiving power or the receiving quality is lower than or equal to a determined threshold are detected, then a communication control apparatus selects a mobile terminal apparatus made to function as a relay station from the plurality of mobile terminal apparatuses detected on the basis of a result of measuring the receiving power or the receiving quality. The mobile terminal apparatus selected relays communication between the radio communication apparatus and a mobile terminal apparatus which does not function as a relay station. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019607 | System and Method for Detection of Mobile Operating Through A Repeater - A system and method for a network analysis system operating in a wireless communication system with repeaters is disclosed. Embodiments of the system and method enable the network analysis system to determine if signals being received by the network receivers arrive directly from a target mobile appliance or if the signals are passing through a repeater. The repeaters, through an augmentation, measure attributes of a received signal and based on these attributes the system determine whether the signal is served by a repeater or other network device. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019608 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR FREQUENCY RELAYING - A method of transmitting data across an electronic data communication system comprising a plurality of terminals that can send and receive data in the form of electromagnetic waves to and from at least one of the terminals, which method comprises the steps of: (a) identifying at least one control terminal, at least one target terminal and at least two relaying terminals from the plurality of terminals; and (b) using the control terminal to instruct the at least two relaying terminals to receive and relay data intended for the at least one target terminal, so that the at least one target terminal can receive data directly from at least one terminal and from the at least two relaying terminals, thereby increasing capacity of the system. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019609 | INTER-NETWORK TUNNEL SWITCHING METHOD AND INTER-NETWORK INTERCONNECTION DEVICE - An inter-network tunnel switching method includes the following steps: a first inter-network interconnection device on a first network sets up a second tunnel between the first inter-network interconnection device and a second inter-network interconnection device on a second network and triggers the switching from a first tunnel to the second tunnel. The first and second tunnels are configured to forward signaling between a mobile station (MS) on the first network and the second network or between an MS on the second network and the first network. A first inter-network interconnection device is also provided. | 01-27-2011 |
20110026451 | Assigning Source Nodes to a Select Group in a Wireless Communication Network - Implementations and techniques for assigning source nodes to a select group in a wireless communication network are generally disclosed. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026452 | Apparatus and method of processing rescue request signal - Provided is a rescue request signal processing device connected with a repeater and including a signal detector configured to detect identification information of a wireless communication terminal from an uplink signal outputted from the wireless communication terminal; a signal strength information generator configured to generate strength information of the uplink signal of the wireless communication terminal when the detected identification information of the wireless communication terminal is identical with identification information of a wireless communication terminal included in a request signal for location information transmitted from a location information requesting device; and a transmitter configured to transmit the strength information of the uplink signal and at least one of location information and identification information of the repeater to a location information server. | 02-03-2011 |
20110032863 | Systems and Methods of Supporting Powerline Communications - Systems and methods for powerline communications are provided. A system can include a controller and an extension unit. The controller includes a plurality of transceivers, each of the plurality of transceivers are coupled to a powerline network and a switch coupled to each of the plurality of transceivers. The extension unit includes a transceiver coupled to the powerline network and an interface to a communication unit. The controller is coupled to a broadband wireless network via the powerline network and the switch of the controller switches communications between the extension unit and the broadband wireless network.. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032864 | METHODS OF PERFORMING COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS LANs - Method of performing cooperative communication in wireless LAN includes determining, by receiver, whether cooperative communication is necessary based on transmission request signal provided from transmitter, when it is determined that the cooperative communication is necessary, transmitting, by the receiver, transmission response signal instructing the cooperative communication, overhearing, by a plurality of devices, the transmission response signal instructing the cooperative communication, transmitting, by at least one of the devices, response signal for supporting relaying to the transmitter, selecting, by the transmitter, a relay based on the response signal, transmitting, by the transmitter, data to the relay, and attaching, by the relay, data of the relay to the data transmitted by the transmitter and transmitting result data to the receiver. Thus, average transmission rate of wireless LAN can be improved with minimized overhead, and additional transmission opportunity can be provided to relaying device, thereby properly rewarding relaying device. | 02-10-2011 |
20110038301 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method in a wireless communication system includes receiving information to determine whether or not to permit a relay of a communication between a first wireless station and a second wireless station, and relaying the communication based on at least the received information. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038302 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are described for a Relay Node (RN) that is transparent to User Equipments to transmit, together with a base station (Node B), Reference Signals (RS) to UEs, to receive RS from UEs, to perform transmissions of Transport Blocks (TBs) to the Node B or to UEs and receptions of TBs from the Node B or from UEs, where the transmissions of TBs from the RN are for retransmissions associated with a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process for the same TBs, and enabling the Node B to obtain control information signaled from UEs while signaling from the RN interferers with that signaling of control information. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038303 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL - A method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving control channels through a wireless backhaul in an OFDM-based communication system including relay nodes is provided. A method for transmitting a control channel includes arranging control resources for at least one receiver; sorting the control resources and null resources in a control channel region; rearranging the control resources to be distributed and the null resources to be adjacent to the distributed control resources; and mapping the control resources and null resources to the control channel region. | 02-17-2011 |
20110044233 | METHOD OF UPDATING BS SYSTEM INFORMATION OF A RELAY STATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for efficiently updating system information of a base station at a relay station of a broadband wireless access system and an apparatus for performing the method are disclosed. The method for updating system information of an advanced base station (ABS) at an advanced relay station (ARS) of a broadband wireless access system comprises receiving a first message, which includes changed information of the system information of the base station, from the base station; transmitting a second message for acknowledgment of the first message to the base station; and performing application for the changed information. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044234 | System And Method For Autonomous Combining - A user agent capable of carrying out autonomous combining. The user agent can be implemented as a processor configured to promote receiving a first signal from an access node and a second signal from a relay node. The processor may be further configured to combine the first and second signals. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044235 | DISTRIBUTED ARQ FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods for providing distributed Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) in a wireless communication system are described herein. In one embodiment, a relay station interconnects a base station of the wireless communication system and one or more mobile stations. A first ARQ process is performed for a first connection between the base station and the relay station. A separate second ARQ process is performed for a second connection between the relay station and a mobile station. In this manner, rather than having end-to-end ARQ between the base station and the mobile station, a distributed ARQ process is provided. | 02-24-2011 |
20110051652 | Wireless communication apparatus - A packet is transmitted from a source node to a destination node via a relay path in a multi-hop network. The packet is transmitted by cache routing or source routing, depending on the presence or absence of information identifying the destination node in a history table maintained at the source node. In source routing, relay path information is included in the packet. In cache routing, relay nodes obtain routing information from entries in their own cache routing tables. Each entry indicates only the destination node and the next relay node, and each cache routing table has a limited size. When a series of packets are transmitted to the second node, cache routing can be used for all but the first packet, thereby reducing packet overhead. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051653 | TELEPHONE DEVICE AND TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A telephone device may be configured to be connected with an access point capable of communicating wirelessly with a terminal device by using a specific bandwidth including a first bandwidth. The telephone device may comprise a first communication unit configured to communicate wirelessly with a call device by using the first bandwidth, and a second communication unit configured to communicate with the access point. The second communication unit may be configured to send, in a specific case where a specific wireless communication starts between the call device and the first communication unit, a first instruction to the access point such that the access point uses a bandwidth other than the first bandwidth. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051654 | Relay Backhaul in Wireless Communication - In one embodiment, a method for wireless communication includes transmitting a first system information for a subframe structure from a controller to a relay node. The first system information includes radio resource configuration for a downlink backhaul link. The subframe structure includes a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) region for user equipments and a separate relay physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) region for relay nodes. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051655 | Relay System and Method in a Wireless Communications system - A system and method for transmitting data is disclosed. A preferred embodiment comprises a relay node that operates in multiple states: an active state and an idle state. When the relay node enters the idle state, the relay node will transmit a notification message to the user equipment that is attached to the relay node to notify the user equipment that the relay node is going into the idle state. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051656 | DOUBLE RADIO RELAY STATION - A relay station used in a communication network that has a tree-structured architecture including a number of hierarchical levels, the communication network including a base station of the highest hierarchical level, one or more relay stations and one or more subscriber stations, wherein a relay station has two radio modules, a first radio module being designed to communicate with stations of lower hierarchical level and a second radio module being designed to communicate with stations of higher hierarchical level, the two radio modules being synchronized in their MAC layer and the relay station including at least one antennas connected to the MAC layer of the radio modules. | 03-03-2011 |
20110058514 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REQUESTING ALLOCATION OF BANDWITH AND ALLOCATING BANDWITH IN A MULTI-HOP RELAY ENVIRONMENT - The present invention relates to a method and a system for requesting the allocation of bandwidth in a multi-hop relay environment. The present invention relates to a method for requesting bandwidth of a relay node in the multi-hop relay environment and a method for allocating bandwidth of a base station. In the invention, single piggybacking and multiple piggybacking based on approval-processing sub-headers are discriminated from single piggybacking and multiple piggybacking based on extensible sub-headers. Therefore, the bandwidth-requests for each CID from the base station are integrated and managed for each relay so that the message transmission and reception load may be reduced and the allocation of bandwidth may be optimized. | 03-10-2011 |
20110064018 | Apparatus and Method for Input/Output Mapping of Spatial Resources of a Relay Node in a Communication System - An apparatus and method for input/output mapping of spatial resources of a relay node in a communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a channel manager configured to identify a plurality of channels bearing signal streams from a source node to a plurality of destination nodes via a relay node having a plurality of antennas. The apparatus also includes a channel allocator configured to employ input/output mapping for a plurality of spatial resources of the relay node as a function of channel characteristics of the plurality of channels for the signal streams. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064019 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN RELAY STATION - A method of transmitting an uplink (UL) control signal of a relay station is provided. The method includes: configuring a UL relay zone for transmitting a signal by the relay station to a base station in a frame; configuring a resource unit including a plurality of symbols and a plurality of subcarriers to allocate the UL control signal in a subframe of the UL relay zone; and transmitting the UL control signal by using the resource unit, wherein, if a transition gap required for switching of signal transmission and reception of the relay station is included in the subframe, the UL control signal is transmitted in the remaining symbols other than the plurality of symbols constituting the resource unit including the transition gap. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064020 | RELAY METHOD, AND RELAY APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay station performing wireless communications with a plurality of other relay stations and at least one wireless terminal, the relay station including: a scheduler, when at least one of the relay station and the other relay stations receives data from a wireless terminal controlled thereby, generating a first map such that the data is exchanged among the relay station and the other relay stations during a first period, and generating a second map such that the data as received during the first period is transmitted to the controlled wireless terminal during a second period. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069654 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MULTI-HOP RELAY COMMUNICATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and operating method of a Relay Station (RS) and a Base Station (BS) controller for a multi-hop relay communication in a broadband wireless communication system is provided. The method of the RS includes, when receiving at least one traffic Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) from a Mobile Station (MS) accessing the RS, extracting a Layer-3 (L3) packet from the at least one traffic MAC PDU, generating a relay MAC PDU including the L3 packet, and transmitting the MAC PDU to the BS through an RS Service Flow (SF) which supports Quality of Service (QoS) required by an MS SF carrying the L3 packet. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069655 | RELAY STATION APPARATUS, MULTIHOP SYSTEM AND RELAYING METHOD - A relay station apparatus includes a first transmission/receiving means and second transmission/receiving means. The first transmission/receiving means exchanges a first relay link signal transmitted/received by a superordinate apparatus, with the superordinate apparatus and exchanges part of the first relay link signal as a second access link signal or a second relay link signal, with a subordinate apparatus. The second transmission/receiving means exchanges the other part of the first relay link signal, which the first transmission/receiving means exchanges with the superordinate apparatus, as a third access link signal or a third relay link signal, with a subordinate apparatus. | 03-24-2011 |
20110080864 | Relay Backhaul Link Quality Considerations For Mobility Procedures - A system including a processor configured to determine whether or not to perform a mobility procedure based at least in part on a backhaul link quality between a relay node and an access node. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080865 | System and Method for Relaying Transmissions in Wireless Communications - A system and method for relaying transmissions in wireless communications is provided. A method for combined relay node operation includes determining an operating mode of the combined relay node, where the combined relay node includes a repeater and a relay. The method also includes if the operating mode is repeater on mode, amplifying and forwarding received signals, and storing subframes, where subframes are demodulated and decoded versions of the received signals. The method further includes if the operating mode is repeater off mode, amplifying and forwarding a control zone of signals received while the operating mode is repeater off mode, and transmitting subframes stored while the operating mode is repeater on mode. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080866 | Mobility route optimization in a network having distributed local mobility anchors - A method, system and device for achieving an optimized mobility routing path are disclosed. A preferred embodiment comprises a method of cutting unnecessary network tunnels. In a mobile network system, transmitting data packets through a tunnel is an effective way to provide network location privacy. An optimization method is proposed to consolidate two tunnels connecting with a network element such as a first distributed local mobility anchor (D-LMA). The first D-LMA informs a data packet sender such as a second D-LMA of the destination address saved in the first D-LMA. The second D-LMA updates its destination address accordingly and sends subsequent data packets to the destination directly. By applying this optimization method, a network system provides a further optimized route for data packets as well as location privacy. | 04-07-2011 |
20110085490 | ABSOLUTE TIMING AND TX POWER CALIBRATION OF THE TX PATH IN A DISTIBUTED SYSTEM - A radio system and a method for relaying packetized radio signals is disclosed. The radio system and the method provide a calibration of transmit signals. Furthermore the radio system and the method provide a measurement of a transmit power level. The radio system comprises at least one transmit path, a calibration unit, a base band calibration signal generator synchronised to a synchronisation unit, at the least one link and a power sensor. A portion of a selected one of coupled transmit signals is forwarded to a power sensor for measuring a power level, wherein the calibration unit is adapted to update a transmit power level of the at least one transmit path in response to the transmit power level of the selected one of the coupled transmit signals. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085491 | Extended Cell Range - A solution for extending the cell range and in particular for a solution for handling timing alignment is presented herein. The solution comprises determining a distance between user equipment and a radio access network node. User equipment located at a distance related to a pre defined timing advance value is scheduled to handle uplink communication so as to arrive at a later time slot for reducing the risk of conflicting with other transmissions towards the access node. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090839 | Network Comprising a Privately Owned Base Station Coupled with a Publicly Available Network Element - It is described a telecommunication network ( | 04-21-2011 |
20110090840 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR REMOVING TRANSMISSION OVERHEAD - Provided is a technology that may decrease or eliminate communication overhead in a communication system including a relay. A base station included in the communication system may compress a protocol header to transmit data. The relay may receive the compressed protocol header and the data, and then decompress the compressed protocol header to transmit the decompressed protocol header to a terminal. | 04-21-2011 |
20110096714 | PROPAGATION OF CHANGES IN A NETWORK - A network of nodes and connections is provided, each connection connecting two nodes. A method of operating a first node in the network includes detecting a change in a node connected to the first node, identifying that the number of nodes connected to the first node with the detected change is above a predetermined threshold, and executing the detected change at the first node and/or propagating the detected change to one or more nodes connected to the first node that do not have the detected change. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096715 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL USING A RELAY STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a signal using a relay station is disclosed. In a wireless communication system, the present invention includes the steps of enabling the relay station to receive the signal via a relay interval in a downlink interval using a first wireless communication scheme and a second wireless communication scheme in common from a base station and enabling the relay station to transmit the received signal to a first terminal using the first wireless communications scheme via a first downlink interval in the downlink interval or to a second terminal using the second wireless communication scheme via a second downlink interval. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096716 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DEPENDENT STATION THEREOF AND DEPENDENT-STATION RELAY TRANSMISSION METHOD - In a communication system comprising a control station ( | 04-28-2011 |
20110096717 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RELAY NODE-SPECIFIC CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for transmitting a downlink signal in a Frequency Division (FD) type base station is disclosed. The method includes transmitting a second downlink control channel specific to a second base station, when a first downlink control channel specific to a first base station is completely transmitted on a entire frequency band in a subframe, in a remaining region except a predetermined transmission region of a first downlink shared channel specific to the first base station in the subframe; and transmitting a second downlink shared channel including data of the RN in the remaining region, when the second downlink control channel is completely transmitted. | 04-28-2011 |
20110103291 | INTRA-SUBFRAME TIME MULTIPLEXING - A relay node ( | 05-05-2011 |
20110103292 | DL Backhaul Control Channel Design For Relays - Methods and apparatus are described for providing compatible mapping for backhaul control channels, frequency first mapping of control channel elements (CCEs) to avoid relay-physical control format indicator channel (R-PCFICH) and a tree based relay resource allocation to minimize the resource allocation map bits. Methods and apparatus (e.g., relay node (RN)/evolved Node-B (eNB)) formapping of the Un downlink (DL) control signals, Un DL positive acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) and/or relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) (or similar) in the eNB to RN (Un interface) DL direction are described. This includes time/frequency mapping of above-mentioned control signals into resource blocks (RBs) of multimedia broadcast multicast services (MBMS) single frequency network (MBSFN)-reserved sub-frames in the RN cell and encoding procedures for these. Also described are methods and apparatus for optimizing signaling overheads by avoiding R-PCFICH and minimizing bits needs for resource allocation. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103293 | INTERNET BASED PARTITIONING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A portable and autonomous wireless communication system can be formed to provide streaming video from a data collection source to a plurality of subscribers in a location having little to no existing infrastructure. Using Internet Protocol (IP) based communication, live streaming video is provided over a wireless communication system to a control station allowing video and other data to be routed to multiple subscribers within a regional network. The control station can also act as an access point to the Internet or other wide area network that can then be used to transport the data to another remote location for distribution to other subscribers. As the event of interest moves, the control station and the network formed around that control station can be transported while network connectivity is maintained. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103294 | DONOR EVOLVED NODEB, RELAY NODE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A relay node, a donor evolved NodeB (DeNB) and a communication method thereof for use in a long term evolution (LTE) network are provided. The LTE network comprises the relay node and the DeNB. In the present LTE network of the present invention, at least two bearers can be set up between the relay node and the DeNB so that signaling messages can be transmitted between the relay node and the DeNB based on different priorities. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103295 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING RELAY BACKHAUL COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for designing a relay backhaul channel in a wireless communication system are provided. At least one relay node utilized for communication with respective user devices and at least one relay backhaul channel for conducting in-band half-duplex communication with the at least one relay node are identified. The relay backhaul channel may be an FDM channel, a TDM/FDM channel, or a joint R-PDCCH/R-PDSCH channel. The relay channel is used for communicating with the at least one relay node. The supportable ranks of the R-PDSCH channel may depend on the number of resources reserved for demodulation reference signals in the R-PDCCH region. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103296 | TDM-FDM RELAY BACKHAUL CHANNEL FOR LTE ADVANCED - Methods, apparatus and computer program products are provided for receiving a first group of resource blocks, frequency multiplexed in a transmission subframe, where the first group of resource blocks spans less than a full transmission bandwidth and includes a UE control channel in a first time interval, a relay control channel and a first quantity of dedicated reference symbols in a second time interval, and a shared data channel and a second quantity of dedicated reference symbols in a third time interval. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103297 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A repeater capable of improving the data decoding performance at a base station while achieving sharing of processing for data exchange between repeaters and initial data transmission to the base station (eNB) is provided. A repeater | 05-05-2011 |
20110110288 | NETWORK CODING MODE SELECTOR - A method of operating a wireless communication system comprises making a determination which of plural transmission modes is to be a selected transmission mode for transmitting plural entities to a receiving node over a radio interface, and then (at a network coding node ( | 05-12-2011 |
20110110289 | DISTRIBUTED CONTROL ARCHITECTURE FOR RELAYS IN BROADBAND WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments of systems and methods for distributed control relay architecture are described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110290 | ROBUST COOPERATIVE RELAYING IN A WIRELESS LAN: CROSS-LAYER DESIGN - A distributed and opportunistic medium access control (MAC) layer protocol for randomized distributed space-time coding (R-DSTC), which may be deployed in an IEEE 802.11 wireless local area network (WLAN), is described. Unlike other cooperative MAC designs, there is no need to predetermine, before packet transmission, which stations will serve as relays. Instead, the MAC layer protocol opportunistically recruits relay stations on the fly. Network capacity and delay performance is much better than legacy IEEE 802.11g network, and even cooperative forwarding using one relay station. Avoiding the need to collect the station-to-station channel statistics considerably reduces overhead otherwise required for channel measurement and signaling. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110291 | RELAY DEVICE AND WIRELESS CONTROL NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM USING THE SAME - There is provided a relay device for relaying first wireless communication and second wireless communication. The first wireless communication is based on a process control wireless communication standard, and the second wireless communication is based on another wireless communication standard than the process control wireless communication standard. The device includes: a superframe management unit configured to receive a first superframe of the first wireless communication from the outside and generate a second superframe of the second wireless communication based on the first superframe; and a transmission unit configured to transmit the second superframe to a wireless communication terminal performing the second wireless communication. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110292 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING A COMMUNICATIONS SIGNAL - A method is provided for sending a communications signal in a communications network having a plurality of nodes assuming alternating sleeping and waking states and in which a sender node executes a step of sending an initial preamble, prior to sending data to a destination node. The method includes at least one operation of a neighbor node of the sender node relaying the initial preamble, where a relaying operation corresponds to sending a preamble formed from the preamble sent during the preceding relaying operation, the preamble sent during the first relaying operation being formed from the initial preamble, and the at least one relaying operation continuing until the destination node for the data detects the sent preamble. | 05-12-2011 |
20110116439 | RELAY DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND RELAY METHOD - A relay device includes a first receiving unit which receives an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) signal in a first frequency band, a detection unit which detects, from the OFDMA signal, a signal of a second frequency band that is included in the first frequency band and narrower than the first frequency band, a frequency transformation unit which transforms the second frequency band of the detected signal into a frequency band that is not included in the second frequency band, and a first transmitting unit which transmits the detected signal that is transformed by the frequency transformation unit. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116440 | DATA RELAY DEVICE AND FRAME PROCESSING METHOD BY THE SAME - A data relay device relays data between a base station device and a base station control device. The data relay device includes a data transmission time acquiring unit that acquires a data transmission time from when data is transmitted from the data relay device to when the data is received by the data relay device via the base station device, a frame value detecting unit that detects a predetermined frame value from a frame transmitted from the base station control device and stores the data, and a frame transmitting unit that, when the predetermined frame value is detected, after a predetermined time elapses in addition to the data transmission time acquired by the data transmission time acquiring unit after detection, transmits a frame having the same frame value as the detected one to a transmission source of the frame from which the predetermined frame value is detected. | 05-19-2011 |
20110122806 | DATA RELAY MOBILE APPARATUS, DATA RELAY METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREOF FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - A data relay mobile apparatus and a data relay method for a wireless network and a computer program product thereof are provided. The wireless network comprises a first mobile node and a second mobile node. The data relay mobile apparatus receives first status information and second status information from the first mobile node and the second mobile node, respectively. The data relay apparatus relays data according to the first status information and the second status information. With the aforesaid method, the present invention can effectively reduce the problems caused from shadow fading. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122807 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, RELAY STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication system that can allocate resources on an uplink for a CQI report, and can reduce the overhead of the CQI relay transmission from a relay station apparatus to a base station apparatus. To each mobile station apparatus ( | 05-26-2011 |
20110122808 | SENSING AND COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS FOR SHARED SPECTRUM USAGE IN A RADIO COGNITIVE RELAY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method, an apparatus and a computer program product for sensing and communicating in transmission systems with shared spectrum usage, which may comprise e.g. a cognitive relay system. The communication between a transmitter and a receiver occurs in two transmission phases via the assistance of a relay. Sensing is performed at the transmitter during the second transmission phase, thus overcoming the need for dedicated slots for sensing. | 05-26-2011 |
20110128905 | RELAY SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay system capable of flexibly being constructed and a wireless communication system capable of more stable communication by means of the relay system. A mobile station ( | 06-02-2011 |
20110134826 | RELAY DATA PATH ARCHITECTURE FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system and method for forming a relay data path architecture in a wireless network is disclosed. The method comprises forming a separate layer-three data link in a wireless network between a relay station, a base station and an access service network gateway (ASN-GW). Each separate layer-three data link is mapped from the ASN-GW to a next element in the wireless network to form a data path from the ASN-GW to the relay station. Data packets can be sent between a mobile station and the ASN-GW through each layer-three data link using a tunneling protocol such that each layer-three data link forms a separate tunnel. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134827 | Device-to-Device Communications in Cellular System - The present invention provides a method and a controller to control not only cellular radio connections in a cell of a cellular communication system but also direct device-to-device communication links established between terminal devices within the cell. Particularly, the controller selects portion of the terminal devices to function as relay terminals for the other terminals to enable relayed communication links between the terminal devices and the base station through the relay terminals. The relay terminals link device-to-device connections to the cellular radio connections between the relay terminals and the base station. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134828 | Relay Node Selection for Network Coding - A base station in a wireless network receives link quality data from multiple relay nodes that relay data from the user terminals to the base station and/or from user terminals. The base station applies one or more cost functions to the link quality data and selects a relay node from the multiple relay nodes for network coding of data from a group of the user terminals based on results of the one or more cost functions. The base station notifies the selected relay node to network code data from the group of user terminals. | 06-09-2011 |
20110149835 | MULTI-HOP WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides multi-hop wireless communication systems that easily realize a highly-efficient and highly reliable bi-directional wireless relay transmission by using MIMO network coding. | 06-23-2011 |
20110158153 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TERMINAL RELAY AND RELAY TERMINAL - The present invention discloses a system and a method for terminal relay and a relay terminal to improve the security and authenticity of the terminal relay. The system for the terminal relay includes a first terminal, a second terminal and a base station, where the first terminal is adapted to process information according to a packet data convergence protocol and transmit the information to the second terminal; the second terminal is adapted to receive the information from the first terminal and forward the information to the base station; and the base station is adapted to receive the information from the second terminal and parse the information according to the packet data convergence protocol. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158154 | BROADCAST RETRANSMITTING METHOD, BROADCAST RETRANSMITTING APPARATUS, REPLAY APPARATUS, AND BROADCAST RETRANSMITTING SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A broadcast retransmitting method, a broadcast retransmitting apparatus, a relay apparatus and a broadcast retransmitting system using the same, are provided. The broadcast retransmitting apparatus includes a demodulation unit which receives and demodulates a modulated broadcast, a modulation unit which modulates the demodulated broadcast, a spectrum sensing unit which detects an available band through spectrum sensing, and a control unit which retransmits the modulated broadcast to at least one surrounding apparatus. The broadcast retransmitting method includes receiving and demodulating a broadcast which has been modulated according to a first modulation method, and modulating the demodulated broadcast according to a second modulation method different from the first modulation method; detecting an available band from an idle band through spectrum sensing; and retransmitting the broadcast which has been modulated in the second modulation method to at least one surrounding apparatus using the detected available band. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158155 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE HOP RELAY COMMUNICATION - A Relay Station (RS) apparatus and an operation method for managing a Quality of Service (QoS) in a broadband wireless communication system with multi-hop relay communication are provided. The operation method of the RS includes, if generation of a service flow is requested from a Portable Subscriber Station (PSS) accessing the RS, allocating a first downlink IDentifier (ID) corresponding to the service flow to a first tunnel between a Base Station (BS) and the RS, transmitting the first downlink ID to the BS and requesting the BS to establish a second tunnel between the BS and an Access Control Router (ACR) for the service flow, receiving a response to the request of establishing the second tunnel and a first uplink ID corresponding to the service flow and allocated to the first tunnel, and storing the first uplink ID. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158156 | METHOD AND SYSTEM USING RELAYS WITH AGGREGATED SPECTRUM - International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) Advanced technology, also known as 4th Generation (4G) targets to support up to 100 MHz BW. LTE currently supports single carrier bandwidths of up to 20 MHz. The present application describes a multi-carrier approach in which some embodiments of the invention provide a simple solution of aggregating multiple single carrier bandwidths to obtain a wider bandwidth (>20 MHz). Such an approach may extend Long Term Evolution (LTE) bandwidth to greater than that provided by a single carrier, yet maintain full backward compatibility with technologies that predate 4G technology and utilize smaller, single carrier bandwidths. More generally, embodiments of the invention can apply to other communication standards than only LTE. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158157 | RELAY STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION RELAY METHOD - A relay station | 06-30-2011 |
20110164550 | Downlink Control Channel for Relay Resource Allocation - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide a method for wireless communications. The method generally includes allocating resources of a backhaul link between a donor base station and a relay base station to the relay station for communicating with the donor base station and transmitting a control channel indicating the allocated resources to the relay base station, wherein the control channel is transmitted on a subset of physical resource blocks (PRBs) of subframes assigned for downlink communications on the backhaul link. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164551 | CONTROL NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A control network management system for relaying first and second wireless communications comprises a first repeater having a packet control means for writing priority information in a header of communication packet data of the first wireless communication, as received and transmitting the communication packet data with a hash value of the header, added thereto, a second repeater having a packet control means for zero-clearing priority information in a header of communication packet data of the second wireless communication, as received, or changing the priority information to a predetermined value before transmitting the communication packet data with a hash value of the header, added thereto, and a third repeater having a priority control means for applying priority control to the header of the communication packet data received from the first repeater or the second repeater, on the basis of priority information, thereby transmitting the communication packet data to a control system. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164552 | RADIO RELAY SYSTEM, AND USING METHOD AND SETTING METHOD OF RADIO FRAME - A radio relay system includes a control unit that changes, with a predetermined pattern depending on radio frames, the length of a time zone in which data transmission is allowed between a base station and a relay station or the length of a time zone in which data transmission is allowed between the relay station and a plurality of mobile stations. For example, the first time zone of the first radio frame is relatively longer than the first time zone of the second radio frame and the second time zone of the first radio frame is relatively shorter than the second time zone of the second radio frame. | 07-07-2011 |
20110170473 | USE OF RF REFERENCE IN A DIGITAL BASEBAND INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION REPEATER - A wireless repeater includes an echo canceller to cancel an estimated feedback amount from an input signal and a reference receiver to sample a portion of the transmit signal prior to over-the-air transmission for use as the reference signal for channel estimation. More accurate channel estimation is obtained by using the reference signal from the reference receiver as the reference signal accounts for distortions in the transmitter circuit of the repeater. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170474 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSPARENT RELAY HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) - Systems, apparatuses, and methods are disclosed for a relay station for use in a communication system with a base station and user equipment (UE). The relay station may decode and forward a data packet between the base station and the UE that the relay station services in which the relay station does not establish a direct link with the UE. Further, the relay station indicates successful decoding of the data packet to the base station such that if the base station receives information indicating successful decoding of the data packet from the relay station, the base station terminates a HARQ transmission on a direct link between the base station and the UE such that HARQ retransmission time is extended compared to direct communications between the base station and the UE. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170475 | Network Element and Method of Operating a Network Element - A network element is provided wherein the network element is adapted to switch between a first state and a second state different to the first state during a subframe of a communication in the communication network. | 07-14-2011 |
20110176474 | WIRELESS RELAY STATION APPARATUS - A wireless relay station apparatus for enabling a mobile station and a base station to reliably receive network coding data and to provide sufficient reception performance is provided. (1) A repeater divides data X received from a mobile station into important data and non-important data and divides data Y received from eNB into important data and non-important data. Next, (2) the repeater places the data so that important data Sx for the mobile station and important data Sy for the eNB do not overlap, XORs (exclusive ORs) them, and generates network coding data X (X) Y. (3) The repeater applies downlink propagation inverse characteristic H | 07-21-2011 |
20110176475 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION RELATED TO RELAY STATION - A method of transmitting and receiving information related to a relay station is disclosed. The present invention includes the steps of periodically receiving hop information indicating whether a hop number from the relay station to a base station is odd via a superframe header and determining a timing point for the mobile station to switch to a receive mode according to the hop information. Accordingly, a mobile station is informed of a hop number between a base station and a multi-hop relay station, whereby a waste of power of the mobile station is minimized. And, resources can be efficiently usable. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176476 | RELAY DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A terminal device directly communicates with a base station by using a WiMAX™ connection. If the user moves the terminal device and switches from the direct wireless connection established with the base station to a relayed connection established with the base station via a relay device, the terminal device sends a connection request to the relay device. When a connection request is received from the terminal device, the relay device switches the connection between the terminal device and the base station to a WiMAX connection, established via the relay device. Once the relayed connection is established between the terminal device and the base station, the relay device relays data between the terminal device and the base station, using a Wi-Fi connection between the relay device and the terminal device, and using the WiMAX connection between the relay device and the base station. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176477 | COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND BASE STATION THEREOF - A cooperative communication method for cooperative communication with a user equipment by using a plurality of cells and a base station used for the cooperative communication are disclosed. The method for performing a cooperative communication for a user equipment by using a plurality of cells includes: comparing channel state information for a radio signal with a predetermined threshold value to thereby produce a comparison result; determining whether to perform the cooperative communication for the user equipment based on the comparison result; and transmitting a control message for cooperative communication to a cooperating cell which is to perform the cooperative communication. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176478 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, RELAY STATION, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A communication system having a plurality of communication stations, and the plurality of communication stations includes a relay station for relaying data, the relay station comprises: a reception means for receiving, from another communication station, a reception response with respect to data to be relayed; a selection means for selecting a relay destination communication station for received data based on the reception response received by the reception means; a setting means for setting redundancy of data when data is relayed to the relay destination communication station based on reception quality of data from the relay station at the relay destination communication station selected by the selection means; and a transmission means for relaying data to the relay destination communication station in accordance with the redundancy of data set by the setting means. | 07-21-2011 |
20110182230 | SYSTEMS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING IN-FLIGHT BROADBAND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SERVICES - The invention relates to a ground-based wireless cellular communication system ( | 07-28-2011 |
20110182231 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR A WIRELESS ROUTING ARCHITECTURE AND PROTOCOL - The present invention provides a method for generating routing paths in a multi-hop network. The multi-hop network includes a base station, at least one relay station, and at least one non-relay mobile station. The routing paths are paths between the base station and the at least one non-relay mobile station via the at least one relay station. The base station broadcasts a path discovery message (PDM) including a path list with a starting point of the path list being the base station. Each of the relay stations receives the PDM and updates the PDM by adding their own respective node identifier to the path list and broadcasting the updated PDM. The PDMs eventually reach the non-relay mobile station. The non-relay mobile stations reply to the base station by sending the base station the updated path list between the base station and the non-relay mobile station. In some embodiments the base station or the at least one non-relay mobile station acting as a source node sends a dynamic service (DSx) message including an end-to-end path list to an end of path destination. The relay stations use the path list to forward the message between the source node and the end of path destination. In some implementations the multi-hop network operates in a manner that is consistent with any one of: IEEE 802.16, IEEE 802.16d, and IEEE 802.16e. | 07-28-2011 |
20110188442 | RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A relay apparatus compresses an information amount of channel quality information notified from a plurality of terminal apparatuses to notify a control station apparatus, and thereby improves spectral efficiency. The relay apparatus | 08-04-2011 |
20110188443 | FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEXING AND HALF DUPLEX FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEXING IN MULTIHOP RELAY NETWORKS - In a method of operating a relay station in a multihop wireless relay network, the relay station in communication with a superordinate station and a subordinate station: a downlink transmission from the superordinate station is received at a first carrier frequency; an uplink transmission from the subordinate station is received at a second carrier frequency; a downlink transmission to the subordinate station is transmitted at the first carrier frequency; and an uplink transmission to the superordinate station is transmitted at the second carrier frequency. The communication between the relay station and the superordinate station may be scheduled using frames, where each frame comprises: a downlink portion at the first carrier frequency, the downlink portion comprising a first downlink subframe for communication between the superordinate station and a first plurality of stations, and a second downlink subframe for communication between the superordinate station and a second plurality of stations; and an uplink portion at the second carrier frequency, the uplink portion comprising a first uplink subframe for communication between the superordinate station and the first plurality of stations, and a second uplink subframe for communication between the superordinate station and the second plurality of stations. The first downlink subframe may correspond with a first time interval, and the first uplink subframe may correspond with a second time interval, where the first time interval and the second time interval do not overlap. The relay station may be one of the first plurality of stations, whereby the receiving the downlink transmission occurs in the first downlink subframe, and the transmitting the uplink transmission occurs in the first uplink subframe. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188444 | HIGH PRIORITY DATA READS FOR ACQUISITION OF REAL-TIME DATA IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - A wireless mesh network, method, and processor-readable storage medium for operating a network that has a control node that communicates with a plurality of communication nodes are disclosed herein. The control node schedules time-limited sample windows and only collects data that is designated as having a priority, such as voltage data, during those scheduled sample windows. Because the sample window has a defined end point time, the reading software that executes at the head end and that reads data from the collector can follow a known schedule because, by definition, the collector will already be finished collecting priority data when the sample window expires. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188445 | CLEARING REDUNDANT DATA IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - A wireless mesh network, method, and processor-readable storage medium for operating a network that has a control node that communicates with a plurality of communication nodes are disclosed. When the control node receives a broadcast message, the control node broadcasts a “clear” message that causes other communication nodes to clear their copies of the broadcast message from their message queues. By clearing redundant copies of the original broadcast message, the network can conserve bandwidth for other network traffic. | 08-04-2011 |
20110194482 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAY BACKHAUL DESIGN IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate techniques for design of relay backhaul to support mobility of relay nodes in a wireless communication system. According to various aspects herein, techniques are provided to enable and support the use of mobile relays and to facilitate handover of mobile relays between respective donor cells. More particularly, techniques are provided herein for relay backhaul control channel assignment associated with hand in or hand out of mobile relays, access/backhaul resource partitioning for mobile relays, and management of quality of service (QoS) requirements associated with a relay handover. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194483 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAY BACKHAUL DESIGN IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate techniques for design of relay backhaul to support mobility of relay nodes in a wireless communication system. According to various aspects herein, techniques are provided to enable and support the use of mobile relays and to facilitate handover of mobile relays between respective donor cells. More particularly, techniques are provided herein for relay backhaul control channel assignment associated with hand in or hand out of mobile relays, access/backhaul resource partitioning for mobile relays, and management of quality of service (QoS) requirements associated with a relay handover. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194484 | METHOD OF RECEIVING MESSAGE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING RELAY PROCESS BEING LIMITED TO WIRELESS INTERFACE AND APPARATUS OF THE SAME - A method of receiving a message by a relay node in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes receiving control information including a first group identifier on a backhaul subframe, and receiving the message based on the control information if the received first group identifier indicates the relay node, wherein the message includes a second group identifier, the second group identifier being corresponded to the first group identifier. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194485 | Control Signaling in System Supporting Relayed Connections - The present invention presents a solution for controlling data transmission with respect to relayed communication links in a cell of a cellular telecommunication system. A first connection is established as a relayed communication link between a first terminal device and a serving base station through a second terminal device operating as a relay terminal for the relayed communication link, and a second connection is established between the second terminal device and the serving base station. Control messages defining dynamic radio resource allocation for both first connection and second connection are used in signaling exchanged between the serving base station and the relay terminal. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194486 | RELAY DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A frequency band of 12.5 kHz that two repeaters ( | 08-11-2011 |
20110199956 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR REUSING CHANNEL RESOURCE - A radio communication method includes receiving first data transmitted from a first radio communication apparatus at a second radio communication apparatus and at a third radio communication apparatus | 08-18-2011 |
20110199957 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND INTERFERENCE MITIGATION TECHNIQUES FOR RELAY-BASED WIRELESS NETOWORKS - Embodiments of a system and methods for resource management and interference mitigation techniques for relay-based networks are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199958 | RELAY SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE AND SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD - When no synchronization signal is transmitted over a system bus ( | 08-18-2011 |
20110199959 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF, REPEATER DEVICES AND WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICES - Plural repeaters ( | 08-18-2011 |
20110205953 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION PROCESS ALLOWING CONNECTION TO NETWORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH A PLURALITY OF COMMUNICATION METHODS - An information processing system, including an information processing apparatus configured to connect to a network by any of communication in accordance with a first communication method with a first connection control device and communication in accordance with a second communication method, different from the first communication method, with a second connection control device, through any of the first and second connection control devices, is provided. The information processing apparatus includes a relay destination determining unit for determining a relay destination based on an identifier provided by a first providing unit, and a second providing unit for providing a predetermined identifier defined under the first communication method for indicating the second connection control device to be a relay destination. The relay destination determining unit determines any of the first and second connection control devices to be the relay destination, based on any of the identifier provided by the first providing unit and the identifier provided by the second providing unit. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205954 | EXTENSION OF UE-RS TO DWPTS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate sending and/or receiving user equipment specific reference signals (UE-RSs) in a wireless communication environment. A UE-RS pattern can be selected, yielded, etc. based upon a number of symbols from a subframe utilized for downlink transmission. At least one time domain component of the UE-RS pattern can vary based upon the number of symbols from the subframe utilized for the downlink transmission. For instance, the at least one time domain component can be punctured, time-shifted, and so forth. Further, UE-RSs can be mapped to resource elements of the subframe as a function of the UE-RS pattern. Moreover, a UE can utilize the UE-RS pattern to detect UE-RSs on the resource elements of the subframe. Further, the UE can estimate a channel based upon the UE-RSs. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205955 | NETWORK-RELAY SIGNALING FOR DOWNLINK TRANSPARENT RELAY - In a method of providing downlink retransmissions to a mobile station in a wireless communication network, the wireless communication network comprising a base station communicatively linked to a transparent relay station, the base station receives a request for a retransmission from the mobile station; schedules resources for the retransmission; signals scheduling information for the retransmission to the transparent relay station via a control link; and the transparent relay station receives the scheduling information for the retransmission on the control link; and sends the retransmission to the mobile station in a retransmit subframe on a retransmit frequency band. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205956 | WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM, WIRELESS LAN DEVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM HAVING STORED THEREIN WIRELESS LAN PROGRAM - A wireless LAN device and a wireless LAN system including three or more wireless LAN devices. A wireless LAN device includes a wireless communication section for performing wireless communication so as to relay a packet in a wireless network. The wireless communication section includes a priority transmitting section for transmitting a priority level of the wireless LAN device to one or more other wireless LAN devices; a priority receiving section for receiving a priority level of the one or more other wireless LAN devices from the one or more other wireless LAN devices, and storing the received priority level in a priority storing section; and a relaying section for relaying the packet to the one or more other wireless LAN devices that has the highest priority level among the priority levels stored in the priority storing section. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205957 | DATA RELAY SYSTEM AND OPERATING TIME ALLOCATING METHOD - A data relay system includes: a master that functions as a master station of TDMA; slaves that function as slave stations of the TDMA; and REPs that relay communication between the master and the slaves, function as slave stations in a higher-level TDMA system, and function as master stations in lower-level TDMA systems. The master allocates, as a statically allocated time, an operating time once to each of the TDMA systems, sets, as a dynamically allocated time, a time obtained by excluding the statically allocated time from an allocated period, and allocates, based on communication states in the statically allocated time, the dynamically allocated time as operating times of the lower-level TDMA systems. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205958 | METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION AND CONFIGURATION OF RANGING CHANNEL IN ACCORDANCE WITH A VARIETY OF FRAME STRUCTURES IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to configuration procedures and transmission of a ranging channel for a synchronization of an uplink of user equipment and a relay station in a communication system which supports a relay, in that the configuration of the ranging channel for acquiring an uplink synchronization may vary in accordance with a variety of frame structures, thereby reducing uplink interferences and performing an uplink synchronization in a stable and quick manner. | 08-25-2011 |
20110211521 | REPEATER, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, AND MANAGEMENT SERVER - Provided is a repeater for relaying communication by achieving synchronization with a base station and a mobile station without using GPS. The repeater includes a donor unit communicating with the base station and a remote unit communicating with the mobile station. Upon receipt of a signal from the base station, the donor unit specifies a preamble of the received signal to achieve synchronization with the base station. This determines start of each frame in the communication between the base station and the repeater. After the synchronization achievement, the remote unit starts performing procedures for achieving synchronization with the mobile station. Upon notification of the start timing of each frame from the donor unit, the remote unit determines the notified timing as start timing of each frame in the communication between the repeater and the mobile station, and transmits a preamble referred to by the mobile station when it achieves synchronization. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211522 | Method and Apparatus for Performing HARQ Process in Wireless Communication System - A method of performing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) by a source station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: transmitting data to a destination station at a transmission start time; receiving an acknowledgment (ACK) or negative-acknowledgement (NACK) signal for the data from the destination station after a first transmission time interval elapses from the transmission start time; and upon receiving the NACK signal, retransmitting the data after a second transmission time interval elapses from the transmission start time, wherein the second transmission time interval is one transmission time interval selected from a plurality of predetermined transmission time intervals. Accordingly, the wireless communication system can perform a heterogeneous HARQ process in which an HARQ period, an ACK/NACK transmission start time, and the like are different. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211523 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/NON-ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPLOYING RELAY STATION - A method for transmitting acknowledgement (ACK)/non-acknowledgement (NACK) in a wireless communication system employing a relay station is provided. The method includes receiving data, and transmitting an ACK/NACK for the data according to a specific rule when the ACK/NACK cannot be transmitted in the synchronous ACK/NACK transmission rule. It is possible to solve a problem caused by ACK/NACK transmission between a base station and a relay station. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216689 | Facilitating Asynchronous Transmissions Using a Protocol Having Asynchronous and Synchronous Portions - One or more repeaters enable the conveyance of both asynchronous and synchronous transmissions. This can comprise receiving, via a first carrier, a transmission from a message source that is asynchronous with respect to a time slot partitioning of the communication protocol and then, when the asynchronous transmission is received during an asynchronous source transmission portion, buffering a corresponding message until a next available synchronous time slot opportunity during the asynchronous source transmission portion and then transmitting the message via the first carrier to at least attempt to forward the message. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216690 | RELAYING SYSTEM AND METHOD WITH PARTNER RELAYS AND SELECTIVE TRANSMISSION - Partner relay systems and methods are provided in which relaying is performed by a pair of partner relays. Signals received from a base station are translated by a first of the pair of partner relays to a different transmission resource for communication between the pair of partner relays, and then upon reception by a second of the pair of partner relays, the signal is translated back to the original transmission resource and re-transmitted towards the receiver. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216691 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD ACCORDING TO RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MULTI-HOP RELAY SYSTEM - A data transmission method in a system comprising at least one or more relays includes transmitting by a mobile station a bandwidth allocation request message to a relay, receiving by the mobile station a bandwidth allocation message from the relay, the bandwidth allocation message including information for indicating an offset from a frame where the bandwidth allocation message is contained, waiting by the mobile station for an uplink frame or uplink subframe indicated by the offset from the frame where the bandwidth allocation message is contained, and transmitting data on the indicated frame or subframe. | 09-08-2011 |
20110222464 | Method of Transmitting Data in a Radio Network, Radio Network and Receiving Station - A Method of transmitting data in a radio network with at least two sending stations, at least one relay station and at least one receiving station is disclosed. Moreover, a radio network and a receiving station is disclosed. In a step a) the at least two sending stations simultaneously send said data. In a step b) the at least one relay station receives said data from the at least two sending stations and stores said data. Then, in a step c) the at least one receiving station receives said data from the at least two sending stations and stores said data. In a step d) the at least one relay station re-sends said stored data. Subsequently, the at least one receiving station receives said data from the at least one relay station in a step e). Finally, in step f) the at least one receiving station combines data streams received in steps c) and e). | 09-15-2011 |
20110222465 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, RELAY DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication terminal is connected to a wireless communication system in which an access point and a communication destination device are connected, and performs wireless communication with the communication destination device. Specifically, the communication terminal includes: a connection communication availability inquiring unit ( | 09-15-2011 |
20110228719 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION AND RELAY STATION FOR THE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system comprises a core network, a base station and a relay station. The relay station transmits a first message with a system resource information of the relay station to the base station. The base station generates a configuration pattern according to the system resource information of the relay station, and transmits a second message with the configuration pattern to the relay station. The configuration pattern is used to divide the radio resource unit of the wireless communication system into a first set and a second set. Therefore, the base station transmits a first signal to the relay station through the first set, and the relay station transfers a second signal with a user equipment through the second set. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228720 | RELAY STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION RELAY METHOD - A relay station | 09-22-2011 |
20110228721 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DISPLAY METHOD IN COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus, a mobile communication terminal, a communication system, and display method which can confirm communication state on each of wireless communication paths is provided. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228722 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL PERFORMED BY RELAY STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a reference signal performed by a Relay Station (RS) in a wireless communication system comprises allocating a guard time in the front of a backhaul subframe or the end of the backhaul subframe, the backhaul subframe comprising a plurality of slots, each of the plurality of slots comprising a plurality of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, and the guard time being a time interval for switching between an access link and a backhaul link, and transmitting a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) to a Base Station (BS) in an OFDM symbol of the backhaul subframe. The OFDM symbol for the DMRS is not over-lapped with the guard time. | 09-22-2011 |
20110235568 | REPEATER-ASSISTED MANAGEMENT OF MACRO NETWORK COVERAGE - A method of managing macro network coverage among a plurality of repeaters deployed to extend coverage of one or more base stations may include receiving feedback information from at least two repeaters indicative of macro network coverage at locations corresponding to each repeater, determining a coverage status of the macro network based on the feedback information, and sending a control signal to at least one repeater instructing the repeater to adjust one or more operating parameters based on the determined coverage status. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235569 | RADIO BEARER MANAGEMENT AT A DONOR BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK WITH RELAYS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatuses for managing radio bearers during traffic congestion in a wireless communications networks having relays. According to certain aspects, a donor base station may detect traffic congestion on a Un radio bearer configured to interface between the relay node and the donor base station, where the Un radio bearer carries a plurality of Uu bears configured to interface between the relay node and at least one user equipment (UE). According to certain aspects, the donor base station may take one or more actions to trigger removal of at least one of the Uu bearers carried on the Un bearer. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235570 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA - A data transmission method is provided. The method includes: receiving from a plurality of receiving stations, which include base stations and relay stations, a state information value corresponding to the receiving stations; measuring signal strength with respect to the receiving stations; selecting any one receiving station from among the receiving stations which have a great signal strength value obtained by measuring the signal strength and which have a small state information value; and transmitting miffing data to the selected receiving station. Accordingly, radio resources can be prevented from ineffective use caused by relay transmission. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235571 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING BACKHAUL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY STATION - A method and apparatus of transmitting backhaul signals performed by a relay station in a wireless communication system is provided. A relay station performs scheduling with a base station in order to transmit the backhaul signals, and transmitting the backhaul signals to the base station using both resources for downlink transmission and resources for uplink transmission based on the scheduling. | 09-29-2011 |
20110243057 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TIMING OF BACKHAUL LINK AND RELAY SYSTEM FOR THE SAME - Embodiments for providing a method of controlling timing of a downlink backhaul sub-frame and a relay system for the same are disclosed. According to the present invention, a control signal is transmitted to user equipment during a control symbol period of a sub-frame and a data starting point of the sub-frame is set after a time (SG1) for switching from a transmission mode to a reception mode to receive backhaul data of a base station during a backhaul symbol period. Timing of a transmission sub-frame and a reception sub-frame is delayed by the SG1. A sum of a length of the SG1 and a time (SG2) for switching from the reception mode to the transmission mode is shorter than a length of a symbol having a normal CP. At this time, the lengths of the SG1 and the SG2 are identical to each other or the length of the SG2 is shorter than the length of the SG1. In such a case, the backhaul data are received up to a last symbol period of backhaul symbols of the reception sub-frame. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243058 | COMMUNICATION RELAY DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION RELAY METHOD - Connection determination methods are applied to determine whether relay of communication between one or more wireless communication devices and a wireless communication device which is different from the communication devices is permissible, and when a positive determination result is obtained by applying at least one of the methods, the relay is permitted by applying at least one of the methods. When the relay of communication is permitted by the permissible connection determination, the relay is executed. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243059 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTERLEAVING DATA IN A RELAY PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (R-PDCCH) - A wireless network comprising a first base station operable to communicate with mobile stations and a plurality of relay stations for providing bi-directional communication between the first base station and a plurality of mobile stations. The first base station transmits a relay physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) in the downlink to the plurality of relay stations. The R-PDCCH comprises: i) a first search space comprising downlink (DL) grants associated with the plurality of relay stations; and ii) a second search space comprising uplink (UL) grants associated with the plurality of relay stations. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243060 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS - In accordance with one embodiment of the present disclosure, a method of operating a relay node includes receiving information, at the relay node, information identifying a plurality of subframes. The subframes represent time periods during which a base station may grant the relay node permission to transmit to the base station on a first frequency. The method also involves selecting one of the identified subframes to be used for a transmission between the relay node and a wireless terminal on the first frequency and transmits to the wireless terminal a scheduling grant granting the wireless terminal permission to transmit information on the first frequency during the selected subframe. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243061 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A WIRELESS MULTI-HOP RELAY NETWORK - In a wireless multi-hop relay network arranged in a tree topology, the base station and one or more relay stations are associated as a virtual base station (VBS). The base station and each relay station have a unique virtual base station identifier (VBS-ID) associated with the path defined by the base station and the one or more relay stations. a relay station in the branch uses its VBS-ID for communicating with an attached subscriber station (e.g. a mobile station) such that communications between the base station and subscriber station occur via the VBS. Subscriber station data communications are relayed between the base station and the one or more relay stations over the VBS via a tunnel connection. The VBS is autoconfigurable. Mobility for subscriber stations and relay stations is provided through reconfiguration of VBS's. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243062 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A WIRELESS MULTI-HOP RELAY NETWORK - In a wireless multi-hop relay network arranged in a tree topology, the base station and one or more relay stations are associated as a virtual base station (VBS). The base station and each relay station have a unique virtual base station identifier (VBS-ID) associated with the path defined by the base station and the one or more relay stations. a relay station in the branch uses its VBS-ID for communicating with an attached subscriber station (e.g. a mobile station) such that communications between the base station and subscriber station occur via the VBS. Subscriber station data communications are relayed between the base station and the one or more relay stations over the VBS via a tunnel connection. The VBS is autoconfigurable. Mobility for subscriber stations and relay stations is provided through reconfiguration of VBS's. | 10-06-2011 |
20110249609 | Secure Relay Node in Communication System - Techniques are disclosed for use in securing communications in environments such as those employing relay nodes. For example, in a communication network wherein a first computing device comprises a user node, a second computing device comprises a relay node, and a third computing device comprises a network access node, and wherein the relay node comprises: a first module for connecting the user node to the communication network; and a second module for connecting the relay node to the network access node, a method comprises the following steps. At least one packet is received at the first module of the relay node from the user node over an interface established between the user node and the relay node. At least one packet is sent from the first module of the relay node to the second module of the relay node via a secure channel established by the first module in accordance with a secure communication protocol. The at least one packet is sent from the second module of the relay node to the network access node via the secure channel and over an interface established between the relay node and the network access node. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249610 | HEADER COMPRESSION FOR RELAY NODES - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate compressing packet headers for communicating among access points. An access point can advertise compression profiles to one or more disparate access points, and the one or more disparate access points can select at least one compression profile for compressing/decompressing packets related to the one or more disparate access points and/or devices communicating therewith. The one or more disparate access points can notify the access point of the selected compression profile, a compression context identifier, and/or static data related to identifying associated packets. In this regard, the access point can compress packets that have the associated static data according to the compression profile and compression context identifier. Similarly, the access point can decompress packets from the one or more disparate access points based on the compression context identifier. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249611 | SUBFRAME STAGGERING FOR RELAY COMMUNICATION - Techniques for supporting relay communication with subframe staggering are described. For subframe staggering, subframes of different relays are staggered from one another, which can increase the number of potential backhaul subframes. In one design, a first relay determines its access subframes and backhaul subframes, which correspond to different non-overlapping subsets of the subframes of the first relay. The first relay communicates with at least one UE during the access subframes and communicates with a base station during the backhaul subframes. The subframes of the first relay are offset from the subframes of a second relay communicating with the base station. In one design, the access subframes of the first relay includes all subframes with either even or odd indices, which can support data transmission with HARQ. In one design, at least one access subframe corresponds to at least one reserved subframe having reduced transmit power from the base station. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249612 | Wireless communication system preventing traffic from being relayed concentratively onto a specific node - In a wireless communication network system performing multi-hop wireless communications, a network node has a calculator for exchanging control packets with its neighboring nodes to calculate link cost values, another calculator for calculating path costs incurred on the way to a network node of interest, a manager for managing the number of downstream nodes subsidiary to each daughter node, and a downstream node adjuster for adjusting the number of the downstream nodes subsidiary to each daughter node. The adjuster produces control information, into which link cost and/or path cost information is inserted. The adjuster adjusts the contents of the link cost or path cost information, to be inserted into the produced control information, according to the numbers of the downstream nodes subsidiary to the daughter nodes. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249613 | REMOTELY WEIGHTED SDMA TRANSMISSION - The present disclosure concerns the harnessing of the effect of a relay to enhance the ability to avoid the effect of interference at mobile stations. This is achieved either by overlaying beamforming for an indirectly reached mobile station so that a relay passes on this beamforming to the mobile station concerned, and retaining orthogonality therewith, or by harnessing a base station and a relay station together so that their combined effect is to provide spatial multiplexing to two or more mobile stations. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249614 | Wireless Communication System and Method - A method for processing wireless data in a wireless communication network, the wireless communication network including a plurality of intermediary nodes and a plurality of destination devices. The method includes determining at least one transmission path to each of the plurality of intermediary nodes. The at least one transmission path includes data associated with every intermediary node along the at least one transmission path. The method also includes determining a transmission path identifier for each of the at least one transmission paths and sending transmission data to at least one destination device of the plurality of destination devices. The transmission data is sent based on at least one of the transmission path identifiers. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249615 | COMBINED OMNI- AND DIRECTIONAL- COMMUNICATIONS IN HIGH-FREQUENCY WIRELESS NETWORKS - In a wireless communication network, specific portions of the communication may combine directional transmission with omnidirectional reception. In particular, sector-level directional transmission may be established through sector sweeps, followed by antenna training for more directionality. In some embodiments, collisions during the exchange may be reduced by having different network devices use different sub-channels or different time slots. In some embodiments, each network may restrict its network communications to a single sub-channel that is different than the sub-channels used by adjacent networks. | 10-13-2011 |
20110255462 | METHOD FOR SELECTING A RELAY STATION - A method for selecting a relay station includes enabling a cognitive radio system to receive status information regarding a plurality of candidate relay stations, licensed target stations, and non-licensed target stations, determining an available power threshold value in consideration of the amount of interference affecting the licensed target station and a maximum power value when data is transmitted to the non-licensed target station, and selecting a relay station to be used in transmitting the data in the available power threshold value, in consideration of the status information and the amount of interference. | 10-20-2011 |
20110261745 | TRANSMISSION IN A RELAY NODE-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, devices and systems for improved transmission in a remote node-based wireless communication system is provided. In one embodiment, a method of wireless communication comprises receiving a downlink signal from a first node, demodulating said received downlink signal, generating a channel quality measurement (“CQM”) value of said demodulated downlink signal, determining said CQM value exceeds a first threshold, modulating said demodulated downlink signal to form a processed downlink signal, and cooperatively transmitting said processed downlink signal with said first node to a wireless device. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261746 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING HARQ FOR RELAY STATION - A method for performing a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) by a relay station (RS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises performing HARQ with a mobile station (MS) by a fixed HARQ period; and performing HARQ with a base station (BS) by a HARQ period series, wherein the HARQ period series comprises a plurality of HARQ period series element (X | 10-27-2011 |
20110261747 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COMMUNICATION VIA A RELAY NODE - A method and apparatus for supporting communication via a relay node are disclosed. A relay node may receive wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) buffer status reports (BSRs) from a plurality of WTRUs that are served by the relay node. The WTRU BSRs indicate uplink buffer status at the WTRUs. The relay node then may forward the WTRU BSRs to a donor evolved Node B (DeNB). The relay node may send a relay node BSR to the DeNB. The relay node BSR indicates a relay node uplink buffer status and/or a relay node downlink buffer status at the relay node. The relay node may send a radio resource control (RRC) message to the DeNB for requesting radio resource reconfiguration. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261748 | COMMUNICATION RELAY SYSTEM, SERVER, AND METHOD FOR SAME - The present invention relates to the formation by a communication relay server of a communication pathway between a terminal and a service provider server. It relates to a communication relay system, server and method for same, wherein, when a terminal accesses a service provider server, the communication relay server uses virtual information such as pathway ID, etc., to form a communication pathway so that terminal identification information such as telephone number, etc., may not be directly exposed, and the communication pathway that is formed between the terminal and the service provider server may also be changed to a communication pathway that is formed between another terminal and the service provider server. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261749 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING PREAMBLE FOR SUPPORTING RELAY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a frame structure and method for supporting a relay. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting a preamble from a network supporting a relay includes transmitting a first preamble for establishing synchronization with at least one of a mobile station and a relay station, and transmitting a second preamble including supplemental information for accurately establishing synchronization with at least one of the mobile station and the relay station. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261750 | RADIO TERMINAL, RELAY DEVICE, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed is a radio terminal that sets a communication path that transits a radio base station and a communication path that transits a radio base station, through an access gateway that is positioned upon a backhaul network, the radio terminal including a transmitter which transmits an uplink packet over the communication path to the access gateway, and transmits a dummy packet over the communication path to the access gateway, and a determination unit, which employs the uplink packet to determine a first communication quality of the communication path and employs the dummy packet to determine a second communication quality of the communication path wherein, when the second communication quality is higher than the first communication quality, the transmitter stops the transmission of the uplink packet over the communication path and transmits the uplink packet over the communication path. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261751 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a radio communication system a first radio station performs communication by the use of a first radio signal. A second radio station receives a second radio signal which is indistinguishable from the first radio signal. A third radio station is in a radio communication area of the first radio station and a radio communication area of the second radio station. A communication format conversion unit generates a third radio signal by converting a communication format of the second radio signal to a communication format which is distinguishable from the first radio signal, and communicates with the third radio station by the use of the third radio signal. | 10-27-2011 |
20110268013 | INTERNET-ORIENTATED AD-HOC NETWORK - A hierarchical directional internet-oriented ad-hoc network, defined by a software infrastructure, is composed of gateway nodes and a plurality of wireless nodes, which may be fixed or mobile, and which may act as subscribers, routers, or both. The infrastructure hierarchy is defined by the hop count of each node (distance of that node to a fixed gateway node). The software infrastructure includes two tables associated with each node in the network: the upstream routing table which provides shortest routes to fixed gateway nodes through upstream neighbors, and the downstream routing table which provides shortest routes to subscribers through downstream neighbors. These two tables are used by routing algorithms. A peer table can also be used for alternate routes. The maintenance of the aforementioned tables is performed by autonomous algorithms operating locally on each node by receiving and processing signals from their neighbors. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268014 | Propagating System Information Changes to Relays - Teachings herein include a base station for propagating system information changes from the base station to the relay node. Upon transmitting system information changes to the relay node, the base station defers data transmission between the base station and the relay node until a set time period. In many embodiments, the base station is configured to actually apply the system information changes during this time period, while the relay node applies the changes before then, e.g., by applying them immediately upon reception. The base station's deferral of data transmission until the set time period thus ensures that data transmission does not occur until both the base station and the relay node have applied the pending changes. This in turn prevents radio link failure from occurring due to use of different system parameters by the base station and relay node. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268015 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR ORTHOGONAL DECODE-AND FORWARD-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT RELAY CHANNELS WITH FINITE RATE FEEDBACK - A near-optimal resource allocation method is provided for a Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) relay scheme in which the source and relay nodes have only partial channel state information (CSI), obtained through finite rate feedback, and the powers of the source and relay nodes are constrained. Power on/off beamforming is employed at the source and relay nodes in which the receiving node feeds back the index of a beamforming matrix selected in accordance with the channel state. Using channel statistical information, the exemplary method allocates time between the first stage and the second stage of the relay transmission, and power between the source and the relay node. With only limited CSI feedback, the resource allocation method enjoys a considerable performance advantage over arrangements with no feedback. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268016 | Method of Control Information for Supporting Relay System - A frame structure supporting a relay and a method of transmitting control information for supporting a relay system are disclosed. The method of transmitting control information for supporting a relay system comprises configuring a frame to which the relay system is applied; and transmitting a first message to one or more of a mobile station and relay stations, the first message including offset information indicating a beginning time of the frame and zone allocation information indicating configuration of the frame. In this case, a downlink zone of the frame includes a downlink transmit zone and a downlink access zone. | 11-03-2011 |
20110274029 | Wireless Range Extender - As described herein, Multimedia over Coax Alliance (MoCA) is used to connect a range extender to a base Wireless Access Point (WAP). The MoCA based range extender may be outside the wireless range of the base WAP. In an embodiment, the MoCA based range extender may be in a wireless dead zone of the WAP. The MoCA range extender may support at least the same wireless bands as that of the base WAP. The MoCA based range extender may be automatically discovered in the network and may receive the configuration without intervention. Firmware also may be upgraded from the service provider network through the WAP. The MoCA range extender and its clients may communicate with other devices in the local network as well as other devices in the Authorized Service Domain controlled by the service provider. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274030 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING CONNECTION BETWEEN ENB - A method and an apparatus for establishing a connection between evolved Node Bs (eNBs) are provided. The method includes after finding a new neighboring cell, sending, by a first network node, a first request message carrying information of a third network node, to which the neighboring cell belongs to a second network node, sending, by the second network node, a second request message carrying cell information of the first network node to the third network node, sending, by the third network node, a first response message carrying information of the first network node to the second network node, and sending, by the second network node, a second response message carrying cell information of the third network node to the first network node, for establishing, by the first network node, a communication connection between the first network node and the third network node with the cell information of the third network node. The present invention may establish the X2 interface connection between a Relay eNB or a Home eNB (HeNB) and other eNBs, and implement the X2 interface based application, such as the mobile handover. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274031 | EXPANDED SEARCH SPACE FOR R-PDCCH IN LTE-A - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatuses for providing an expanded search space for a relay-specific control channel on a backhaul link. According to certain aspects, due to inband interference, a Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH) may be signaled utilizing resources reserved for backhaul data. According to certain aspects, a two-dimensional search space may be provided for R-PDCCH. R-PDCCH may be transmitted in one of a plurality of layer-specific search spaces corresponding to one of a plurality of antenna ports. Further, in a layer-specific search space, R-PDCCH may be transmitted using at least one of multiple R-PDCCH decoding candidates from a common search space and/or a relay node-specific search space. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274032 | BASE STATION, RELAY STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL FOR IMPLEMENTING RELAY AND THE CORRESPONDING METHOD - In order to solve the drawbacks in the prior art, a new technology scheme is provided in the present invention, in which relay stations are introduced to participate in the communication of multiple carriers. The relay station only relays the carriers with had wireless transmission characteristic and controls the transmission of those relayed carrier via a carrier which does not need to be relayed. The relayed carrier is generally a high frequency carrier and the carrier which does not need to be relayed is a low frequency carrier. The base station or the relay station determines a carrier which needs to be relayed for the relay station according to the channel conditions of each carrier. The technology scheme provided by the present invention divides a NLOS (Non-Line-Of-Sight) transmission into at least two LOS transmissions. Therefore, it is easy to extend high frequency carrier to cell edge etc. Meanwhile the mobile terminal does not need extra transmission power to transmit high frequency carrier, so that the fast consumption of the terminal battery power is avoided and the great radiation hazard to the human body is also avoided. The service data and the signaling etc. which has not been relayed will still propagate in the low frequency carrier, so that the time delay resulted from the relay is avoided. | 11-10-2011 |
20110280174 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPLICIT RELAY - Embodiments of a method and apparatus for implicit relay of communication between a base station and a subscriber station within a wireless network are described. Some embodiments may reduce co-channel interference at the subscriber station and some embodiments may allow the base station to reduce its transmission power. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280175 | WIRELESS RELAY DEVICE - A switch switches between an external connection state where a port functions as an external-network-side port, and an internal connection state where the port functions as an internal-network-side port. A transfer process section transfers, when the switch is in the external connection state, a packet between a station belonging to a wirelessly connected internal network and a modem wiredly connected to the port, and otherwise transfers, when the switch is in the internal connection state, a packet between a station wiredly connected to the port and a network device belonging to a wirelessly connected external network. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280176 | A DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RELAY SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL ON LTE-A SYSTEM BASED ON ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION HAVING A MULTI-HOP RELAY - Provided is a relay-synchronization signal (R-SS) transmitting apparatus and method in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM)-based Long Term Evolution Advanced (LTE-A) system having a multi-hop relay. The R-SS transmitting apparatus generates a R-SS having the same peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) characteristic as a synchronization signal (SS) and having a lower correlation characteristic than the SS, using the SS for synchronization with a terminal, for synchronization between a relay and a base station, for a synchronization between a relay and a subordinate relay, and for monitoring, by a relay, an adjacent base station or an adjacent relay | 11-17-2011 |
20110280177 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission method in time-division relay, using a common transmission format to transmit a control signal for each relay station apparatus; and a base station apparatus of the same. A base station apparatus maps the control signal for relay station apparatuses in the (D+1)th OFDM symbol inside a subframe, wherein D is the maximum number of OFDM symbols in which control signals for mobile station apparatuses are mapped, said control signals being transmitted from the base station apparatus to mobile station apparatuses under the control of the base station apparatus. | 11-17-2011 |
20110286380 | Wireless workgroup bridge for network viryualization - A method and device are described for wireless network virtualization, having a workgroup bridge that implements wireless virtual interfaces for virtual machines. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286381 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT - Methods and apparatus for dynamic spectrum management are disclosed. A node receives a request for sensing related information. In response to receiving the request, the node transmits the sensing related information. The sensing related information may include at least one of information about data fusion methods supported by the node, information about relaying methods supported by the node and information about at least one other node that is reachable from the node. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286382 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - Disclosed is a radio communication system including relay stations | 11-24-2011 |
20110292862 | RELAY STATION, RELAY METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay station, that relays wireless communication between a wireless base station and a mobile terminal, includes a processor that detects a connection state of a first link between the wireless base station and the relay station in a wireless communication area, and controls a transmission of a signal using a second link between the mobile terminal and the relay station according to the state of the first link. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292863 | SINGLE INPUT SINGLE OUTPUT REPEATER FOR RELAYING A MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SIGNAL - A multiple input multiple output (MIMO) signal is retransmitted using a single input single output (SISO) repeater, which includes Rayleigh channel simulators associated with each separate MIMO channel. Before being combined and transmitted over a single channel, the transmission undergoes simulated Rayleigh fading. The signal is then retransmitted to be received by a MIMO-equipped receiver. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292864 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL DATA RELAY METHOD - A mobile terminal includes: a first manner of wireless communicator for conducting wireless communication with a client terminal; a second communicator for conducting wireless communication with a network (NW1); storage for storing data; and communication control for causing data to be transmitted between communicators. The communication control causing data received via the second communicator to be stored when a client terminal is in a state in which the client terminal does not receive data, and causes the stored data to be transmitted by the first communicator when the client terminal is in a state in which the client terminal receives data. Further, the communication control causes the data received via the first communicator to be stored when wireless communication with the network is not possible, and causes the stored data to be transmitted by the second communicator when wireless communication with the network is possible. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292865 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING BACKHAUL LINK RESOURCES IN RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD & APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING & RECEIVING DATA USING SAME - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in a relay communication system. The method and the apparatus allocate resources by dividing backhaul link resources into plural partitions, and then transmit and receive data. The data transmission method of the invention comprises the steps of: allocating a certain number of initial OFDM symbol transmission periods in a sub-frame of a downlink channel to a control channel that transfers the control information of the terminal, wherein data is transmitted from a base station to a relay or terminal through the downlink channel; dividing the resource blocks excluded from the control channel of the sub-frame into at least two partitions based on frequency domain; determining whether or not each divided partition is allocated to the relay or terminal as resources; and allocating data to the determined partition in order to transmit the partition to the relay or terminal through the downlink channel, wherein the partition determined for the allocation of resources to the relay is allocated to the relay through time division multiplexing (TDM) or frequency division multiplexing of both control and data channels of the relay. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292866 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ADJUSTING SLEEP MODE OF MOBILE STATION - The present invention provides a method and a device for adjusting the sleep mode of a mobile station in order to solve the problem in current multi-hop relay systems of long time delays in data transmission caused when data packets have to wait for the next listening window to reach the mobile station because of packet errors. Wherein, a relay apparatus judges whether the previous hop network apparatus needs to retransmit data packets to the mobile station; when the previous hop network apparatus needs to retransmit data packets to the mobile station, the relay apparatus transmits to the mobile station the adjustment related information for adjusting the sleep mode of the mobile station. The mobile station adjusts the sleep mode according to the adjustment related information. Preferably, the adjustment related information comprises indicating information for indicating that the mobile station is in triggered listening status within predetermined time interval. In addition, the relay apparatus may also report the adjustment related information to the previous hop network apparatus. The technical solution provided by the present invention obtains shorter time delays, utilizes wireless resources efficiently, and decreases demand on relay apparatus. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292867 | RELAY STATION OPERATED ACCORDING TO QOS LEVEL OF SERVICE PACKET AND METHOD OF OPERATING RELAY STATION - A relay station, including a delay information storage unit to store remaining delay information generated in a path from a target relay node to a destination node; an order determination unit to determine an order of processing service packets with a plurality of quality of service (QoS) levels using the remaining delay information, the service packets being received from a neighbor node; and a processing unit to process the service packets in the determined order. | 12-01-2011 |
20110299451 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK COMPRISING A BATTERYLESS ZIGBEE DEVICE, NETWORK AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for wireless communication in a network comprising a resource-restricted end device (ZBLD), and at least one router device (R | 12-08-2011 |
20110299452 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA BETWEEN A RELAY AND A BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method for transmitting/receiving data to/from a relay. The data transmitting/receiving method comprises the steps of: enabling the relay to receive data on an n | 12-08-2011 |
20110299453 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACQUIRING CONTRIBUTION VALUE OF RELAY NODE - A method and an apparatus for acquiring a contribution value of a transfer node are disclosed. The method includes: acquiring charging information of a trust node which is in a trust network circumstance and joining in a session, and acquiring charging information of the transfer node which is in a distrust network circumstance and joining in the session; auditing the consistency of charging information between the transfer node and the trust node; computing the contribution value of the transfer node according to the auditing result and the charging information of the transfer node. The invention can effectively guarantee acquiring the contribution value of the transfer node truly and unfailingly in a distrust circumstance of network circumstance, and subsequently providing basis for rewarding the node which has contributed for transferring. | 12-08-2011 |
20110305188 | FAST INTER SYSTEM PUSH TO TALK OPERATION - A method for establishing a press-to-talk (PTT) session between a first terminal serviced by a first communication system and a second terminal serviced by a second communication system, in which the first communication system and the second communication system are interconnected by a transmission link. The method includes receiving a transmission demand message (TX-DEMAND) from the first terminal, sending a transmission granted message (TX-GRANTED) to the first terminal and a transmission demand message (TX-DEMAND) to the second communication system if a communication channel is locally available for the press-to-talk session, receiving transmission packets from the first terminal and relaying the transmission packets to the second communication system, and then, continuing relaying transmission packets to the second communication system if a transmission granted message (TX-GRANTED) from the second communication system in reply to the transmission demand message (TX-DEMAND) is received. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305189 | EXPLOITING BUFFERS IN COGNITIVE MULTI-RELAY SYSTEMS FOR DELAY-SENSITIVE APPLICATIONS - Systems, methods, and computer-readable media for exploiting buffers in cognitive multi-relay systems for communicating delay sensitive application are presented herein. A secondary receiver device can select a first proximate relay station based on an assessment of communication links that extend from the first proximate relay station to the secondary receiver, and a secondary transmitter device that selects a second proximate relay station based on an evaluation of communication links that extend from the secondary transmitter and the second proximate relay station, wherein the first proximate relay station is employed by the secondary receiver device to communicate with the secondary transmitter device and the second proximate relay station is utilized by the secondary transmitter to communicate with the secondary receiver. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305190 | RELAY NODE, RELAY METHOD, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A relay node relays wireless communication between a base station and mobile stations, and includes an acquiring unit that acquires communication qualities between the relay node and the mobile stations; a calculating unit that calculates a representative value for each of the acquired communication qualities; a transmitting unit that transmits the calculated representative values to the base station; a receiving unit that receives from the base station, allocation information indicating wireless resources that have been allocated by the base station based on the representative values transmitted by the transmitting unit; and an allocation unit that allocates to the mobile stations, the wireless resources indicated by the received allocation information. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305191 | Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) with Relay Nodes - A method for providing multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) feedback information and configuration information. The method includes transporting the MIMO feedback information, configuration information, or both over an uplink relay link using higher layer signaling. Also included is a method for providing uplink data transmission over an access link. The method includes transporting the uplink data over an uplink access link using orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing access (OFDMA). Also included is a relay node comprising a processor configured to promote transmitting MIMO feedback information, configuration information, or both over an uplink relay link using higher layer signaling. Also included is a user agent (UA) comprising a processor configured to promote transmitting uplink data over an uplink access link using OFDMA. | 12-15-2011 |
20110310787 | MAINTAINING NETWORK CONNECTIVITY - A network device may select between two or more network connections based on a determination of whether the network device can access general Internet resources via an available, higher-preference network without providing additional (e.g., OSI Model Layer Seven) login credentials. In one example, a network device includes a first network interface configured to maintain a connection to a first network gateway, a second network interface configured to connect to a second, different network gateway upon determining that the second network gateway is both available and preferable over the first network gateway, and means for determining whether a remote network resource is currently accessible via the second network gateway. When the remote network resource is accessible via the second network gateway, the second network interface maintains the connection to the second network gateway. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310788 | Wireless Communication Apparatus, Wireless Communication Network and Method of Controlling Routing Selection - A wireless communication apparatus, includes: a collision locating section for detecting a collision and determining a collision area in which the collision occurs, according to route requests received through an ad-hoc network based on an on-demand driving routing protocol, a relay node selecting section for selecting a relay node which is located outside the collision area and turn-off of which will not influence connectivity in the ad-hoc network, and a relay node controlling section for controlling the selected relay node to turn off in response to the selection of the relay node and keeping the selected node off if the collision in the collision area is alleviated or eliminated after the selected relay node is turned off. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310789 | METHOD OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION FOR A RELAY BACKHAUL LINK - The present invention provides a method for uplink control channel allocation for a relay backhaul link. Embodiments of the method include allocating resource blocks in a subframe for a backhaul downlink control channel between an access node and a relay station. The resource blocks are allocated from a first portion of the subframe that is different than a second portion of the subframe allocated to a downlink control channel between the relay station and at least one access terminal. Embodiments of the method also include transmitting control information from the access node in the resource blocks. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310790 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE, AND CHANNEL SWITCHING METHOD - A throughput measurement section measures network throughput of communications between a wireless device and an access point. A determination section determines whether the measured throughput satisfies a predetermined value. A channel switching section switches channels used for wireless communications between the wireless device and the access point if the determination section determines that the measured throughput does not satisfy the predetermined value. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310791 | AUTOMATIC NEIGHBOR RELATION (ANR) FUNCTIONS FOR RELAY NODES, HOME BASE STATIONS, AND RELATED ENTITIES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for implementing Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) functions for relay nodes (RNs), home base stations (e.g., home evolved Node Bs (HeNBs), and related entities (e.g., donor evolved Node Bs (DeNBs) and HeNB gateways). X2 is designed to be an end-to-end protocol between two evolved Node Bs (eNBs). However, for the case of RNs or HeNBs, this protocol may involve a proxy function (e.g., where the DeNB acts a proxy for the RN). This creates several issues, such as how to manage a potentially very large set of cells under a gateway and how to route S1 messages used for X2 endpoint discovery. Therefore, certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to methods and apparatus for maintaining the X2 connections intelligently and hiding the large number of nodes from the X2 endpoints based on various triggers. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310792 | RELAY SYSTEM BASED ON RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A communication system which transmits data using a relay is disclosed. The communication system efficiently divides and allocates wireless resources allocated to a data transmission system to reception and transmission links between a base station and a relay, reception and transmission links between the base station and a terminal, and reception and transmission links between the relay and the terminal. | 12-22-2011 |
20110317614 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL AND FEEDBACK INFORMATION, AND RELAY APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - The invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink signal and feedback information of a relay, and to a relay apparatus using the method. The relay can receive information, constituting a downlink backhaul subframe and an uplink backhaul subframe from a base station. The relay can transmit an uplink signal via the relevant uplink backhaul subframe on the basis of the received information constituting the uplink backhaul frame. Further, the relay can receive a downlink reference signal from the base station, measure the status of a channel, and transmit the status of the channel in values, in various formats and in various points in time and cycles, to the base station. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317615 | System and Method for Adapting Code Rate - A system and method for adapting code rate are provided. A method for a first communication device to transmit a resource assignment to at least one communication device includes assigning at least one transmission resource to transmit the resource assignment, adapting a code rate of an encoded payload based on the at least one transmission resource and a threshold, thereby producing an adapted payload, and transmitting the adapted payload. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317616 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN A RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for data transmission, which properly use the time slot between a downlink transmission period and an uplink transmission period for a backhaul communication between a base station and a relay node in a time division multiplexing communication system. The method for data transmission in a relay communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: setting a data frame including a downlink subframe for transmitting a downlink signal, an uplink subframe for transmitting an uplink signal, and a special subframe existing between the downlink subframe and the uplink subframe; and transmitting/receiving data to/from the relay node or a terminal via the data frame set in the previous step. The special subframe includes a first transmission period and a second transmission period. The downlink signal is transmitted to the relay node or the terminal via the first transmission period, and the downlink signal is transmitted to the relay node via the second transmission period, and the terminal does not perform a reference signal decoding process during the second transmission period. Therefore, interference which may occur in the backhaul communication between the base station and the relay node can be minimized, the transmission volume of the backhaul communication between the base station and the relay node can be dynamically adjusted, and the backward compatibility between the present invention and conventional wireless communication systems and conventional terminals can be maintained at a maximum level. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317617 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A RELAY NODE TO ACCESS A NETWORK - A method and a system for a relay node to access a network are provided, and are related to the field of communications technology. The invention is disclosed in order to solve the problem that the RN cannot access the network directly in the prior art. The method for the RN to access the network includes: receiving, by a base station, a network access message including information for identifying the RN ( | 12-29-2011 |
20110317618 | APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR FACILITATING ROUTING OF DATA IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING A MOBILE NODE CAPABLE OF ROAMING MOVEMENT - Apparatus, and an associated method, for providing routing information to a mobile node operable in a radio communication system. The routing information is used by the mobile node to address data messages that are to be communicated to a relay host, or other, device. The routing information that is provided to the mobile node includes a plurality of separate routing sequences. Different ones of the routing sequences are used by the mobile node, depending upon at what location that the mobile node is positioned when the data message is sent. A registration server is used by which to create the routing information, responsive to indications of a home network associated with the mobile node and a current location of the mobile node. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317619 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAYING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of relaying data in a wireless communication system is provided. A relay station (RS) receives relay zone allocation information. A plurality of relay zones is allocated in a resource region by the relay zone allocation information. The relay station receives data transmitted from a super-ordinate station, detects a tunneling traffic destined to a subordinate station from the data, and transmits the tunneling traffic to the subordinate station. The tunneling traffic is transmitted over one of the plurality of relay zones. | 12-29-2011 |
20120002586 | HYBRID RADIO ARCHITECTURE FOR REPEATERS USING RF CANCELLATION REFERENCE - A wireless repeater includes a receiver circuit implemented as an intermediate frequency (IF) subsampling receiver and a transmitter circuit implemented as a direct conversion (zero-IF) transmitter. The repeater further includes a reference receiver implemented as an IF subsampling receiver to sample a portion of the transmit signal prior to over-the-air transmission for use as the reference signal for channel estimation. Highly accurate channel estimation is obtained by using the reference signal from the reference receiver as the reference signal accounts for distortions in the transmitter circuit of the repeater. The repeater may include an echo canceller to cancel an estimated feedback amount from an input signal based on the channel estimation. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002587 | COMMUNICATION PROCESSOR AND COMMUNICATION PROCESSING METHOD - According to one embodiment, a communication processor includes a connection module, an acquisition module, and a transmitter. The connection module is capable of connecting to at least one of a communication relay device that communicates data with a communication device connected to a network and the communication device via a wireless communication line. The acquisition module acquires congestion information indicating a congestion level while the connection module is connected to the communication relay device. The transmitter transmits data to the communication device through the communication relay device when the congestion level indicated by the congestion information is lower than a predetermined level, and transmits the data to the communication device without through the communication relay device when the congestion level is equal to or higher than the predetermined level. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002588 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MOBILITY MANAGEMENT AND OUT-OF-COVERAGE INDICATION IN A CONVENTIONAL LAND MOBILE RADIO SYSTEM - The present disclosure provides a system and a method for providing mobility management and out-of-coverage indication in a conventional Land Mobile Radio (LMR) system. A radio provides its location and user group data to the disclosed system through its traffic channel when the channel is idle. Knowledge of the radio's current location and user group data is used to provide dynamic call routing and data management within the disclosed system. The disclosed system and method may provide operability similar to that of a trunking system by providing mobility management and out-of-coverage indication while providing low-cost benefits through operation of a conventional system. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002589 | HANDOVER OR LOCATION UPDATE FOR OPTIMIZATION FOR RELATY STATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Various embodiments are disclosed relating to the optimization of relay station handovers and location update in a wireless network. According to an example embodiment, a request to handover a plurality of mobile stations from a first base station to a second base station may be sent. An identifier associated with the second base station for each of the plurality of mobile stations may be received. In another example embodiment, each of the identifiers is forwarded to the mobile station corresponding to the connection identifier. In another example embodiment, a location update may be performed by sending a message to a network device, such as a target base station, to provide location update information for a plurality of mobile stations. In this manner, one message may be transmitted over a wireless link to facilitate a handover or location update for a plurality of mobile stations. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002590 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, RELAY METHOD AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station relays communication between a wide area communications network and a mobile terminal in a nearby wireless area, and includes a storage device storing correspondence information that correlates a first address and a second address that are assigned to the mobile terminal, the first address being for a mobile communications network coupled to the wide area communications network and the second address being for the wireless area; a first communication interface that receives from the wide area communications network, a packet addressed to the second address; a processor that based on the correspondence information, converts the destination of the received packet, from the second address to the first address; and a second communication interface that transfers to the mobile communications network, the packet of which the destination has been converted, if the mobile terminal has performed handover to a second base station in the mobile communications network. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002591 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INVOLVING RELAY - Provided are an uplink transmission method and downlink transmission method in a mobile communication network including a relay. In the uplink and downlink transmission methods, frame structures and transmission timings of a backhaul downlink and a backhaul uplink are determined in consideration of at least one of a time for the relay to switch between transmission and reception and a signal transmission time. Accordingly, in a wireless communication system including a relay, it is possible to effectively perform data transmission and reception between the relay and a base station. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002592 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND NETWORK DEVICE FOR NETWORK ACCESS OF RELAY NODE - A method, a system and a network device for network access of a relay node are disclosed in the present application. The method includes: a network access message sent from a relay node to a network side carries a relay node identifier for distinguishing the relay node from a terminal node; the network side identifies said relay node according to said relay node identifier, so as to implement the network access of the relay node. By adding the relay node identifier for distinguishing the relay node from the terminal node in the network access message which is sent to the network side from the relay node, when the relay node accesses the network, the present application can effectively identify that the accessing node is a relay node, so that the problem of the distinction between the relay node and the terminal node by the network side is solved, thus it can be implemented that both the data are processed separately in the following process. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002593 | CONTROL SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN RELAY STATION - A method of transmitting a control signal of a relay station is provided. The method includes: receiving a control signal and data from a base station in a first subframe; and transmitting an acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signal for the data to the base station in a second subframe, wherein a radio resource for transmitting the ACK/NACK signal is determined by a radio resource to which the control signal received in the first subframe is allocated and by a logical physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) index received by using a higher layer signal. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002594 | Setup and Configuration of Relay Nodes - Systems and methods for the configuration of network nodes without a secured connection in a telecommunications system are described herein. These network nodes can be wireless network nodes which are part of the network infrastructure, such as, wireless relays, wireless repeaters and self-back-hauled eNodeBs. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002595 | RECEIVING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DOWNLINK SERVICE IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for receiving a downlink service in a long term evolution system. The method includes, after the downlink service configuration is finished, the network side notifying downlink service configuration information to a user terminal, the user terminal intercepting the data of downlink services in the bearer time slot of a base station side and in the bearer time slot of a relay station side, and combining the data of downlink services intercepted respectively. The apparatus includes a receiving unit, a bearer information obtaining unit, a judging unit, two service obtaining units, and a combining unit. The method and apparatus improve the downlink service gain of the user terminal in the cell edge jointly covered by the eNB and the RS, and ensure the communication quality of the terminal user. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002596 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL TO RELAY NODE AT BASE STATION IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a control signal to a relay node at a base station in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises configuring relay-resource element groups (R-REGs) in a unit of four resource elements (REs) contiguous in the ascending order of subcarrier indexes, except for resource elements for a reference signal (RS); allocating transmission resources to the control signal in a unit of the relay-resource element group; and transmitting the control signal to the relay node by using the allocated transmission resources, wherein the resource elements for the reference signal include resource elements for channel state information-RS (CSI-RS), which include resource elements for a channel state information RS to which a transmission power of 0 is allocated. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002597 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREVENTING SIGNAL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS RELAY NETWORK BASED ON SYNCHRONOUS HARQ - A method and apparatus for preventing interference in a relay device ( | 01-05-2012 |
20120002598 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA ON RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method and apparatus using a multi-point cooperative transmission for a backhaul link transmission of a relay communication system. A data transmission method of a base station in a radio relay communication system include: obtaining, by a first BS, first radio resource information scheduled by a neighbor BS with respect to a first relay node (RN) located within the coverage of the first BS; when the first BS has data to be transmitted to the first RN, scheduling the data of the first BS on first radio resource allocated by the neighbor BS; and transmitting, by the first BS, the data of the first BS on the first BS, wherein the first RN is located within an overlapping cell coverage between the first BS and the neighbor BS. Thus, backhaul link transmission efficiency between the BS and the RN in the relay communication system can be improved and an inter-cell interference with respect to a backhaul link can be reduced. | 01-05-2012 |
20120008544 | MULTI-HOP RELAY RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ACCESS GATEWAY, AND ROUTE SELECTION METHOD - A multi-hop relay wireless communication system provided with an AGW ( | 01-12-2012 |
20120008545 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD THEREOF - The invention provides a wireless communication system and a data transmission method thereof. The wireless communication system includes a base station, a mobile station and a relay station which is transparent to the mobile station. The method includes that: the base station receives a first signal sent from the mobile station, and decodes the first signal. When the result of the decoding is incorrect, the base station sends a response to the relay station for indicating that the decoding is incorrect, but it does not send a response to the mobile station for indicating that the decoding to be incorrect. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008546 | RELAY NODE, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A relay node includes a processor that determines, based on uplink scheduler information, a target frequency band from plural frequency bands assigned to signals received from plural user equipments and multiplexes the signals received from the plural user equipments and a wireless communication interface that transmits the signals as a single carrier signal to a base station based on the target frequency band. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008547 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, RELAY METHOD AND COMMUNICATION METHOD USED IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A relay station includes a wireless communication interface configured to receive radio signals transmitted from plural mobile stations; and a processor configured to descramble the radio signals and extract identification information of physical layers of the mobile stations, and to convert the identification information of the physical layers to identification information of MAC layers, which are data link layers, and form a protocol data unit which includes the identification information of the MAC layers in a header and includes service data units of the radio signals. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008548 | Radio Base Station, Relay Station, Radio Communication System And Radio Communication Method - In order to achieve effective utilization of radio communication resource, there is provided a relay station, for relaying a signal to be transferred between a radio base station and a radio terminal, which includes a storage section adapted to store communication controlling information for communication control with the radio terminal, a base station side signal reception section adapted to receive, from the radio base station, scheduling information in communication between the radio base station and the radio terminal through the relay station, a complementation section adapted to complement contents of the scheduling information received by the base station side signal reception section in accordance with the communication controlling information stored in the storage section, and a terminal side signal transmission section adapted to transmit the scheduling information whose contents are complemented by the complementation section to the radio terminal. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008549 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR RELAY COMMUNICATION - There is provided a relay communication method, a corresponding relay node, mobile terminal and communication system. The method is used for the relay node provided between the base station and the mobile terminal, comprising: sending to the mobile terminal an HARQ process acknowledgement message regardless of result of the relay node decoding signal received from the mobile terminal; the mobile terminal stopping the HARQ process according to the HARQ process acknowledgement message. The above technical solution can avoid a collision between communication between the mobile terminal and the relay node and communication between the relay node and the base station, thereby providing a reliable relay communication system and relay communication method, and can be easily implemented without need to modify the LTE standard. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008550 | Relay-Node, Donor-eNB and method for receiving and sending system information - The present invention discloses a Relay-Node (RN), a Donor-eNB and a method for the RN to receive and send system information, which avoid a conflict between simultaneously receiving system information by the RN from the donor-eNB and sending system information to a UE by the RN. The method comprises: setting an offset between a radio frame border of the RN and a radio frame border of a Donor-eNB by the Donor-eNB or the RN itself, so that the radio frame border of the RN is staggered from the radio frame border of the Donor-eNB; receiving and sending system information by the RN according to a sending period specified in a Long Term Evolution (LTE); so as to avoid a conflict between receiving and sending the system information by the RN. | 01-12-2012 |
20120014313 | OPPORTUNISTIC USE OF WIRELESS NETWORK STATIONS AS REPEATERS - Implementation of opportunistic use of stations in a wireless network as repeaters is described. In one implementation, a station detects the existence of rate anomaly in a wireless network. In response to the rate anomaly, the station may transform into a software repeater for certain other neighboring stations. The repeater function allows for the relaying of packets sent by these neighboring stations to the access point and vice versa. The other neighboring stations, owing to their relative proximity to the repeater station, transmit data at a higher rate to the repeater station. Thus, the removal of the slower stations reduces clogging of the access point and increases the overall data rate within the wireless network. Further, a zero-overhead network coding protocol may be implemented in conjunction with the repeater function to increase capacity of the wireless network. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014314 | METHOD FOR REALIZING DATA FORWARDING, NETWORK SYSTEM, AND DEVICE - A method for realizing data forwarding, a network system, and a related device are provided. The method includes: receiving data sent from an external device; and judging whether the data is from or to a backhaul terminal, and directly forwarding the data if the data is from or to the backhaul terminal. A Base Station (BS) device includes: a receiving module, configured to receive data sent from an external device; a backhaul judging module, configured to judge whether the data is from or to a backhaul terminal; and a sending module, configured to directly forward the data after the backhaul judging module judges that the data is from or to the backhaul terminal. A backhaul terminal and a network system are further correspondingly provided. Accordingly, transmission bandwidth is saved through the provided technical solutions. | 01-19-2012 |
20120020277 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INSTALLING AND OPERATING DISCRETE MULTI TONE REPEATERS - A system and method for providing a service over a repeatered link that couples a service provider transceiver to a remote modem, the method includes: computing, for each frequency bin out of multiple frequency bins of a spectrum, a level of far-end cross-talk (FEXT) interference that is generated to a network-side receiver of a frequency division multiplexing (FDM) discrete multi tone (DMT) repeater by a service provider transmitter that provides an FDM DMT service that is supported by the FDM DMT repeater; computing, for each frequency bins out of the multiple frequency bins, a highest allowable transmit power level of a customer-side transmitter of the FDM DMT repeater that generates to the network-side receiver of the FDM DMT repeater a cross-talk interference that does not exceed a level of FEXT interference that is generated to the network-side receiver of the FDM DMT repeater by the service provider transmitter. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020278 | Radio Bearer Identification for Self Backhauling and Relaying in LTE Advanced - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for user terminal and bearer identification that reduces the overhead for LTE relaying (layer 2 and layer 3), which will save radio resources on the backhaul link. Reduction in overhead is achieved by providing a more efficient mechanism for user terminal and bearer identification as compared to using GTP-u and associated UDP/IP headers. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020279 | MULTIPLE DATA STREAM TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN RELAY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a data transmission/receiving method and apparatus for overcoming interference between multiple data streams, by relaying only part of multiple data streams that are received from a source node during collaborative data transmission employing relay nodes. The multiple data stream transmission method of the present invention comprises: receiving a plurality of data streams from a source node; decoding the plurality of data streams received; selecting a portion of the successful decoded data streams; encoding the selected portion of the data streams; and sending the encoded data stream portion to a destination node. | 01-26-2012 |
20120026932 | High Performance and Low Complexity Scheduling Method for Adaptive Resource Usage in OFDMA Wireless Relay Networks - A method for scheduling transmissions in wireless network includes receiving information ranging from conventional data to real-time streaming applications into a basestation of an OFDMA wireless relay network and scheduling transmission of the information from the basestation by influencing adaptive frame segmentation and access hop reuse in the transmission of the information for achieving higher transmission flow of the information, Where the scheduling is formulated as an integer program, the scheduling includes solving a linear programming relaxation of the integer program and rounding to integral allocations with allocation to at least one of a subset of wireless users and subsets of relays in the network for obtaining frame segmentation and reuse. Where the scheduling is formulated by following a bisection approach to guide adaptation of the frame segmentation, the scheduling determines a subset of users with maximum flow per unit resource for a given frame segmentation and the resulting flow from current and previous scheduling being used to guide adaptation of frame segmentation towards convergence. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026933 | ROUTING METHOD, ROUTING SYSTEM, MOBILE NODE, HOME AGENT, AND HOME BASE STATION - Disclosed in a technique for registering, with a home agent, a routing rule for specifying packets destined to a second address generated from a home prefix as well as a home address and/or flow destination interfaces without increasing the number of messages. According to this technique, when a UE | 02-02-2012 |
20120026934 | METHOD FOR ENABLING RELAY NODE TO TRANSMIT UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND THE RELAY NODE - Disclosed is a method for enabling a relay node to transmit uplink control information. The relay node can receive resource allocation information and sequence information according to the transmission format of a physical uplink control channel set from a base station in advance. Additionally, the relay node can transmit the uplink control information, to which a sequence corresponding to the received sequence information is applied, in at least one slot of a resource area, which is indicated by the received resource allocation information, through a fixed number of symbols. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026935 | METHOD FOR DETECTING HARQ/NACK FEEDBACK SIGNAL FROM REPEATER - Disclosed is a repeater apparatus for detecting a downlink HARQ ACK/NACK feedback signal from a base station. An RF (Radio Frequency) unit receives specific channel configuration information which includes offset information indicating the starting point of a specific channel to which said HARQ ACK/NACK feedback signal is transmitted from the base station and the position of the specific channel allocated for an exclusive use of said repeater apparatus within said specific channel from said start point, and receives the HARQ ACK/NACK feedback signal from said base station for an uplink transmission of said repeater. The processor detects said specific channel allocated for exclusive use of the repeater apparatus based on said received specific channel configuration information thereby decoding said received HARQ ACK/NACK feedback signal. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026936 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND DEVICE FOR RELAY USER SELECTION AND DOWNLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The present invention proposes a method, apparatus and device for relay user selection and downlink resource allocation in a base station of a relay communication system. Specifically the base station performs relay user selection and downlink resource allocation according to a pattern of a cell-specific reference signal thereof and/or a reception demodulation scheme of a mobile terminal. With the method, apparatus or device according to the invention, it is possible to alleviate and even eliminate influence of overlapping cell-specific reference signals upon the performance of reception demodulation at a user terminal. | 02-02-2012 |
20120033606 | METHOD OF EFFECTIVEY USING RADIO RESOURCE IN RELAY NODE OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and user equipment providing wireless communication services, and a method of transmitting and receiving data between a terminal and a base station in an evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, or a LTE-A (LTE-Advanced) system and more particularly, to a method of effectively using radio resource(s) in relay node., and it may be an object of the present invention is to provide an improved method of maintaining a Quality of Service (QoS) and of managing a memory and buffer in a LTE-A system in order to effectively utilize the radio resource(s). | 02-09-2012 |
20120033607 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The degree of freedom of the location in which a wireless LAN is built is raised. When a connection request to an external network from a user terminal is detected, a mobile communication terminal connects with the external network by mobile communication and relays the communication between the external network and the user terminal. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033608 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for transmitting reference signals in a relay communication system. The method for transmitting reference signals through a type 2 relay node in a relay communication system comprises: a step in which a base station allocates a plurality of antenna ports in a mutually exclusive manner so that the antenna port of the base station and the antenna port of the peripheral relay node do not overlap each other; a step in which the base station and the relay node transmit reference signals to user equipment through the respective antenna ports mutually exclusively allocated; and a step in which the base station receives a channel state information from the user equipment to obtain channel state information between the base station and the user equipment and channel state information between the relay node and the user equipment. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033609 | RELAY APPARATUS, TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RECEIVING APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication system that further includes a receiving apparatus and a transmitting apparatus that after a given period that starts after transmission of a wireless signal to the receiving apparatus, receives delivery confirmation information concerning the wireless signal, a relay apparatus includes a receiver that receives and decodes the wireless signal transmitted by the transmitting apparatus; a determiner that determines whether the decoded wireless signal is subject to relay; a notifier that, if the determiner determines that the wireless signal is subject to relay, notifies the transmitting apparatus of relay information indicating that the wireless signal is to be regenerated and relayed; and a transmitter that transmits to the receiving apparatus, the wireless signal that has been determined to be subject to relay. | 02-09-2012 |
20120039238 | Method for saving power of wireless communication system - A method for saving power of a wireless communication system including turning off a first frequency bandwidth unit of a first frequency band of the wireless communication system according to a predetermined condition; wherein the first frequency band comprises a plurality of frequency bandwidth units including the first frequency bandwidth unit. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039239 | SIGNAL TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING METHOD FOR A RELAY NODE AND RELAY NODE USING THE METHOD - Disclosed is a method in which a relay node transmits/receives signals via a specific downlink subframe and a specific uplink subframe. The relay node may consider the propagation delay in accordance with the distance between a base station and the relay node to set a subframe timing for transmitting/receiving signals to/from the base station. The relay node may further consider the delay time of 0.5 symbol, 1 symbol or the like in addition to said propagation delay in the event of setting a downlink receiving timing. Setting an uplink subframe timing of the relay node can be divided into the event the timing is set on the basis of a backhaul link and the event the timing is set on the basis of an access link. In the event thee timing is set on the basis of the access link, the propagation delay can bee double that of the vent the timing is set on the basis of the backhaul link, which should be considered in setting the timing. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039240 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING RELAY DATA - A method, a device and a system for transmitting relay data are provided, wherein, the method for transmitting the relay data includes: relay radio access bearer service between a relay node and a relay serving gateway is bore by a relay radio access bearer, so that the relay for the radio access bearer service of the terminal is completed. The method realizes the relay node relays data between a user equipment and a serving gateway. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039241 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA WITH BOTH A MOBILE STATION AND A RELAY STATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transceiving data with both a mobile station and a relay station in a mobile communication system are disclosed. In a present invention, the base station transmits an ACK signal regardless of whether a result of the decoding is successful or unsuccessful to the terminal for using a uplink packet data transmitted from the relay station. And, the relay station operates two operation modes. Procedures of downlink/uplink packet data transmission according to the operation mode are disclosed. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039242 | RELAYING DATA BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A relay operable to relay data between a base station and user equipment of a wireless communications system, a relay-base station pair, methods and computer program products are disclosed. The relay comprises: queuing logic operable, for each user equipment supported by the relay, to form a pending data queue associated with that user equipment, the pending data queue storing received data intended for that user equipment which has yet to be transmitted by the relay over a communications channel between that user equipment and the relay; and scheduling logic operable to schedule transmissions of pending data to each user equipment based on at least one of a size of the pending data queue associated with each user equipment, priority of pending data and channel state information of the communications channel between each user equipment and the relay. In this way, the amount of unnecessary traffic being transmitted between the base station and the relays is reduced, the amount processing resources required in the base station is also reduced and, as a consequence, the deployment of relays within the macro network becomes much more scalable. Accordingly, new relays can be readily deployed where needed without requiring complex and careful network planning. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039243 | COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE FOR A REPEATER USING A TRANSMISSION INDICATOR - To prevent the self-interference of an inband relay node, a base station transmits a transmission indication on the downlink of a Un interface. Only when the base station receives an ACKnowledgment (ACK) signal in response to the transmission indication from the relay node, the base station transmits a Un interface downlink signal to the relay node in a specific time area. The time area allocated by the transmission indication may be a time area added to a statically allocated time area. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039244 | METHOD AND DEVICE IN RSs OF JOINTLY PROCESSING AND A METHOD AND DEVICE IN BSs OF CORRESPONDING PROCESSING - According to a detailed embodiment of the invention, the RS implements the following operations by using each of M shift parameter groups: Based on M shift parameters in the group, shifting respectively M decoded bit streams and merge the M shifted bit steams to get a check bit stream. Consequently M check bit streams are obtained by using M shift parameter groups. Then the RS transmits M check bit streams to the BS. The BS has received the M uplink signals from mobile terminals before and makes the M check bit streams as the check information of those uplink signals in order to check them better and reduce error rate. By adopting the method and device proposed by the invention, it is ensured in the low SNR regime error user rate or error block rate is more ideal in multi-user detection in the BS. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039245 | METHOD, RELAY NODE, AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING DATA ON RELAY LINK - A method, a device, and a system for processing data in a relay link are provided. A method for processing data in a relay link includes: processing, by a relay node by using a first protocol stack, data received by the relay node, where the first protocol stack includes a first MAC layer that is configured to define a media access protocol and an RLC layer that is configured to define a radio link layer, and the first MAC layer is configured to perform tunnel processing on the data. Processing data by using the protocol stacks provided in embodiments of the present invention implements flexible scheduling in the relay link and reduces scheduling overhead in the relay link. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039246 | PAGING METHOD, LOCATION UPDATE METHOD AND DEVICE - A paging method may reduce signaling overhead of system paging and save system paging resources. The method includes: receiving, by an eNodeB, a paging message, where the paging message carries a tracking area identity; paging a user equipment if the tracking area identity in the paging message is the tracking area identity of the eNodeB; and instructing a relay to page. A location update method is also disclosed, which reduces signaling load produced by location update. The method includes: generating, by a relay, a system message, where the system message includes a tracking area identity of the relay; and broadcasting the system message, and triggering a user equipment in a cell of the relay to initiate a location update request. The embodiments of the present invention disclose an eNodeB, a relay, a communication system. | 02-16-2012 |
20120044856 | PLUG-AND-PLAY WIRELESS NETWORK EXTENSION STATION AND METHOD OF AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION THEREOF - Provided is a plug-and-play wireless network extension station and its automatic configuration process. This wireless network extension station particularly explores any wireless network extension controller over a power-line network through a power-line communication technology. The process includes broadcasting exploration packet, determining the controller's network address from a response, automatically receiving wireless network configuration and establishing a connection after self-configuration. In one embodiment, the wireless network extension station at least includes a data processing unit, a wireless-network module for providing a wireless network access service and a power-line network bridging module for data transmission using the power-line communication technology. A station exploration communication module is also provided for exploring the controller's network address via broadcast and receiving wireless network configuration. The automatic connection and network configuration achieves the plug-and-play network extension. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044857 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD PERFORMED BY RELAY STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Disclosed is a signal transmission method performed by a relay station in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: arranging guard time within at least one symbol period in a subframe which is configured with multiple symbol periods in a time domain; and transmitting a control signal or data to a base station by using symbol periods except for the symbol periods which include the guard time in the subframe. The guard time is equal to or shorter than one symbol period. The structure in which the control signal or the data is arranged in each symbol period of the subframe is determined on the basis of the number of symbol periods except for the symbol periods which include the guard time. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044858 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA PACKET RELAYING AND DATA PACKET DECODING - The present invention provides a technical scheme for forwarding data packets from one or more user terminals in a relay station, and a technical scheme for decoding the multiple data packets from the user terminals in a base station. The relay station performs network encoding on copies of multiple user terminal packets from one or more user terminals to obtain a network encoded data packet and sends the data packet to the base station. The base station receives copies of multiple user terminal packets from one or more user terminals, respectively, and a network encoded data packets from the relay station, and performs joint soft combining and decoding on them. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044859 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station includes a mobile communication system, a relay node and a radio base station connected via a radio bearer. A mobile station is configured to conduct a handover process between the state in which a radio bearer is set with the relay node in order to communicate via the relay node and the radio base station, and the state in which a radio bearer is set with the radio base station in order to communicate via the radio base station. The mobile station is configured such that during the handover process, control signals involved in the handover process are sent and received via a radio bearer between the relay node and the radio base station. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044860 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station includes a mobile communication system configured to transmit and receive a data signal between a mobile station and a gateway device via a relay node and a radio base station. The mobile communication system is configured such that the radio bearer for the mobile station is set between the mobile station and the relay node. The radio bearer for the relay node is set between the relay node and the radio base station. A network bearer for the mobile station is set between the relay node and the gateway device. The network bearer for a plurality of mobile stations is multiplexed in the radio bearer for the relay node, and a data signal is transmitted and received between the mobile station and the gateway device via the radio bearer for the mobile station and the network bearer for the mobile station. | 02-23-2012 |
20120057517 | Wireless Clone Mode Display - Wireless sinks, such as displays, may receive wirelessly transmitted audio/video information in clone mode. In one embodiment, the same audio/video stream may be provided to a plurality of sinks daisy chained from a wireless receiver. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057518 | BLUETOOTH NETWORKING - An apparatus enabling establishment of a Bluetooth mesh network comprises at least two Bluetooth transceiver circuitries and an internal connection between the at least two Bluetooth transceiver circuitries. The Bluetooth transceiver circuitries are simultaneously connected to different Bluetooth piconets, and the apparatus operates as a bridge between the piconets. Concatenation of such apparatuses enables construction of a Bluetooth mesh network where the bridge devices may be simultaneously connected to multiple Bluetooth piconets. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057519 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL TO RELAY NODE AT BASE STATION IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a control signal to a relay node at a base station in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises configuring relay-resource element groups (R-REGs) in a unit of four resource elements (REs) contiguous in the ascending order of subcarrier indexes, except for resource elements for a reference signal (RS); allocating transmission resources to the control signal in a unit of the relay-resource element group; and transmitting the control signal to the relay node by using the allocated transmission resources, wherein the resource elements for the reference signal include resource elements for channel state information-RS (CSI-RS), which include resource elements for a channel state information RS to which a transmission power of 0 is allocated. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057520 | Renewable Energy Monitoring System - We describe a solar photovoltaic monitoring system for monitoring and controlling a solar photovoltaic inverter, comprising: a wireless transceiver coupled to a solar photovoltaic inverter, the inverter comprising a device monitor for monitoring and controlling the inverter, wherein the monitoring comprises generating monitoring data defining a status of the system and transmitting the data using the transceiver coupled to the inverter; a wireless repeater for receiving data from the inverter and retransmitting the data; a transceiver coupled to a gateway capable of communicating the retransmitted data received to a monitoring station, the gateway transmitting control data received from the monitoring station; wherein the repeater receives control data from the gateway and retransmits data to the inverter; and wherein the controlling in the inverter comprises receiving the retransmitted control data from the transceiver coupled to the inverter and controlling the inverter dependent on the data. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057521 | METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING RELAY STATION DOWNLINK COOPERATIVE RETRANSMISSION AND A RELAY STATION - A method for implementing relay station downlink retransmission and a relay station are disclosed by the present invention. According to the situation of the least available radio resource number for retransmission data on a retransmission sub-frame, the relay station of the present invention performs corresponding physical layer processing in advance for the data to be retransmitted until the OFDM signal is generated, and retransmits the OFDM signal on the retransmission sub-frame. By the method of the present invention, the problem is resolved efficiently that the relay station cooperative communication cannot be performed normally due to the change of the radio resource number during downlink data retransmission, so that the normal implementation of the relay station downlink cooperative communication is ensured; furthermore, the method of the present invention does not induce any extra overhead and time delay, needs no signaling control, can be easily implemented, reduces the system complexity, ensures the flexibility of sub-frame configuration, thereby improving service quality and resource utilization rate. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057522 | UPLINK ROUTING WITHOUT ROUTING TABLE - The present technology relates to protocols relative to utility meters associated with an open operational framework. More particularly, the present subject matter relates to protocol subject matter for advanced metering infrastructure, adaptable to various international standards, while economically supporting a 2-way mesh network solution in a wireless environment, such as for operating in a residential electricity meter field. The present subject matter supports meters within an ANSI standard C12.22/C12.19 system while economically supporting a 2-way mesh network solution in a wireless environment, such as for operating in a residential electricity meter field, all to permit cell-based adaptive insertion of C12.22 meters within an open framework. Cell isolation is provided through quasi-orthogonal sequences in a frequency hopping network. Additional features relate to apparatus (both network and device related) and methodology subject matters relating to uplink routing without requiring a routing table. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057523 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING BACKHAUL SUBFRAME CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a backhaul sub frame channel of a base station in a wireless communication system. The method for transmitting a backhaul sub frame channel according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: creating a downlink relay control channel by coding downlink relay control information that is transmitted to a relay; allocating the created downlink relay control channel to a first slot of a semi-static resource region that is allocated to the relay; and transmitting, to the relay, a backhaul sub frame to which the channel is allocated. Compared to existing control channel transmission techniques, the present invention can minimize overheads. Moreover, the present invention also reduces control channel resources required during retransmission and for the transmission of multiple backhaul subframes. | 03-08-2012 |
20120063383 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR BEST-EFFORT RADIO BACKHAUL AMONG CELLS ON UNLICENSED OR SHARED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication are described. A first base station may provide first backhaul information using a shared channel to a second base station. The shared channel may be white space channels, Authorized Shared Multiuser (ASM) channels or an Instrumentation, Scientific, and Measurement (ISM) channels. The first base station may further provide second backhaul information using a legacy backhaul channel. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063384 | Method and System for Transmitting Relay Link Control Channel - A method and system for transmitting a relay link control channel are disclosed for realizing the mapping and transmission of a control channel on a link from an eNode-B to a relay node. In the present invention, in a frequency division multiplex mode, control information is carried by one or more resource blocks in the frequency direction and the universal set of OFDM symbols available to a relay link in a subframe in the time direction; in a time division and frequency division multiplex mode, control information is carried by one or more resource blocks in the frequency direction and a subset of OFDM symbols available to a relay link in a subframe in the time direction; in a time division multiplex mode, control information is carried by all the resource blocks in the frequency direction and a subset of OFDM symbols available to a relay link in a subframe in the time direction; and the mapping of the control channel includes mapping in the time direction and/or the frequency direction. The present invention has backward compatibility and can obtain frequency diversity again. The time division multiplex mode can save power consumption, and the frequency division multiplex mode and the time division and frequency division multiplex mode have the advantages of flexible service scheduling. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063385 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR PUSHING INFORMATION, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION - In the field of mobile communications, a method, an apparatus, and a system for pushing information, and a method and an apparatus for obtaining information are provided. The method for pushing information includes: generating a Zigbee message, adding push information to the Zigbee message, and sending the Zigbee message carrying the push information to a Zigbee mobile terminal in a Zigbee information push network; or includes: forwarding a Zigbee information request message sent by a Zigbee mobile terminal in a Zigbee information push network to an Application Server (AS), receiving a Zigbee information response message that carries push information and is returned by the AS, and forwarding the Zigbee information response message to the Zigbee mobile terminal. The method for obtaining information includes: receiving a Zigbee message from a Zigbee information node and extracting push information. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063386 | RELAY NODE AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING A SIGNAL FROM A BASE STATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method for receiving information on a relay node zone and reference signals for a relay node from a base station, and a relay node device using same. The relay node can receive information on at least one start point from the start points of a Relay-Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH) and a Relay-Physical Downlink Shared Channel (R-PDSCH) for transmitting a signal from a base station to a relay node in a specific downlink subframe. Alternatively, the relay node can implicitly recognize the start points of the R-PDCCH and R-PDSCH set in advance. The relay node can recognize a signal from the base station in the specific downlink subframe based on the start point information after the time corresponding to at least one of the start points of the R-PDCCH and R-PDSCH. Also, the relay node can decode signals transmitted from a base station after the corresponding timing. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069786 | CHANNEL STRUCTURE FOR NON-CONTENTION BASED WINDOWS AND CONTENTION BASED RANDOM ACCESS REQUESTS - Methods of communicating location information from a subscriber to a repeater are described. The subscriber switches from a working channel to a data revert channel, transmits a request for a periodic or one-time window to transmit an update, and determines from grant information in the response announcement the allocated window and frame before switching back to the working channel. Before the allocated time, the subscriber switches to the data revert channel, confirms whether it remains scheduled to transmit the update from a repeater announcement, and if so transmits the location update in either the current or reserved window. The announcements from the repeater contain the identity of the next window and frame and the subscriber reserved to use the window in addition to grant information. The subscribers may or may not be time-aligned and the data and data revert channels may or may not be synchronized. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069787 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A communication device includes a wireless LAN interface that can communicate with a wireless device other than the communication device, and a wired LAN interface having a plurality of ports, and relays a communication between an electronic device connected to each of the plurality of ports and the wireless device. When an electronic device is connected to a specific port set beforehand among the plurality of ports, the communication device obtains the MAC address of the electronic device, uses the obtained MAC address as the local MAC address, and communicates with the wireless device. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069788 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND BASE STATION - A random access method and a base station are provided, wherein the method comprises: a base station assigning a relay-dedicated random access preamble to a relay, wherein the relay-dedicated random access preamble indicates an access priority of the relay to be higher than that of an ordinary UE (S | 03-22-2012 |
20120069789 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station according to the present invention comprising: a mobile communication system, a relay node and a first radio base station are connected via a radio bearer, the first radio base station and a second radio base station are connected, a mobile station is configured to perform a handover process between a state in which a radio bearer is set with the relay node so as to communicate via the relay node and the first radio base station, and a state in which a radio bearer is set with the second radio base station so as to communicate via the second radio base station, and the handover process is configured such that a radio bearer is set between the relay node and the second radio base station, and the control signals involved in the handover process are sent and received via the radio bearer that has been set between the relay node and the second radio base station. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069790 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING BACKHAUL DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus of transmitting and receiving backhaul downlink control information in a wireless communication system. In the method for transmitting backhaul downlink control information from a base station in a wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention, the base station transmits resource allocation information to at least one terminal and at least one relay node via a relay-physical downlink control channel (hereinafter referred to as “R-PDCCH”); transmits backhaul system information to the at least one relay node and the at least one terminal via a relay physical downlink shared channel (hereinafter referred to as “R-PDSCH”) which is determined according to the resource allocation information; and changes a backhaul downlink resource block according to the backhaul system information. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069791 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: allocating a radio resource for transmitting a signal; and transmitting the signal to a destination station by using the radio resource, wherein the radio resource includes a plurality of symbols in a time domain, at least two symbols among the plurality of symbols include a guard time for switching transmission and reception of a signal, and the radio resource includes a partial symbol which is a radio resource other than the guard time in the symbol including the guard time. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069792 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Pairing is carried out with no user operation for a communication apparatus. A client device ( | 03-22-2012 |
20120069793 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FROM RELAY NODE ON BACKHAUL UPLINK - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for transmitting control information from a relay node to a base station on a backhaul link comprises the steps of: determining whether one time slot of a backhaul uplink subframe from the relay node to the base station is a first type slot having transmitted symbol with guard time set or a second type slot without guard time set; diffusing the control information in a time domain using a first length sequence for the first type slot or a second length sequence for the second type slot; mapping the diffused control information on at least one slot from the first type slot or the second type slot; and transmitting the backhaul uplink subframe having more than one slot from the first type slot or the second type slot wherein the control information is mapped. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069794 | METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WHICH A RELAY STATION TRANSMITS A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Provided is a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) of a relay station. The method includes: receiving SRS parameters; allocating a radio resource by using the SRS parameters; and transmitting the SRS to a base station by using the radio resource, wherein the radio resource indicated by the SRS parameters includes a symbol in which a guard time for switching signal transmission and reception is located in a time domain. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069795 | METHOD IN WHICH A RELAY ALLOCATES CARRIERS ON A BACKHAUL LINK AND AN ACCESS LINK IN A MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, discloses a method and apparatus in which a relay allocates carriers on a backhaul link and an access link in a multi-carrier wireless communication system. The method in which the relay allocates resources in a multi-carrier wireless communication system in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, comprises: determining a subframe pattern allocated on a first uplink component carrier to enable a backhaul uplink transmission from the relay to a base station; determining a subframe requiring reception of an access uplink from user equipment to the relay on the first uplink component carrier in accordance with a synchronous HARQ operation; and transmitting resource allocation control information containing carrier switching indicating information to the user equipment in the event the subframe requiring reception of an access uplink is determined to be the same as the subframe allocated for backhaul uplink transmission on the first uplink component carrier. | 03-22-2012 |
20120076069 | ACCESS POINT AND TERMINAL DEVICE - An access point configured to relay communications of a terminal device in a wireless network, the access point including: a request receiving unit, which receives a setting change request to change a first wireless setting, which is being set as a wireless setting of the wireless network, into a second wireless setting; a determination unit, which determines whether a second terminal device, which performs communications with the access point in accordance with the first wireless setting, is present; and a setting change unit; wherein when it is determined that the second terminal device is not present in the wireless network, the setting change unit changes from the first wireless setting to the second wireless setting in response to the setting change request, and wherein when it is determined that the second terminal device is present in the wireless network, the setting change unit keeps the first wireless setting. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076070 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND RELAY DEVICE - A base station including an allocation unit for allocating the downlink of the relay link or the access link and the downlink of the direct link to a resource block included in a same resource block group, and allocating the uplink of the relay link or the access link and the uplink of the direct link to a resource block included in a same resource block group. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076071 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of receiving a signal of a relay station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: receiving backhaul resource allocation information from a base station; and receiving backhaul downlink data from the base station by using a radio resource indicated by the backhaul resource allocation information, wherein the radio resource includes a plurality of symbols in a time domain, and the plurality of symbols have boundaries which are shifted based on symbols included in a frequency band allocated to a macro user equipment, and wherein the radio resource includes a plurality of subcarriers in a frequency domain, and at least one subcarrier adjacent to the frequency band allocated to the macro user equipment among the plurality of subcarriers is set to a guard subcarrier in which the base station transmits no signal. | 03-29-2012 |
20120082084 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE MOBILE RELAY AND GROUP MOBILITY - A method and system to facilitate mobile relay and group mobility in a wireless network. In one embodiment of the invention, the wireless network facilitates a mobile relay station that has logic to switch communication with a first base station to a second base station while maintaining logical communication with its associated mobile station(s). By doing so, the handover of the mobile relay station from a source base station to a target base station is transparent to the mobile station(s) that are connected with the mobile relay station in one embodiment of the invention. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082085 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RELAY STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RELAY METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention provides a wireless communication relay station apparatus, a wireless communication apparatus, a wireless communication relay method and a wireless communication method which are capable of effectively utilizing resources and preventing loop interference. A wireless communication relay station apparatus according to the present invention is a wireless communication relay station apparatus for relaying communication between a first wireless communication apparatus and a second wireless communication apparatus in at least two or more frequency bands, the wireless communication relay station apparatus including: a transmitter for, using a first subframe, transmitting a first uplink signal to the first wireless communication apparatus in a first frequency band, and transmitting a first downlink signal to the second wireless communication apparatus in a second frequency band; and a receiver for, using a second subframe, receiving a second downlink signal from the first wireless communication apparatus in the first frequency band, and receiving a second uplink signal from the second wireless communication apparatus in the second frequency band. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082086 | ROAMING SYSTEM, HLR, AND PACKET COMMUNICATION RESTRICTING METHOD - A communication restriction is performed in an appropriate manner for a mobile station (subscriber) that has roamed out of a communication operator's network where subscriber information is registered into another one. In a roaming system including an HLR | 04-05-2012 |
20120082087 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A relay node (or relay station) operates as an intermediary entity in a transmission between a base station and a mobile station based on its position in a cell and the mobile station's position in the cell. Since the cell is divided into multiple regions and different wireless resources are used in the multiple regions, the relay node employs the relevant wireless resources to be used in the communications based on positions of the relay node and the mobile station. When the relay station and the mobile station are both in the boundary region, it is possible to avoid interference in the relay station by adapting a relay mode that uses a boundary frequency avoiding interference with adjacent cells for both an uplink and a downlink and demultiplexes a relay link and an access link in a time direction for each of the uplink and the downlink Similar adaptations are made when the mobile station and the relay station are in various positions within a center cell region and boundary cell region. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082088 | Method and Apparatus for Facilitating Relay Node Communications - Various methods for providing relay node priority are provided. One example method includes generating a relay node access message for initiating an access procedure to establish a connection between a relay node and a donor cell. The relay node access message may be generated in accordance with an access priority scheme. The access priority scheme may be defined such that a higher priority is allocated to the relay node access message than a user device access message for initiating the access procedure to establish a direct connection between the user device and the donor cell. The example method may also include providing for transmission of the relay node access message in accordance with the access priority scheme. Similar and related example methods and example apparatuses are also provided. | 04-05-2012 |
20120087296 | NETWORK-RELAY SIGNALING FOR DOWNLINK TRANSPARTENT RELAY - A method of providing downlink retransmissions to a mobile station in a wireless communication network, the wireless communication network comprising a base station communicatively linked to a transparent relay station, the method comprising: at the base station: receiving a request for a retransmission from the mobile station; scheduling resources for the retransmission; signalling scheduling information for the retransmission to the transparent relay station via a control link; at the transparent relay station: receiving said scheduling information for the retransmission on the control link; and sending the retransmission to the mobile station in a retransmit subframe on a retransmit frequency band. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087297 | PACKET ROUTING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A packet routing apparatus and method are provided. The packet routing apparatus may participate in a sensor network. In certain aspects the packet routing apparatus may snatch a request to send (RTS) signal that is transmitted from a first node to a second node in the sensor network and may intervene on the relay path of the snatched data packet. In certain aspects, the packet routing apparatus may sniff a data packet that is transmitted from a first node to a second node and may intervene on the relay path of the sniffed data packet. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087298 | MOBILITY LOAD BALANCING AND RESOURCE STATUS REPORT FOR SCENARIOS WITH RELAY NODES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatuses for wireless communications. The techniques generally include intercepting a report message from a relay node destined for a target base station, modifying the report message based on information not available at the relay node, and sending the modified report message to the target base station. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087299 | REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATION AND RELAY DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - Aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods for allowing a relay base station to more efficiently decode relay control information transmitted from a donor base station. A relay base station may determine a configuration of resource elements used for transmission of reference signals and decode sets of resource elements based on the configuration of reference signals. According to aspects, a donor base station may transmit relay control information in a data portion of a subframe based on the configuration of reference signals transmitted by the donor base station. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087300 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING FRAME IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) SYSTEM - A frame transmission method, performed by a station (STA), in a wireless local area network (LAN) system is provided. The method comprises receiving a relay request message from an access point (AP), setting up a direct link (DL) with a destination STA indicated by the relay request message, transmitting a relay response message to the AP after setting up the DL, receiving a first data frame from the AP, and transmitting the first data frame to the destination STA through the DL. | 04-12-2012 |
20120093061 | ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION MODES FOR TRANSPARENT RELAY - There is transmitted to a user equipment UE in a first subframe of a radio frame a downlink shared channel DSCH according to a first relay-transmission mode (e.g., mode A or A′ in the examples); then switch to a second relay-transmission mode (e.g., mode C or C′ in the examples) within the radio frame based on a channel quality of the DSCH. After switching, then transmit to the UE, in a subsequent subframe of the radio frame, the DSCH according to the second relay-transmission mode. In this embodiment the HARQ process is synchronous and non-adaptive for mode C: the eNB re-transmits packets to the UE in a predetermined fashion to be concurrent with transmission of those same packets from the relay node, as scheduled by the eNB. In this embodiment the eNB receives the UE's NACK for the data that is to be retransmitted via relay through the relay node. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093062 | Inter-Unit Transfer Support Using Mobile Internet Protocol - A WTRU may receive a first a data flow from a source device such as a correspondence node and perform a seamless IUT such that the correspondent node is unaware that the flow has been transferred to a different WTRU. The WTRU may register with a first home agent, wherein the first home agent receives a plurality of messages addressed for a home address. The home agent may forward the messages to the WTRU at a first care-of-address. The WTRU may send a binding update to the first home agent. The binding update may comprise a second traffic selector and a second action. The second action may specify that a second message of the plurality of messages is to be forwarded to a different WTRU when the second message matches the second traffic selector. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093063 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETECTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method and a device for detecting downlink control information. The method includes: a Relay Node (RN) receiving control information born in a Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH) sent by an evolved Node B (eNB) to acquire a control resource; the RN performing detection on the control resource according to an index of the control resource to acquire own control information; wherein the control resource is a Relay Control Channel Element (R-CCE) or a Physical Resource Block (PRB). The present invention can save system overhead and improve system transmission efficiency. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093064 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RELAY STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION - There is provided a wireless communication relay station apparatus and a wireless communication base station apparatus capable of allocating resources dynamically to each apparatus in accordance with traffic. A wireless communication relay station apparatus according to the invention includes a receiver that receives data from the wireless communication base station apparatus or the wireless communication mobile station apparatus, and a selector that selects data, within an uplink subframe or a downlink subframe, from: first data to be relayed from the own apparatus to the wireless communication base station apparatus; second data to be relayed from the own apparatus to the wireless communication mobile station apparatus; third data to be relayed from the wireless communication base station apparatus to the own apparatus; and fourth data to be relayed from the wireless communication mobile station apparatus to the own apparatus. The receiver receives allocation information for switching transmission/reception in the own apparatus from the wireless communication mobile station apparatus within an uplink subframe or a downlink subframe. The selector switches the first data and the fourth data within the uplink subframe in accordance with the allocation information received by the receiver, or the selector switches the second data and the third data within the downlink subframe in accordance with the allocation information received by the receiver. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093065 | SUB-FRAME STRUCTURE FOR USE IN ADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The invention relates to the definition of a structure of a sub-frame for transmission from a Node B to at least one relay node in a communication system. Furthermore, the invention is also related to the operation of Node B and relay node regarding the generation, transmission and reception of such special sub-frame format. The invention is inter alia applicable to a 3GPP LTE-A system as standardized by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). The invention suggests a new structure for a sub-frame that is capable of conveying control information and/or data for a relay node to the relay node essentially independent from propagation delays. The structure of the sub-frame takes into account propagation delays of the radio signal from Node B to relay node, in that control information and/or data for a relay node is transmitted from the Node B on OFDM symbols that can be expected to be received by the relay node. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093066 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station includes a mobile communication system, a first relay node and a second relay node connected via a radio bearer. The second relay node and a radio base station are connected via a radio bearer. A mobile station is configured to perform a handover process between the state in which a radio bearer is set with the first relay node in order to communicate via the first relay node, the second relay node, and the radio base station, and the state in which a radio bearer is set with the second relay node in order to communicate via the second relay node and the radio base station. The mobile station is configured such that, during the handover process, control signals involved in the handover process are sent and received via the radio bearer between the first relay node and the second relay node. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093067 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND RELAY DEVICE FOR RECEIVING PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method, base station, and relay device for receiving physical uplink control information are disclosed in the present invention. The method includes: selecting a PUCCH resource of the relay, where the PUCCH resource can form multiplexing with a first resource, and the first resource includes the PUCCH resource occupied by a 3GPP LTE terminal when the terminal transmits the physical uplink control information in a first format; determining a channel index corresponding to the PUCCH resource of the relay; transmitting notification information to the relay, where the notification information includes the channel index; and receiving the physical uplink control information transmitted, according to the channel index, by the relay. In the embodiments of the present invention, the interference between the PUCCH format 1/1a/1b channel of the relay and that of the LTE R8 terminal is effectively reduced. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093068 | RELAY STATION, RECEIVING STATION, TRANSMITTING STATION, AND PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay station relays packets between a transmitting station and a receiving station, and when a transmission packet affixed with a packet number is received, the relay station generates a divided data unit by dividing the data included in the transmission packet, then generates a divided packet including the divided data unit affixed with the packet number and dividing position information indicating the dividing position of the divided data unit, and transmits the divided packet to the receiving station. Alternatively, the relay station generates a divided data unit by dividing the data in the received transmission packet, then generates a divided packet including the divided data unit affixed with a new packet number, and transmits the divided packet to the receiving station. An ARQ process is executed using the dividing position information or the new packet number included in the divided packet. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093069 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS AND SYSTEMS USING RELAYED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Wireless communications are transmitted from at least two radioterminals to a base station co-channel over a return link using a return link alphabet. Wireless communications are also transmitted from the base station to the at least two radioterminals over a forward link using a forward link alphabet that has more symbols than the return link alphabet. The co-channel signals are deciphered at the receiver, while the radioterminals can use a smaller return link alphabet, which can reduce the power dissipation at the radioterminals. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093070 | Method, Donor eNB And Radio Relay System For Realizing Service Flows Transmission Of Mobile Terminal - A method, donor eNB and radio relay system for realizing service flow transmission of a terminal are disclosed in the present invention. Wherein a relay station is connected to the donor eNB through a backhaul link, and a scheme for transmitting the service data flow on the backhaul link is: the relay station and the donor eNB transmit each service data flow of each UE on a logical channel set by the donor eNB, thereby when the Relay is configured as a scheduled entity in a Un interface, the problem that the QoS requirement of each service of UE of the Relay can not be satisfied is resolved, so that when the Relay is configured to be a scheduled entity in a Un interface, the QoS requirement of each service of UE of the relay can be satisfied. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093071 | Network Element for Changing the Timeslot Type According to the received Information - It is described a mobile network, in particular an LTE network, including a relay node and a base station. The relay node is adapted for receiving signals from the base station during timeslots of a first type and for transmitting signals to a connected user equipment during timeslots of a second type differing from the first type of timeslots. The base station is adapted for transmitting signals to the relay node during timeslots of the first type and for sending information to the relay node indicating a change of the timeslot type. The relay node is further adapted for changing the timeslot type according to the received information. | 04-19-2012 |
20120099515 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD FOR RELAY NODES - The present invention discloses methods for random access of a Relay Node (RN), which includes one method for random access wherein a RN monitors R-PDCCH and receives a random access response message according to a random access-radio network temporary identifier through the R-PDCCH. By the present invention, the random access procedure of the RN is achieved. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099516 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station including a mobile communication system, a first relay node and a second relay node which are connected via a radio bearer, the second relay node and a radio base station which are connected via a radio bearer, where a mobile station is configured to perform a handover process between a first state, in which a radio bearer is set with the first relay node in order to communicate via the first relay node, the second relay node, and the radio base station, and a second state, in which a radio bearer is set with the radio base station in order to communicate via the radio base station, and a mobile station is configured such that during the handover process. Control signals involved in the handover process are sent and received via the radio bearer between the first relay node and the second relay node and via the radio bearer between the second relay node and the radio base station. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099517 | Mobile Communication System, Radio Base Station Controller, and Relocation Method - Radio base stations connect by radio lines with radio terminals in cells that make up each radio base station and relay data communication realized by the radio terminals on bearers on radio lines. Base station controllers record correspondence information of the data flow of data communication with the radio terminals and the bearers on the radio lines and, by referring to the correspondence information, effects termination of data communication with the radio terminals. When, in a state in which a drift base station controller relays and transfers data communication between radio base stations to which the radio terminals are connected and a serving base station controller, the serving base station controller is transferred to the drift base station controller, the plurality of base station controllers then report to the drift base station controller the correspondence information from the serving base station controller. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099518 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR REPEATER AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are an apparatus for transmitting and receiving control information for a relay node and a method thereof. The relay node for receiving control information in a wireless communication system comprises: a receiving module for receiving through higher layer signaling from a base station the information on a resource block (RB) which the relay node should search to receive the control information; a processor for detecting the control information from the first RB by blind-decoding at least one received RB which should be searched; and a receiving module for receiving through the first RB from the base station the control information detected by the processor. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099519 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION ON A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for signal transmission in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: transmitting backhaul resource allocation information by a base station to a relay node; decoding the backhaul resource allocation information by the relay node; and transmitting backhaul downlink control information and backhaul downlink data by the base station to the relay node, wherein a start position of a symbol for transmitting the backhaul downlink control information is fixed to a specific symbol of a backhaul link subframe, and the backhaul resource allocation information includes information on a radio resource for transmitting the backhaul downlink data. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099520 | SIGNAL TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD OF REPEATER AND REPEATER USING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a method for a repeater to transmit and receive a signal on a downlink sub frame in a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: transmitting a first physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to terminals positioned within a repeater cell on a downlink sub frame; and receiving a second PDCCH or a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) from a base station after a first guard time succeeding a first PDCCH section elapses, wherein a second guard time succeeding the PDSCH or the second PDCCH received from the base station is allocated to the downlink sub frame, and the repeater receives the second PDCCH through a certain range of symbols in accordance with information on the predetermined control channel section, which is received from the base station. | 04-26-2012 |
20120106432 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL WITH PERIODIC AND RELAY SYSTEM FOR THE SAME - In one embodiment, after determining downlink backhaul sub-frames based on a constitution period of backhaul sub-frames and determining uplink backhaul sub-frames based on the determined downlink backhaul sub-frames by a relay, all or portions of uplink signals in the determined uplink backhaul sub-frames are transmitted within a backhaul sub-frame allocation period, or after assigning numbers to all of the determined uplink backhaul sub-frames, all or portions of uplink signals are transmitted according to the assigned uplink backhaul sub-frame numbers within a backhaul sub-frame allocation period. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106433 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COOPERATIVELY TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK BETWEEN BASE STATION AND RELAY STATION - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for cooperatively transmitting a downlink between a base station and a relay station. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for cooperatively transmitting a downlink signal between a base station and a relay station in a wireless broadband communication system comprises the steps of: receiving cooperative transmission data from the base station and transmitting an acknowledgement message corresponding to the cooperative transmission data to the base station; receiving scheduling information for transmitting the cooperative transmission data by a cooperative transmission scheme; and transmitting the data cooperative transmission data to a terminal in reference to the scheduling information. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106434 | MEMS CMOS VIBRATING ANTENNA AND APPLICATIONS THEREOF - The systems and methods described herein address deficiencies in the prior art by enabling spatial multiplexing in cellular and/or wireless networks to overcome capacity limitations. In one embodiment, the limitations are overcome by forming a spatially multiplexed network of portable communications devices having MEMS-based vibrating antennas. Other suitable applications of vibrating antennas are also described. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106435 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station includes a mobile communication system, a first relay node and a radio base station connected via a radio bearer, a second relay node and a radio base station connected via a radio bearer, and a mobile station configured to conduct a handover process between a first and second state. In the first state a radio bearer is established with the first relay node in order to communicate via the first relay node and the radio base station. In the second state a radio bearer is established with the second relay node in order to communicate via the second relay node and the radio base station. The mobile station is configured such that control signals are transmitted and received via the radio bearer between the first relay node and the radio base station, via the radio bearer between the second relay node and the radio base station. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106436 | PROTOCOL FOR SYNCHRONISING DATA PACKETS COLLISIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method of synchronising transmission of signals between two nodes in a network comprising at least another cooperating node. The invention consists in, after reception of a clear-to-code signal (CTC) from the one node (B), broadcasting ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120106437 | METHOD FOR PRIORITIZING OPERATION OF RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Various methods and apparatuses for prioritizing operation of Relay Node are disclosed. A method for prioritizing the transmission and receipt of uplink signals in a relay node of a wireless communication system is presented. The method comprises determining radio resource requirements for receiving one or more access link signals and/or transmitting one or more backhaul link signal, determining the signal type of the one or more access link signals and/or determining the signal type of the one or more backhaul link signals, and selecting one of a transmitting mode operation and a receiving mode operation based on the radio resource requirements for receiving the one or more access link signals and/or transmitting the one or more backhaul link signals, and based on the signal type of the one or more access link signals and/or the signal type of the one or more backhaul link signals. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106438 | METHOD FOR SENDING AN UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL ON A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed in a method whereby a terminal sends an uplink control signal on a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention comprises the steps of generating an uplink control signal, allocating uplink sending resources to the uplink control signal, and sending the uplink control signal to a base station; a time resource in the uplink transmission resources is divided into sub-frame units divided into two slots; at least one of the two slots comprises one reference symbol for transmitting a reference signal; and in the slot comprising the one reference symbol, at least one of a plurality of data symbols for transmitting data signals is dropped. | 05-03-2012 |
20120113887 | Method And System For Mobility Management Of A Terminal On A Radio Relay System - A method and system for mobility management of a User Equipment (UE) in a radio relay system is used for resolving the technical problem of performing a UE handover between different relay stations belonging to a same Donor eNodeB (DeNB). The method comprises that: an X2 interface link is established between the relay stations belonging to one DeNB; a source relay station transmits a handover request to a target relay station, and the target relay station performs admission control; when the target relay station permits the UE to access, the source relay station performs forwarding of UE context and cached data; after the UE has successfully accessed the target relay station, the target relay station notifies the DeNB that the path has changed, and the DeNB performs a path handover. In the handover flow of the disclosure, only some control for forwarding data is needed between the source relay station and the target relay station, the forwarding through the DeNB and the processing with a Mobility Management Unit (MME) or a Serving GateWay (GW) are not needed, therefore the handover flow is simplified, and handover delay is decreased to a certain extent. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113888 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND RELAY DEVICE - A base station is provided with a communication unit for communicating with a mobile terminal via a relay link between the base station and a relay device and an access link between the relay device and the mobile terminal, and a selection unit for selecting an allocation pattern of an uplink of the relay link, a downlink of the relay link, an uplink of the access link, and a downlink of the access link to frequency-time blocks from a plurality of allocation patterns that are different in delay occurring between the base station and the mobile terminal. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113889 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY STATION - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting reference signals in a wireless communication system including a relay station. A base station respectively generates a plurality of reference signals for a plurality of antenna ports, maps the plurality of reference signals into relay zones within at least one resource block according to predetermined reference signal patterns, and transmits the at least one resource block through the plurality of antenna ports. At this point, the plurality of reference signals includes at least one cell-specific reference signal (CRS) of a 3 | 05-10-2012 |
20120120865 | Method and Device for Downlink Cooperation Retransmission in a Relay Station - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus for relay station downlink cooperative retransmission, wherein said method comprises: a relay station carrying out physical layer processing in advance on data which requires retransmitting according to a case that available wireless resources number for retransmitting data in a retransmission subframe is to be determined, generating corresponding Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) signals, and monitoring a Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH) of the retransmission subframe, and according to a monitoring result, selecting an OFDM signal which matches with the determined available wireless resources number from said OFDM signals to carry out retransmission transmitting. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120866 | Intra-Donor Cell Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission with Type 1 Relay - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunications system. The method comprises an access node performing a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission with a relay node toward a user equipment, wherein the access node provides CoMP control information via at least one of a relay physical downlink control channel and a relay physical downlink shared channel. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120867 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, SIGNAL RELAY METHOD, AND SIGNAL ALLOCATION METHOD - To flexibly change subframes of a backhaul link and an access link. A wireless communication device according to the present invention is for relaying a signal between a base station and a mobile station, including: a receiver that receives the signal from the base station or the mobile station; a transmitter that transmits the signal to the base station or the mobile station; and a changeover unit that switches an operation mode to a receiving mode for receiving the signal from the base station or the mobile station, or a transmitting mode for transmitting the signal to the base station or the mobile station, wherein the changeover unit switches from the transmitting mode to the receiving mode in a subframe set to an MBSFN subframe by the wireless communication device among subframes subsequent to a subframe in which a NACK for requiring retransmission by the base station is transmitted. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120868 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND SYSTEM INFORMATION FOR REPEATERS AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of transmitting control information for a relay node (RN) from an eNode B in a wireless communication system includes transmitting information on a resource region of at least one relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) including the control information for the RN and interleaving mode information on an interleaving mode applied to the at least one R-PDCCH to the RN, wherein the resource region of the at least one R-PDCCH is RN-specifically configured. | 05-17-2012 |
20120127914 | Full-Rate Cooperative Relay - Techniques and systems that improve throughput between a pair of nodes by using two multi-hop paths of one-way flows regardless of the one-way flows interfering with each other are described herein. These techniques enable nearly full-rate data flow through frame transmissions, even though these frame transmissions can interfere with substantially concurrent relay transmissions. In some implementations, relays on the two paths forward mixed frame signals to the next hop without trying to decode the mixed frame signals of interfered frames. The destination successfully recovers the useful information from the mixed frame signals by canceling out interference based on previously received frames. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127915 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A RELAY NODE AND A CONTROLLING NODE - According to various embodiments, a method is provided at a relay node for enabling subframe allocation between a backhaul link and an access link of the relay node. The relay node is connected to a controlling entity via the backhaul link, and is connectable to at least one user equipment via the access link. The relay node receives a trigger or configuration information from the controlling entity from the controlling entity. Based on the received trigger or configuration information, the relay node sends information to the controlling entity, indicating a resource utilization of the access link and/or indicating a quality of the access link. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127916 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A wireless communication system includes a plurality of nodes and a base station. The plurality of nodes include a connection node that is positioned at a BS range of the base station to transmit and receive a packet to and from the base station, or that is positioned outside a BS range of the base station to transmit and receive a packet to and from the base station through other connection nodes, and a relay request node that is positioned at a periphery of the connection node and that transmits a relay request to the connection node when the relay request node deviated from a BS range of the base station. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127917 | System for Interconnecting Standard Telephony Communications Equipment to Internet - Apparatus includes a communication predelivery receiver, configured to communicate with and relay both IP addressed overhead and IP addressed payload data from an originating communication device. The communication predelivery receiver includes a screener configured to, when the communication predelivery receiver is in communication with the originating communication device, receive certain data including first IP addressed data and second IP addressed data of corresponding first and second initiated communications. The communication predelivery receiver is configured and connected within a network so the first IP addressed data and the second IP addressed data are processed differently. For the first initiated communication, the first payload data is converted, after the point in time at which the screener received the first IP addressed data, from IP addressed first payload data to another network signal. For the second initiated communication, the second payload data is delivered without so converting the second payload data. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127918 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RELAYING OPERATION USING UPLINK RESOURCE - Disclosed is a method for relaying operation of a terminal using uplink resources. A method for receiving data using uplink resource in a method for receiving a communication service of a base station through a relay signal of an adjacent terminal present in a service area of the base station, includes: changing into an uplink resource reception mode to receive data from uplink resource; when the adjacent terminal delivers transmission data of the base station, receiving the data through the uplink resource; and decoding the received data. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127919 | Method and Apparatus of Requiring Uplink Resource and Handover in Wireless Communication System Including Relay Stations - A method of requiring uplink resource and handover in a wireless communication system including relay stations is disclosed. The present invention includes transmitting request for uplink resource allocation to a relay station and receiving a message indicating the relay station cannot allocate an uplink resource to the mobile station within a period for which the mobile station waits for a response, from the relay station. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127920 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided area wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication control method, which are capable of preventing concentration of the data delivery requests from the wireless communication terminal apparatuses and thus reducing power consumption occurring when the wireless communication terminal waits for data delivery. AID managing section ( | 05-24-2012 |
20120134315 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPORTING PERFORMANCE - Provided are different wireless communication systems, in particular, a method and an apparatus for reporting performance between wireless communication systems. Information about a wireless network in an area where wireless communication systems coexist may be shared, through recognizing performance degradation of a wireless communication service provided by a first wireless communication system, and transmitting performance information of the wireless communication service provided by the first wireless communication system to a second wireless communication system. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134316 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING REFERENCE SIGNALS OF A BACKHAUL LINK IN A RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA USING SAME - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for transmitting/receiving data in a relay communication system. The method comprises the steps of: setting, as a guard band, the first predetermined number of symbol transmission slots of a data transmission period in a subframe resource element of a downlink channel constituted by a control signal transmission period to which a control signal is allocated and the data transmission period to which downlink data is allocated; allocating reference signals to symbols of the data transmission period; puncturing the symbols corresponding to the guard band from among the symbols to which said reference signals are allocated; and transmitting signals to which said reference signals are allocated. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134317 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK, METHOD FOR ERROR-FREE TRANSMISSION OF INFORMATION, NODE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - An approach for resource allocation in a wireless communication network including a sender, a relay station and a receiver in case of a retransmission of information from the relay station to the receiver is described, wherein a resource necessary for retransmission is determined on the basis of the relayed channel and the relay function. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134318 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PAGING AN IDLE MODE STATION IN MULTI-HOP RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method of paging an idle-mode terminal in a multi-hop relay communication system, the method including receiving an idle mode request message from the terminal, sending an idle mode response message to the terminal, the idle mode response message including paging information, receiving a superframe from a base station, the superframe including a paging message of the terminal, and staggering the superframe number by a multi-hop count apart from the base station so as to send to the terminal. | 05-31-2012 |
20120140695 | System and Method for Wireless Communication Diversity Retransmission Relay - A wireless communication system transmits a data packet from a cell to a terminal and to a diversity relay. The diversity relay stores the data packet and, based on a state of an acknowledgement signal from the terminal indicating a failure of the terminal to receive and decode the data packet, determines that a subsequent data packet will be a retransmission and, in response, retrieves and transmits the stored data packet to the terminal, cooperative with the retransmission from the data packet from the cell to the terminal. Optionally, the diversity relay transmits pilot signals to the terminal and, optionally, modifies channel quality reports sent from the terminal to the cell. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140696 | ROUTE MAINTENANCE AND UPDATE BASED ON CONNECTION IDENTIFIER IN MULTI-HOP RELAY SYSTEMS - Connection ID (CID) assignment in multi-hop relay system can be used to perform routing. Using CID assignment as routing information in a multi-hop wireless relay system to maintain the routing structure is disclosed. In a CID cache scheme, a base station builds a CID cache based on the upstream packet and broadcasts the CID cache to a relay station. The CID cache comprises CIDs along with routing information. Based on CID cache the spanning tree of the routing can be reconstructed. A hierarchical CID assignment is disclosed wherein a base station assigns a range of CIDs to a relay station. A relay station can recognize its data packets and forward them to corresponding mobile stations. Maintaining routing automatically along with CID assignment is also disclosed. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140697 | RELAY METHOD OF TRANSPORT BEARER, APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a relay method of a transport bearer, an apparatus and a communication system. According to the technical solutions in the present invention, when receiving information encapsulated by a source device and sent by the source device, a relay base station first decapsulates the information, encapsulates the information again, and then sends the encapsulated information to a host device, thus ensuring that the information has only a layer of encapsulation in the transport procedure, so as to avoid a case that a high overhead caused by two layers of encapsulation occurs in the transport procedure. Compared with the prior art, the overhead in the transport procedure may be reduced, and the transport efficiency may be increased. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140698 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL OF RELAY STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a control signal of a relay station in a wireless communication system are provided. The relay station generates a control signal of uplink control information and performs mapping of the generated modulation symbol into a backhaul subframe that has a relay physical uplink control channel (R-PUCCH) assigned thereto. The backhaul subframe includes two slots among. Among single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols that constitute the backhaul subframe, an orthogonal cover (OC) sequence is applied to the SC-FDMA symbol which the modulation symbol has been mapped into, and later the backhaul subframe is transmitted. The generated modulation symbol is mapped according to the same pattern as the two slots. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140699 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN A RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a packet scheduling method and apparatus in a relay network. A scheduling method of a relay station in a relay communication system includes: receiving information regarding an amount of generated data to be transmitted to a user from a base station; estimating the size of a queue of the base station storing the data to be transmitted to the user based on the amount of generated data received from the base station; obtaining the size of a virtual queue in which overall data to be transmitted to a user with reference to the estimated size of the queue of the base station and the size of a queue of the relay station storing data to be transmitted to a user; performing scheduling to allocate resource based on the size of the virtual queue; and transmitting data to the user based on the scheduling results. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140700 | Handover Method Based on Mobile Relay and Mobile Wireless Relay System - The present invention provides a handover method based on a mobile relay comprising: when handover of the mobile relay occurs, a source Donor evolved NodeB (DeNB), as an intermediate node, connecting a relay access network with an Evolved Packet Core (EPC), the relay access network at least comprising a target DeNB and a mobile relay; and the source DeNB forwarding data from the relay access network to the EPC and forwarding the data from the EPC to the relay access network. With the present invention, the handover of the mobile relay is implemented, and the mobility of the relay can be supported. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140701 | Relay Communication System Supporting Multiple Hops and Access Method Thereof - The present invention discloses a relay communication system supporting multiple hops and an access method of a relay communication system supporting multiple hops. The access method comprises: a second node residing in a first node and setting up an air interface connection with the first node; the second node setting up a connection with a core network through the first node; the first node forwarding, as a gateway, data between the second node and the core network, while acting as a core network gateway which serves the second node; and while acting as the core network gateway, setting up a connection with the second node under control of a Mobility Management Entity (MME) and allocating addresses; and the first node applying for creating channels and applying for addresses to a network element of the core network which serves the first node. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140702 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - By deciding positions of frequencies used via a relay station by a system in advance for assignment of boundary frequencies, frequencies of a central frequency more likely to be affected by the relay station are also mapped by avoiding a signal thereof. Alternatively, an adjacent cell whose central frequency is affected changes depending on a position of the relay station and thus, locations set to be highly likely to interfere with the central frequency of the adjacent cell is reduced by setting a region of the boundary frequencies permitted to the relay station in accordance with the position of the relay station. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140703 | RELAY STATION AND METHOD OF RELAY STATION TRANSMITTING BACKHAUL UPLINK SIGNAL - A method of a relay station transmitting a backhaul uplink (UL) signal includes receiving information about a structure of a subframe from a base station; allocating a reference signal and control information to the backhaul UL subframe on a basis of the information; and transmitting the reference signal and the control information. The reference signal or the control information is allocated to symbols other than a first symbol and last 2 symbols of the backhaul UL subframe. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140704 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DOWNLINK DATA TRANSMISSION IN A MULTI-HOP RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In order to address the problem of RLC layer relaying in the prior art that downlink user data of a user equipment with an access through a relay station may be lost due to a handover, the invention proposes solutions of a method and apparatus for controlling downlink data transmission in a multi-hop relay communication system so that when a next-hop network device of a base station is a relay station, an RLC entity of the base station transmits an indication message to a PDCP entity of the base station, to trigger the PDCP entity of the base station to discard a PDCP SDU corresponding to at least one PDCP PDU, upon reception of a user equipment delivery acknowledgement message from the access relay station to acknowledge delivery of the at least one PDCP PDU to the user equipment. The access relay generates the user equipment delivery acknowledgement message upon reception from the user equipment of positive acknowledgement messages for all the RLC PDUs corresponding to the at least one PDCP PDU. Preferably status information on whether an RLC SDU has been acknowledged, which is buffered between the access relay station and the base station, can be synchronized implicitly. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140705 | SYSTEM AND NETWORK FOR WIRELESS NETWORK MONITORING - A technique for wireless network monitoring involves scanning channels using clients instead of access points. An example of a method according to the technique may include, for example, receiving from a wireless access point a command to perform a channel scanning function, listening on a channel associated with the channel scanning function, and sending RF data found on the channel to the wireless access point. Another example of a method according to the technique may include, for example, scanning a first channel, switching from the first channel to a second channel, sending data on the second channel to an access point, switching from the second channel to the first channel, and resuming scanning on the first channel. A system according to the technique may include one or more scanning clients, proxy clients, multi-channel clients, or other clients that are capable of scanning channels in lieu of an access point. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147808 | Network Protocol - A system includes wireless network devices and a terminal device. The wireless network devices include a base station and plural repeater devices for routing data. The terminal device runs a network protocol to establish a presence in a wireless network that includes the wireless network devices. The terminal device enters a low-power mode when not communicating over the wireless network. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147809 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RELAY NODE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention comprising a step A in which, when a predetermined trigger is detected, the radio base station DeNB notifies the relay node RN of a transmission timing of an MBSFN subframe by a signal for changing the configuration of an RRC connection that is set between the radio base station DeNB and the relay node RN, a step B in which the radio base station DeNB performs scheduling such that a downlink signal is transmitted to the relay node RN at the transmission timing of the MBSFN subframe, and a step C in which the relay node RN performs scheduling such that a downlink signal is transmitted at a timing other than the transmission timing of the MBSFN subframe. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147810 | Flexible Ways to Indicate Downlink/Uplink Backhaul Subframe Configurations in a Relay System - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for indicating the configuration of a subframe of a backhaul between a relay node and a base station. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include generating an indication of a configuration of a subframe of at least one of an uplink and a downlink of a backhaul and sending the indication to a relay node to configure transmission at the relay node. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147811 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, SMALL-SCALE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO TRANSMITTING METHOD, RADIO RELAYING METHOD, AND RADIO RECEIVING METHOD - A system can suppress the degradation of the system's own throughput, while suppressing the interference with a different communication system sharing a frequency band with the system. In ST | 06-14-2012 |
20120155370 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING TIME SYNCHRONIZATION RELAYING TO NEIGHBORING NODES IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Under a wireless communication environment in which nodes sharing a time reference communicate information with a frame having a predetermined structure, when a node that has failed to acquire synchronization, a protocol in which neighboring nodes relays synchronization to the synchronization acquisition failed node by using a preamble defined in the frame is provided. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155371 | METHOD FOR ACCESSING WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM, SYSTEM AND WIRELESS REPEATER THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method and a system for accessing a wireless distribution system, and a wireless repeater. The wireless repeater ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120155372 | RECEIVER FOR INTERLEAVE DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COOPERATIVE DIVERSITY AND POWER ALLOCATION ALGORITHM THEREOF - Disclosed is a receiver in a cooperative diversity system including one or a plurality of relays. The receiver includes: a detection unit configured to detect each of signals transmitted from the one or more relays, the one or more signals being generated by the one or more relays and by interleaving a signal from a transmitter; a deinterleaver configured to deinterleave each of the detected signals; a decoder configured to decode and each of the deinterleaved signals thereby to output one or more decoded signals; and an interleaver configured to interleave each of the one or more decoded signals thereby to output one or more interleaved signals, wherein the detection unit receives the one or more interleaved signals and compares them with the respective detected signals to discriminate the original signal transmitted by the transmitter. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155373 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes: a multiple number of mobile station apparatuses that transmit code bits obtained by applying error-correction coding to information bits; a relay station apparatus that receives code bits from the multiple mobile station apparatuses, applies network coding on the code bits and transmits the network-code bits; and a base station apparatus that receives and decodes the code bits and the network-code bits, wherein the base station apparatus, when decoding the received code bits, performs iteration decoding by regarding the received code bits as a serially concatenated code of network coding and error correction coding. Accordingly, decoding is performed by regarding the network code and the error correction code as a serial concatenated code, it is possible to obtain diversity with a simple configuration. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155374 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING A FRAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM COMPRISING A RELAY STATION - Provided are a method and apparatus for setting a frame of a relay station in a wireless communication system. A base station sets an access zone frame and a relay zone frame adjacent the access zone frame. The access zone frame comprises a downlink (DL) access zone in which the base station or the relay station transmits a signal to a terminal, and an uplink (UL) access zone in which the terminal transmits a signal to the base station or to the relay station. The relay zone frame comprises a DL relay zone in which the base station transmits a signal to the terminal or to the relay station, and a UL relay zone in which the terminal or the relay station transmits a signal to the base station. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155375 | Method and Apparatus for Header Compression in Network Relay Scenario - Embodiments of the present application disclose a method and an apparatus for header compression in a network relay scenario. The method includes: receiving, by a relay node, a first header-compressed data packet sent by user equipment or another relay node; encapsulating a transport protocol header for the first data packet and performing header compression for the header to form a second data packet; and sending the second data packet to an eNodeB or a next relay node in an uplink direction. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155376 | PATH SELECTION FOR A WIRELESS SYSTEM WITH RELAYS - A method selects a path for forwarding a data packet in a wireless communication system. A system capacity versus delay impact curve is calculated for a direct path to mobile station. The direct path has a capacity cost based on communication quality of a direct link between a base station and the mobile station. This curve is shifted by a predetermined time corresponding to an additional delay over a relay path to produce a projected capacity curve for the relay path having a second capacity cost determined according to a combined measure of signal quality of multiple links in the relay path. The second capacity cost is multiplied by a capacity cost ratio to produce a relay capacity curve. The direct path or the relay path is selected based on a comparison of the system capacity versus delay impact curve and the relay capacity curve according to a QoS requirement. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155377 | HANDOVER PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure disclose a handover processing method. The method includes: before a source Donor E-UTRAN Node B (DeNB) makes a handover decision, sending auxiliary information for obtaining a pre-configured parameter; receiving the pre-configured parameter; and performing a handover from the source DeNB to a target DeNB according to the pre-configured parameter. The relay device includes: a first sending module, configured to send, before a source DeNB makes a handover decision, auxiliary information for obtaining the pre-configured parameter; a first receiving module, configured to receive the pre-configured parameter; and a handover module, configured to perform a handover from the source DeNB to a target DeNB according to the pre-configured parameter. According to the embodiments of the present disclosure, the technical problem that the service interruption of the UE controlled by the relay device is prolonged due to a long delay in the handover operation is solved. | 06-21-2012 |
20120163280 | PHYSICAL LAYER COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR USE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH RELAYS - In some embodiments, a relay station comprises a baseband processor, an RF modulator/demodulator coupled to the baseband processor to modulate/demodulate data for communication within a predetermined frequency range, and a control module to implement a femto transmission-free zone in at least one of a time domain or a frequency domain and in which the relay station does not transmit data. Other embodiments may be described. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163281 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING QUALITY OF COMMUNICATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication network comprises a plurality of access points, a plurality of stations wirelessly communicating with the plurality of access points and at least one sensor located at a different location from each of the plurality of access points for improving communication quality in the communication network. The sensor in the communication network senses a communication message transmitted from a source station and destined for a destination access point on a wireless communication channel in the communication network. The sensor further determines a number of retransmissions of the communication message from the source station. The sensor, upon determining that the determined number of retransmissions of the communication message is at least equal to a predetermined threshold, forwards the communication message to the destination access point through the wired medium. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163282 | Relay Techniques Suitable for User Equipment in Downlink - The present invention provides a solution to improve coverage and cell edge performance in a mobile user communication system is the use of fixed relays, which are pieces of infrastructure without a wired backhaul connection. The relays transmit or “relay” downlink messages between the base station (BS) and mobile stations (MSs) through a multi-hop communication. The present invention is a method and system for supporting a multiple user mobile broadband communication network that includes relay techniques suitable for user equipment in the downlink communication to the user equipment. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163283 | METHOD FOR RELAYING OF BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR RELAYING OF TERMINAL - A method of relaying in a base station that enable a first base station to operate as a relay station in order to communicate with a second base station that is connected to backhaul, the method includes: forming, by the first base station, a relay link with the second base station; and starting, by the first base station, a relay mode. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163284 | Method, Apparatus, System and Related Computer Program Product for Relay-Sensitive Routing - It is disclosed a method (and related apparatus) comprising indexing at least two source streams from at least one source entities and/or at least two sink streams to at least two sink entities, and determining that at least one signal from the at least one source entity to the at least two sink entities is to be relayed based on a result of the indexing. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163285 | Relay Transmission Method and Device - A relay transmission method, cell base station and relay station, for improving the average spectrum efficiency and throughput of a cell, are provided by the present invention. Said relay transmission method includes that when data transmission is performed between Access Points APs and each user, AP identification set groups which consist of the AP identification sets without intersection, are determined from the AP identification sets corresponding to the users, wherein the AP identification set comprises AP identifications of the APs which can provide services for the user; according to the determined AP identification set groups, same resources are allocated to the users corresponding to the AP identification sets in the same AP identification set group, and different resources are allocated to the users corresponding to the AP identification sets in the different AP identification set groups; and each AP in the AP identification set corresponding to each user is informed to provide services for the user by using the resources allocated to the user. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163286 | Multicast Channel Control Information - The present disclosure relates to a technique for configuring transmission of a multicast channel carrying scheduling information and data belonging to one or more multicast services, the scheduling information indicating scheduling of the multicast services mapped to the multicast channel. A method embodiment comprises the steps of configuring ( | 06-28-2012 |
20120163287 | Resource Allocation Scheme for a Relay Backhaul Link - An apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including computer program code the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to perform: determining for a group of symbols at least one candidate transmission symbol position, wherein the group of symbols include a first symbol position part for backhaul downlink symbol positions and a second symbol position part including the at least one candidate transmission symbol position; and generating at least one further backhaul downlink symbol for the at least one candidate transmission symbol position. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163288 | METHOD OF USING COMPONENT CARRIER BY RELAY STATION IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM AND RELAY STATION - A method of using component carrier by a relay station in a multi-carrier system comprises: receiving a component carrier (CC) link configuration information from a base station (BS); allocating a CC to at least one of a backhaul link between the BS and the RS and an access link between the RS and an RS user equipment (UE) according to the CC link configuration information; and transmitting or receiving a signal by using the CC in the allocated link. | 06-28-2012 |
20120170505 | Method, Device and System for a Relay to Establish a Connection with a Base Station - A method, a device and a system for a relay to establish a connection with a base station are disclosed. Interface information sent from a serving base station is received. Resource information is obtained from the interface information. The resource information is used to indicate wireless resources used when the relay communications with a non-serving base station. A wireless connection is established with the non-serving base station in the wireless resources indicated by the resource information. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170506 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING FRAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY STATION - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a frame in a wireless communication system including a relay station. A base station sets a frame including a downlink (DL) access zone for transmitting a signal to the relay station and a DL relay zone for transmitting the signal to the relay station or a terminal, and transmits the frame. The DL access zone comprises a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) midamble for the terminal and the DL relay zone comprises an R-amble as an additional MIMO midamble. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170507 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication system, using wireless base stations, and other devices, such as a relay node, interoperate with using spectrum aggregation and MIMO. Traffic usage is detected and based on channel utilization relative to capacity, spectrum aggregation is chosen over MIMO under certain conditions. On the other hand, under higher channel utilization system components switch to MIMO modes of operation to reduce demand on channel use, while providing good throughput for communications stations. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170508 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, RELAY NODE AND USER EQUIPMENT - A relay node in a mobile communication network for relaying communications between a base station and a mobile terminal. The relay node includes a communication interface that receives resource allocation information from the base station, the resource allocation information indicating a controllable range of communication resources available to the relay node. The relay node also includes a control unit that controls allocation of resources for communication between the relay node and the mobile station based on the received resource allocation information. The relay node then communicates with the mobile terminal based on the control performed by the control unit. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170509 | EFFICIENT RELAY AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST PROCEDURE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system including a relay station, and more particularly to an efficient procedure of Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) operations in a relay station and an apparatus for performing the same. A method for transmitting data for at least one terminal (AMS) from a base station (ABS) to a relay station (ARS) in the broadband wireless access system according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of generating second transmission unit data using a plurality of first transmission unit data to which different relay sequence numbers are assigned; and transmitting the second transmission unit data to the relay station. The second transmission unit data can be transmitted through the same tunnel as the first transmission unit data. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170510 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN RELAY SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for efficiently using a resource in a relay system. In detail, the present invention relates to a method for controlling an uplink signal transmission of user equipment in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for same. The method comprises the following steps: checking a cell-specific first SRS transmission subframe set; checking a relay-specific second SRS transmission subframe set; and allocating a resource for the uplink signal transmission. The uplink signal is transmitted to a relay via a backhaul subframe in the event the backhaul subframe falls within the first SRS transmission subframe set but does not fall within the second SRS transmission subframe set. The uplink signal transmission is dropped from the backhaul subframe in the event the backhaul subframe falls within the second SRS transmission subframe set. | 07-05-2012 |
20120176954 | WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK INFORMATION SWARMING - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for information swarming in a wireless sensor network (WSN). In an embodiment of the invention, a method for information swarming in a WSN can include receiving in an overhearing node of the WSN, relay data sensed by a sensor at an originating node of the WSN and transmitted along a relay path exclusive of the overhearing node from the originating node to an aggregation point in the WSN. The method also can include determining a relevance of the relay data in reference to at least one relevance rule. Finally, the method can include forwarding additional data acquired at the overhearing node by a sensor at the overhearing node to the aggregation point over the WSN in response to determining the relay data to be relevant. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176955 | RADIO SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Regardless of use of small resource in donor (macro) base station, high throughput in relay femto base station is provided. The relay femto base station transfers data of a C-plane communicated between a core network and a mobile station through the donor macro base station by a radio link, and transfers data of a U-plane through an internet by a wired public line. The relay femto base station measures an interfered power from a neighboring relay femto base station, and notifies the donor macro base station of the measured interfered power, and the donor macro base station adjusts radio packet scheduling so as to prevent interference between the relay femto base stations on the basis of a notified measurement value of the interfered power. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176956 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH RELAYS AND COMMUNICATION THEREIN VIA MULTI-CARRIERS - A system and method is for transmitting multi-carriers in a wireless communication system with a relay are provided. The method includes configuring each of downlink carriers that form the multi-carriers as at least one general sub-frame and at lest one backhaul sub-frame; determining one of the downlink carriers that has a maximum number of backhaul sub-frames, as a primary carrier, and other downlink carriers as sub-carriers; and altering a backhaul sub-frame into a general sub-carrier in the sub-carrier, in response to a general sub-frame of the primary carrier. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176957 | RELAY NODE AND METHOD THEREOF FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - A relay node and a method thereof for transmitting data are provided in the present invention, which relates to the field of wireless communication technology. The method in the present invention includes: the relay node receiving data on multiple corresponding continuous or discontinuous downlink backhaul subframes according to the obtained scheduling information of downlink multiple subframes scheduling, and sending data on multiple corresponding continuous or discontinuous uplink backhaul subframes according to the obtained scheduling information of uplink multiple subframes scheduling. The technical solution of the present invention solves a problem of scheduling resources of multiple subframes for the relay node. Compared to a dynamic scheduling and semi-persistent scheduling method in the prior art, the technical solution of the present invention can more flexibly configure and use resources to ensure transmission of the backhaul link between a base station and the relay node. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176958 | Bandwidth Configuration and Reporting for Relay Links - Embodiments describe methods and nodes for configuring multiple links of a relay node in a communication system. Another node transmits a configuration signal toward the relay node including at least one bandwidth to be used to configure the multiple links of the relay. The at least one bandwidth can be the same for each of the multiple links or can be different for each of the multiple links. The multiple links can, for example, be the access link (i.e., the link via which user equipment communicates with the relay node over an air interface) and the backhaul link (i.e., the link via which the relay node communicates with the rest of the network, e.g., connected to a donor node). | 07-12-2012 |
20120176959 | WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK INFORMATION SWARMING - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, system and computer program product for information swarming in a wireless sensor network (WSN). In an embodiment of the invention, a method for information swarming in a WSN can include receiving in an overhearing node of the WSN, relay data sensed by a sensor at an originating node of the WSN and transmitted along a relay path exclusive of the overhearing node from the originating node to an aggregation point in the WSN. The method also can include determining a relevance of the relay data in reference to at least one relevance rule. Finally, the method can include forwarding additional data acquired at the overhearing node by a sensor at the overhearing node to the aggregation point over the WSN in response to determining the relay data to be relevant. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176960 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UNBALANCED RELAY-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and system for wireless communication with a mobile device in which wireless communication is established with the mobile device. A base station is used to transmit directly to the mobile device in a downlink direction. A relay node is used to transmit to the base station communications received in an uplink direction from the mobile station. The relay node relays at least a portion of the uplink traffic received from the mobile station to the base station. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176961 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - To effectively use transmission power by changing the arrangement of unused REGs. A wireless communication apparatus according to the invention corresponds to a wireless communication apparatus for performing wireless communication with a terminal equipment via a relay station, which includes an allocator which allocates CCEs in which control signals for the relay station are arranged to a plurality of REGs so that unused REGs not allocated with the CCEs differ among respective resource blocks each having the plurality of REGs, and a transmitter which transmits the control signals arranged in the CCEs allocated to the REGs to the relay station in accordance with an allocation by the allocation section. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176962 | RELAY STATION, RELAY METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A relay node in a mobile communication network for relaying communications between a base station and a mobile terminal The relay node includes a first communication unit that communicates with the base station via a backhaul link using at least one of a first modulation method and a first multiplexing method, and a second communication unit that communicates with the mobile terminal via an access link using at least one of a second modulation method and a second multiplexing method. The relay node also includes a communication control unit that selects the at least one of the first modulation method and the first multiplexing method, or selects the at least one of the second modulation method and the second multiplexing method based on a characteristic of a link, a type of link or a type of data included in a communication signal. | 07-12-2012 |
20120182924 | Medical Device Wireless Network Architectures - An architecture for networked communications between a series of medical devices and a remote monitoring device. An interface circuit coupled to each medical device communicates with one of a plurality of relay modules via a wireless relay network. The relay modules communicate with the remote monitoring device over an internet-accessible wireless communication network. Each relay module includes a receiver coupled to the wireless relay network, a first transmitter coupled to the wireless relay network, a second transmitter coupled to the internet-accessible wireless communications network; and a controller. The controller determines a status of the internet-accessible wireless communications network. When the status indicates that the internet-accessible wireless communications network is accessible to the wireless relay module, the second transmitter is selected for transmitting medical device data. When the internet-accessible wireless communications network is not accessible, the first transmitter is selected for transmitting the data to another wireless relay module. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182925 | SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND RELAY-BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a scheduling apparatus and method, an user equipment, and a relay-based mobile communication system. The scheduling apparatus receives information on a channel state of the access zone from the eNB UE separately from the information on the channel state of the relay zone, performs scheduling for the eNB UE in a subsequent relay zone temporally following the relay zone on the basis of the information on the channel state of the relay zone, and performs scheduling for the eNB UE in a subsequent access zone temporally following the access zone on the basis of the information on the channel state of the access zone. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182926 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RELAY FRAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a relay frame in a relay end are provided. The method includes: receiving a relay request frame requesting data transmission to a receive end from a transmit end; transmitting a relay response frame including information on data to be relayed to each of the transmit end and the receive end; receiving the data from the transmit end; and generating a relay frame including the data to transmit the relay frame to the receive end. According to the present invention, the data is transmitted to the receive end positioned outside a transmission coverage of the transmit end, such that a wireless LAN service coverage may be expanded, and an adjacent terminal connected to the receive end is used as the relay end, such that the transmit end that may not be connected directly to the receive end may communicate with the receive end. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182927 | Wireless Relay Module For Monitoring Network Status - A wireless relay module for networked communications between a series of medical devices and a remote monitoring device. An interface circuit coupled to each medical device communicates with the wireless relay module via a wireless relay network. The relay module communicates with the remote monitoring device over an internet-accessible wireless communication network. The controller determines a status of the networks. When the status indicates that the internet-accessible wireless communications network is available, a transmitter transmits medical device data over this network. When the internet-accessible wireless communications network is not accessible, another transmitter transmits the data to another wireless relay module. In addition, the controller obtains status information the two networks, and either transmits this information to one of the medical devices or prepares the information for display on a display of the wireless relay module. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182928 | WIRELESS INTERNET CONNECTION REPEATER WITHOUT SIGNAL INTERFERENCE - Disclosed is a wireless Internet connection repeater, and more particularly, a wireless Internet connection repeater without signal interference between a local area wireless communication module (WiFi module) and a broadband wireless communication module (WiMAX module). The wireless Internet connection repeater includes a broadband wireless communication module which includes a master packet control mediator for outputting status information of data transmission/receipt between the broadband wireless communication module and a base station in a broadband wireless network, and a local area wireless communication module which includes a slave packet control mediator for transmitting and receiving data to/from client terminals in synchronization with the status information from the master packet control mediator. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182929 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR DATA TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, and a system for data transmission. The method for data transmission includes: determining that data to be transmitted is control plane signaling related to a user equipment that camps on a relay node; and transmitting the data through a first user data bearer established between the relay node and a donor base station, where the first user data bearer provides integrity protection for the data. According to the embodiments of the present invention, when the control plane signaling related to the user equipment that camps on the relay node is transmitted between the relay node and the donor base station, integrity protection is provided for the control plane signaling, and therefore attacks such as the denial of a service attack are prevented. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182930 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - Provided is a communication system including a plurality of base stations, a plurality of communication terminals that communicates with one of the plurality of base stations, and a relay device, the relay device including a selection unit that selects a communication terminal to be relayed from among the plurality of communication terminals on the basis of communication quality information received from each of the plurality of communication terminals, and a relay unit that relays communication between the communication terminal selected by the selection unit and the corresponding base station. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182931 | Transmission Method, Detection Method and Equipment For Control Channels Of A Relay System - A configuration method, detection method and equipment for control channels of a relay system are provided in the present invention. The configuration method comprises: the network side transmits a Relay-Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH) of a control channel to its service relay equipment, the related control information of said relay equipment is included in said R-PDCCH, said R-PDCCH is a dedicated R-PDCCH of said relay equipment. In the present invention, the dedicated control channel of the relay system is configured according to the number of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols occupied by a R-PDCCH, and the mapping from a R-PDDCH/Relay-Physical Downlink Shared Channel (R-PDSCH) to a Resource Element (RE), and the demand that one relay node dedicates a R-PDCCH is satisfied. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182932 | DIRECTIONAL MOBILE AD-HOC NETWORK - A method for directional mobile ad-hoc communication may include transmitting a join message from a first node to a second node, receiving an accept message from the second node including a TDMA frame slot reassignment correlating to an available TDMA frame slot in a TDMA frame associated with the second node, reassigning a TDMA frame slot for the first node in the TDMA frame associated with the first node according to the frame slot reassignment, and assigning a TDMA frame slot for the second node in the TDMA frame of the first node. It may also comprise executing a discovery protocol to configure a directional mobile ad-hoc communication network between a first node and as second node, transmitting a bandwidth reservation request message from the first node to the second node, receiving a bandwidth reservation response message from the second node, and enabling a relay node. | 07-19-2012 |
20120188935 | Support for User Equipment Multiplexing in Relay Enhanced Networks - An apparatus, method, system and computer program product can be capable of supporting user equipment multiplexing in relay enhanced networks. The apparatus includes a unit configured to process a first data packet header element of fixed length which identifies a bearer or a logical channel; a unit configured to process a configuration parameter indicating the length of an additional second data packet header element inclusive of a length of zero, wherein a combination of the first data packet header element and the second data packet header element identifies a bearer or a logical channel of a user equipment; and a unit configured to process data of different user equipment in a transport block data packet by utilizing a packet header of the transport block data packet including a respective combination of the first data packet header element and the second data packet header element for each different combination of bearer or logical channel and user equipment. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188936 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING A REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method for sending and receiving a reference signal for a backhaul subframe in a wireless communication system in which a relay is present and also to a device therefor, constituted in such a way that common reference signals for a plurality of receiving devices and reference signals dedicated to separate receiving devices are allocated dispersed in a subframe, and the common reference signals and the dedicated reference signals are generated and are sent and received via the subframe. The present invention can improve the channel estimation performance for subframes in a wireless communication system. In this way, communications efficiency in wireless communication systems can be improved. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188937 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL AND DEMODULATING CHANNEL OVER BACKHAUL LINK - The present invention discloses a method on a Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-A) system backhaul link for demodulation pilot transmission, wherein the method includes that: among the resource areas occupied by a Relay-Physical Downlink Shared Channel (R-PDSCH) on the backhaul link, a base station selects the resource units which are preconfigured for sending the demodulation pilot signal of the R-PDSCH; the base station sends the demodulation pilot signal to a Relay Node (RN) belonging to the base station by using the selected resource units. The present invention also discloses a channel demodulation method on the LTE-A system backhaul link, an LTE-A communication system and device. The demodulation performance of the R-PDSCH in the LTE-A system can be ensured with the present invention. | 07-26-2012 |
20120195252 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a radio communication system including a relay station and a base station, the relay station transfers data from each mobile station to the base station based on a correspondence selected according to a frame from among different correspondences between identification information for a mobile station and timing in a frame at which data from the mobile station is transmitted. The base station identifies the data from each mobile station included in the frame received from the relay station based on the correspondence selected according to the frame. This radio communication method can be applied to data transmission from the base station to the relay station. | 08-02-2012 |
20120201189 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS BETWEEN A FIRST SIGNAL SOURCE AND A SECOND SIGNAL SOURCE - A relay station and a method for relaying signals between a first signal source and a second signal source. The relay station includes at least two antennas for receiving/transmitting signals from/to the first and second signal sources. At the relay station first and second signals received from the first and second signal sources are network coded thereby generating a first network coded signal and a second network coded signal. The first and second network coded signals are transmitted from the relay station to the first and second signal sources using different antennas. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201190 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE, MANAGEMENT SERVER, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Provided is a communication system including a relay device that relays communication between a base station and a communication terminal, and a management server, the management server including a receiving unit that receives from each base station information about a communication terminal belonging to the base station and about the relay device, and a determination unit that determines, on the basis of the information received from each base station by the receiving unit, a relay device that is performing communication interfering with communication in an adjacent cell. When the relay device is determined as a relay device that is performing communication interfering with the communication in the adjacent cell, the relay device determines an interference avoidance control and executes the determined interference avoidance control. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201191 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL OF RELAY IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - Disclosed herein is a radio communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal on a backhaul link and an access link of a relay in a radio communication system supporting multiple carriers. The method for transmitting and receiving a signal in a relay node operating on multiple carriers includes receiving a control channel from a base station, determining the type of the control channel, determining an in-band operation mode or an out-band operation mode based on the determined type of the control channel, and transmitting and receiving the signal to at least one of the base station and a user equipment according to the determined operation mode. The multiple carriers include one or more in-band component carriers and one or more out-band component carriers. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201192 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAYING UPLINK SIGNALS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for relaying uplink signals, and provides a method and apparatus for relaying uplink signals which involve integrating a plurality of information blocks for signals received from a plurality of terminals to generate an integrated information block, encoding the thus-generated integrated information block, and transmitting the encoded block to a base station. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201193 | ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM, ACCESS CONTROL METHOD, RELAY STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL STATION APPARATUS, TRANSMITTING SIDE PROCESSING METHOD, RECEIVING SIDE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND RECEIVING SIDE PROCESSING METHOD - Provided is a wireless relay system that improves system throughput between terminal stations and flexibly makes system throughput variable with respect to short-term traffic fluctuations. In the wireless relay system, a plurality of relay stations relay communication between two terminal stations that perform random access. The terminal stations and the relay stations include a slot synchronization unit, a time synchronization unit, and a transmission unit. The slot synchronization unit synchronizes slot timing of a time slot indicating a unit time. The time synchronization unit performs time synchronization for synchronization of the slot timing. The transmission unit transmits a transmission packet to a wireless line in synchronization with the slot timing. A transmission right is allocated for at least one time slot to each of a plurality of groups which are configured so that a group of a terminal station or a relay station and a group of an adjacent terminal station or an adjacent relay station are different from each other. The transmission unit transmits the transmission packet to the wireless line only in a time slot in which the transmission right is allocated to the group to which the terminal station or the relay station belongs. | 08-09-2012 |
20120207078 | Method and Apparatus Utilising Protocols - A method including receiving data in at least one link layer message from a first access node at a second access node, the first access node being associated with the second node; determining if said data is to be sent to a third access node; and, sending the data in at least one internet protocol message to the third access node. The first access node may be a relay node. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207079 | Method and Apparatus for Managing Interference Handling Overhead - Various methods for managing interference handling overhead are provided. One example method includes generating interference overload indication information and causing the interference overload information to be transmitted on a broadcast channel for relay nodes, wherein the transmission via the broadcast channel indicates that the interference overload indication information is for a donor cell. Similar and related example methods and example apparatuses are also provided. Additional example methods and apparatuses are also provided. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207080 | SYNCHRONIZATION CONTROL METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION, AND STATION FOR DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION SYNCHRONIZATION - Disclosed is a technique related to a method for controlling synchronization by correcting data transmission time or frequency offset, and to a station. According to the technique, a method for controlling the synchronization of a first terminal for data transmission/reception in a coordinated communication system comprises: a step of transmitting a first request frame and a second request frame containing transmission time information for each of a first response frame and a second response frame to a second terminal and to a third terminal, respectively; a step of receiving the first response frame and the second response frame from the second terminal and the third terminal; a step of estimating a first propagation delay time between the first terminal and the second terminal and a second propagation delay time between the first terminal and the third terminal, using the time of receiving the first response frame and the second response frame; and a step of transmitting, to the second terminal, a third request frame containing information on the delay time difference between the first propagation delay time and the second propagation delay time. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207081 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING WIRELESS RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY STATION - Provided are a method and an apparatus for allocating a wireless resource in a wireless communication system including a relay station. A sub-channelization parameter for a relay zone is transmitted and a wireless resource is allocated to a relay station on the basis of the sub-channelization parameter. The relay zone is the zone for transmitting a signal from a base station to the relay station or receiving the signal from the relay station within a frame and the wireless resource allocated in the relay station is the remaining physical resource units (PRUs) except the PRUs allocated in a distributed resource unit (DRU). | 08-16-2012 |
20120207082 | System and Method for Control Channel Search Space Location Indication for a Backhaul Link - A system and method are provided for a control channel search space location indication for a backhaul link. In one aspect, a method for controller operation includes configuring a set of resource blocks for transmission of a control channel for a communication node, and transmitting the configuration of the set of resource blocks to the communication node using higher layer signaling. The control channel can be located within the set of resource blocks. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207083 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A DATA TRANSMISSION CONFLICT OF A RELAY-NODE - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for processing a data transmission conflict of a relay-node (RN), wherein the method for processing comprises: under the circumstance that the above RN is configured with multi-subframe scheduling resources on a backhaul subframe, if the above RN has acquired dynamic resources on the above backhaul subframe, receiving or sending, by the above RN, data by using the above multi-subframe scheduling resources or the above dynamic resources on the above backhaul subframe, or performing no processing; if the above RN has acquired semi-persistent resources on the above backhaul subframe, receiving or sending, by the above RN, data by using the above multi-subframe scheduling resources or the above semi-persistent resources on the above backhaul subframe, or performing no processing. According to the present invention, the problem of the data transmission conflict is solved, thereby achieving the normal transmission. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207084 | BACKHAUL DOWNLINK SIGNAL DECODING METHOD OF RELAY STATION AND RELAY STATION USING SAME - A method of decoding a backhaul downlink signal of a relay station is provided. The method includes: receiving by the relay station a transmission rank value for a backhaul downlink from a base station through a high-layer signal; receiving control information from the base station through a control region; and decoding the control information, wherein the transmission rank value for the backhaul downlink is a transmission rank value assumed when the relay station decodes the control information, and wherein the control information is mapped to a resource element which does not overlap with a dedicated reference signal resource element mapped to the control region by assuming the transmission rank value for the backhaul downlink. | 08-16-2012 |
20120213147 | REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY STATION - The present invention provides a reference signal transmission method and apparatus by a base station in a wireless communication system including a relay station. The base station generates a plurality of relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) reference signals for the demodulation of an R-PDCCH which is a control channel for the relay station relative to each of a plurality of layers, maps the plurality of R-PDCCH reference signals with R-PDCCH regions included in a relay zone within at least one resource block according to a predetermined reference signal pattern, and transmits at least one resource block through a plurality of antenna ports. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213148 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING RELAY DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR SELECTING RELAY TERMINAL - In wireless communication systems into which a relay device has been introduced, although terminal reception quality increases, data transmission by relay devices with low contribution causes interference in other data transmission, which invites a decrease in reception quality of electromagnetic waves received by terminals. As a way to resolve the abovementioned issue, as one embodiment of the present disclosures, a wireless relay station is configured so as to receive a plurality of data addressed for wireless terminals from a wireless base station, and to transmit data that are selected from the aforementioned received plurality of data and that are addressed to the aforementioned wireless terminals which are the destinations of transmission. As a result, interference towards other data transmission and reception caused by data transmission of a relay device can be suppressed, and the reception quality of electromagnetic waves received by the terminal can be increased. | 08-23-2012 |
20120218934 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RELAY STATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a base station apparatus, a mobile station apparatus that performs wireless communication with the base station apparatus, and a relay station apparatus that relays wireless communication between the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus. The relay station apparatus switches between transmitting and not transmitting a synchronization signal or a reference signal to be transmitted to the mobile station apparatus. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218935 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK FEEDBACK INFORMATION - There are a method, system and device for transmitting uplink feedback information by allocating a PUCCH resource to an RN device in LTE-A system so that the RN device can transmit uplink feedback information over the allocated PUCCH resource. The method according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a base station selecting from a PUCCH resources pool at least one dedicated PUCCH resources for each RN device served by the base station and transmitting a resources index number corresponding to the PUCCH resource to the each RN device respectively in higher layer signaling, the resource index number is used for indicating the RN device to transmit the uplink feedback information over the PUCCH resources corresponding to the resources index number. In the embodiment of the present invention, a PUCCH resource can be allocated to the RN device in LTE-A system so that the RN device can transmit the uplink feedback information over the allocated PUCCH resources. | 08-30-2012 |
20120224524 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR ENRICHING A DIAMETER SIGNALING MESSAGE - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for enriching a Diameter signaling message are disclosed. In one example, the method comprises receiving, at a Diameter routing node, a Diameter signaling message that is associated with a mobile subscriber and includes mobile subscriber related information and querying a Diameter binding repository (DBR) using the mobile subscriber related information to select a network service node from a plurality of network service nodes configured to process the Diameter signaling message. The method further includes obtaining DBR information associated with the mobile subscriber from the DBR, wherein the DBR information includes an identifier associated with the selected network service node and modifying the Diameter signaling message to include at least a portion of the DBR information. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224525 | Method for Acquiring Packet Data Convergence Protocol Status Report and Packet Data Convergence Protocol Entity - The present invention discloses a method for acquiring a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) status report and a packet data convergence protocol entity. The method comprises the steps of: a PDCP entity transmitting to an opposite PDCP entity a PDCP Protocol Data Unit (PDU) used to request the transmission of a PDCP status report; and the PDCP entity receiving the PDCP status report which is transmitted from the opposite PDCP entity according to the PDCP PDU. By the present invention, the quality of service and the performance of the wireless communication system are improved. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224526 | RELAY APPARATUS, AND RELAY METHOD AND PROGRAM - A packet received by a first or second relay apparatus from a first switching device is distributed to the first relay apparatus and the second relay apparatus. The first relay apparatus transmits the distributed packet to a third relay apparatus. The second relay apparatus transmits the distributed packet to a fourth relay apparatus. Next, the third relay apparatus and the fourth relay apparatus transfer the packet received from the first or second relay apparatus to either the third or fourth relay apparatus, and the relay apparatus that receives the pertinent transferred packet transmits the transferred packet to a second switching device. | 09-06-2012 |
20120230244 | COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR NETWORK SIGNALING - A communication device is described comprising a detector configured to detect, based on the reception of radio signals from another communication device, whether the other communication device is operating as a relay communication device in a radio cell associated with the communication device and a signaling circuit configured to signal to a communication terminal that the other communication device is operating as a relay communication device if it has been detected that the other communication device is operating as a relay communication device. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230245 | HARQ HANDLING AT RELAY NODE RECONFIGURATION - A radio access network comprises a donor base station node ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120230246 | REPEATER DEVICE - A repeater device that achieves remote activation without fail by increasing the probability of an activation instruction frame reaching a to-be-activated communication device. The repeater device includes an activation signal generation unit that generates an activation signal, which activates a first communication device, when a frame, which is to be transmitted to the first communication device that is one of communication devices connected to a network managed by the repeater device, is received and when the first communication device is not in operation; and an annunciation signal generation unit that generates an annunciation signal, which sets up a non-communication section in which no communication takes place for a certain period of time with a communication device connected to the network. The repeater device sets up a non-communication section using an annunciation signal, and transmits, with the non-communication section set up, an activation signal. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230247 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING UP A RELAY LINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for setting up a relay link to transfer a data frame using a relay in a wireless communication system are provided. The relay link setup method of a source STA in a wireless communication system may include receiving capability information of at least one relay supporting station included in the wireless communication system from an access point (AP) or a personal basic service set (PBSS) central point (PCP), selecting one of the at least one relay supporting station as a relay station, using beam forming information among the source station, a destination station, and the at least one relay supporting station and the capability information, transferring a relay link setup request frame to the destination station, and receiving a relay link setup response frame that includes information on a relay link setup result from the destination station. The relay link setup request frame and the relay link setup response frame may pass through the relay station. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230248 | METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION BASED ON RELAY MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND EQUIPMENT THEREOF SPECIFICATION IDENTIFICATION - A method for data transmission based on a relay mobile communication system and an equipment thereof are provided by the present invention. The method includes: at least two transport planes are configured on the Un interface protocol stack of the relay equipment and the base station eNode B; the relay equipment and the eNode B transmit the data via at least two transport planes configured on the Un interface protocol stack. With the present invention, the throughput rate of the Un interface between the relay equipment and the eNode B in the relay mobile communication system is improved, and the time delay of the Un interface is reduced. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230249 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120236780 | Protocol Data Units and Header in Multihop Relay Network - The invention provides a data structure embodied in a computer readable media. The data structure is a protocol data packet (PDU) communicated in a mobile multihop network between stations. The data structure includes a relay media access header, a payload and an optional cyclical redundancy checksum for the protocol data unit, and an indication whether the PDU is a relay media access protocol data unit or not. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236781 | Hybrid automatic repeat request method of a downlink tunnel - The invention discloses a hybrid automatic repeat request method of a downlink tunnel connection in a multi-hop relay system. The base station transmits tunnel data, comprising of protocol data, to the access relay station via the tunnel link, and receives feedback until the access relay station receives the data correctly. The access relay station analyzes the protocol data unit of each mobile station, transmits the protocol data to the corresponding mobile station, and performs the corresponding process after receiving the feedback from each mobile station. Each hop relay station, except for the station accessing the mobile station, will not transmit the reception acknowledgment information to the base station immediately. The corresponding processing after the access relay station receives the feedback is transmitting the feedback from the mobile station to the base station or, not transmitting the feedback, but applying for bandwidth for retransmission according to the feedback of the mobile station. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236782 | QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL IN A RELAY - A method in a communications system in which a plurality of user equipments are transmitting data to a donor node via a relay node, the plurality of user equipments each storing the data in its own UE buffer prior to transmission to the relay node, the relay node storing the data received from the plurality of user equipments in a relay buffer prior to transmission to the donor node. The method comprises at the relay node, sending a relay buffer status report from the relay node to the donor node when a buffered data value passes a threshold value. The buffered data value representing either data stored in the UE buffers or data stored in the relay buffer. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236783 | REPEATER APPARATUS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR SAME - Disclosed are a base station apparatus and a repeater apparatus for transceiving signals in a wireless communication system. The repeater apparatus comprises: a receiver which receives a signal from a base station through a first region of a first downlink subframe in a component carrier that supports first and second wireless communication schemes; and a transmitter which transmits, through a second region of the first downlink subframe, a signal to one or more terminals of one or more first type of terminals which use the first wireless communication scheme and one or more second type of terminals which use the second wireless communication scheme, simultaneously with said reception of the signal. Here, the first region and the second region are multiplexed in the first downlink subframe in accordance with a frequency division multiplexing (FDM) scheme. | 09-20-2012 |
20120243460 | ROUTE SELECTING DEVICE AND MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile radio communication system having one or more relay stations and base stations, a gateway, an external device having a route selection function, and a policy control device which selects a main route and a sub route on the basis of residual resources in a radio communication device. The mobile station connected to one radio communication device can select another radio communication device having a large amount of residual resources as a new access point when the one radio communication device cannot be used, to prevent shortage of the radio resources. Also, it is possible to enable a process of selecting the radio communication device as a new access point to be omitted when switching one route to another by determining a sub route as the new access point when a main route is disconnected in advance, to shorten a service disconnection time. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243461 | RELAY HANDOVER CONTROL - A method is provided in handover of a user equipment in a communications system from communicating with a donor node via a relay node, to communicating with a target node, the donor node being operable to transmit downlink data to the relay node in a series of sequentially marked donor packets, the relay node being operable to then transmit the downlink data to the user equipment in a series of sequentially marked relay packets. The method includes receiving a handover request at the donor node and, upon receipt, beginning buffering of the donor packets in a temporary buffer at the donor node, transmitting a status message from the relay node to the donor node indicating a first of the relay packets not received by the user equipment, transmitting an update message from the donor node to the relay node indicating the first donor packet buffered in the temporary buffer. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243462 | TRANSMISSION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING RELAY NODES - The application relates to a transmission method in a communication system comprising a base station, a relay node and a plurality of UEs, the method comprising: when a new user data stream is established between a UE and the relay node, sending data stream characteristics including quality of service requirements, a channel identification and a UE identification for the user data stream to the base station; for transmission between the relay node and the base station, grouping the user data stream into one of a plurality of groups of multiplexed user data streams, each of which groups is defined by quality of service requirements; wherein the user data stream can be distinguished within its group on receipt using multiplexing information held within the group in conjunction with the data stream characteristics. | 09-27-2012 |
20120250601 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, METHOD FOR EXCHANGING DATA, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A COMMUNICATION CONNECTION - A communication terminal is described comprising a communication module configured to establish an NAS bearer connection between the communication terminal and a core network of a cellular mobile communication network and a controller configured to control the communication terminal to dedicatedly use the NAS bearer connection to exchange data between at least one second communication terminal communicating with the communication terminal and the core network. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250602 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE HIGH-SPEED MOBILITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to improve high-speed mobility. In one embodiment, the method comprises broadcasting, from a cell, an indication that the cell supports a relay node to access, select or re-select. The method also comprises allowing the relay node to access the cell if there is the indication that the cell supports the relay node, and not allowing the relay node to access the cell if there is no indication that the cell supports the relay node. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250603 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING NETWORK TRAFFIC IN THE PRESENCE OF RELAYS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that include scheduling best effort (BE) traffic for devices communicating with a relay. A donor evolved Node B (eNB) schedules BE traffic for various devices based on a historical throughput. The donor eNB can determine a number of devices served by the relay for discounting the historical throughput, and accordingly assigning resources based on the number of devices instead of the single relay. In this regard, the donor eNB can maintain proportional fairness of the BE scheduling. Alternatively, the relay can request a guaranteed bit rate (GBR) bearer to handle the BE traffic, where the requested data rate of the GBR bearer allows for communicating the BE traffic for the number of devices. Resource allocation for BE traffic can also be bound by a maximum throughput at the relay and/or one or more access link data rates. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250604 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and a method for communication are provided. The apparatus is configured to: communicate with a network via a cell created by a relay node; receive from the relay node information required in reception of backhaul transmission sent by a base station of the network to the relay node, the transmission including at least one data packet designated to the apparatus and in decoding of the at least one data packet; receive a backhaul transmission sent by a base station of the network to the relay node and decode the at least one data packet from the transmission. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250605 | Reporting Buffering Information - A buffer information report can be sent to a system station from a node for relaying communications between at least one user station and the system station. The report is generated based on a report format used for uplink reporting by a user station. An indication is also sent to the system station that the node for relaying has different buffering capabilities than the user station. At the system station the buffering capabilities of the node for relaying can be determined based on the buffer information report and the indication. Communications between the system station and the node for relaying can then be controlled accordingly. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250606 | ENABLING SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for enabling simultaneous data transmissions in a wireless network includes broadcasting a first signal from a first node, receiving the first signal by a second node, and transmitting a second signal derived from the first signal by the second node. The second signal is received by the first node. A third signal is transmitted from a third node to the first node simultaneous with transmitting the second signal. The first node receives a combination signal which includes the second signal and the third signal. The first node then decodes the third signal from the combination signal using the first signal. | 10-04-2012 |
20120263096 | METHODS AND NODES FOR PROBING TYPES OF INTERFACES - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a relay node ( | 10-18-2012 |
20120263097 | Mapping and resource allocation method for relay link-physical downlink shared channel - The present disclosure provides a mapping and resource allocation method for R-PDSCH, including: when resources allocated for an R-PDCCH overlap with resources allocated for the R-PDSCH, data of the R-PDSCH is not mapped or sent on over-lapped resources, or the data of the R-PDSCH to be sent on the over-lapped resources is punctured; the data of the R-PDSCH is mapped and sent on all or partial resources which are not occupied by the R-PDCCH; a receiving end receives data according to the mapping method for the R-PDSCH; wherein a resource allocation mode corresponding to a shared channel in an LTE system is reused or a grouping-tree resource allocation mode is used to allocate resources for the R-PDSCH. The present disclosure is well applicable to a link between an eNode-B and a relay node, and the resource allocation mode is flexible, the signalling overhead is lowered, therefore, not only the backward compatibility is ensured, but also the problem of mapping and resource allocation of the R-PDSCH is solved. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263098 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RELAY NODE - Interference to a reception circuit of a relay node itself is reduced, which occurs when transmission-and-reception process in a Un radio bearer and transmission-and-reception process in a Uu radio bearer are simultaneously performed. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of determining, by a relay node RN, whether it is necessary to perform the scheduling of a second timing such that the second timing does not overlap a first timing in a time direction, based on a first operating frequency f1 used in a radio zone between the relay node RN and a mobile station UE and a second operating frequency f | 10-18-2012 |
20120263099 | INTEGRATED REPEATER HAVING APPLICATION TO INTERNET NETWORK AND COMPRESSION ALGORITHM - There is disclose an integrated repeater system including a master unit (MU) to multiplex and transmit a first signal received from a first equipment and a second signal received from a second equipment to a frame usable for an Ethernet PHY chip; and a remote unit (RU) to demultiplex the frame received from the master unit to the first signal and the second signal and to control the first signal to be transmitted to a first terminal and the second signal to be transmitted to a second terminal. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263100 | MIMO BASED NETWORK CODING NETWORK - A wireless communication system includes an intermediate node, a first node and a second node. A method for implementing MIMO based network coding, comprises the first node transmitting first data to the intermediate node, and the second node transmitting second data to the intermediate node. Both the first node and the second node may use spatial multiplexing or time division multiplexing or frequency division multiplexing on a common/different resource. The intermediate node receives the transmissions from the first node and second node, and performs network coding on the first data and second data using a predefined network coding scheme to produce network coded information. The intermediate node transmits the network coded information to the first node and second node using multi-user MIMO and each first or second node receives the MIMO transmissions from the intermediate node and applies network decoding procedures to recover the first data and second data. | 10-18-2012 |
20120269113 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK BACKHAUL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are an apparatus for transmitting and receiving an uplink backhaul signal in a wireless communication system and a method thereof. The method for receiving the uplink backhaul signal from a relay station in a base station, comprises the step of receiving a signal transmitted through an uplink backhaul sub-frame of an index N in the relay station using an uplink sub-frame of an index N or an index N+1 in the base station. The base station receives the signal transmitted from the relay station in the uplink sub-frame of the index N or the index N+1 of the base station at the delayed timing corresponding to a propagation delay value of the signal according to the distance between the relay station and the base station from a transmitting time point. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269114 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FRAME INFORMATION IN MULTI-HOP RELAY BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An upper node is provided for use in a wireless communication system using a relay scheme. The upper node includes means for transmitting, upon a request of a lower relay station for an initial connection of the lower relay station, downlink section information for communication with the lower relay station for a relay service to the lower relay station; and means for transmitting, after the initial connection with the lower relay station, frame configuration information for communication with the lower relay station for a relay service to the lower relay station through the downlink section. The downlink section information includes configuration information of the downlink section for communication with the lower relay station for a relay service. | 10-25-2012 |
20120275373 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention has the object of forwarding packets according to a road line without using road line information while preventing unnecessary forwarding of packets. A communication apparatus includes: a positional information acquisition unit that acquires information that indicates the current position of the communication apparatus and the traveling direction of the vehicle unit; a reception unit that receives from a transmission origin device packets that contain forwarding information that indicates the position of the transmission origin device and the position of the transmission destination; a communication control unit that prevents forwarding of packets when the current position is not within an area from the position of the transmission origin device to the position of the transmission destination; an information processing unit that, when the current position is within the area, extracts, as a corrected position, a position that is specified by the traveling direction among positions that are separated from the current position by a remaining distance between the position of the transmission destination and the current position; and a transmission unit that transmits packets that include the forwarding information in which the position of the transmission destination is changed to the corrected position and the position of the transmission origin device is changed to the current position. | 11-01-2012 |
20120281614 | Method and system for managing states of relay node - The disclosure discloses a method and a system for managing a state of a relay node. The method comprises switching ( | 11-08-2012 |
20120281615 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION OF BASE STATION, TERMINAL AND RELAY STATION - A method for communication of a base station includes: receiving first data from a first terminal; transmitting the first data to a second terminal by local forwarding without passing through an access service network (ASN); receiving second data from the second terminal; and transmitting the second data to the first terminal without passing through the ASN. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281616 | ADAPTIVE DISTRIBUTED TURBOCODING METHOD FOR A COOPERATIVE NETWORK - A method for transmitting packets in a cooperative network including a source terminal, a recipient terminal, and at least one relay terminal, the method using a turbocoding distributed between the source terminal and the relay terminal, one of the components of the turbocoder located in the source terminal or the relay terminal, or even both components being adaptive as a function of a characteristic of the transmission channel. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281617 | Method, System and Apparatus for Alternate Data Service Provisioning - A method, system and apparatus for providing an alternate data service to a mobile communication device. The apparatus includes a logic module operable to identify a wireless network accessible by the mobile communication device, a logic module operable to determine whether a packet data service is available to the mobile communication device via the wireless network and a logic module operable to effectuate an alternate data service when the packet data service is unavailable to the mobile communication device via the wireless network. | 11-08-2012 |
20120287843 | RADIO BASE STATION SYSTEM AND RELAY DEVICE - A relay device | 11-15-2012 |
20120287844 | LOCAL ACCESS TO DATA WHILE ROAMING WITH A MOBILE TELEPHONY DEVICE - Apparatus for local access to data while roaming with a mobile telephony device at a roaming network. The apparatus is located at the roaming network and comprises a filter having a data packet or packet header inspection unit for inspecting packet information or headers to identify data packets addressed from the roaming telephony device for use via a home network data packet gateway, and a packet diverter for diverting at least some of the identified packets to a local data packet gateway; the filter setting up a diversion tunnel for additional packets of the same session for directly routing all packets of the identified session to the local data packet gateway. Mobile devices are today programmed to send data to their home network for browsing via the home network data packet gateway. The filter allows data to be redirected to the roaming network so that Internet browsing and like data uses can be carried out directly by the roaming user at less cost and greater efficiency and quality of service. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287845 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO BEARER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of managing a radio bearer is disclosed. A relay node (RN) sets up at least one UuRB for a Uu interface between a user equipment (UE) and the RN and a UnRB for a Un interface between the RN and a base station (BS). The at least one UuRB is mapped to the UnRB according to quality of service (QoS) guaranteed by the at least one UuRB to setup a RB between the UE and the BS. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287846 | EFFICIENT CONTROL SIGNALING OVER SHARED COMMUNICATION CHANNELS WITH WIDE DYNAMIC RANGE - Embodiments provide methods, apparatuses, and systems for efficient control signaling over shared communication channels with wide dynamic range. Some embodiments includes a gateway configured to encode and to transmit multiple physical layer headers, including a first physical layer header and a second physical layer header. The first physical layer header may span a first length and represent a first modcode; the second physical layer header may span a second length and represent a second modcode. The second length may be longer than the first length. Embodiments may include multiple terminals in wireless communication with the gateway via satellite, including a first terminal configured to decode the first physical layer header and to determine the first modcode. Embodiments may include a second terminal configured to decode the second physical layer header and determine the second modcode. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287847 | Method and System for Communicating a Message Attachment - A mobile communication device and method of operating the same includes maintaining a first wireless data path to an application server via a first wireless packet data service network, the first wireless data path being a secure end-to-end continuous communication link, receiving an electronic message and an attachment notification via the first wireless data path, and in an automatic mode, establishing a second wireless data path for transmission of the attachment to the mobile communication device when the mobile communication device is within a coverage area for a given radio access technology with which the device is configured to establish the second wireless data path. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287848 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating backhaul resources to a relay in a wireless communication system, particularly a method and apparatus for processing a downlink signal at a relay in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes receiving resource allocation information indicating a resource block set from a Base Station (BS) through higher layer signaling, receiving a downlink subframe, starting from a predetermined Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, from the BS, monitoring the resource block set in the downlink subframe to receive a physical control channel, and performing an operation according to the received physical control channel. | 11-15-2012 |
20120294224 | Amplify-and-Forward Relaying in Communication Systems - Improved amplify-and-forward relaying in a communication network is described, including an example network of multiple single-antenna mobile stations, a multi-antenna relay station, and a multi-antenna base station. Bi-directional communication with improved transmission efficiency is enabled by suitable transmit/receive processing at the relay station without drawbacks of current relaying techniques. Linear transmit and receive processing matrices are disclosed, and it is shown that the numbers of antennas at the relay station and the base station can be substantially the same without reducing network capacity, closely matching the performance for low and high signal to noise ratios of current techniques that require the relay station to have twice as many antennas as the base station. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294225 | RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay communications system is described in which a base station is able to support both Frequency diversity R-PDCCH transmission and Frequency selective R-PDCCH transmission either within different cells, or within the same cell but not the same sub-frame or within the same cell and within the same sub-frame. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294226 | DISTRIBUTED RELAY FOR MULTI-HOP COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Radio coverage in areas with normally poor radio conditions can be improved using distributed relay nodes to relay communications between the base station and user terminal. The distributed relay node comprises two main functional components interconnected by a local area network. The functional components of the relay node comprise a terminal part that appears to the serving base station as another user terminal, and a base station part that appears to the user terminal as a base station. The terminal part and base station part of the relay node can be remotely located and interconnected by an existing local area network based IP protocols. A packet delivery mechanism transfers data packets between the terminal part and base station part of the relay node in a manner that is transparent to the rest of the mobile communication network. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294227 | MESSAGE HANDLING METHOD AND DEVICE - In the field of communications technologies, a method and a device for handling messages are provided. The method includes: a notification indicating whether an X2 interface to a neighbor node is available is received; using an S1 interface to send information when the X2 interface is unavailable; and receiving a notification indicating whether an S1 interface to a neighbor node is available, and using an X2 interface to send information when the S1 interface is unavailable. The solutions can ensure normal communication, and reduce possibility of communication failure. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294228 | Link Adaptation in Type-II Relay Network - This invention is related to the link adaptation for the downlink transmission in type-II relay network. An method in an eNodeB for adapting link for downlink transmission in type-II relay network, said type-II relay network comprises the eNodeB, one or more relay nodes and a plurality of User Equipments (UE), the method comprises the steps of: classifying the plurality of UEs into two groups: macro-UEs which are served directly by the eNodeB without the help of the one or more relay nodes, and relay-UEs which are served by the eNodeB and the one or more relay nodes; and adapting link for the macro-UEs and the relay-UEs separately. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294229 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND INTERFERENCE REMOVAL METHOD - When a terminal ( | 11-22-2012 |
20120300692 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A TWO-WAY RELAYING SCHEME WITH PHYSICAL LAYER NETWORK CODING - A two-way relay wireless communication method and device may combine multiple bit steams, for one source node and two target nodes, and broadcasting a network coded combined bit sequence to reduce the number of time slots for transmission. A first device may receive a signal from the source node and a target node simultaneously in a time slot. The first device may receive subsequent signals from the source node and multiple target nodes simultaneously in successive time slots. Hierarchical modulation may be applied to the received signals. The first device may decode the received signals and generate a plurality of intermediate bit sequences (IBS)s for a broadcast transmission. The generated IBSs may be grouped according to a channel condition. A second device may be configured to receive the broadcast transmission and decode a portion of the broadcast transmission that is intended for the second device. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300693 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication system according to the present invention is configured so that the “Macro eNB ID” that identifies the relay node RN and the “eNB ID” that identifies the radio base station DeNB are identical, and the radio base station DeNB includes an assignment unit | 11-29-2012 |
20120300694 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD - A first communication station connects to a higher-order station or a lower-order station in a communication path of multi-hop wireless communication, and performs wireless communication with a mobile terminal in an access area in predetermined wireless resources that differs from a relay area used for wireless communication with the higher-order station or the lower-order station in the wireless resources. A second communication station that constitutes a communication path different from the foregoing communication path of multi-hop wireless communication and that can use wireless resources to perform wireless communication with a mobile terminal acquires information indicating the relay area in the wireless resources. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300695 | RADIO RELAY STATION APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - A radio relay station apparatus, a radio base station apparatus and a transmission power control method capable of improving user throughput characteristics using an adaptive AF type relay transmission method are provided. The transmission power control method of the present invention includes a step of receiving a downlink signal including relay information as to whether or not a mobile terminal apparatus performs relay transmission, a step of controlling, when the relay information is information indicating that the relay transmission is performed, a relay amplification factor when performing the relay transmission, and a step of transmitting an uplink signal amplified at the controlled relay amplification factor, wherein the relay amplification factor is controlled so that a power density of a signal from the mobile terminal apparatus received at a radio base station apparatus via a radio relay station apparatus becomes substantially equal to that in the case where the mobile terminal apparatus exists at the position of the radio relay station apparatus and performs transmission without relay transmission. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300696 | METHOD OF PERFORMING A COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method of communicating with a first network node by an user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system using three types of subframes is disclosed. The present invention comprises receiving information on the three types of subframes from the first network node; communicating with the first network node on a first type subframe, wherein a transmission of signals in a second network node is restricted; and communicating with the first network node on a second type subframe, wherein the transmission of signals in the second network node is not restricted, wherein no communication is performed with the first network node on a third type subframe. | 11-29-2012 |
20120307708 | REPEATER PASS-THROUGH MESSAGING - Embodiments of this invention include a network communications stack for a system for communicating data over a network. A media access control (MAC) layer running on a radio processor of the communications stack at least partially processes messages received from a network, i.e., before the message is passed to a host processor. Specifically, the MAC layer includes software configured to analyze a destination address contained in the message, and determine whether the destination address contained in the message matches a destination address programmed in the MAC layer. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307709 | ENABLING AND DISABLING INTEGRITY PROTECTION FOR DATA RADIO BEARERS - The present invention relates to a method in a receiving node and a sending node of a wireless communications system for enabling and disabling integrity protection of at least one data radio bearer between the sending node and the receiving node. The method in the receiving node comprises, following a successful connection re-establishment between the sending node and the receiving node, receiving a connection reconfiguration message from the sending node, the connection reconfiguration message comprising an indicator indicating which ones of the at least one data radio bearers that shall have enabled integrity protection. It also comprises enabling integrity protection of packets on the at least one data radio bearer indicated by the indicator, and disabling integrity protection of packets on the rest of the at least one data radio bearers. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307710 | REPEATER, BROADCAST TRANSMITTING SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RELAYING BROADCAST SIGNAL - A repeater, broadcast transmitting system, and method for relaying a broadcast signal between a gateway apparatus and a client apparatus are provided. The repeater includes a first interface which is configured to be connected to a gateway apparatus via a Wi-Fi communication protocol and is configured to receive a broadcast signal from the gateway apparatus; and a second interface which is configured to be connected to a client apparatus via the Wi-Fi communication protocol and is configured to transmit the broadcast signal to the client apparatus, wherein the first interface and the second interface use different frequency bands. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307711 | REPEATER - A repeater and method of controlling thereof are provided. The repeater includes: a first interface unit which is configured to be connected to a gateway apparatus via a Wi-Fi communication protocol; and a second interface unit which is configured to be connected to a client device via the Wi-Fi communication protocol, wherein at least one of the first and second interface units comprises a filter which filters different frequency bands. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307712 | RADIO BASE STATION AND RELAY DEVICE - A radio base station BTS according to the present invention includes a timing adjustment unit | 12-06-2012 |
20120307713 | RELAY DEVICE - A relay device | 12-06-2012 |
20120307714 | Method and System for Data Transmission - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and system for data transmission. The method for data transmission includes: sending, according to a mapping relationship between a first H-RNTI of a user equipment and a second H-RNTI of a relay node accessed by the user equipment, data to the user equipment corresponding to the first H-RNTI by using the relay node corresponding to the second H-RNTI. By using the technical solutions of the embodiments, the coverage capability of a cell edge is enhanced, and the efficiency in transmitting data to a UE at the cell edge is further improved. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307715 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system capable of preventing interference in a communication system as well as reducing the load of a user equipment in a search operation. In the mobile communication system, radio communication is performed using a carrier having the same frequency in a direct link between a donor cell and a user equipment being served thereby and an access link between a relay node and a user equipment being served thereby. In a backhaul link between the donor cell and the relay node, radio communication is performed using a carrier having a different frequency from that of the carrier used in the direct link and the access link. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307716 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS RELAY SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus for random access in a relay system, comprising: a Relay Node (RN) determines whether a random access is triggered, if the random access is triggered, the RN performs the random access by using a non-backhaul link subframe. In the present invention, if the random access of the RN working in a base station state is triggered, the RN can perform the random access by using partial or all of non-backhaul link subframe resources, that is, the RN can perform the random access by using the subframes of the Uu interface. The method can reduce the time delay for performing the random access of the RN working as a base station and improve the user experience. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307717 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE BY A RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS OR RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK, CORRESPONDING RELAY NODE AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method for performing a random access procedure by a relay node operating in inband relaying mode in a wireless or radio communication network, comprising at least one base station adapted to communicate over a backhaul link with at least one relay node, said relay node being adapted to communicate over an access link with at least one user equipment, According to the present invention, the method comprises the steps of: —Configuring resources for said back-haul link and for said access link to be time-multiplexed at said relay node, —Sending messages of said random access procedure on resources configured for said backhaul link. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307718 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120307719 | BASE STATION, RELAY DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station includes a reception unit, a channel allocation unit, a relay channel designation unit, and a transmission unit. The reception unit receives a signal from a communication terminal communicating with the base station via a relay device. The channel allocation unit allocates a communication channel to the communication terminal communicating with the base station via the relay device. The relay channel designation unit designates a communication channel for a signal relayed by the relay device such that the communication channel allocated by the channel allocation unit to the communication terminal communicating with the base station via the relay device is included therein. The transmission unit transmits, to the relay device, a notification signal for notifying the relay device of the communication channel designated by the relay channel designation unit. | 12-06-2012 |
20120314646 | ECHO CANCELLATION REPEATER USING AN INSERTED PILOT WITH GAIN-BASED POWER LEVEL CONTROL SCHEME - A device for generating a pilot signal for use in a wireless repeater where the pilot signal is added to a transmit signal for transmission includes a pilot power control unit configured to set a power level of the pilot signal as a function of a gain of the repeater and a power level of the transmit signal, where the function comprises a linear or non-linear function. In one embodiment, the operation of the repeater may be divided into gain regions and the inserted pilot power is controlled according to the different gain regions of the repeater. When the repeater gain is low, the pilot power may be set greater than the transmit power to ensure there is sufficient signal to use for channel estimation. When the repeater gain is in steady state, the pilot power may be set to be lower than the transmit power to avoid interference. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314647 | SELECTIVE CARRIER AMPLIFICATION IN A WIRELESS REPEATER - A method in a wireless repeater selects one or more carriers out of all carriers for amplification and transmission. The non-selected carriers may be blocked to mitigate delay spread, uplink noise contribution or other effects on the repeater environment due to multiple repeaters. The carriers may be selected based on signal characteristics, signal usage, and/or other parameters. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320816 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING SIZE OF TRANSPORT BLOCK TRANSMITTED BY BASE STATION TO RELAY NODE IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving a Relay node dedicated Physical Downlink Shared Channel (R-PDSCH) from a base station by a relay node in a radio communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving, from the base station, a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) index and the number NR-PDSCHPRB1 of first resource blocks to which the R-PDSCH is transmitted, under the assumption that a Relay node dedicated Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH) is not transmitted, estimating the number NR-PDSCHPRB2 of second resource blocks to which the R-PDSCH is actually transmitted, using the number NR-PDSCHPRB1 of the first resource blocks and using the number NR-PDCCHPRB of resource blocks to which the R-PDCCH is transmitted, selecting the size of a transport block mapped to the R-PDSCH, using the number NR-PDSCHPRB2 of the second resource blocks and using a transport block index corresponding to the MCS index, and decoding the R-PDSCH, using the size of the transport block and using a modulation order corresponding to the MCS index. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320817 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING MME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING MOBILE RELAY NODE - A method and apparatus for selecting a mobility management entity (MME) in a wireless communication system including a mobile relay node is provided. A donor eNodeB (DeNB) receives a mobile relay indicator from the mobile relay node during a radio resource control (RRC) connection establishment procedure, receives a mobile relay support indication from an MME supporting the mobile relay node during an S1 setup procedure between the MME and the DeNB, and selects the MME supporting the mobile relay node among a plurality of MMEs. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320818 | ARCHITECTURE AND METHOD OF RELAY NODE RF FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A wireless communication system that includes a relay node is disclosed. The relay node supporting carrier aggregation (CA) comprises a first antenna for performing communication with a base station through a backhaul link; a plurality of backhaul link radio frequency (RF) chains connected with the first antenna, for transmitting and receiving a radio signal for backhaul link transmission; a second antenna for performing communication with a user equipment through an access link; a plurality of access link RF units connected with the second antenna, for transmitting and receiving a radio signal for access link transmission; and a control unit controlling the plurality of backhaul link RF chains and the plurality of access link RF chains to share at least a part of RF components between the backhaul link RF chains and the access link RF chains. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320819 | RELAY NODE APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL ACCORDING TO LINK OPERATION MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - A relay node (RN) apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal according to a link mode in a wireless communication system and a method thereof are disclosed. A processor transmits or receives a signal to or from at least one of a base station and a terminal based on link mode information. At least one antenna receive the link mode information and transmit or receive the signal to or from at least one of the base station and the user equipment. The link mode information includes information a link mode in which the relay node apparatus will operate. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320820 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication device which can improve reception quality in a second other wireless communication device is disclosed, including a reception unit which receives a signal from a first other wireless communication device or a second other wireless communication device connected to the wireless communication device and the first other wireless communication device, a transmission power value setting unit which sets a transmission power value in a first subframe, in which the first other wireless communication device transmits a signal to the second other wireless communication device, to be higher than that in a second subframe in which the first other wireless communication device receives a signal from a third other wireless communication device connected to the first other wireless communication device, and a transmission power value switching control unit which performs switching in the first subframe to the transmission power value higher than that in the second subframe. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320821 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RELAYING DATA - A method of relaying data for a wireless frequency division multiple access network is disclosed herein. In a specific embodiment, the method comprises the steps of receiving data carried by respective subcarriers ( | 12-20-2012 |
20120320822 | WIRELESS LAN DEVICE - The wireless LAN device | 12-20-2012 |
20120320823 | COMMUNICATION DURATION CONFIGURING METHOD, RELAY STATION, MOBILE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A backhaul is configured in such a manner that a HARQ process in which a HARQ on an upstream access link is incapable of being partly or entirely performed is limited to a particular one of a plurality of HARQ processes. As a result, complexity of scheduling is reduced and efficiency of the access link is improved. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327840 | SWITCHED LINK-BASED VEHICULAR NETWORK ARCHITECTURE AND METHOD - A multiple hop communications method among a plurality of moving vehicles. Each moving vehicles has a plurality of unidirectional radio. The method comprises receiving an incoming packet at one of the plurality of unidirectional radios, determining if there is an active link between each of the plurality of unidirectional radios and an unidirectional radio of a neighbor vehicle, relaying the incoming packet to the plurality of unidirectional radios having an active link and transmitting the incoming packet as an outgoing packet from at least one of the plurality of unidirectional radios. If more than one packet is received, the packets can be encoded using group coding before send the packets out as an outgoing packet. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327841 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING ACCESSIBLE CELL INFORMATION OF A RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention discloses a method for a serving network node to process a signal in a wireless communication system. In more detail, the method comprises the steps of: forming a communication link with a mobile device; receiving a message including network node list information that the mobile device can access from an external network node or from the mobile device; and transceiving a signal with the mobile device. Here, the mobile device is a relay node, and the external network node is an operation and maintenance (OAM) server or mobility management entity (MME). | 12-27-2012 |
20120327842 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND DETECTING CONTROL SIGNALING IN BACKHAUL LINK - A method, system and device for transmitting and detecting control signaling in a backhaul link are disclosed in the present application, and the application relating to the wireless communication field is used for saving time-frequency resources occupied by a base station for transmitting the control signaling on a Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH) of the backhaul link and reducing the complexity of the R-PDCCH detection by a relay node. In the present application, the base station, according to the preset correspondence between the control signaling and the R-PDCCH resource sub-regions, determines the R-PDCCH resource sub-region corresponding to the control signaling to be transmitted among a plurality of resource sub-regions included in the resource region occupied by the R-PDCCH; the control signaling to be transmitted is transmitted to the relay node by using the time-frequency resources in the determined R-PDCCH resource sub-region; the relay node acquires the location information of the R-PDCCH resource sub-region and detects the control signaling to be transmitted in the R-PDCCH resource sub-region according to the location information. With the present application, the time-frequency resources occupied by the base station for transmitting the control signaling on the R-PDCCH are saved and the complexity of the R-PDCCH detection by the relay node is reduced. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327843 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL TO RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for transmitting a relay node specific downlink physical control channel (R-PDCCH) at a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes the steps of allocating one or more Resource Blocks (RBs) for the relay node specific downlink physical control channel, mapping the relay node specific downlink physical control channel to the one or more resource blocks, and transmitting the relay node specific downlink physical control channel to the relay node by using the one or more resource blocks, wherein the mapping step includes mapping the relay node specific downlink physical control channel along a frequency direction in a symbol belonging to a lowermost index, among the one or more resource blocks, and then mapping the relay node specific downlink physical control channel along the frequency direction in a symbol belonging to a next index. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327844 | Terrestrial Based High Speed Data Communications Mesh Network - A network for providing high speed data communications may include multiple terrestrial transmission stations that are located within overlapping communications range and a mobile receiver station. The terrestrial transmission stations provide a continuous and uninterrupted high speed data communications link with the mobile receiver station employing a wireless radio access network protocol. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327845 | Terrestrial Based High Speed Data Communications Mesh Network - A network for providing high speed data communications may include multiple terrestrial transmission stations that are located within overlapping communications range and a mobile receiver station. The terrestrial transmission stations provide a continuous and uninterrupted high speed data communications link with the mobile receiver station employing a wireless radio access network protocol. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327846 | NETWORK CODING-BASED DATA PROCESSING METHOD AND SYSTEM - The present disclosure provides a network coding-based data processing method and system. The method includes: receiving modulated data packets, the modulated data packets including: a first data packet modulated by using a first constellation map, a second data packet modulated by using a second constellation map, and a third data packet modulated by using a third constellation map; where the first constellation map, the second constellation map, and the third constellation map are capable of minimizing the bit error rate of received signals, and a bit stream transmitted in the third data packet is an Exclusive-OR result of a bit stream transmitted in the first data packet and a bit stream transmitted in the second data packet, that is, c=a⊕b; and obtaining original transmitted data from the received data packets. | 12-27-2012 |
20130003644 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RELAY NODE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention comprises: a step A of acquiring, by a mobile station UE, individual transmission timing adjustment information TAd from a relay node RN; a step B of acquiring, by the mobile station UE, shared transmission timing adjustment information TAc broadcast from the relay node RN; and a step C of adjusting, by the mobile station UE, the transmission timing of the signal with respect to the relay node RN, based on the individual transmission timing adjustment information TAd and the shared transmission timing adjustment information TAc. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003645 | REPEATER FOR ENHANCING PERFORMANCE OF A WIRELESS LAN NETWORK - System and method for enhancing performance of a wireless communication system, including communicating between an access point and at least one close client over a first RF channel, and communicating between an access point and at least one remote client via a repeater. The communication between the access point and the at least one remote client via the repeater includes communicating between an access point and the repeater over the first RF channel and communicating between the repeater and the at least one remote client over a second RF channel. The communication between the access point and the at least one close client over the first RF channel is substantially contemporaneous with the communication between the repeater and the at least one remote client over the second RF channel. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003646 | Method and Device for Data Processing in a Wireless Network - A method and a device for data processing in a wireless network are provided, wherein at least one relay node is served by a base station, wherein load partitioning for the at least one relay node is conducted based on at least one load information message, and wherein the at least one load information message includes information regarding resource blocks and sub-frames. Furthermore, a communication system is suggested including at least one such device. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003647 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT CONFIGURATION INFORMATION - A method and device for transmitting pilot configuration information are provided for transmitting the pilot configuration information to relay nodes, and enabling the relay nodes to receive pilots according to the pilot configuration information and implement channel demodulation. Said method includes the following steps: a Node B generates a high-level signaling which includes the pilot configuration information configured for the Relay-Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH); the Node B transmits said high-level signaling to a relay device. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003648 | Method and Apparatus for Performing Handover Procedure in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus of performing a handover procedure in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a handover request message from a relay node (RN), and determining whether a first X2 interface between the donor BS and a target BS is available or not. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003649 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH RELAYS - Methods and systems are provided for use with wireless networks having one or more cell in which each cell includes a base station (BS), at least one relay station (RS) and at least one mobile station (MS). The at least one relay station can be used as an intermediate station for providing communication between the BS and MS. Methods are provided for allocating OFDM resources for communicating between the BS, RS and/or MS for example dividing transmission resources into uplink and downlink transmissions and methods of inserting pilot symbols into transmission resources used by the RS. In some embodiments on the invention, the methods are consistent and/or can be used in conjunction with existing standards such as 802.16e. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003650 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND RELAY NODE FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A method for uplink transmission is proposed in the present invention. The method comprises steps of: selecting, based on statistical parameters for uplink traffic of a relay node, an uplink transmission method from a set of candidate uplink transmission methods; informing the relay node of the selected uplink transmission method; and performing the uplink transmission by the relay node according to the selected uplink transmission method. A base station and a relay node for implementing the uplink transmission method are also proposed in the present invention. According to the present invention, the base station can dynamically select different uplink transmission methods based on the statistical parameters for uplink traffic of the relay node, and the relay node can perform the uplink transmission based on the selected uplink transmission method so as to achieve favorable delay performance and high resource usage efficiency. | 01-03-2013 |
20130010673 | RELAY METHOD FOR INCREASING FREQUENCY SELECTIVE CHARACTERISTIC OF WIRELESS CHANNEL AND RELAY DEVICE USING SAME - A relay method of a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention relates to a relay method of a wireless communication system in which at least one relay device communicates with a base station. The relay method comprises the steps of: each relay device setting information about a frequency band to be relayed, composing a control signal including the information about the set frequency band, and transmitting the control signal to at least one relay device; and receiving the control signal, extracting the information about the frequency band included in the control signal, amplifying the signal according to the information about the frequency band set in each relay device, and transmitting the amplified signal to at least one terminal. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010674 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication system according to the present invention is configured such that a relay node RN is configured to time-share a subframe for transmission and reception in a Un interface and a subframe for transmission and reception in a Uu interface, and a radio base station DeNB is configured to transmit SI, which is to be transmitted in a subordinate cell, to the relay node RN via individual signaling. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010675 | Communications Network - A communications network comprises: a plurality of nodes, wherein the nodes are interconnected via links; and a gateway node that transmits a signal to one or more of the nodes, wherein certain ones of the nodes receives a transmission of the signal and selected ones of the nodes repeats the transmission of the signal, and wherein a given node of the interconnected nodes receives multiple transmissions of the signal from two or more other nodes of the interconnected nodes. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010676 | METHOD OF TRANSCEIVING SIGNAL AT RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for allowing a relay node (RN) to transmit and receive in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method for transmitting and receiving a signal at a relay node in a wireless communication system includes transmitting and receiving a relay-User Equipment (UE) link signal through an access subframe, switching a communication link from a relay-UE link to a relay-base station (BS) link during a predetermined time, and transmitting and receiving a relay?BS link signal through a backhaul subframe. A timing edge of the access subframe is located ahead of a timing edge of an uplink subframe of the backhaul subframe by an offset value. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010677 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING RELAY COMMUNICATION - A method for reporting a channel status in a mobile communication system including a relay station (RS) is provided. When a mobile terminal in the coverage of a base station (BS) receives a service through an RS, the RS reports a channel status between the RS and the terminal to the BS to allow the BS to decide whether or not to communicate with the terminal through the RS. In the method, a first RS in communication with a BS and at least one terminal measures a channel quality with a first terminal, compares the measured channel quality with a threshold and transmits a report message to the BS according to the comparison. The report message requests the BS to measure channel quality of at least a second RS or the first terminal in communication with the BS. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010678 | Wireless Protocol Converter - Methods, apparatuses, and systems for interfacing between a broadband wireless communication system and a Local Area Network (LAN) system are disclosed herein. For instance, the method can include converting first wireless data formatted according to a broadband communication protocol to a LAN protocol to generate LAN-formatted data. The method can also include converting second wireless data formatted to the LAN protocol to the broadband communication protocol to generate broadband-formatted data. Further, the method can include transmitting the LAN-formatted data to one or more first devices and the broadband-formatted data to one or more second devices. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010679 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH RELAYS - Methods and systems are provided for use with wireless networks having one or more cell in which each cell includes a base station (BS), at least one relay station (RS) and at least one mobile station (MS). The at least one relay station can be used as an intermediate station for providing communication between the BS and MS. Methods are provided for an RS to initially access the network, access of the RS by MSs initially accessing the network, methods of allocating OFDM resources for communicating between the BS, RS and/or MS for example dividing transmission resources into uplink and downlink transmissions, and methods of inserting pilot symbols into transmission resources used by the RS. In some embodiments on the invention, the methods are consistent and/or can be used in conjunction with existing standards such as 802.16e. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010680 | POWER CONTROL AT A RELAY STATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network includes a base station and a relay station for extending wireless coverage of the base station. Downlink data is sent by the base station and relayed through the relay station to a mobile station, where the downlink data is associated with a preamble that is sent directly from the base station to the mobile station. A transmit power of the relay station is adjusted for transmitting the downlink data from the relay station to the mobile station to reduce a difference between a first power level of the preamble received at the mobile station and a second power level of the downlink data received at the mobile station. The uplink transmit power of the mobile station t for the data sent to the relay station is adjusted to compensate for the difference in path loss from mobile station to base station and mobile station to relay station and to compensate for the difference in noise_plus_interference level at relay station compared to that of the base station. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010681 | Network-Relay Signaling for Downlink Transparent Relay - In a method of providing downlink retransmissions to a mobile station in a wireless communication network, the wireless communication network comprising a base station communicatively linked to a transparent relay station, the base station receives a request for a retransmission from the mobile station; schedules resources for the retransmission; signals scheduling information for the retransmission to the transparent relay station via a control link; and the transparent relay station receives the scheduling information for the retransmission on the control link; and sends the retransmission to the mobile station in a retransmit subframe on a retransmit frequency band. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010682 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL - The present invention relates to A METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR RECEIVING A DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. More specifically, the method of the present invention comprises the following steps: receiving first control information for downlink scheduling in the first slot of a resource block pair, wherein the first control information includes allocation information on at least one resource unit; receiving a data in the second slot of the resource block pair, when the allocation information on the resource unit having the resource block pair with the first control information has a first value; and attempting to detect second control information for uplink scheduling in the second slot of the resource block pair, when the allocation information on the resource unit having the resource block pair with the first control information has a second value. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010683 | RELAY APPARATUS, RELAY METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A relay apparatus includes a first control section which connects to a first network, a second control section which connects to a second network, the type of which is different from that of the first network, and a relay section which selects a path to be operated as an active system from the first network and the second network and switches paths based on information regarding the first network and information regarding the second network, wherein the second control section converts a transmission unit for transmission in the first network into a transmission unit for transmission in the second network, and transmits the transmission unit to the second network. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010684 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORAMTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS CARRIER AGGREGATION - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving control information in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation. According to the present invention, a processor of a base station device that transmits control information configures a component carrier type for each of a plurality of downlink component carriers (DL CCs) in accordance with whether or not each of the plurality of DL CCs can support a relay PDCCH (R-PDCCH), which is a downlink control channel dedicated to a relay node. A transmitting antenna transmits information on the type of each of the configured DL Cs to the relay node. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010685 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING R-PDCCH - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH) being a control channel for a relay node (RN) in a wireless communication system are disclosed. To transmit an R-PDCCH to a RN, a BS includes a processor for interleaving a predetermined number of Control Channel Elements (CCEs), mapping the interleaved CCEs to at least one Virtual Resource Block (VRB) configured for R-PDCCH transmission, mapping the at least one VRB to at least one Physical Resource Block (PRB), and a transmitter for transmitting the R-PDCCH to the RN through the at least one PRB. | 01-10-2013 |
20130016648 | Connectivity Setup For Dynamic Wireless Mesh NetworksAANM Koskela; Timo K.AACI OuluAACO FIAAGP Koskela; Timo K. Oulu FIAANM Hakola; Sami-JukkaAACI KempeleAACO FIAAGP Hakola; Sami-Jukka Kempele FIAANM Turtinen; SamuliAACI IiAACO FIAAGP Turtinen; Samuli Ii FIAANM Pantelidou; AnnaAACI OuluAACO FIAAGP Pantelidou; Anna Oulu FIAANM Pirskanen; JuhoAACI TampereAACO FIAAGP Pirskanen; Juho Tampere FI - A wireless backhaul link is established by sending from a mobile first access node to a second access node a priority request message requesting high priority for a link between them. The established wireless backhaul link is utilized as part of a wireless multihop connection between the second access node and at least one user device attached to the mobile first access node. In various embodiments the high priority is requested by indicating a priority class (e.g., highest priority, at least higher than any current priority, and at least as high as a highest current priority) and may also indicate how many user devices are attached and/or an amount of data waiting to be sent. A first timer may be initiated upon inactivity on the wireless backhaul link and continuous inactivity through expiry of that automatically results in a reduction of the priority class for the wireless backhaul link. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016649 | SYSTEM DESIGN FOR USER EQUIPMENT RELAYS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus related to various considerations for using systems comprising user equipment (UE) relays. One method generally includes receiving, at a UE functioning as a relay, data from a first apparatus; and relaying the received data to a second apparatus, wherein the relaying does not involve interpreting or altering security features of the received data. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016650 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH RELAYS - Methods and systems are provided for use with wireless networks having one or more cell in which each cell includes a base station (BS), at least one relay station (RS) and at least one mobile station (MS). The at least one relay station can be used as an intermediate station for providing communication between the BS and MS. Methods are provided for allocating OFDM resources for communicating between the BS, RS and/or MS for example dividing transmission resources into uplink and downlink transmissions and methods of inserting pilot symbols into transmission resources used by the RS. In some embodiments on the invention, the methods are consistent and/or can be used in conjunction with existing standards such as 802.16e. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016651 | MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOL FOR MULTI-HOP NETWORK SYSTEMS AND METHOD THEREFOR - A method and system for wireless communication in which a plurality of media access control (“MAC”) packet data units (“PDUs”) corresponding to a plurality of wireless communication connections are received. The plurality of MAC PDUs is grouped into a relay packet and the relay packet is transmitted. Such grouping and transmission of the relay packet is performed by one or more relay nodes. The traffic control for the transmission can also be based on centralized or decentralized routing control and/or centralized or decentralized QoS control. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016652 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RELAY NODE SELECTION AND POWER ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS RELAY NETWORK - The method includes: acquiring an energy price of each node in a wireless relay network, and link information about links between each node and its neighboring nodes, wherein the energy price is determined according to the following rule: the fewer residual energy of a node is, the higher the energy price of the node is; according to the energy price of each node and the link information, determining, in the case that each node is selected as a relay node, power allocation corresponding to a minimum value of an objective function that is based on the energy price of the node; and based on the power allocation and the energy price of each node, determining the node and power allocation corresponding to the minimum value of the objective function used when the power allocation is performed for each node as the relay node and power allocation for data transmission, respectively. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016653 | METHOD FOR SETTING A SEARCH SPACE FOR A RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method of receiving a control signal in a relay node from a base station in a wireless communication system comprises receiving a downlink signal from the base station; and acquiring control information for the relay node from a search space included in the downlink signal, wherein the search space is defined based on a resource allocation unit indicated by resource allocation bits included in resource allocation information received from a higher layer. Preferably, the resource allocation unit indicated by the resource allocation bits is determined in accordance with a type of the resource allocation information. | 01-17-2013 |
20130021962 | System and Method for Mobile Access Control and Load Balancing in a Relay Network - A method, network node and UE device ( | 01-24-2013 |
20130021963 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RELAY STATION, AND CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR RELAY STATION - In order to properly operate a fixed relay station and a mobile relay station even under the circumstance where the fixed relay station and the mobile relay station are connected to the same base station, each of relay stations ( | 01-24-2013 |
20130021964 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method, system and device for wireless communication are provided by the present invention. The method includes that: from the ending of the Transmit-Receive Guard interval (TRG) to the beginning of the Receive-Transmit Guard interval (RTG), an evolved Node B (eNB) carries Common Reference Signals (CRSs) or Demodulated Reference Signals (DMRSs) on the carriers are used for transmitting data signals and/or control signals to a Relay Node (RN); the RN demodulates, according to the CRSs or the DMRSs, the signals transmitted by the eNB; the TRG is the guard interval of the transition, for the RN, from transmitting signals to receiving signals over the backhaul link, and the RTG is the guard interval of the transition, for the RN, from receiving signals to transmitting signals over the backhaul link. The application of the present invention enables the RN to receive the data signals and/or control signals transmitted by the eNB correctly. | 01-24-2013 |
20130028167 | MULTIPLE-HOP MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT AMPLIFY-AND-FORWARD RELAY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD APPLICABLE THERETO - A multiple-hop multi-input multi-output (MIMO) amplify-and-forward relay wireless communication system includes a signal source node, a signal destination node and a plurality of relay nodes, wirelessly coupled between the signal source node and the signal destination node. The relay nodes feed back a plurality of signal to noise ratio information and a plurality of antenna number information to the signal source node. The signal source node allocates a plurality of corresponding transmission powers for the relay nodes and sends to the relay nodes. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028168 | MOBILE TELEPHONE, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A mobile telephone having a relaying function, the relaying function being a function of wirelessly connecting to an external device and a base station and of relaying data between the external device and the base station, the mobile telephone comprising: a first wireless communication unit configured to perform wireless communication with the external device; and a second wireless communication unit configured to perform wireless communication with the base station, wherein during a relay period for relaying data between the external device and the base station, transmission power of the second wireless communication unit is controlled within a limit of a second maximum power that is smaller than a first maximum power, and when voice communication is started in a course of the control using the second maximum power, the transmission power is controlled within a limit of the first maximum power. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028169 | Smart Relay Network - A wireless relay node network includes a plurality of relay devices wherein each relay device is configured to receive a first wireless signal in a first frequency band, and transmit a second wireless signal derived from the first wireless signal using a first set of network use parameters. The plurality of relay devices includes at least a first relay device and a second relay device. The first relay device is configured to select the first set of network use parameters from network resources available for communicating over the wireless relay node network based, at least in part, on a control signal received from the second relay device. The second control signal identifies a second set of network use parameters used by the second relay device. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028170 | RELAYING SYSTEM AND METHOD WITH PARTNER RELAYS AND SELECTIVE TRANSMISSION - Partner relay systems and methods are provided in which relaying is performed by a pair of partner relays. Signals received from a base station are translated by a first of the pair of partner relays to a different transmission resource for communication between the pair of partner relays, and then upon reception by a second of the pair of partner relays, the signal is translated back to the original transmission resource and re-transmitted towards the receiver. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028171 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AMPLIFY-AND-FORWARD RELAY NETWORK - The present invention provides a resource allocation method and device for an amplify-and-forward relay network. The method includes: obtaining channel information, where the channel information includes channel information between a base station BS and a relay station RS and channel information between the RS and each user equipment UE; calculating, according to the channel information, resource use information of each UE on each sub-channel pairing; and obtaining, according to the resource use information, the number of REs allocated to each UE on each sub-channel pairing, where the obtained number of the REs enables a preset first function to obtain a maximum value. In the embodiments of the present invention, the use efficiency of the resources may be improved. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028172 | PATH SWITCHING SYSTEM, PATH SWITCHING METHOD, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A path switching system is provided, in which when UE has been offloaded from a first PDN-GW to a second PDN-GW, if there is an additional connection of the UE to the first PDN-GW, processing related to the additional connection can be performed on the UE side. The system includes: a control unit for sending a mobile terminal a message including information indicative of having switched relay devices, which relay a packet between the mobile terminal and a communication device, from a first relay device to a second relay device; and the mobile terminal for determining whether there is an added path other than part of a path from the mobile device before movement to the communication device and capable of being managed by the control unit, established between the mobile terminal and the first relay device, and when there is the added path, performing processing on the added path. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028173 | CORE NETWORK INTERFACE FOR PACKET DOMAIN FOR UMA UNC APPLICATIONS - An UMA network controller (SGW, CM) is dedicated for an UMA mobile network comprising a CS core network (CN | 01-31-2013 |
20130034043 | ALLOCATING BACKHAUL RESOURCES - Systems, apparatuses, and methods may be directed to operating wireless communication resources for a wireless communications system that includes a relay node and a base station. A backhaul link data rate may be identified for a first wireless link between the relay node and the base station. An access link data rate may be identified for a second wireless link between the relay node and a user equipment (UE). The allocation of available resources between the backhaul link and the access link may be adjusted or changed to optimize the allocation of resources. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034044 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING A DIGITAL SIGNAL FOR A MARC SYSTEM WITH A FULL-DUPLEX RELAY, A CORRESPONDING PROGRAM PRODUCT AND RELAY DEVICE - A method and apparatus for transmitting a signal for a network having at least four nodes comprising two transmitters, a relay, and a receiver that are connected together by non-orthogonal links implementing a spatially-distributed network code. The method includes each transmitter delivering a code word per block of K information bits and transmitting the code words during N time slots; iterative joint detection/decoding in the relay to separate respective streams and determine, per stream, a vector representative of the received code word; jointly coding two vectors derived from the two streams to determine redundancy information representative of two code words transmitted during N time slots; transmitting, by the relay, redundancy information during N time slots; and sequencing in the relay such that the redundancy information transmitted during the N time slots corresponds to the code words transmitted during the preceding N time slots. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034045 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR A COORDINATOR, A RELAY DEVICE, A SOURCE DEVICE AND A DESTINATION DEVICE INCLUDED IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided is a communication method of a coordinator, the method including: receiving a relay search request frame for requesting a search for at least one relay station between a destination station and a source station; and transmitting, in response to the relay search request frame, a relay search response frame including a list of the at least one relay station so that the source station selects a target relay station from the at least one relay station. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034046 | ACCESS POINT DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONFIGURATION PROVIDING METHOD - An access point enables wireless communication in a restricted state where a connection object is limited to less than full functionality. The access point change, in response to the specific instruction being received, changes the restricted state to a non-restricted state where the connection object is not limited, when receiving a specific instruction from a user. The access point sends configuration information for specified security communication between a wireless terminal and the access point or a setup program executed to cause the wireless terminal to obtain the configuration information, to the wireless terminal, when receiving an access from the wireless terminal establishing connection with the access point, in the non-restricted state. The access point returns from the non-restricted state to the restricted state on the occurrence of a specified event. This communication configuration technique is highly versatile and enables the configuration information to be readily set in the wireless terminal. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034047 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING WITH WEB SERVICES USING PEER-TO-PEER TECHNOLOGY - A method is provided for pushing a data packet containing a message from a server to a mobile device not in direct communication with the server. A data packet is formulated for transmission, which comprises a message and a header (including a target identifier of a device intended to receive the message). The data packet is then transmitted to at least one peer push backbone device in direct communication with the server. The peer push backbone device then subsequently relays the data packet to other devices within range of the peer push backbone device, and instructs said other devices to further relay the data packet to other devices within range of each of those said devices until a device is reached that has the target identifier. An automatic indication is received from the peer push backbone device once the packet has reached the device having the target identifier. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034048 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION RELAY DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - An SISO-AF relay node | 02-07-2013 |
20130034049 | Modulation Division Multiple Access - The present invention employs hierarchical modulation to simultaneously transmit information on different modulation layers using a carrier RF signal. Initially, first data to be transmitted is assigned to a first modulation layer and second data is assigned to a second modulation layer. In one embodiment of the present invention, the first and second data are assigned based on reliability criteria. The first and second modulation layers are hierarchical modulation layers of the carrier RF signal. Once assigned, the first data is transmitted using the first modulation layer of the carrier RF signal and the second data is transmitted using the second modulation layer of the carrier RF signal. In one embodiment of the present invention, information may be transmitted to one end user using one modulation layer, and information may be transmitted to a different end user using a different modulation layer. | 02-07-2013 |
20130039256 | RELAY AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING NETWORK CODING - Provided is a method and relay that performs network coding. The relay may determine transmission and/or receiving beamforming vectors for terminals so as to align effective channels of a plurality of transmit-and-receive pairs into different dimensions. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039257 | Method of Handling Handover of a Relay Node and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a handover for a relay node (RN) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a handover command transmitted from a source donor evolved Node-B (DeNB) of the wireless communication system; and releasing an RN subframe configuration after receiving the handover command, if the RN is in a connected mode. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039258 | Communication System and Communication Method - A communication system ( | 02-14-2013 |
20130039259 | POWER CONTROL AT A RELAY STATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network includes a relay station (RS) for extending wireless coverage of a base station. Data is sent by the base station and relayed through the RS to a mobile station (MS), where the data is associated with a preamble that is sent directly from the base station to the MS. A transmit power of the RS is adjusted for transmitting the data from the RS to the MS to reduce a difference between a first power level of the preamble received at the MS and a second power level of the data received at the MS. The uplink transmit power of the MS for the data sent to the RS is adjusted to compensate for the difference in path loss from MS to base station and MS to RS and to compensate for the difference in noise_plus_interference level at RS compared to that of the base station. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039260 | RELAY DEVICE, AUTOMATED RADIO METER READING SYSTEM, AND RELAY METHOD - A relay device for relaying communication information communicated between an access point and an adapter, said relay device comprises a reception means for receiving the communication information transmitted to said relay device itself; a memory means having one or more memory areas, the memory means being configured to store ID of each communication device which is a next transmission destination, in each of the memory areas; a reading means for reading route information from the communication information, said route information including information specifying the memory area containing the ID of the communication device which is the next transmission destination and indicating a route constituted by communication devices provided in a range from at least said relay device itself to a final transmission destination; a transmission destination identifying means for identifying the ID of the communication device which is the next transmission destination, based on the memory area stored in the memory means and the route information read by the reading means; and a transmission means for transmitting the communication information to the communication device identified by the transmission destination identifying means. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039261 | Method and System for Allocating Resources of Relay Link-Physical Downlink Control Channel - The disclosure provides a method and system for allocating resources of a Relay link-Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH). The method includes that: a network side configures a resource allocation way of the R-PDCCH ( | 02-14-2013 |
20130039262 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method which involves determining a relay terminal in an M2M communication system, and transceiving data to/from a base station or other terminal through the determined relay terminal, and to a method for constructing frames for transceiving data in the M2M communication system. By means of the data-transceiving method, an M2M terminal can transmit/receive a signal to/from a base station or other M2M terminal, and frames of a base station and M2M terminal can be efficiently constructed, wherein said method includes: receiving, by a first terminal of a wireless access system, a first message including a relay operation parameter, which is information that indicates a transmitting or receiving operation, from a base station during a downlink section and/or uplink section within a frame; and transceiving, by the first terminal, data to/from the base station or other terminal on the basis of the received relay operation parameter. | 02-14-2013 |
20130044673 | METHOD FOR INDICATING AND DETERMING RELAY LINK BOUNDARY AND BASE SATION THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for indicating and determining relay link boundary and a base station thereof, wherein, the method for indicating relay link boundary includes: the base station indicates the relay link boundary where the relay node is located to the relay node; the relay node determines the relay link boundary according to the indication of the base station. Through the present invention, the utilization rate of the relay link resource can be improved. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044674 | Method and Apparatus for Use in a Mobile Communications System Comprising a Relay Node - A method selecting one of a plurality of communication options, each communication option providing a different division of resources between a first link between at least one relay node and a base station and a second link between said at least one relay node and a plurality of user equipment configured to communicate with said at least one relay node; and using said selected communication option to control the division of resources between said first and second links, wherein said using includes sending information to a user equipment to control an activity of that user equipment in dependence on said selected communication option | 02-21-2013 |
20130044675 | METHOD, ENODEB, AND RELAY NODE FOR UN SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION PROCESSING - A method and a relay node (RN) for Un subframe configuration processing are disclosed. The method includes: receiving, by an RN, a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration message sent by an eNodeB (eNB), where the RRC reconfiguration message includes subframe reconfiguration information of the RN; and applying, by the RN, a RRC reconfiguration immediately upon reception of the RRC reconfiguration message, and applying a Un subframe reconfiguration. The foregoing technical solution can implement the Un subframe configuration of the eNB and the RN and improve communication quality. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044676 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting signals by a base station in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: resetting a start symbol index for a relay node dedicated downlink physical control channel and a relay node dedicated downlink physical common channel, respectively; transmitting a message including a parameter required for resetting the start symbol index to the relay node; setting the start symbol index to a preset value or a value that has been given prior to receiving the reestablishment message, in the case where the relay node has sent a specific number of NACKs for the relay node dedicated downlink physical control channel or the relay node dedicated downlink physical common channel; and transmitting the relay node dedicated downlink physical control channel and the relay node dedicated downlink physical common channel to the relay node, based on the start symbol index having been set. | 02-21-2013 |
20130051309 | Relaying in a Communication System - A method and apparatus for relaying communications between a mobile device and a network access node is disclosed. In the method a connection is established between a first relay node of a group of relay nodes and the network access node to serve the mobile device. The mobile device is served by the first relay node and at least one second relay node of the group in wireless connection with the mobile device such that the mobile device remains connected to the network access node via at least one of the first and second relay nodes when one of the first and second relay nodes changes. To maintain the relayed communications for the mobile device after the change in the relay nodes control information is communicated by at least one of said relay nodes on an interface between relevant relay nodes in the group. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051310 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A RELAY NODE IN A MULTIUSER MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which a base station transmits signals to a relay node in a multiuser multi-antenna (MIMO) wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the following steps: allocating one or more antenna ports to one or more relay nodes, respectively; mapping each of a plurality of downlink grant signals for said one or more relay nodes to a preset resource domain from among resource domains corresponding to one of the allocated antenna ports; mapping uplink grant signals or data signals for said one or more relay nodes to the resource domains corresponding to the allocated antenna ports; and transmitting the mapped signals to said one or more relay nodes. | 02-28-2013 |
20130058270 | System and Method for Providing Wireless Captioned Telephone Service - This invention is about WCTS Server System, WCTS Terminal and Method to provide Caption Telephone Service. By using voice in wireless and data network, WCTS Sever System provides Wireless Captioned Telephone Service, WCTS), which is one of Telecommunication Relay Service Types. This invention provides convenience by providing the same method of non-handicapped person with WCTS terminal when a deaf person who can speak is speaking on the phone with non-handicapped person. On the other hand, this invention also provides the method of direct dialing to a deaf person who can speak, not the method of indirect dialing that uses representative number of relay center. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058271 | Method for detecting AIS messages - The method for detecting AIS messages involves providing digital data representing signals received by a satellite on at least one AIS channel, and identifying a candidate message in the digital data by correlating the digital data with a hypothetical fragmentary message, the hypothetical fragmentary message includes at least one AIS message fragment which is dependent on transmission time and/or transmitter position and which is determined with the assistance of a database of AIS transmitters. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058272 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HANDOVER WITH A RELAY NODE - Techniques for performing a handover in a network with a relay node (RN) are disclosed. The RN is a node deployed between an eNodeB (eNB) and a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The RN receives data from one of the eNB and the WTRU and forwards it to the other. The RN receives a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) protocol data unit (PDU) from a serving donor evolved Node-B (DeNB) and transmits it to the WTRU. The RN makes a handover decision based on the measurement report received from the WTRU. After making a handover decision, the RN sends a handover request or a control message to the serving DeNB including a first unsuccessfully transmitted PDCP sequence number (SN). The serving DeNB then discards a PDCP PDU with an SN older than the first unsuccessfully transmitted PDCP SN. | 03-07-2013 |
20130064168 | Physical Uplink Shared Channel Demodulation Reference Signal Design for Uplink Coordinated Transmission in Type II Relay Using a Punctured Demodulation Reference Signal - A method is provided for providing an access node with a demodulation reference signal (DMRS). The method includes, when the UE and at least one relay node are present in a cell, the relay node transmitting the DMRS on a subset of a set of resource elements in which the UE transmits the DMRS. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064169 | Physical Uplink Shared Channel Demodulation Reference Signal Design for Uplink Coordinated Transmission in Type II Relay - A method is provided for an access node to perform channel estimation. The method includes, when a UE and a relay node are present in a cell with the access node, the access node receiving from the UE and from the relay node DMRS that are cyclically shifted relative to one another. The method further includes the access node performing a first channel estimation based on the DMRS that was transmitted by the UE, performing a second channel estimation based on the DMRS that was transmitted by the at least one relay node, combining the first channel estimation with the second channel estimation to derive a combined channel estimation, using the first channel estimation to demodulate control information received from the UE, and using the combined channel estimation to demodulate data received from both the UE and the at least one relay node. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064170 | PROCESSING UPLINK SIGNAL AND DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN RADIO UNIT - Described embodiments provide a method for processing an uplink signal in a radio unit. A first uplink signal may be received directly from user equipment. The received uplink signal may be delayed using uplink delay information. A second uplink signal may be received indirectly from user equipment through at least one repeater connected to the radio unit. The delayed first uplink signal and the second uplink signal may be combined and transmitted to a digital unit. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064171 | Ranging Regions for Wireless Communication Relay Stations - One embodiment of the present invention provides a unique ranging technique in wireless communication environments that employ relay stations associated with a base station. Each relay station, and optionally the base station itself, can be allocated a unique ranging region having unique ranging resources that may be used by a mobile station to initiate a ranging function with the corresponding relay station or base station. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064172 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving control information in a wireless communication system. In a repeater according to the present invention, a receiving antenna can receive control information for a hybrid automatic repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ ACK) feedback on the data transmission of a base station from the base station through higher layer signaling. On the basis of the control information, a processor can determine a resource in an upper link control channel to be used for the transmission of the HARQ feedback. A transmitting antenna can transmit the HARQ feedback to the base station through the resource that has been determined. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064173 | RELAY NODE AND MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A relay node operable to maintain an access link to a UE and a backhaul link to a D-eNB, wherein each of access link and backhaul links are controlled by separate states. The separate states may be independent from one another. The backhaul link consists of at least two states: the first state and the second state of backhaul link. In the first state, a relay node monitors signals from D-eNB continuously. In the second state, a relay node monitors signal from D-eNB discontinuously. The access link consists of at least two states: the first state and the second state of access link. In the first state, a relay node transmits common control signals. In the second state, a relay node can pause the transmission of common control signals or transmit common control signals in longer period than in the first state of access link (DTX). | 03-14-2013 |
20130064174 | METHOD OF RECEIVING DATA FROM BASE STATION AT RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method used by a relay node for receiving a relay node specific downlink physical shared channel from a base station in a multiple antennae wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes the steps of demodulating a relay node specific downlink physical control channel (R-PDCCH) by using a relay node specific reference signal; and, in case a specific downlink information is detected from the demodulated relay node specific downlink physical control channel, of demodulating the relay node specific downlink physical shared channel, under an assumption that the relay node specific downlink physical shared channel is transmitted through a single antenna port by using a predetermined antenna port and scrambling identifier (ID). Herein, the specific downlink control information may correspond to a downlink control information designating a Fallback Mode. And, the predetermined antenna port and scrambling ID may respectively correspond to antenna port 7 and scrambling ID 0. | 03-14-2013 |
20130070661 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO RELAY STATION APPARATUS, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - To provide a radio base station apparatus, a radio relay station apparatus and a resource allocation method each which perform resource division of a backhaul sub-frame more optimally and can improve a throughput of a system, in the case of relay transmission. The radio base station apparatus according to the present invention includes: a frequency bandwidth control section configured to control a frequency bandwidth in a backhaul sub-frame, based on the number of the backhaul sub-frames, the number of mobile terminal devices, and frequency utilization efficiency of a radio link; and a transmitting section configured to transmit the backhaul sub-frame with the frequency bandwidth controlled by the frequency bandwidth control section. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070662 | Frequency Division Duplexing and Half Duplex Frequency Division Duplexing in Multihop Relay Networks - In methods of operating a relay station in a multi-hop wireless relay network, the relay station in communication with a superordinate station and a subordinate station, a downlink transmission to/from the superordinate station is transmitted/received at a first frequency. An uplink transmission to/from the subordinate station is transmitted/received at a second frequency. Communications between the relay station and the superordinate station may be scheduled using frames, each frame including a downlink portion at the first frequency, and an uplink portion at the second frequency. The downlink portion includes first and second downlink subframes for communication between the superordinate station and first and second pluralities of stations, respectively. The uplink portion includes first and second uplink subframes for communication between the superordinate station and the first and second pluralities of stations, respectively. The downlink transmission occurs in the first downlink subframe, and the uplink transmission occurs in the first uplink subframe. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070663 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to a method in a serving base station ( | 03-21-2013 |
20130070664 | RADIO RELAY STATION APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RELAY FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD - To control a radio link capacity in a backhaul link optimally, and to enhance a throughput in an access link, in the radio communications system using the relay transmission technology. A relay frequency allocation method according to the present invention includes: determining whether or not carrier aggregation is to be applied in a backhaul link from a radio base station apparatus to a mobile terminal device under the command of the radio base station apparatus, and/or an access link from a radio relay station apparatus to a mobile terminal device under the command of the radio relay station apparatus; allocating a frequency band for transmitting a downlink signal in the backhaul link and/or the access link, when applying the carrier aggregation; and transmitting the downlink signal with the allocated frequency band in the backhaul link and/or the access link. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070665 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING STARTUP PHASE INDICATOR AND SELECTING GATEWAY NODE - Disclosed are a method, a system, and a device for transmitting a startup phase indicator and gateway node selection, relating to the technical field of wireless communications, for use in solving the problem in the prior art of the manner of selecting gateway nodes for a relay node (RN) by a mobility management entity (MME). In the present invention, during an attach process between the RN and the MME, the MME confirming whether or not a piece of information indicating the startup phase which the RN is currently performing is received, if yes, then on the basis of the information, confirming the startup phase which the RN is currently performing, if not, on the basis of a preconfigured rule of judging the startup phase of the RN, confirming the startup phase which the RN is currently performing; selecting the gateway nodes for the RN on the basis of the startup phase which the RN is currently performing. Employment of the present invention allows the MME to select the appropriate gateway node for the RN on the basis of the startup phase which the RN is currently performing. | 03-21-2013 |
20130077556 | SETTING GAINS IN AN INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION REPEATER BASED ON PATH LOSS - A method of controlling gains in an interference cancellation repeater includes receiving a combined signal which comprises a downlink signal transmitted from a base station transceiver system (BTS) and a feedback signal. The method further includes performing interference cancellation on the combined signal to substantially remove the feedback signal from the downlink signal. The method further includes determining a path loss between the BTS and the interference cancellation repeater based on the downlink signal after interference cancellation is performed, and adjusting at least one gain in the interference cancellation repeater based on the path loss. An interference cancellation repeater which controls gains based on a downlink path loss includes a first and second transceiver coupled to a first and second antenna, respectively, and a baseband processor configure to perform the above method. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077557 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION IN RELAY COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The disclosure discloses an information transmission method and system in a relay communication network, the method comprises: establishing a first tunnel and a second tunnel, wherein the first tunnel is a tunnel between an Access Service Network Gateway (ASN GW) and a Base Station (BS), the second tunnel is a tunnel between the BS and a Relay Station (RS); performing signaling and/or data transmission between the ASN GW and the RS through the first tunnel and the second tunnel. The invention implements the transmission of signaling and/or data in Layer3 relay. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077558 | RELAY DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMITTING DEVICE, AND RELAY METHOD - A relay device according to the present invention includes: a receiving unit which receives a frame; a transmitting unit which transmits a frame; a frame determination unit which stores therein the first frame when the frame determination unit determines that the received frame is the first frame; a proxy ACK generation unit which generates a third frame which is a proxy frame of a second frame which is a frame to be transmitted from the receiving device, as a receipt acknowledgement to the first frame; and a communication control unit which: causes the transmitting unit to transmit the third frame; sets an extended active period in the inactive period subsequent to the active period; and transmits the first frame in the extended active period when the receiving unit does not receive the second frame within a predetermined period after reception of the first frame. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077559 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, BANDWIDTH CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - In a transmission network of a multi-hop connection in which a transmission bandwidth between relay stations changes, it is possible to prevent congestion from occurring due to a change in the transmission bandwidth between the relay stations. A transmission device connected to a network constituted of a plurality of relay stations includes a transmission section configured to transmit a signal to the network, and a bandwidth control section configured to control a transmission bandwidth of the transmission section based on a lowest transmission bandwidth among transmission bandwidths between the relay stations. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077560 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - To improve the channel estimation accuracy of “DL grant” that instructs data allocation of a downlink of R-PDCCH. A wireless communication apparatus according to an aspect of the invention includes a receiver that is configured to receive a control signal, and a blind decoder that is configured to perform a blind decoding of a plurality of adjacent physical, resource blocks (PRBs) in which the same preceding is used in a unit of an RB group (RBG) that is composed of the plurality of PRBs, and to detect a resource area to which a control signal for the wireless communication apparatus that is included in the control signal is allocated. | 03-28-2013 |
20130083721 | BASE STATION AND TRANSMISSION PATH CREATION METHOD THEREOF - A base station and a transmission path creation method for use in a network system are provided. A first packet data network (PDN) connection has been built among an user equipment serving gateway (UE-SGW), a first relay gateway, a first packet data network gateway (P-GW), a first serving gateway (S-GW), a first E-UTRAN Node B (eNodeB) and the relay node of the network system. The base station comprises a second relay gateway, a second P-GW, a second S-GW, and a second eNodeB. The second eNodeB and a relay node execute a handover procedure according to a handover request. The network system performs a transmission path creation procedure so that a second PDN connection is formed among the UE-SGW, the second relay gateway, the second P-GW, the second S-GW, a second eNodeB and the relay node. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083722 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS - A method, wireless device and computer program product for expanding the coverage of a cellular network. A wireless device (e.g., cellular telephone) is able to communicate with a base station in a cell of the cellular network over a non-cellular interface via another wireless device in the cell through the use of multi-hopping. A wireless device may request permission to communicate with the base station over a non-cellular interface via hopping off another wireless device when its signal strength is below a threshold. Alternatively, a wireless device may receive a request to communicate with the base station over a non-cellular interface via hopping off the wireless device that sent the request when that wireless device has excess capacity in its bandwidth with the base station. By enabling wireless devices to communicate with a base station in such a manner, the effective coverage area of the cellular network is expanded and the effective capacity of the cellular network is improved. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083723 | RELAY DEVICE, RELAY METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a relay device including a receiving unit for receiving information from a plurality of wireless communication devices, a storage unit for accumulating the information received from the plurality of wireless communication devices by the receiving unit, an information processing unit for aggregating the information accumulated in the storage unit, and a transmitting unit for transmitting the information aggregated by the information processing unit to a base station. | 04-04-2013 |
20130089021 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR REPEATER PILOT SIGNAL GENERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In accordance with aspects of the disclosure, a method, apparatus, and computer program product for wireless communication comprises receiving a remote signal via a donor antenna of a repeater, generating an amplified signal by amplifying the received remote signal, generating an auxiliary pilot signal by a translation of the amplified signal for estimating channel feedback, wherein the auxiliary pilot signal is substantially uncorrelated to the amplified signal, and generating a transmit signal for transmitting by combining the auxiliary pilot signal with the amplified signal. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089022 | Method and Apparatus for Mobile Relay Handover - The present invention comprises an apparatus and method supporting handover of mobile relay nodes, “RNs” ( | 04-11-2013 |
20130089023 | RELAY NODE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING INTERFERENCE IN A MULTI-HOP NETWORK - A method and system of a relay node managing interference in a multi-hop network and a relay node that manages interference is provided. The relay node may determine whether an interference neutralization condition for neutralizing interference among pairs of transmitting nodes and receiving nodes is satisfied, select one of a full interference neutralization and a partial interference neutralization, based on a result of the determination and perform the selected interference neutralization with respect to the pairs of the transmitting nodes and the receiving nodes. | 04-11-2013 |
20130094430 | System And Method To Monitor And Control Remote Sensors And Equipment - A processor, memory, first transceiver, second transceiver, plurality of wired and wireless ports, and a power system storing excess energy are provided. Multiple similar systems may mesh communication via first transceiver. Unencrypted data from ports are packaged into unencrypted data structures and forwarded to the second transceiver for transmission according to the telecommunications standard of the second transceiver. A method may include determining if either a predefined time to sample data was reached or if an interrupt was received, and then sampling ports associated with the predefined time or interrupt, to collect data from remote sensors or equipment coupled to the ports, process the sampled data, store the processed data in memory, and evaluate the stored data against a set of rules. If no rules are violated, the sampling continues, and the processed data is packaged and transmitted to a server at a prescheduled time. Actions are taken if rules are violated. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094431 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING A RELAY TO PROVIDE PHYSICAL AND HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST FUNCTIONALITIES - Methods and apparatus are described for performing automatic repeat request (ARQ) and hybrid-ARQ (HARQ) assisted ARQ procedures in a relay-based wireless communication system. Triggers for radio link control (RLC)/ARQ retransmissions and RLC/ARQ status reporting are also described. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094432 | FRAME STRUCTURE FOR MULTI-HOP RELAY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Implementations of systems and techniques for scheduling wireless transmission of data blocks between a base station (BS) and one or more relay stations (RSs) in a wireless relay communication network. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094433 | RADIO RELAY STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS - A radio relay station apparatus and a mobile terminal apparatus that, even if a radio relay station apparatus is provided, can reduce the amount of interference from the radio relay station apparatus and increase the throughput, are provided. The radio relay station apparatus of the present invention decides the number of mobile terminal apparatuses under the subject cell and controls transmission power based on this number of mobile terminal apparatuses, or measures the received power of the signal from another radio relay station apparatus or a radio base station apparatus and controls transmission power based on this received power. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094434 | SYSTEM FOR EXTENDING WIRELESS INTERNET COVERAGE - A system for extending coverage of a wireless Internet service by using a mobile communication network is provided. The system includes a wireless access point, a combiner, and a distributor. The combiner is connected to the wireless access point. The combiner includes a filter that isolates a signal band of a wireless Internet signal corresponding to the wireless access point and a signal band of a mobile communication signal corresponding to the mobile communication network. After isolation, the combiner outputs the wireless Internet signal or the mobile communication signal. The distributor is connected to the combiner and at least one antenna. The distributor receives the wireless Internet signal from the combiner and outputs the received wireless Internet signal via the antenna. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094435 | Method and system for implementing network attach of relay node - The disclosure discloses a method and a system for implementing network attach of a Relay Node (RN). The method includes: the RN carries indication information of the RN in a message to be sent to a Donor eNodeB (DeNB) during an initial attach process, and the DeNB selects a Mobility Management Entity (MME) supporting the RN functionality for the RN according to the indication information of the RN. The disclosure makes minor changes to protocol and can make the RN smoothly attach a network to work. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100876 | Method, Base Station, Mobility Management Entity, and System for Implementing Service Processing - A method, a base station, a mobility management entity, and a system can be used for implementing service processing. The method includes acquiring the type of a subscribed user. If the type of the subscriber user is a UE, an S1-AP response message is sent to a Relay node and an access stratum AS security mechanism and/or a network domain security mechanism are used with the Relay node. If the type of the subscriber user is a relay base station Relay, radio resource control RRC reconfiguration process is initiated with the Relay node and an AS security mechanism is used with the Relay node. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100877 | Reduction of Interference in Relay Systems - The present disclosure relates to a method and an access node | 04-25-2013 |
20130100878 | TERMINAL IN DIGITAL MOBILE RADIO RELAY SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION POWER REGULATION METHOD AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A terminal in a digital mobile radio relay system, a transmission power regulation method and a system thereof are provided. The method includes that an idle frame sent from a relay station is received, the idle frame carries transmission power information of the relay station ( | 04-25-2013 |
20130107792 | RELAYING DEVICES FOR WIRELESS MESH NETWORK | 05-02-2013 |
20130107793 | RELAY NODE, MAIN UNIT FOR A RELAY NODE AND METHOD THEREIN | 05-02-2013 |
20130107794 | NETWORK COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF SELECTING ACTIVE NETWORK INTERFACE | 05-02-2013 |
20130107795 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF RELAY, TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD OF THE TERMINAL | 05-02-2013 |
20130107796 | Repeater WPS Connection Method and Apparatus | 05-02-2013 |
20130107797 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS MULTI-HOP RELAY NETWORKS | 05-02-2013 |
20130114500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATION IN COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORKS - A method and apparatus are described including competing by a secondary transmitter with a plurality of secondary nodes in a cognitive radio network to become a relay node for a primary transmitter, the secondary nodes being secondary transmitters and secondary receivers, receiving data transmitted by the primary transmitter in a first time slot if the secondary transmitter was successful in the competition, relaying the received data transmitted by the primary transmitter to a primary receiver in a second time slot, transmitting secondary data to a corresponding secondary receiver in a subslot of the second time slot and transmitting the secondary data to the corresponding secondary receiver in a subslot of the first time slot if the secondary transmitter was not successful in the competition and if the corresponding secondary receiver was successful in the competition. | 05-09-2013 |
20130121237 | BASE STATION, RELAY STATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - The present invention provides a base station whereby efficient resource allocation for data signals is realized. In a base station ( | 05-16-2013 |
20130128801 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING SMS MESSAGES - An instant messaging service is provided using short message service (SMS) messages as the underlying transport layer. A user having a phone to which an MSISDN is assigned can use another entity to generate messages to be transmitted as if they originated from the phone. The SMS message is delivered to the second party's phone as per a normal SMS message and a copy of the SMS message can also be delivered to the sender's phone to provide a full conversation history on all devices. The entity can also be used to receive SMS messages, in which case, delivery of SMS messages to the phone to which the MSISDN is assigned can be suspend to avoid a duplicate notification of incoming messages. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128802 | MULTI-RELAY TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD USING INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT - There are provided a multi-relay transmission apparatus and method. The multi-relay transmission apparatus includes: a source node repeatedly alternately performing a first phase in which preceding data is transmitted during a first transmission period equivalent to a transmission period during which unit frames are transmitted and a second phase in which subsequent data that follows the preceding data is transmitted during a second transmission period that follows the first transmission period; and a relay network including a plurality of relay nodes receiving data from the source node, in which, in the first phase, a predetermined relay node, among the plurality of relay nodes, receives the preceding data from the source node and the remaining relay nodes, among the plurality of relay nodes, and in the second phase, the remaining relay nodes receive the subsequent data from the source node. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128803 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RELAY NODE - A relay node RN according to the present invention includes an MBSFN subframe setting information acquisition unit | 05-23-2013 |
20130128804 | CONTROL APPARATUS TO DIVIDE OTHER COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES INTO MULTIPLE GROUPS FOR SLOTS ALLOCATED - A communication control apparatus that performs wireless communication with a plurality of communication apparatuses, the communication control apparatus comprises: a grouping unit adapted to group the plurality of communication apparatuses based on the relative positions of each of the plurality of communication apparatuses; a notification unit adapted to notify each of the plurality of communication apparatuses of the group to which that communication apparatus belongs and of a communication slot allocated to that group; and a transmission unit adapted to transmit transmission data at a predetermined timing. | 05-23-2013 |
20130142105 | COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RELAY NODES AND DESTINATION NODES FOR ALIGNED INTERFERENCE NEUTRALIZATION IN INTERFERENCE CHANNEL - A communication method in relay nodes and destination nodes for neutralization of aligned interferences in an interference channel is provided. A communication method of a first relay node in a network including a first source node, the first relay node, a first destination node, a second source node, a second relay node, and a second destination node, includes receiving, from the first source node, streams X and Y. The communication method further includes receiving, from the second source node, a stream Z. The communication method further includes generating a signal in which the streams Y and Z are aligned in a space. The communication method further includes transmitting, to the first destination node and the second destination node, the stream X and the signal. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142106 | Method, Device and System for Relay Timing Adjustment - An embodiment of the present application provides a relay timing adjustment method, system and device, relating to the technical field of wireless communications, for use in solving the problem of how to synchronize base station downlink transmission and relay device downlink transmission in an Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system. In this application, the base station sends an access downlink transmission timing adjustment command to the relay device. When the relay device receives said access downlink transmission timing adjustment command, the downlink transmission timing is adjusted in said relay device according to said received access downlink transmission timing adjustment command. This invention is thus able to synchronize relay device access downlink transmission timing with base station downlink transmission timing. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142107 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, RELAY STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The relay station performs wireless communications with a base station, and a mobile station performs wireless communications with the base station or relay station. The relay station limits reception of a radio signal from the base station at timing at which a radio signal is transmitted to the mobile station. The relay station transmits a message # | 06-06-2013 |
20130142108 | DATA FORWARDING IN HYBRID MESH NETWORKS - A system and method are disclosed for forwarding data in hybrid wireless mesh networks. The method includes configuring a number of mesh network nodes as Potential Relay Nodes (PRNs) in an overlay network associated with a hybrid wireless mesh network, streaming data packets from a source node to a destination node using a native data forwarding algorithm of the hybrid wireless mesh network, dynamically identifying Relay Nodes (RNs) among PRNs in the overlay network, creating secondary paths for sending data packets towards selected RNs in the overlay network, and relaying data packets from RNs to the destination node using the overlay network. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142109 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A WIRELESS MULTI-HOP RELAY NETWORK - In a wireless multi-hop relay network arranged in a tree topology, the base station and one or more relay stations are associated as a virtual base station (VBS). The base station and each relay station have a unique virtual base station identifier (VBS-ID) associated with the path defined by the base station and the one or more relay stations. a relay station in the branch uses its VBS-ID for communicating with an attached subscriber station (e.g. a mobile station) such that communications between the base station and subscriber station occur via the VBS. Subscriber station data communications are relayed between the base station and the one or more relay stations over the VBS via a tunnel connection. The VBS is autoconfigurable. Mobility for subscriber stations and relay stations is provided through reconfiguration of VBS's. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142110 | Method for Obtaining Interface Information of Neighbor Evolved NodeB/Relay Node, and Wireless Relay System - A method for obtaining interface information of a neighbor Evolved NodeB (eNB)/Relay Node (RN) is provided by the present invention. A Donor Evolved NodeB (DeNB) can establish a corresponding relationship between an eNB identifier of the neighbor eNB/RN network element and the GU Group Id List of the neighbor eNB/RN network element according to X2 interface information, and send the corresponding relationship to the RN network element/neighbor eNB; the DeNB can also send a GU Group Id List and cell information of the neighbor eNB/RN network element to the RN network element/neighbor eNB which can establish the corresponding relationship between the GU Group Id List and the eNB identifier of the neighbor eNB/RN network element. A wireless relay system is also provided by the present invention. The problem that the RN or the eNB network element in a wireless relay system can not obtain the corresponding relationship between the eNB identifier and the neighbor GU Group Id List, caused by the existence of an intermediate network element DeNB, is solved by the present invention. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142111 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL RELATED TO A CHANGE IN TRANSMISSION FORMAT - Provided is a method of transmitting a signal related to a change in a transmission format. In a wireless communication system which uses an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol or a single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbol, the method includes: transmitting, from a base station to a receiver, a radio resource control (RRC) message indicating that a first transmission format is changed to a second transmission format; and if an acknowledgement (ACK) message for the RRC message is not received, repetitively transmitting the RRC message, from the base station to the receiver, together with data based on the first transmission format or data based on the second transmission format, wherein the data based on the first transmission format and the data based on the second transmission format transmitted together with the RRC message are alternately selected. | 06-06-2013 |
20130148567 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR HANDOFF OF A MOBILE TELEPHONE CALL IN A VOIP ENVIRONMENT - When a mobile telephony device is conducting a voice over Internet protocol (VOIP) telephone call via a data network, and the mobile telephone device transitions from a first wireless data connection to a second wireless data connection, signaling between the mobile telephone device and a media relay inform the media relay how to address data packets bearing the media of the call after the transition has occurred. In some embodiments, the mobile telephone device establishes multiple simultaneous wireless data connections, and the mobile telephony device switches the media of the call between the wireless data connections depending on the quality of the wireless data connections. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148568 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, TETHERING CONTROL METHOD AND TETHERING CONTROL PROGRAM - A wireless communication device includes a wireless communication control unit, a tethering request reception unit, a wireless communication system switch unit and a tethering control unit. The wireless communication control unit makes wireless communication with a predetermined communication network in wireless communication paths established by first wireless communication systems except a specific wireless communication system for packet communication among a plurality of mutually different wireless communication systems. The tethering request reception unit receives a tethering request of requesting to perform a tethering processing of relaying packet communication. When receiving a tethering request, the wireless communication system switch unit switches the first wireless communication systems for the established wireless communication paths to second wireless communication systems including the specific wireless communication system. When wireless communication paths by the switched second wireless communication systems are established, the tethering control unit performs the tethering processing in the established wireless communication paths. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148569 | System and Method for Retransmissions in a Wireless Communications System | 06-13-2013 |
20130155938 | TCP-RELAY FOR WIRELESS APPLICATIONS - A system for improving TCP signal reception comprising a TCP-relay component, a wireless component and an antenna (e.g., a smart antenna) coupled to the wireless component. The system being configured to receive a TCP packet with sequence number “N”, send that packet wirelessly (e.g., using 802.11) to a client, receive the client's wireless ACK indicating that the packet was received, and use the client's ACK as the trigger to send a TCP-Acknowledgement of the TCP sequence number “N”. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155939 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING INITIAL SYNCHRONIZATION USING RELAY-AMBLE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for acquiring initial synchronization in a wireless communication system are provided. A relay station determines whether or not the initial synchronization is acquired, determines a start position of a frame using a peak of an autocorrelation signal detected based on a preamble and a relay-amble (R-amble) received from a base station in the case in which the initial synchronization is not acquired, and determines the start position of the frame using a peak of an autocorrelation signal detected based on the relay-amble received from the base station in the case in which the initial synchronization is acquired. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155940 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station includes a mobile communication system, a first relay node and a radio base station connected via a radio bearer, a second relay node and a radio base station connected via a radio bearer, and a mobile station configured to conduct a handover process between a first and second state. In the first state a radio bearer is established with the first relay node in order to communicate via the first relay node and the radio base station. In the second state a radio bearer is established with the second relay node in order to communicate via the second relay node and the radio base station. The mobile station is configured such that control signals are transmitted and received via the radio bearer between the first relay node and the radio base station, via the radio bearer between the second relay node and the radio base station. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155941 | DEMULTIPLEXING APPARATUS, MULTIPLEXING APPARATUS, AND RELAY APPARATUS - A demultiplexing apparatus includes: a demultiplexed-signal selecting and distributing unit configured to apply frequency conversion processing and down-sampling processing to one or more reception signals and output reception signals to a designated output destination; frequency converting and reception low-pass filter units configured to apply frequency conversion processing and low-pass filter processing to reception signals and output reception signals while down-sampling reception signals; selector units configured to switch an input source of a signal output to the frequency converting and reception low-pass filter unit at a next stage; reception-channel filter units configured to subject signals from the frequency converting and reception low-pass filter units to waveform shaping with a desired frequency characteristic and output the signals; and a filter-bank control unit configured to generate, based on channel information estimated from one or more reception signals, a control signal controlling the demultiplexed-signal selecting and distributing unit and the selector units. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155942 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR USER EQUIPMENT TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNALS TO RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a method for a user equipment transmitting acknowledgement/negative-ACK (AC/NACK) signals to a relay node in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the following steps: setting an uplink subframe pattern including uplink blocked subframes and uplink non-blocked subframes, and selecting an ACK/NACK reception factor for each of the uplink subframes; receiving data from the relay node through at least one downlink subframe; and repeatedly transmitting ACK/NACK signals corresponding to the data, based on the uplink subframe pattern and the ACK/NACK reception factor, wherein when the uplink subframe for receiving the ACK/NACK signal is a specific uplink blocked subframe, the ACK/NACK signals are received by the non-blocked subframes allocated to the user equipment, following the specific uplink blocked subframe. | 06-20-2013 |
20130163504 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR ACQUISTION OF CONTROL NODE INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method, a device, and a system for the acquisition of control node information. In embodiments of the present invention, on the basis of information transmitted by a base station, a relay node acquires control node information on user terminal access attached in the information acquired, thereby allowing a relay node in a system placed after the introducing relay node to be informed of the control node information on user terminal access. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163505 | System and Method for Determining a Communications Schedule for Relay Nodes of a Wireless Relay Network - A communications schedule routes data between relay nodes forming a wireless relay network and interconnects relay nodes by an ordered sequence of communications links established over a wireless resource comprising resource blocks. Candidate connectivity patterns for the ordered sequence of communications links and candidate resource allocations are provided. For each candidate connectivity pattern, a level of a performance characteristic is calculated for a selected combination of the candidate resource allocations. Based on a desired level of the performance characteristic, a candidate connectivity pattern and associated selected combination of candidate resource allocations whose calculated level of the performance characteristic meets the desired level, is selected as the communications schedule. In response to a trigger condition, the performance level evaluation process and the selection process are repeated to re-select one of the candidate connectivity patterns and its associated selected combination of candidate resource allocations to be used as the communications schedule. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163506 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are described for a Relay Node (RN) that is transparent to User Equipments to transmit, together with a base station (Node B), Reference Signals (RS) to UEs, to receive RS from UEs, to perform transmissions of Transport Blocks (TBs) to the Node B or to UEs and receptions of TBs from the Node B or from UEs, where the transmissions of TBs from the RN are for retransmissions associated with a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARD) process for the same TBs, and enabling the Node B to obtain control information signaled from UEs while signaling from the RN interferers with that signaling of control information. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163507 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a relay station that is capable of improving PDSCH channel estimation accuracy, even in a case where a DL grant is provided that gives instructions for downlink data allocation for R-PDCCH. In this device, a signal separation unit ( | 06-27-2013 |
20130163508 | Relay Nodes in Multi-Operator Scenario - There is provided connecting to a group of interconnected wireless relay nodes including a first set connected to a first network over a first wireless connection, and a second set connected to a second network over a second wireless connection, configuring at least one of the first and the second sets of wireless relay nodes with resources for both the first and the second network and providing user equipment of the second network with wireless access via said first set of wireless relay nodes to the interconnected second set of wireless relay nodes and further over the second wireless connection to the second network. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163509 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING A RELAY STATION - Provided is a method for transmitting signals in a relay station. In detail, the method for transmitting signals in a relay station of a wireless communication system using a plurality of subframes including a plurality of OFDM symbols or SC-FDMA symbols comprises the steps of: receiving bitmap information on a backhaul downlink subframe from the relay station; obtaining control information on a subframe that is not used for a backhaul downlink; and repeatedly transmitting channel state information to the relay station on the basis of a virtual index indicating only a backhaul uplink subframe, wherein the backhaul uplink subframe is determined according to the control information and the bitmap information. | 06-27-2013 |
20130170428 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RELAY NODE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of transmitting, by a radio base station DeNB, “RA Response” to a mobile station UE within a “RA Response window” for the mobile station UE when “RA Preamble” is received from the mobile station UE, a step of transmitting, by a relay node RN, a signal to the mobile station UE in a subframe other than an MBSFN subframe, and a step of transmitting, by the radio base station DeNB, “RA Response” to the relay node RN in an MBSFN subframe of a “RA Response window” for the relay node RN when “RA Preamble” is received from the relay node RN. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170429 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a radio communication device used in a radio communication system of the present invention, a radio relay terminal ( | 07-04-2013 |
20130176934 | LONG TERM EVOLUTON (LTE) USER EQUIPMENT RELAYS HAVING A LICENSED WIRELESS OR WIRED BACKHAUL LINK AND AN UNLICENSED ACCESS LINK - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for employing relaying devices, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) user equipment (UE) relays, having a licensed wireless or wired backhaul link and an unlicensed access link. One method generally includes receiving, at a first device, data from a first apparatus via a first carrier frequency in a licensed spectrum, wherein the first device comprises a relaying device, and relaying the data to a second apparatus via a second carrier frequency in an unlicensed spectrum. In this manner, wireless communication systems with relaying devices may achieve better spectral efficiency in unlicensed access links. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176935 | TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A communication method of a terminal that can operate in a relay mode or a base station mode is provided. When the terminal, having received a service from a first base station, detects that a service connection to the first base station is unavailable, the terminal searches for a second base station, which is an available neighboring base station. The terminal transmits a ranging request message including a base station identifier of the first base station to the second base station. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176936 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of transmitting, by a radio base station DeNB, a first downlink signal in a first subframe to a relay node RN, a step of transmitting, by the relay node RN, a second downlink signal in a second subframe to a mobile station UE, a step of notifying, by the relay node RN, the radio base station DeNB of information indicating “Half duplex inband Relay Node”, and a step of transmitting, by the radio base station DeNB, a transmission timing of R-PDCCH and R-PDSCH in a Un subframe to the relay node RN according to the notification. | 07-11-2013 |
20130182633 | System and Method for Wireless Link Configuration - A method for operating a relay node during a handoff from a first controller to a second controller includes receiving a first instruction from the first controller to discontinue using a first set of wireless backhaul link resources allocated to the relay node by the first controller and to temporarily use a second set of wireless backhaul link resources dedicated by the second controller. The method also includes receiving a second instruction from the second controller to discontinue using the second set of wireless backhaul link resources and to begin using a third set of wireless backhaul link resources allocated to the relay node by the second controller. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182634 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, RELAY SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF RELAYING DATA - A wireless communication system includes at least one first relay configured to forward data received from at least one of a plurality of base stations, and to reduce intra-cell interference between a plurality of sectors of the plurality of base stations. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182635 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAY NODE UNDER THE CONDITION OF CARRIER AGGREGATION - A resource allocation method and apparatus for a relay node under the condition of carrier aggregation are disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention. By applying the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention, a relay node can determine information of cells, which are currently available for allocation, of a Un interface, and report the information to an eNB, so that the eNB can allocate corresponding Un interface resources for the relay node according to the information. Thus the eNB side can accurately obtain the information of the cell resources, which are available for allocation and currently correspond to the relay node, of the Un interface. Thus the problem is solved that the relay node cannot properly work under the condition of the carrier aggregation caused by the mismatching between the Un interface resources directly allocated by the eNB and the relay node in the prior art. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182636 | REPEATING METHOD OF WIRELESS REPEATING DEVICE, AND WIRELESS REPEATING DEVICE - The present invention is applicable to the field of communications technologies, and provides a repeating method of a wireless repeating device and a wireless repeating device. The method includes the following steps: synchronizing network connection information of an upstream AP to a downstream WLAN AP interface of the wireless repeating device; obtaining, according to the downstream WLAN AP interface corresponding to the synchronized upstream AP, downstream wireless STA MAC address information, and establishing an upstream WLAN Client interface which is in a mapping relationship with an STA MAC address; and performing, according to the mapping relationship between the STA MAC address and the established upstream WLAN Client interface, management on data forwarded between the upstream AP and a downstream wireless STA. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182637 | SENSOR NETWORK AND METHOD OF LINK EXTENSION BASED ON TIME SLOT RELAYING IN THE SAME - A sensor network includes: a network coordinator that broadcasts a first beacon frame; a sensor device that receives a frame from the network coordinator or transmits a frame to the network coordinator; and at least one repeater that relays the frame of the network coordinator to the sensor device or relays the frame of the sensor device to the network coordinator and that broadcasts a second beacon frame that is synchronized with the first beacon frame, wherein the sensor device is synchronized with the second beacon frame to transmit/receive the frame, the cyclic-superframe includes a plurality of slotted-superframes corresponding to the first beacon frame and the second beacon frame, and the network coordinator, the sensor device, and the repeater operate in a periodically repeated cyclic-superframe structure. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182638 | Enhancements to Support Mobility Load Balancing for Relay - The present invention provides methods, apparatuses, and a computer program product for enhancements to support Mobility Load Balancing for Relay. The present invention discloses receiving a message including first parameters regarding a link between a relay entity and a base station entity, calculating second parameters regarding the link between the relay entity and the base station entity, placing the calculated second parameters into the message, and forwarding the message including the first and second parameters to nodes that are connected to the base station. | 07-18-2013 |
20130188551 | BEARER MANAGEMENT - A method and system of bearer management signalling in a communication network comprising of transporting bearer resource request message of both the UE and RN via DeNB to managing entity of UE within EPC, as a signalling message over uplink channel referred to as “Union of Resource Request” (UR Request)' message. The bearer resource response message from one of the managing entity of UE or managing entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signalling message to Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) via DeNB over the downlink channel referred to as “Independent Admission Response” (IA Response). This manages bearer setup signalling as a single loop, by transportation of “UR Request” signalling message over uplink and receiving one “IA Response” signalling message over downlink channels. EPE is a conglomeration of network nodes comprising of UEs, RNs and all other network nodes that communicate over EPC via DeNB. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188552 | RELAYING IN MIXED LICENSED AND UNLICENSED CARRIER AGGREGATION - A radio access network comprises a radio access network node and plural wireless terminals. At least a first wireless terminal is configured to utilize mixed carrier aggregation. A relay node transmits an unlicensed component carrier allocated to the first wireless terminal between the radio access network node and the first wireless terminal. The relay node may relay uplink data, downlink data, or both. | 07-25-2013 |
20130195004 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPATH PROTOCOL PACKET RELAY - A method and apparatus for processing packet streams associated with stream-based transport connection to thereby enable communication between a source host and one or more destination hosts. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195005 | MULTI-HOMED MOBILE RELAY - A mobile relay node having communication sessions with a plurality of wireless mobile device (UEs) and a communication link to a source base station via a first communication link is located within a moving vehicle. As the vehicle moves from the coverage area of the source base station to the coverage area of a target base station, the relay node performs a hand off process that initiates a second communication link with the target while maintaining and continuing to relay communications between the UEs and the source. Once the second communication link is active, the relay node switches UE traffic from the source base station to the target base station over the second communication link, and then releases the first communication link. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195006 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, in relation to an uplink transmission method, the present invention relates to a method which includes: generating a signal for uplink transmission; transmitting the signal by using a subframe #n; if the subframe #n and a subframe #n+1 are subframes for respectively different links, not transmitting the signal in the last symbol of the subframe #n; and if the subframe #n and the subframe #n+1 are subframes for the same link, transmitting the signal by using the last symbol of the subframe #n, and to a device for same. | 08-01-2013 |
20130201899 | Transmission Method and System for Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel - The present invention discloses a transmission method and system for a Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH). The method comprises the steps of: an eNB bearing downlink grant information of a relay node onto an available Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex (OFDM) symbol of a first slot of a pre-allocated Physical Resource Block (PRB) pair used for bearing the R-PDCCH, wherein available OFDM symbols in the PRB pair, other than the OFDM symbol used for the downlink grant information, are used for bearing a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) of each relay node (S | 08-08-2013 |
20130201900 | MAPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE STATUS PROCESS - The present invention discloses a mapping method and apparatus for resource status process, and the method comprises the following steps: DeNB receives resource status information from RN; said DeNB acquires the address of source eNB according to said resource status information and context information; said DeNB sends said resource status information to said source eNB according to the address of said source eNB. In the present invention, context information on DeNB is established for source eNB to enable DeNB to route resource status response message or resource status report to correct source eNB apparatus according to context information. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201901 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BEARER MANAGEMENT - A method and system of bearer management signalling in a communication network comprising of transporting bearer resource request message of both the UE and RN via DeNB to managing entity of UE within EPC, as a signalling message over uplink channel referred to as ‘Union of Resource Request (UR Request)’ message. The bearer resource response message from one of the managing entity of UE or managing entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signalling message to Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) via DeNB over the downlink channel referred to as ‘Intersection of Admission Response (IA Response)’. This manages bearer setup signalling as a single loop, by transportation of ‘UR Request’ signalling message and receiving one ‘IA Response’ signalling message over uplink and downlink channels respectively. EPE is a conglomeration of network nodes comprising of UEs, RNs and all other network nodes that communicate over EPC via DeNB. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201902 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - The present invention provides a radio base station apparatus and a resource allocation method that can improve the inequality of the amount of radio resources to allocate to UEs under relay nodes and improve the cell edge user throughput performance. The radio base station apparatus according to the present invention has a frequency bandwidth control section ( | 08-08-2013 |
20130201903 | CONNECTION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A connection method, in which a relay node RN is connected to a radio base station DeNB, includes a step of notifying, by the radio base station DeNB, the relay node RN of at least one of PCI and PRACH-Config used in a cell subordinate to the relay node RN, transmission power, a bandwidth, and TAC of RS in the relay node RN, and reception Noise Figure in the relay node RN. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201904 | Handover of Connection of User Equipment - There is provided initiating a handover of a connection of user equipment, the connection including a path from an access network to a core network and switching the path to the core network on the basis of data received on the connection exceeding a threshold. | 08-08-2013 |
20130208648 | DETERMINING CHANNEL CONFIGURATIONS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe methods, computer-readable media and system configurations for wireless communications. A method may include receiving a transmission of a series of symbols, including an index, and determining a plurality of configurations of a physical downlink channel based on the index. In various embodiments, the plurality of configurations of the physical downlink channel may include one or more antenna ports that are reserved for a reference signal. A relay node (RN) may include a processor and a memory storing a plurality of potential combinations of a plurality of configurations of a physical downlink channel. The processor may be configured to receive a transmission of a series of symbols, including an index, and match the index to one of the plurality of potential combinations. A donor evolved NodeB (DeNB) may be configured to encode such an index into a transmission. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208649 | Relaying Communications in Advanced LTE Systems - There is a method including receiving information from a relay node associated with a first node. The information includes an indication of at least one second node. The method also includes determining parameter information of the at least one second node on the basis of the indication. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208650 | RELAY TRANSMISSION METHOD, RELAY STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - Provided is a radio communication system using a relay transmission technique capable of optimizing use of radio resources in a radio base station and preventing reduction in capacity of the whole system. The relay frequency allocation method of the present invention has the steps of: radio base stations ( | 08-15-2013 |
20130208651 | RELAY SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD AND CONTROL PROGRAM OF RELAY DEVICE - A relay device arranged between a plurality of terminal devices and a file device for relaying data communication, includes: a storage unit configured to store a change history of each piece of data acquired from the file device by a request from the terminal device; a communication unit; and a computation processing unit configured to, in a case where a change history of first data acquired from the file device by a request from a first terminal device is different from a change history of second data having the same file name as the first data acquired from the file device after acquisition of the first data by the first terminal device by a request from a second terminal device, control and cause the communication unit to notify the first terminal device that the first data is changed to the second data. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208652 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD - A relay station for relaying a radio signal between a mobile station and a base station includes a relay station information generating unit configured to generate relay station information used by the base station to select a switching center to be connected to the relay station. The relay station also includes a message generating unit configured to generate a message including the relay station information generated by the relay station information generating unit, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the message generated by the message generating unit to the base station. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208653 | RELAY NODE AND RECONNECTION METHOD - A relay node of a communication system includes a communication unit that initiates a session by executing an initial connection procedure for retrieving a cell list indicating one or more donor base station candidates from a maintenance node after establishment of an initial communication link among the relay node, a base station, and a switching center, and for establishing a communication link to a donor base station in the cell list and a switching center connected to the donor base station; a storing unit that stores the cell list; and a reconnection control unit that selects, when a radio link with the donor base station is lost, a donor base station satisfying a predetermined criterion in the cell list, and that causes the communication unit to establish a communication link to the selected donor base station and a switching center connected to the selected donor base station. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208654 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication device, a communication method and a communication system that enable an increase in channel capacity at cell edges of a plurality of cells. Data transmission is implemented by transmission stations, which are base stations of adjacent cells, by MIMO transmission. A relay station receives radio waves that are transmitted by both the transmission station and the transmission station, and acquires data transmitted by the transmission station and data transmitted by the transmission station. The relay station transmits data to reception stations in adjacent cells according to multi-user MIMO transmission. The data transmitted by the transmission station is received by the reception station via the relay station, and the data transmitted by the transmission station is received by the reception station via the relay station. The present invention can be used in cellular systems. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215818 | QUEUED COOPERATIVE WIRELESS NETWORKS CONFIGURATION USING RATELESS CODES - A system using cooperative communication with rateless codes is presented that uses communication transmission aspects of cooperative communication with rateless codes over Rayleigh fading channels and queuing aspects for buffering messages at intermediate relays. The system transmits a subsequent message while a current message is en route to the destination by receiving and buffering the current message in queues at intermediate relays. A relay with a best instantaneous communication link to the source may receive a message first and forward the received message to the destination. Alternatively, if inter-relay communication links are strong, all relays may cooperate simultaneously. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215819 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE OF A RELAY NODE IN A BACKHAUL SUBFRAME - A method and apparatus for allocating control channels of a relay is provided. The method includes generating resource block assignment information related to resource blocks allocated to the relay; transmitting resource information comprising the resource block assignment information; and transmitting a control channel according to the resource information. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215820 | Relay Nodes - A method, including receiving, at a donor access node from a relay node associated with the donor access node, an identification of one or more other access nodes detected at the relay node and sending configuration information about said relay node from said donor access node to at least one of said one or more other access nodes in advance of an indication that a user equipment associated with the relay node has detected said at least one other access node, without at the same time sending said configuration information to at least one further access node that is detected by one or more other relay nodes or user equipments associated with the donor access node but not detected by said relay node. Wherein said configuration information includes information for setting up a communication with the relay node other than via a core network associated with the donor access node. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215821 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a radio communication system of the present invention, a second radio relay terminal ( | 08-22-2013 |
20130215822 | IN-SEQUENCE DELIVERY OF UPSTREAM USER TRAFFIC DURING HANDOVER - The present invention relates to a donor radio access node (DeNB | 08-22-2013 |
20130223324 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPPORTUNISTIC RELAY ASSOCIATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for associating a user equipment (UE) with a relay in a wireless network are provided. The apparatus determines a relay backhaul link quality of a relay; determines a path loss from a UE to the relay; and compares the relay backhaul link quality to a direct link quality between the UE and a base station, and the path loss to a path loss threshold to determine whether to associate the UE with the relay. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223325 | METHOD FOR BEARER SIGNALLING MANAGEMENT - A method for bearer signalling management in a communication network comprising of transporting bearer resource request message of both the UE and RN via DeNB to managing entity of RN within EPC, as a signalling message over uplink channel referred to as ‘Union of Resource Request (UR Request)’ message. The bearer resource response message from one of the managing entity of RN or managing entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signalling message to Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) via DeNB over the downlink channel referred to as ‘Union of Admission Response (UA Response)’. This manages bearer setup signalling as a single loop, by transportation of ‘UR Request’ signalling message and receiving one ‘UA Response’ signalling message over uplink and downlink channels respectively. EPE is a conglomeration of network nodes comprising of UEs, RNs and all other network nodes that communicate over EPC via DeNB. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223326 | System and Method for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Functionality in a Relay Node - Devices and methods related to relay nodes are provided. The relay node includes a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) entity providing a first HARQ functionality. The relay node further includes a second HARQ entity providing a second HARQ functionality. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223327 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication system according to the present invention is configured such that a relay node RN is configured to time-share a subframe for transmission and reception in a Un interface and a subframe for transmission and reception in a Uu interface, and a radio base station DeNB is configured to transmit SI, which is to be transmitted in a subordinate cell, to the relay node RN via individual signaling. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223328 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RELAY STATION AND MOBILE STATION - In a mobile communication system, a mobile station receives intermittently a channel transmitted by a first or second base station through a relay station. Herein, the relay station, before execution of a handover for switching a connection destination of its own station from the first base station to the second base station, transmits information on the second base station. The mobile station, based on the information on the second base station received from the relay station before the handover, controls a timing for receiving the channel from the relay station after the handover. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223329 | Method for Performing Proactive Wireless Communication Handoffs Using a Mobile Client's Route Information - A method of handing off radio resources from a first base station to a second base station includes transmitting route information and speed information associated with a client device from the client device to the first base station or to an application server. A time is selected at which the radio resources are to be handed off from the first base station to the second base station. The selection is performed by the first base station or the application server. The selection is performed dependent upon the route information and speed information. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223330 | REPEATER DEVICE - The invention relates to a repeater arrangement for amplifying a communication link between a base station and user equipment, wherein the communication link comprises an uplink and a downlink utilizing frequencies within a coherence bandwidth. The repeater arrangement comprises: a first antenna for communication with the base station; a second antenna for communication with the user equipment; an amplifying device operatively connected to the first antenna and to the second antenna for conveying and amplifying communication signals between the first antenna and the second antenna, the amplifying device comprising a first signal path for the uplink and a second signal path for the downlink, the first and second signal paths having equal electrical length, in order to affect said communication signal identically in both uplink and downlink, providing same phase and amplitude characteristics to said communication signal. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223331 | Method and Apparatus for Allocating Bandwidth Request Channel in Wireless Communication System Including Relay Station - A method and apparatus of allocating a bandwidth request channel (BRCH) in a wireless communication system including a relay station (RS) is provided. At least one first BRCH for a bandwidth request of a mobile station (MS) connected to a base station (BS) and at least one second BRCH for a bandwidth request of the RS are allocated. An opportunity index is assigned to each of the at least one first BRCH and the at least one second BRCH, and the opportunity index assigned to the at least one second BRCH is started after the opportunity index assigned to the at least one first BRCH. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING RELAY LINK RESOURCE ELEMENT GROUP - A method and an apparatus for determining a relay link resource element group are disclosed. The method includes: determining a size of a relay link resource element group according to a pattern of a non-zero-power Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS), and/or a pattern of a zero-power CSI-RS and/or a pattern of a Common Reference Signal (CRS), and/or a pattern of a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) transmitted in a resource block in which the resource element group locates in allocated resources. The allocated resources are used for a transmission over a relay link physical downlink control channel, including one or more continuously or discretely distributed resource blocks in the frequency domain, while including one or more Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in the time domain. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223333 | METHOD TO OPTIMIZE CALL ESTABLISHMENT IN MOBILE SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Call placement to or from satellite UEs is optimized by reducing IMS message exchanges, the originating party has control over QoS parameters, a HPA subscription service is made available, and calls to a terminating satellite UE that is shielded from satellite coverage are completed by selectively employing HPA pages. For a call request without preconditions, an IMS node associated with an originating UE uses the NRSCPA on Offer instead of using the standard terminating node initiated NRSCPA on Answer. An IMS node associated with a terminating UE checks for HPA subscription by the user. If subscribed, the terminating INVITE request is for a “Conversational” or “Interactive” service, and the terminating UE is in PMM_IDLE state, the satellite RAN pages the terminating UE using HPA. | 08-29-2013 |
20130229975 | COOPERATIVE RELAYING AND NETWORK CODING IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Cooperative relaying and network coding to implement diversity in a cellular communications system is disclosed. A primary network node diversity combines a first copy of a first packet overheard by the primary network node with a second copy of the first packet received in a network coded packet from a relay network node to form a combined first packet. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229976 | MOBILE DEVICE WHICH HANDS OVER CONNECTIVITY FROM ONE NETWORK CONNECTION TO ANOTHER NETWORK CONNECTION WITHOUT INTERRUPTION IN APPLICATION DATA FLOW AND METHODS THEREFOR - Mobile devices which hand over connectivity from one network connection to another network connection without interruption in application data flow and methods therefor are disclosed. One embodiment further includes, a system for managing handover from a first wireless connection to a second wireless connection for applications, the system including, a network interface operable to communicate with the first wireless network and the second wireless network, wherein the network interface is operable to receive first data from a first wireless network and receive second data for the application from a second wireless network and generate a continuous data flow for applications when handover from the first wireless network to the second wireless network occurs. | 09-05-2013 |
20130235788 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION SETUP THROUGH RELAYS - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, an access point is configured to receive a request for relay connection and to transmit a message to at least one relay based on the received request for relay connection. The message comprises an instruction to transmit a setup response frame. A station is configured to transmit the request for relay connection to the access point and to select one of the at least one relay based on at least one setup response frame received from at least one of the at least one relay. The selected one of the at least one relay is configured to relay data packets between the station and the access point. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235789 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION SETUP THROUGH RELAYS - Systems, methods, and devices for registering a relay in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a device is configured to operate as a relay and to transmit an association message. The association message comprises capabilities of the device and an indication of whether the device relays uplink traffic, downlink traffic, or both. An access point is configured to receive the association message to associate the device with the access point based on the association message and to transmit a beacon message to a station. The beacon message comprises an indication of whether the access point is associated with a relay. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235790 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION SETUP THROUGH RELAYS - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a receiver of a relay is configured to receive a relay initiator frame and a data frame. A transmitter of the relay is configured to transmit an amplified version of the data frame at a same or substantially same time as a time that the data frame is received if the relay initiator frame is received prior to the data frame. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235791 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION SETUP THROUGH RELAYS - Systems, methods, and devices for setting up a relay in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a transmitter of a station is configured to transmit a relay request to an access point. The access point is configured to transmit a discovery request frame based on the relay request to at least one relay. Each of the at least one relay is configured to transmit a discovery message based on the discovery request frame to the station. A processor of the station is configured to select one relay of the at least one relay based on each received discovery message. The transmitter is further configured to transmit a message comprising an identification of the selected one relay of the at least one relay to the access point. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235792 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION SETUP THROUGH RELAYS - Systems, methods, and devices for securely communicating data are described herein. In some aspects, a station is configured to communicate with an access point. A relay includes an uncontrolled port and a controlled port. The relay is configured to forward association, authentication, and secure relay setup frames between the station and the access point through the uncontrolled port. The relay is configured to forward data packets between the station and the access point through the uncontrolled port once the station establishes a relay relationship with the relay. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235793 | ADAPTIVE MODULATION FOR COOPERATIVE CODED SYSTEMS | 09-12-2013 |
20130242852 | PORTABLE WiFi SIGNAL REPEATER - A portable, battery-powered, wireless WiFi signal repeater is presented. It is placed in very close proximity to a WiFi-enabled device and is capable of improving the. communication link between the device and base station. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242853 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises: a step in which a relay node receives a relay physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) including indication information relating to at least one piece of information about a second antenna port and a second scramble ID from a base station by using information about a first antenna port and a first scramble ID; and a step in which the relay node receives a downlink data channel from the base station, wherein the downlink data channel comprises a first downlink data channel region assigned to a portion of a resource block pair to which the relay physical downlink control channel is assigned, and a second downlink data channel region assigned to the other portion of the resource block pair to which the relay physical downlink control channel is assigned, wherein the first downlink data channel region is received using the first antenna and the first scramble ID, and the second downlink data channel region is received using the indication information. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242854 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTRA-CELL FREQUENCY REUSE IN A RELAY NETWORK - A method for communicating using a wireless communication network is presented. The method may include receiving a channel quality indicator (CQI) from a first UE. The first UE is served by a base station. The CQI characterizes a channel quality between the first UE and the base station when the base station transmits at a high power. A first modulation and coding scheme (MCS) may be determined for when the base station transmits at a low power based on the received CQI. When the spectrum efficiency of the first MCS is equal to or higher than the spectrum efficiency of a pre-determined MCS, first UE may be communicated with using a low power transmission. In some cases, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) downlink control information (DCI) message is transmitted to the first UE to identify a power spectral density (PSD) level. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242855 | METHOD FOR AVOIDING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - According to the disclosure of the present invention, provided is a method for operating a relay node (RN) to avoid an inter-cell interference (ICI) in a wireless access system. The method includes: overhearing the downlink signal transmitted by a plurality of base stations to terminals within the coverage area of each base station in an n | 09-19-2013 |
20130250845 | WIRELESS SENSOR SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS WITH SWITCH AND OUTLET CONTROL - In some embodiments an apparatus includes a wireless sensor configured to be operatively coupled to a network gateway device that is configured to receive one of a first data packet or a second packet from the wireless sensor. The wireless sensor is configured to send the first data packet at a first time on a first frequency, the first data packet including a payload associated with a value of a measurement that was measured by the wireless sensor. The wireless sensor is configured to send the second data packet at a second time on a second frequency, the second data packet includes a payload associated with the value. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250846 | RELAY DEVICE - The relay device includes a first switch interposed between a first extraction unit and a second superimposing unit and a second switch interposed between a second extraction unit and a first superimposing unit. The first switch opens and closes a path where a superimposed signal is relayed from a first transmission path to a second transmission path. The second switch opens and closes a path where a superimposed signal is relayed from the second transmission path to the first transmission path. The first switch is controlled in response to reception of a first control signal to be turned off when a superimposed signal is relayed from the second transmission path to the first transmission path. The second switch is controlled in response to reception of a second control signal to be turned off when a superimposed signal is relayed from the first transmission path to the second transmission path. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250847 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR A RELAY NODE TO TRANSMIT A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL TO A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a relay node (RN) to transmit a sounding reference signal (SRS) to a base station in a wireless communication system. The method for SRS transmission includes: receiving the backhaul downlink subframe setting information from the base station; allocating backhaul uplink subframes on the basis of the received backhaul downlink subframe setting information; receiving uplink subframe setting information; receiving uplink subframe setting information for SRS transmission from the base station; receiving an indicator for triggering the SRS transmission from the base station; and, if a first uplink subframe from among the uplink subframes for the SRS transmission is the backhaul uplink subframe, transmitting the SRS from the first uplink subframe to the base station; or, if the first uplink subframe is not the backhaul uplink subframe is not the backhaul uplink subframe, not transmitting the SRS to the base station; or transmitting the SRS from a second uplink subframe, which is backhaul uplink subframe from among the uplink subframes for the SRS transmission and is subsequently the closest to the first uplink subframe, to the base station. | 09-26-2013 |
20130258939 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS AND APPARATUS - In an embodiment a wireless relay device comprises a receiver configured to receive signals from at least a first wireless device and a second wireless device, and to extract, from a signal received from the first wireless device, an indication of a path metric for a path from a source node to the first wireless device, and from a signal received from the second wireless device, an indication of a path metric for a path from the source node to the second wireless device; a processor configured to select, using the extracted indications, a path from the source node to the wireless relay device and to determine a path metric for the selected path; a memory configured to store the path metric for the selected path; and a transmitter configured to transmit an indication of the path metric for the selected path to a third wireless device. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258940 | IMPLICIT SIGNALLING METHOD FOR BEARER MANAGEMENT - Implicit signalling method for bearer management in a communication network with transporting bearer resource request message of both the UE and RN via Base station to managing entity of RN within EPC, as a signalling message over uplink channel referred to as ‘Union of Resource Request (UR Request)’ message. The bearer resource response message referred to as ‘Implicit Admission Response (IA Response)’ from one of the management entity of UE or management entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signalling message to Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) via Base station over the downlink channel. This manages bearer setup signalling as a single loop, by transportation of ‘UR Request’ signalling message and receiving one “IA Response” signalling message over uplink and downlink channels respectively. EPE is a conglomeration of network nodes made of UEs, RNs and all other network nodes that communicate over EPC via Base station. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258941 | INTERSECTION SIGNALING METHOD FOR BEARER MANAGEMENT - Intersection signaling method for bearer management in a communication network with transporting bearer resource request message of both the UE and RN via Base station to managing entity of RN within EPC, as a signaling message over uplink channel referred to as ‘Union of Resource Request (UR Request)’ message. The bearer resource response message from one of the managing entity of UE or managing entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signaling message to Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) via Base station over the downlink channel referred to as ‘Intersection of Admission Response (IA Response)’. This manages bearer setup signaling as a single loop, by transportation of ‘UR Request’ signaling message and receiving one “IA Response” signaling message over uplink and downlink channels respectively. EPE is a conglomeration of network nodes. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258942 | INDEPENDENT SIGNALLING METHOD FOR BEARER MANAGEMENT - Independent signalling method for bearer management in a communication network with transporting bearer resource request message of both the UE and RN via Base station to managing entity of RN within EPC, as a signalling message over uplink channel referred to as ‘Union of Resource Request (UR Request)’ message. The bearer resource response message referred to as ‘Independent Admission Response (IA Response)’ from one of the management entity of EPE or management entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signalling message to Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) via Base station over the downlink channel. This manages bearer setup signalling as a single loop, by transportation of ‘UR Request’ signalling message and receiving one “Independent Admission Response” signalling message over uplink and downlink channels respectively. EPE is a conglomeration of network nodes comprising of UEs, RNs and all other network nodes that communicate over EPC via Base station. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258943 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING MOBILE MANAGEMENT ENTITY (MME) IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method and system for managing MME in a telecommunication network. In one embodiment this is accomplished by receiving the bearer resource request message at the MME_UE from the UE, wherein the bearer resource request message is corresponding to the UE's original bearer resource request, inspecting the received message by the MME_UE in order to identify presence of RN_ID, if any, requesting to receive by the MME_UE from the MME_RNs for RN's ‘management context information’ wherein management context includes all information that enables taking over the function of MME_RN by the MME_UE and consolidating the MME_UE and MME_RNs function within the MME as MME_UE_RNs, so that for all future response to the received request will be managed by MME_UE_RN. | 10-03-2013 |
20130265933 | TDMA WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RELATED METHODS - A wireless communications system may include wireless communications devices communicating with one another via time division multiple access (TDMA). The wireless communications devices may include a time master device that may transmit a first synchronization message, a first maintenance message, and a timing head relay designation message. The wireless communications devices also include a timing head relay device corresponding to the timing head relay designation and may receive the first synchronization message, first maintenance message and timing head relay designation message. The timing head relay device may also transmit a second synchronization message and a second maintenance message. The wireless communications devices may also include a time forwarding device that may receive the second synchronization message and the second maintenance message, transmit a third synchronization message when a downstream wireless communications device is outside a range of the timing head relay device, and transmit a third maintenance message. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265934 | RELAY CONTROL CHANNEL SEARCH SPACE CONFIGURATION - A method, apparatus, and computer-readable medium are provided for implementing a control channel on a backhaul link of a relay system. The method can include, for example, hybrid time division multiplexing and frequency division multiplexing a relay-physical downlink control channel and relay-physical downlink shared channel of a backhaul link for a relay node as a hybrid multiplexed set of symbols. The relay-physical downlink control channel can include a semi-statically configured searching space to be searched by the relay node. The method can also include transmitting the hybrid multiplexed set of symbols to the relay node. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265935 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MEMORY MEDIUM STORING METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - To reduce burden of a user's wireless LAN setting, a wireless communication system includes a first communication device and a second communication device so as to perform a wireless communication with each other. The first communication device includes a determination part that determines whether the wireless communication device connects to a relay station which performs a wireless relay communication, and a communication part that performs a wireless communication in a first connection mode to communicate with the second communication device through the relay station in a case that the relay station is connected, and in a case that the relay station is not connected, the communication part that performs a wireless communication in a second connection mode with the second communication device, which do not communicate through the relay station. | 10-10-2013 |
20130272187 | COMMUNICATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A communication environment with carrier aggregation (CA) is disclosed in which a UE is configured for communication at a first time with a first network node via a primary component carrier (PCC) and a second network node via a secondary CC (SCC). At a second time, the UE is configured for communication with a third network node via the SCC at a second time. The UE maintains communication with the first network node via the PCC without triggering handover at the UE during the establishing communication with the third network node. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272188 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING REFERENCE SIGNALS OF A BACKHAUL LINK IN A RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA USING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for transmitting/receiving data in a relay communication system. The method comprises the steps of: setting, as a guard band, the first predetermined number of symbol transmission slots of a data transmission period in a subframe resource element of a downlink channel constituted by a control signal transmission period to which a control signal is allocated and the data transmission period to which downlink data is allocated; allocating reference signals to symbols of the data transmission period; puncturing the symbols corresponding to the guard band from among the symbols to which said reference signals are allocated; and transmitting signals to which said reference signals are allocated. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272189 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for allocating a resource which enables a relay node to transmit uplink control information to a base station in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method for allocating the resource include the steps of: generating a control information sequence for a backhaul downlink sub-frame between a relay node and a base station; setting symbols for mapping the control information sequence when a plurality of symbols are punctured at a front end or a rear end of a backhaul uplink sub-frame between the relay node and the base station; and performing the time-first-mapping for the control information sequence with respect to resource elements corresponding to the set symbols in a descending order of sub-carrier indexes. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272190 | Dynamic Configuration of Relay Nodes in a Cellular Communication System - An access node of a radio access network of a cellular communication system obtains first configuration information for at least one relay node which is capable of being wirelessly connected to the radio access network via the access node and is associated with the access node, wherein the first configuration information includes information on an interface between the access node and the at least one relay node, and transmits the first configuration information to at least one other access node of the radio access network. Alternatively or in addition, the access node receives second configuration information from the at least one other access node, for at least one other relay node which is capable of being wirelessly connected to the radio access network via the at least one other access node and is associated with the at least one other access node, wherein the second configuration information includes information on an interface between the at least one other access node and the at least one other relay node. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272191 | ENABLING A COMMUNICATION SERVER TO USE MSC-S RELATED FUNCTIONS - The disclosure relates to a method of establishing a circuit switched, CS, call to a mobile subscriber of a CS network, wherein the mobile subscriber includes an instant communication client which is adapted to communicate via an instant messaging protocol with an instant communication server. The instant communication server is associated to a hosting switching node of the CS network. A switching node of the CS network receives a CS setup message for terminating a CS call. A switching node of the CS network detects that the mobile subscriber is not reachable over the CS network. The CS setup message is routed to the hosting switching node. A message converter associated to the hosting switching node converts the CS setup message into a converted setup message according to the instant messaging protocol. The instant communication server forwards the converted setup message to the instant communication client. | 10-17-2013 |
20130279398 | METHOD OF SELECTING RELAY NODE IN MOBILE AD-HOC NETWORK - Disclosed herein is a method of selecting a relay node in a mobile ad-hoc network. The relay node selection method includes updating a neighbor node list based on messages received from one or more other nodes, and selecting a 1-hop neighbor node having a highest Multi-Point Relay (MPR) selector counter (MSC) value, from among one or more 1-hop neighbor nodes included in the updated neighbor node list, as an MPR node. Therefore, the present invention can prevent unnecessary channel competition and conflicts between nodes and improve network performance. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279399 | SELF-INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION CONTROL FOR A RELAY NODE - A technique for controlling suppression of self-interference in a relay node configured to transmit and receive simultaneously using the same frequency channel or using proximate frequency channels is provided. A method implementation of this technique comprises the steps of actively cancelling a signal transmitted from the relay node that leaks back into a receiver of the relay node to suppress self-interference, determining whether an increase of an amount of self-interference suppression is needed or whether self-interference suppression can be decreased, and increasing or decreasing, depending on the result of the determination, at least one of the transmit power of the signal transmitted from the relay node and the receive power of the relay node. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279400 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR R-PDCCH TRANSMISSION IN SCENARIO OF CARRIER AGGREGATION - Disclosed are a method and device for R-PDCCH transmission in the scenario of carrier aggregation. By way of applying the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention, multi-carrier aggregation transmission is supported between the relay node and the base station. The base station sends a component carrier carrying the R-PDCCH to the relay node and schedules the resources in each component carrier by way of the R-PDCCH carried in the component carrier. Thus what is achieved is that the base station communicates with the relay node by way of a plurality of aggregated component carriers, enabling the link transmission resources between the base station and the relay node to support multi-carrier PDCCH scheduling, improving the transmitting capacity of the link between the base station and the relay node, and improving the system performance. | 10-24-2013 |
20130286928 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING IN DENSE NETWORK OPERATIONS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives an LDCS configuration for a UE relay from a second entity and monitors for an LDCS from the UE relay based on the received LDCS configuration. The second entity may comprise one of an LPN that is not in a dormant state and a Macro cell. The apparatus may receive LDCS configurations for a plurality of LPNs and monitor for a plurality of LPNs based on the received LDCS configurations. When the apparatus determines a need to connect to a LPN, the apparatus may select an LPN among the plurality of LPNs. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286929 | RELAY STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication system including a base station device and a relay station device, the base station device notifies the relay station device of the identifier of an MBSFN area and whether the subframe used by the service of the identifier of the MBSFN area should be set up in the MBSFN subframes, and, the relay station device, based on the identifier of the MBSFN area held thereby and the information on the subframe used by the service of the identifier of the MBSFN area, controls whether the subframe used by the service of the identifier of the MBSFN area, notified from the base station device, should be included in the MBSFN subframes thereof, based on a notice as to whether the subframe used by the service of the identifier of the MBSFN area is set up in the MBSFN subframes. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286930 | RELAY TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RELAY STATION - To prevent throughput of a macro terminal connecting to a radio base station from deteriorating due to an interference signal from a relay station provided in a cell of the radio base station in a radio communication system using relay transmission techniques, a relay transmission method of the invention has a step in which a relay station receives data to a relay terminal from a radio base station via a backhaul link, a step in which the relay station allocates a radio resource to the relay terminal to a certain frequency region over a plurality of TTIs, and a step in which the relay station transmits the data to the relay terminal via an access link using the allocated radio resource. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286931 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL FROM A RELAY NODE TO A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present application discloses a method for transmitting an uplink signal from a relay node to a base station in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method comprises the steps of: setting backhaul uplink subframes on the basis of a plurality of pieces of subframe setting information received from the base station; and transmitting the uplink signal to the base station on the basis of an uplink grant in a particular backhaul uplink subframe among the set backhaul uplink subframes, wherein the uplink grant is received at a backhaul downlink subframe which exists within a preset period of time (T) from the particular backhaul uplink subframe, and the backhaul downlink subframes is not an access downlink subframe. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286932 | BASE STATION, RELAY, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PACKET RE-TRANSMISSION IN A MULTI-HOP NETWORK - Systems and methods for packet re-transmission in multi-hop wireless networks are provided. In some embodiments, RLP packet re-transmission only starts from the hop where L | 10-31-2013 |
20130286933 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION TO MACRO BASE STATION BY RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO WHICH CARRIER AGGREGATION IS APPLIED - A method and apparatus for transmitting channel status information (CSI) to a macro eNB (MeNB) by a relay node (RN) in a wireless communication system to which carrier aggregation is applied are disclosed. The method includes receiving a CSI reporting request corresponding to a specific secondary component carrier (CC) from the transmitter through a primary CC, establishing a reference resource for the CSI in association with one or more secondary CCs indicated by the CSI reporting request, and transmitting CSIs of the one or more secondary CCs to the transmitter through the specific secondary CC, using the established reference resource. The reference resource is set to the nearest subframe serving as a valid downlink subframe from a reception time point of the CSI reporting request. | 10-31-2013 |
20130294327 | CHARGING OVER A USER-DEPLOYED RELAY - Network entities in a wireless network cooperate to account and charge for data communicated over the wireless network. Accounting and charging enable the network entities to properly allocate charges to a second user equipment that communicates through a first user equipment, which acts as a relay in the wireless network. A network entity receives a request from the first user equipment related to a packet data network connection relating to the second user equipment. The network entity establishes or modifies a connection between a gateway and the first user equipment in response to the request. Charges for the data may be allocated to the second user equipment for data communicated with the identifier of the second user equipment. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294328 | System and Method for Radio Frequency Repeating - In one embodiment, a method for relaying frames including receiving, by a repeater from a first station, a first frame, where the first frame has a first header having a first indicator and determining whether the first frame will be relayed in accordance with the first indicator. The method also includes transmitting, by the repeater to an access point, the first frame when the first frame is determined to be relayed. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294329 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CODING A SIGNAL IN A RELAY NETWORK - A heterogeneous arrangement of encoder and precoder are provided in a multi-hop communications network. The net effect of the encoder and precoder is to present, to a destination node, a quasi-orthogonal space time block coded transmission. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294330 | MOBILE RELAY STATION AND HANDOVER METHOD THEREOF - A mobile relay station (RS) and a handover method thereof are provided. When it is determined that a mobile RS performs handover from a superordinate base station (BS) to a target BS, information indicating admission of handover is received from the superordinate BS. The mobile RS transmits a service unavailability section to a subordinate terminal, whereby the subordinate terminal is prevented from performing handover to a different BS or a different RS. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294331 | Method for Distributed Relay Discovery and Data Forwarding - A method of discovering relay agent in a wireless communications system is provided. A wireless station first sends a relay solicitation frame to query availability of relay agent. The wireless station then receives one or more relay acknowledgement frames from one or more candidate relay agents in response to the relay solicitation frames. The wireless station determines a selected relay agent, and establishes a wireless link with the selected relay agent. The selected relay agent performs data forwarding between the station and an access point. The method allows a wireless station to initiate the relay agent discovery process by soliciting a specific relay agent or broadcasting a request to all potential relay agents. The selected relay agent can be determined with minimum power and based on link quality associated with the relay agent and specific requirement of the wireless station. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294332 | METHOD FOR SETTING SEARCH SPACE FOR RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNCATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a relay node to receive a control signal from a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving a downlink signal from the base station; and obtaining control information for the relay node by blind-decoding the downlink signal, wherein a search space for blind decoding is located in the data region of a subframe, and is divided into a search space for a downlink grant and a search space for an uplink grant. When the subframe corresponding to the control information for the relay node is a downlink (DL) standalone, the search area including only the search space for the downlink grant, or the search area for the uplink grant being set as an invalid search space would be desirable. | 11-07-2013 |
20130301516 | DIGITAL RELAY FOR OUT OF NETWORK DEVICES - In one example of digital relay for out of network devices, a communications device includes a detecting component configured to detect that one or more communication endpoints is within communication range, a message receiving component configured to receive a digital message from a first communication endpoint, and a message relaying component configured to transmit the digital message to the second communication endpoint, wherein the first communication endpoint and the second communication endpoint are not communicatively coupled to each other. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301517 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR CONFIGURING RELAY NODE SUBFRAME - The present invention discloses a method for configuring a relay node subframe, including: a relay node (RN) sends an RN subframe configuration request for at least one component carrier (CC) to a base station, where the RN subframe configuration request for one or more CCs is used to request for RN subframe configuration for at least one CC; the RN receives the RN subframe configuration information for the at least one CC sent by the base station; and the RN subframe configuration information for the at least one CC is obtained through configuration performed by the base station after the base station receives an RN subframe configuration request for the at least one CC. The present invention also discloses a corresponding apparatus. According to a solution of the present invention, an RN subframe may be configured for a CC when carrier aggregation and RN are deployed in an integrated manner. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301518 | Distributed ARQ for Wireless Communication System - Systems and apparatuss for providing distributed Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) in a wireless communication system are described herein. In one embodiment, a relay station interconnects a base station of the wireless communication system and one or more mobile stations. A first ARQ process is performed for a first connection between the base station and the relay station. A separate second ARQ process is performed for a second connection between the relay station and a mobile station. In this manner, rather than having end-to-end ARQ between the base station and the mobile station, a distributed ARQ process is provided. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301519 | Wireless Clock Distribution - Aspects of a method and system for 60 GHz wireless clock distribution may include configuring a microwave communication link established between a first chip and a second chip via a wireline communication bus. The configuration may comprise adjusting beamforming parameters of a first antenna array communicatively coupled to the first chip, and of a second antenna array communicatively coupled to the second chip. The first chip and the second chip may communicate a clock signal via said microwave communication link. The microwave communication link may be routed via one or more relay chips, when the first chip and the second chip cannot directly communicate. Control data may be transferred between the first chip, the second chip, and/or the one or more relay chips, which may comprise one or more antennas. The relay chips may be dedicated relay ICs or multi-purpose transmitter/receivers. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301520 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RELAY-STATION MOBILITY MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, RELAY-STATION MOBILITY CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - The second data transfer unit (RN S/P-GW | 11-14-2013 |
20130308520 | BATTERY POWER REPORTING FOR UE RELAYS - A method of wireless communication manages the reporting of battery power for UE relays. A UE capable of serving as a UE relay receives a battery status report configuration. The battery status may be based on rate of power consumption, percentage of total battery power remaining, characteristics of particular battery type, and/or allocation of battery usage. The UE may transmit a battery status report to a base station. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308521 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN RELAY CELL, BASE STATION, AND SYSTEM - A method for allocating radio resources, a base station, and a system are provided. The method includes: acquiring statistical average user satisfaction of each access point in a relay cell, where the access point includes the base station and a relay node in the relay cell, the average user satisfaction is an average ratio of a total user rate obtained by an access point to a total user rate required by the access point, where the average ratio is in a statistical period; and when a difference between the statistical average user satisfaction of the base station and the statistical average user satisfaction of each relay node approaches a preset value, determining a resource partitioning weight of each access point; and calculating radio resources of each access point according to the resource partitioning weight of each access point, and allocating the radio resources to each access point. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308522 | RESOURCE PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE BASED ON RELAY NODE SWITCHING - Disclosed are a resource processing method and device based on relay node (RN) switching. The method comprises: an RN determining, according to a preset policy, whether a destination evolved Node B device DeNB is required to divide resources for the RN; and informing the destination DeNB of a determination result. In the embodiments of the present invention, sub-frame configuration of a backhaul link can be performed in the switching process, configuration of a carrier aggregation cell is coordinated, influence on operation of the RN is reduced, service continuity of a user is ensured maximally, and the number of discarded packets is reduced, thereby providing good network experiences for the user. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308523 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A BACKHAUL LINK SUBFRAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO WHICH A CARRIER AGGREGATION SCHEME IS APPLIED AND AN APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for configuring a backhaul link subframe in a wireless communication system to which a carrier aggregation scheme is applied and an apparatus for the same are disclosed. The method comprises determining one of a plurality of subframe configurations as a first subframe configuration for a primary component carrier allocated to the relay node; configuring subframe configuration candidates for one or more secondary component carriers allocated to the relay node on the basis of the determined first subframe configuration; determining a second subframe configuration for each of the one or more secondary component carriers by using the configured subframe configuration candidates; and transmitting and receiving a signal to and from the relay node in accordance with the first subframe configuration and the second subframe configuration. | 11-21-2013 |
20130315131 | Method and System For Coordinating Access To A Barrage Relay Network - Methods for coordinating access to a barrage relay networks are disclosed. For example, one disclosed method includes: receiving, by a first node, a first message from a second node on a network; suppressing transmission of messages by the first node; receiving, by the first node, a second message corresponding to the first message or waiting a sufficient amount of time without receipt of the second message; reactivating transmission of the messages by the first node. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315132 | NETWORK CONNECTION DEVICE FOR SELECTIVELY CONNECTING TO WIRED NETWORK OR WIRELESS NETWORK AND SELECTIVELY PROVIDING DIFFERENT FUNCTIONS - A network connection device includes a wired network module, for connecting an electronic apparatus to a wired network; and a wireless network module, serving as a wireless network client to connect the electronic apparatus to a wireless network. The network connection device operates in a router mode, an AP mode or a repeater mode, and automatically switches between different modes. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315133 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, A METHOD AND A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING RELAY SELECTION - The embodiments relate to a wireless communications apparatus configured to operate as one of a source node, a relay node or a destination node in a network comprising a plurality of source nodes, relay nodes and destination nodes configured to support dual-hop communication using one of said relay nodes to intercede between one of said source nodes and one of said destination nodes, and a method for selecting a relay node. The wireless apparatus is configured to collect channel characteristics between the intended source node and each relay node, and between each relay node and the intended destination node, and select a relay node for relaying a signal emitted by the intended source node by determining a mode of operation for performing the selection on the basis of collected channel characteristics. The wireless communication apparatus is further configured to change the mode of operation to a different one if the channel characteristics change. The mode of operation of performing the relay node selection is one of a first mode and a second mode. In the first mode; the relay node is selected on the basis of said channel characteristics between the intended source node and each relay node and in the second mode; the relay is selected on the basis of said channel characteristics between each relay node and the intended destination node. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315134 | Intra IP Communication within a Relay Node for a Radio Telecommunication Network - It is described an access module for a relay node for a radio telecommunication network. The access module includes an access communication part for providing a radio connection between the relay node and at least one user equipment, and an access interface for connecting the access module to a backhaul module of the relay node via an Internet Protocol network connection, wherein the access module and the backhaul module are spatially separated from each other. It is further described a backhaul module for a relay node, which includes a backhaul communication part for providing a radio connection between the relay node and a base station of the radio telecommunication network, and a backhaul interface for connecting the backhaul module to an access module of the relay node via an Internet Protocol network connection, wherein the backhaul module and the access module are spatially separated from each other. It is further described a relay node including such an access module and such a backhaul module and a radio message forwarding method, which is carried out with at least one of such a relay node. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315135 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SETTING BACKHAUL LINK SUBFRAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE APPLIED THERETO - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a base station to set a backhaul link subframe for a relay node in a wireless communication system, to which a carrier aggregation technique is applied. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: determining one of the plurality of subframe settings as a first subframe setting for a main component carrier allocated to the relay node; composing subframe setting candidates for one or more subcomponent carriers allocated to the relay node, one the basis of the determined first subframe setting; and determining a second subframe setting for each of the one or more subcomponent carriers, using the composed subframe setting candidates, wherein a subframe aggregation according to the first subframe setting and subframe aggregations according to each of the subframe setting candidates do not overlap when downlink subframes and uplink subframes of the different component carriers are identical, and a downlink subframe aggregation according to the second subframe setting is included in a downlink subframe aggregation according to the first subframe setting. | 11-28-2013 |
20130322321 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DESTINATION NODE AND RELAY NODE - A method, a wireless communication system, destination node and relay node includes receiving by a destination node at current time slot the data transmitted by at least one source node; demodulating and decoding the data transmitted by at least one source node to obtain a decoding result; receiving the decoding result transmitted by first relay nodes, the decoding result being obtained by the first relay nodes through demodulating and decoding the data transmitted by at least one source node and received at the current time slot; and notifying the source node to retransmit the data or transmit new data at the next time slot by the destination node according to the result of the demodulating and decoding of the data of the source node and the decoding result of the first relay nodes. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322322 | Relay-to-Relay Interference Coordination in a Wireless Communication Network - A method includes receiving neighbor cell measurement results at a first relay node, the results originating from mobile device(s) located in a communications coverage area of the first relay node and that are served by the first relay node. Using the received neighbor cell measurement results, an amount of interference is estimated that is experienced by the first relay node due to operation of a second relay node. An interference report is sent that includes an indication of the estimated amount of interference from the first relay node to a network access node that serves the second relay node. The interference report is sent over a wireless link between the first relay node and the network access node that serves the first relay node, and from the network access node that serves the first relay node to the network access node that serves the second relay node. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322323 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AVOIDING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - According to the present invention, a method for a relay node (RN) to reallocate a resource in order to avoid inter-cell interference (ICI) in a wireless access system includes: overhearing a control channel including downlink or uplink resource allocation information transmitted by a plurality of base stations to terminals in the coverage area of each base station; sharing the RN by means of the plurality of base stations; confirming that there is a resource area in which conflicts are occurring by comparing resource areas allocated to terminals in the coverage area of the RN through the control channel; and, if it is determined, on the basis of the confirmation result, that there is a resource area in which conflicts are occurring, reallocating a resource to the resource area in which conflicts are occurring. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322324 | METHOD FOR SETTING SEARCH SPACE FOR HANDOVER OF RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a relay to execute a random access procedure in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: transmitting a random access preamble to a target cell; receiving a downlink signal from the target cell; obtaining a relay node-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) by blind decoding the downlink signal; and receiving a random access response message on the basis of the R-PDCCH, wherein a search space for the blind decoding is located in a data region of a subframe, and information on the search space is delivered from the target cell to a serving cell of the relay node, and then signaled to the relay node. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322325 | Method and Apparatus for Performing Handover Procedure in Wireless Communication System Including Mobile Relay Node - A method and apparatus for performing a handover procedure in a wireless communication system including a mobile relay node is provided. A target evolved NodeB (eNB) receives a handover request message containing a list of a plurality of user equipments (UEs) on the mobile relay node or a group handover indication. The target eNB performs an admission control for the plurality of UEs; and transmits a handover request acknowledge message containing a list of admitted UEs for handover among the plurality of UEs. | 12-05-2013 |
20130329627 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELAYING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN AN ACCESS POINT AND A STATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A network including an access point, a client station, and a proxy station. The proxy station is configured to communicate with the access point during a first period. During the first period the proxy station is configured to receive, from the access point, downlink data intended for the client station, and transmit, to the access point, uplink data received from the client station and intended for the access point. The proxy station is further configured to communicate with the client station during a second period. During the second period the proxy station is configured to receive, from the client station, the uplink data intended for the access point, and transmit, to the client station, the downlink data intended for the client station. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329628 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are a resource allocation method and device. By use of the technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present invention, when a home cell handover of a relay node occurs, the destination DeNB allocates through information exchange between itself and a source DeNB, and according to corresponding frequency information, a corresponding backhaul link resource to the relay node, this allows completion of sub-frame configuration of the backhaul link during the handover process, thereby reducing the influence on normal services of the relay node, ensuring service continuity for users accessing a network through the relay node, and reducing the number of lost packets during a transmission process, thus providing a better network experience to users. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329629 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING DONOR BASE STATION OR DONOR CELL FOR MOBILE RELAY NODE - Disclosed are a method and device for configuring a Donor base station or a Donor cell for a mobile relay node. The method includes: an operation administration and maintenance (OAM) system obtains position information about a mobile relay node (RN) and determines a standby Donor base station or a standby Donor cell which can be accessed by the mobile RN according to the position information thereof; and the OAM system indicates the standby Donor base station or the standby Donor cell to a serving Donor base station of the mobile RN or indicates the standby Donor base station or the standby Donor cell to the serving Donor base station of the mobile RN through the mobile RN, so that the serving Donor base station of the mobile RN selects a target Donor base station or a target Donor cell for the mobile RN. By way of the present invention, the DeNB or the Donor Cell can be configured for the mobile RN when the mobile RN is moving. | 12-12-2013 |
20130336195 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL VIA RELAY BACKHAUL LINK - A method and apparatus for transmitting a signal to a relay at a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes mapping a Reference Signal (RS) to a subframe having two slots, and transmitting the subframe to the relay. Each of the slots includes a plurality of consecutive resource elements over which the RS can be spread and the plurality of consecutive resource elements are overlapped with a last Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of the slot. If a last OFDM symbol of the subframe is not available to the relay, the RS is transmitted only in a first slot of the subframe. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336196 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SIMPLIFIED STORE AND FORWARD RELAYS - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a relay provides relay services for network communication between a first station and a second station. In one aspect, the relay may receive data packets sent to the second station by the first station, and retransmit the data packets if it determines that the second station has not acknowledged the data packet. In one other aspect, the first station may be configured to transmit a relay-able acknowledgement that includes a sequence number identifying data being acknowledged. The relay may be configured to receive a transmission of a first relay-able acknowledgement by the first station and retransmit a second relay-able acknowledgement if it determines the second station did not receive the first relay-able acknowledgement sent by the first station. In some aspects, the second station is an access point. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336197 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR RELAY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method of allocating a radio resource for a relay station includes: transmitting configuration information through a higher layer signal, the configuration information including information regarding an OFDM symbol at which a relay zone begins; allocating the relay zone to the relay station in a subframe based on the configuration information; and transmitting a relay control channel to the relay station in the relay zone. The subframe includes OFDM symbols in a time domain and subcarriers in a frequency domain. The relay zone includes a subset of the OFDM symbols in the time domain and a portion of the subcarriers in the frequency domain. The configuration information indicates an OFDM symbol from among a second OFDM symbol, a third OFDM symbol and a fourth OFDM symbol. The relay control channel is transmitted from the fourth OFDM symbol of the subframe. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336198 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL THROUGH A RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN WHICH A CARRIER AGGREGATION METHOD IS APPLIED - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving a signal, using a macro base station, through a relay node in a wireless communication system in which a carrier aggregation method is applied. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a downlink control channel in a first subframe of a main component carrier; and receiving a data channel on the first subframe and a second subframe after the first subframe, based on control information included in the downlink control channel, wherein the data channel is received through only one or through a plurality of sub-component carriers in the second subframe, and the control information includes a carrier identifier for identifying component carriers and/or a subframe identifier for identifying subframes. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336199 | VARIOUS TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT METHODS FOR DYNAMIC MULTI-HOP BACKHAULING CELLULAR NETWORK AND SYSTEMS USEFUL IN CONJUNCTION THEREWITH - In a mobile communication system including a network having at least one base station operative to receive information in resource allocation terminology understandable to the base station and to allocate downlink bandwidth accordingly, at least one relay operative to convey to the base station information regarding needs of mobile communicators associated with the relay, using the resource allocation terminology understandable to the base station, and when receiving uplink bandwidth, from the base station, which generates an uplink between itself and the base station, to distribute the uplink bandwidth between the mobile communicators associated with the relay. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336200 | LINK SCHEDULING ALGORITHM FOR OFDMA WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH RELAY NODES - A method scheduling link activations within a wireless communications network including at least one network cell including a base station providing radio coverage over the network cell and at least one relay node putting the base station into communication with a user equipment within the network cell over an access link. The relay node communicates with the base station over a backhaul link. The method includes estimating, for the relay node, an access link capacity according to status information indicative of a status of the user equipment associated with the relay node, estimating a backhaul link capacity of the relay node according to the status information, and scheduling, for the relay node, either a backhaul link activation or an access link activation such that one of the backhaul link and access link is activated, in a predetermined time interval, based on a comparison between the access capacity and backhaul capacity. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336201 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD - A relay station ( | 12-19-2013 |
20130336202 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A RELAY IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for controlling a communication link that interconnects communication nodes through a relay node in a communication system. To this end, a relay connection configuration between at least one first communication node and at least one second communication node is determined, and communication between the at least one first communication node and the at least one second communication node is provided by the determined connection configuration. Here, the relay connection configuration includes a backhaul network connection configuration that interconnects the at least one first communication node and the relay node, an access network connection configuration that interconnects the at least one second communication node and the relay node, a direct access connection configuration that interconnects the at least one first communication node and the at least one second communication node, and/or an internal connection configuration that interconnects a backhaul network interface bank connected to the at least one first communication node and an access network interface bank connected to the at least one second communication node within the relay node. | 12-19-2013 |
20130343260 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING HARQ FOR RELAY STATION - A method for performing HARQ includes: receiving information to determine downlink subframes used for a relay station to receive scheduling information from a BS; determining uplink subframes for performing a HARQ with the DL subframes, each of the UL subframes corresponding to each of the DL subframes; assigning sequentially each of a plurality of HARQ processes to each of the UL subframes one by one; and performing HARQ with the BS at at least one of the HARQ processes. An n-th subframe is configured for a corresponding UL subframe if an (n-4)-th subframe is configured for one of the DL subframes, n denoting an integer. The HARQ processes are equal in number to the UL subframes. The DL subframes are configured in at least one radio frame having 10 subframes indexed from 0 to 9. Subframes having indexes 0, 4, 5 and 9 are not configured as a DL subframe. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343261 | Dynamic PUSCH deactivation/activation for component carriers of a relay node - The invention relates to a method for dynamically controlling the PUSCH of a SCell in a backhaul link of a communication system utilizing a relay node with carrier aggregation, where the SCell is inband with respect to the access link between the relay node and the UEs. In order to avoid subframe blocking due to inband operation, the PUSCH of an SCell may be deactivated. The new downlink-only configuration of the SCell allows the relay node to use all resources of the SCell for scheduling resources for uplink and downlink transmissions in the access link. The PUSCH may deactivated and activated e.g. depending on the need for higher data rates in the uplink and downlink of the access link between the relay node and the UEs. The decision to deactivate/activate the PUSCH of an SCell may be taken by the DeNB or the relay node. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343262 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNIT, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR RECEPTION OF BROADCAST COMMUNICATION - A method is described for reception of broadcast transmission in a wireless communication system ( | 12-26-2013 |
20140003325 | RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELAY COMMUNICATION DEVICE | 01-02-2014 |
20140003326 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD | 01-02-2014 |
20140003327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDING OVER MOBILE CELL | 01-02-2014 |
20140003328 | RELAY NODE, DONOR RADIO BASE STATION AND METHODS THEREIN | 01-02-2014 |
20140003329 | METHOD AND DEVICE RELATING TO REPLAY TECHNIQUE | 01-02-2014 |
20140010146 | Methods and Apparatuses For Transmitting Downlink Control Signaling On Wireless Relay Link - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method comprises allocating a control channel resource in a wireless relay transmission frame on a wireless relay link; generating a control signaling based on at least one of a resource allocation scheme, a status of the wireless relay link and a traffic condition of the wireless relay link; mapping the control signaling to the allocated control channel resource via at least one of a time-first mapping, a frequency-first mapping, and a multiplexing mapping; and transmitting the control signaling in the allocated control channel resource on the wireless relay link to at least one associated relay node. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010147 | DATA RETRANSMISSION METHOD, RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data retransmission method, a relay station, a base station, and a communication system are provided. The data retransmission method includes: receiving a reception report sent by a base station and source data frames of a current transmission period that are sent by a user equipment through a subchannel, where the reception report carries sequence numbers of source data frames of a previous transmission period and the source data frames are not correctly received by the base station; obtaining according to the reception report and pre-stored source data frames of the previous transmission period, a set C1 of source data frames of the previous transmission period that need to be retransmitted; performing joint encoding for the source data frames in the set C1 and the source data frames of the current transmission period; and sending forwarded data frames generated by joint encoding to the base station through the subchannel. | 01-09-2014 |
20140016536 | ENHANCING COORDINATED MULTI-POINT PROCESSING TRANSMISSION THROUGH RESOURCE ELEMENT MUTING - A system and method of signal transmission in a wireless communications network is disclosed. A coordinated transmission is transmitted from a plurality of base stations, each including a transmission point. Each transmission point is configured to transmit a cell specific reference signal in a particular set of resource elements. Additionally, a determination is made regarding which of the plurality of base stations will serve as a lead base station in the coordinated transmission and data is mapped to all available resource elements in a physical resource block, except the resource elements in which the lead base station is configured to transmit a cell-specific reference signal. Further, each remaining base station is instructed to mute transmissions in the particular set of resource elements in which the corresponding transmission point is configured to transmit a cell specific reference signal. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016537 | ASSOCIATING TERMINAL USER EQUIPMENT WITH USER EQUIPMENT RELAYS - An operational characteristic of a relay is determined. The relay is a user equipment (UE) serving as an eNB. The operational characteristic includes one or more of a quality of a relay backhaul and a capacity of the relay backhaul. The relay backhaul includes a communications link between the relay and an eNB. A determination of whether to perform a handover of a UE is made based on the operational characteristic of the relay and a corresponding operational characteristic of the eNB. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016538 | TIME SENSITIVE TRANSACTION OVER AN ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL LINK - A method of controlling data transmission from a transmitting unit to a receiving unit through an asynchronous serial link is provided. The method is performed by a controlling unit and includes the steps of sequentially receiving data and synchronization messages are sequentially received from the transmitting unit; sequentially parsing the messages received; and when a message parsed is a synchronization message, blocking relaying to the receiving unit, of the data messages following said synchronization message, until an event associated with the synchronization message occurs. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016539 | INDEPENDENT RESOURCE REQUEST METHOD FOR INITIAL NAS SIGNALLING - A method for Independent resource request for initial NAS signaling in a communication network comprising of transporting service request message of both the UE and RN via Base station to management entity of Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) within Evolved Packet Core (EPC), as a signaling message over uplink channel referred to as “Independent Resource Request” (IR Request)’ message. The service request response message from one of the management entity of EPE or management entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signaling message to EPE via Base station over the downlink channel referred to as “Independent Admission Response” (IA Response). This manages bearer setup signaling as a single loop, by transportation of “IR Request” signaling message over uplink and receiving “IA Response” signaling message over downlink channels. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016540 | MBMS TRANSMISSION COOPERATIVE WITH RELAY - A mobile communications network for communicating broadcast data to a plurality of mobile communications devices by transmitting the broadcast data via a wireless access interface, the mobile communications network including a plurality of base stations disposed throughout the network and arranged in operation to transmit signals to mobile communications devices attached to the base stations, and one or more relay nodes. One of the relay nodes is arranged in operation to receive a first signal representing the broadcast data transmitted by one or more of the base stations and to retransmit the broadcast data as a second signal, the first signal being broadcast for reception by a first mobile communications device and the relay node and the second signal being broadcast for reception by a second mobile communications device. The first signal is transmitted on a first channel of the wireless access interface, and the second signal is transmitted in a second channel of the wireless access interface,and one or more of the base stations is arranged to communicate data to a third mobile communications device in the second channel contemporaneously with the transmission of the broadcast data on the second channel by the relay node. Accordingly a relay node layer can be provided to a mobile radio network which improves an efficiency of use of the available communications resources. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016541 | BACKHAUL LINK SUBFRAME STRUCTURE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method for a first node to transmit a signal to a second node in a mobile communication system, and comprises the steps of: determining a first slot setting and a second slot setting according to propagation delay value between the first node and the second node; and transmitting the signal through a subframe having a structure determined by the first slot setting and the second slot setting, wherein the first slot setting and the second slot setting each includes a initiation symbol and a termination symbol determined in consideration of the propagation delay value. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016542 | DEVICE MOBILITY FOR SPLIT-CELL RELAY NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate supporting mobility for UEs and relay eNBs in split-cell relay configurations. Parameters regarding communicating with one or more UEs can be provided to disparate eNBs from a donor eNB to provide mobility for one or more of the UEs or a serving relay eNB. In addition, a donor eNB can request establishment of one or more radio bearers at a target relay eNB for continuing communications with one or more UEs. Moreover, a donor eNB can provide information regarding one or more core network bearers to a target donor eNB to facilitate establishing the core network bearers at the target donor eNB for communicating with the one or more UEs. Furthermore, uplink buffer contents from a relay eNB can be provided to a target donor eNB so communications from the one or more UEs can be continued by the target donor eNB. | 01-16-2014 |
20140022979 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, RELAY NODE, AND BASE STATION - A wireless communication method includes: receiving, at a second apparatus wirelessly connected to a first apparatus, a signal containing a signal from the first apparatus; calculating a receiving weight matrix based on the received signal and a channel matrix that is for communication between the first apparatus and the second apparatus; and multiplying the received signal by the receiving weight matrix. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022980 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, DATA PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHODS THEREOF, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A communication apparatus capable of participating in a network formed by a relay apparatus establishes communication with a data processing apparatus via a first network, receives a notification indicating whether the data processing apparatus forms the first network as the relay apparatus from the data processing apparatus, and controls whether to transmit or receive data via the Internet according to contents of the notification received from the data processing apparatus via the relay apparatus forming the first network in which the communication apparatus participates at present. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022981 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR HANDOVER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for a terminal to execute a handover in a mobile communication system, and comprises the steps of: receiving a handover command from a target base station; transmitting a random access preamble to the target base station; receiving a random access response from the target base station as a response to the random access preamble transmission, wherein information included in the random access response is obtained on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) indicated by downlink allocation information included in a search space, and the information on the search space is included in information shared by a plurality of base stations including the target base station. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022982 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS A RELAY NODE - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system that supports a relay node are disclosed, wherein an open-loop mode is provided between the relay node and a user equipment. A method for transmitting data from a relay node to a user equipment comprises the steps of receiving information on a first condition related to transmission of the data from a base station; receiving first data including a plurality of sequential codes from the base station; and transmitting second data corresponding a part of the first data to the user equipment in accordance with the first condition if decoding of the first code of the plurality of codes is successfully performed. | 01-23-2014 |
20140029505 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOCAL FLOW CONTROL IN A COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - This specification is directed to systems and methods including a communications device for relaying data packets to at least one receiving node, having a host processor for receiving data packets and a target interface for transmitting the packets over a communications medium, wherein the target interface is configured to extract address and traffic class information from a packet and return the packet to the host processor when it is determined a node is unavailable and wherein the host processor is configured buffer the packet in a queue corresponding to the address information and the traffic class information. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029506 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MINIMIZING INTERFERENCE AT A MOBILE STATION USING A SHARED NODE - A method and apparatus are described for minimizing inter-cell interference at multiple wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) using a shared node (SN). Each WTRU may be configured to receive a desired signal transmitted by a base station in a cell combined with interfering signals transmitted by other base stations in other cells in a first transmission time interval (TTI), and a precoded signal transmitted by the SN in a second TTI. The WTRUs may buffer the desired and interfering mixed signals received in the first TTI, and then combine the buffered signals with the precoded signal received in the second TTI to minimize the interfering signal's power and maximize the desired signal's power at each WTRU so that the desired signal may be decoded with higher probability. The SN may generate the precoded signal based on codewords or codeword components transmitted by the base stations in the same resource blocks. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029507 | INTRA CELL INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK EMPLOYING RELAY NODES - A method and relay node (RN) in a wireless communications network for controlling downlink transmissions to User Equipments (UEs) being served by the RN. An RN transceiver circuit requests each UE to measure and report a Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP) and a UE total downlink interference. An RN receiver circuit receives and forwards the reported RSRP and UE total downlink interference for each UE. An RN processing and control circuit measures an RN total downlink interference; determines which UEs are closely located to the RN based on the reported RSRP of each UE; creates a UE-list with UEs determined to be closely located to the RN and which experience UE total downlink interference similar to the measured RN total downlink interference; determines whether the measured RN total downlink interference exceeds an RN interference threshold; and if so, controls the downlink transmissions to the UEs in the created UE-list. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029508 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL FROM RELAY STATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and device for a transmitting and receiving a signal from a relay station in a radio communication system is provided. The method includes: receiving offset time information from a base station; configuring a time difference between an access downlink transmission subframe that transmits an access downlink signal to a relay station terminal according to the offset time information and a backhaul downlink reception subframe that receives a backhaul downlink signal from the base station; transmitting a control signal from the access downlink transmission subframe to the relay station terminal; and receiving the backhaul downlink signal from the base station in the backhaul downlink reception subframe. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029509 | SIGNAL GENERATING METHOD AND SIGNAL GENERATING DEVICE - A transmission method of simultaneously transmitting a first modulated signal and a second modulated signal at a common frequency performs precoding on both signals using a fixed precoding matrix and regularly changes the phase of at least one of the signals. One of signal generation processing in which phase change is performed and signal generation processing in which phase change is not performed is selectable, thereby improving general versatility in signal generation. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029510 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND SEARCH METHOD - A mobile communication terminal and method includes a short-distance radio communication module to perform a short-distance communication by a first radio wave via a radio repeater; a reception module receives a second radio wave different from the first radio wave; a determination module determines whether the mobile communication terminal exists indoors or outdoors based on a state of the second radio wave that is received by the reception module; and a search module searches a radio repeater if and when the determination module determines that the mobile communication terminal exists indoors. | 01-30-2014 |
20140036760 | RELAY NODE AGGREGATION OF DATA TRANSFERS IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay node for aggregating data transfers in a wireless telecommunications network includes a receiver configured to receive uplink signals from multiple terminals, each uplink signal including respective uplink data, a decoder operatively connected to the receiver and configured to decode the uplink signals to obtain the uplink data, a machine-readable storage medium operatively connected to the decoder and configured to store the uplink data, an encoder operatively connected to the machine-readable medium and configured to encode an aggregate uplink signal including the uplink data obtained from the uplink signals, and a transmitter configured to transmit an uplink transmission of the aggregate uplink signal to the base station. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036761 | SATELLITE COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND REMOTE CONTROL METHOD - An object of the present invention is to provide a satellite communication device which receives instructions from a remote place and automatically carries out a predetermined process. The satellite communication device includes an acquiring section, a storing section, and a control section. The acquiring section acquires instruction information through an artificial satellite by line switching type communication. The storing section stores the instruction information and a registered process by established correspondence. The control section reads out a process corresponding to the instruction information acquired by the acquiring section based on storage contents of the storing section, and carries out the process that has been read out. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036762 | System and Method to Support Multiple Radio Access Technology Relays with a Unified Backhaul Transport Network - Embodiments are provided for supporting multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) using a common backhaul transport network. A relay node is configured to instantiate a virtual-user equipment (V-UE) layer for a UE, upon determining that the UE uses a different RAT than the backhaul transport network. A connection is then established between the V-UE layer and a V-UE gateway using a pre-existing radio interface between the relay node and a base station. Upon receiving data from the UE, the relay node translates the data into a RAT format supported by the backhaul transport network, and sends the data on the connection via the base station, wherein the RAT format of the UE is transparent to the base station. A generic access network controller is also configured to connect and exchange signaling with the relay node to establish a service for the UE and configure radio resource on the relay node. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036763 | ASSOCIATION AND RESOURCE PARTITIONING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK WITH RELAYS - Techniques for performing association and resource partitioning in a wireless network with relays are described. In an aspect, resource partitioning may be performed to allocate available resources to nodes and access/backhaul links of relays. In one design, a node computes local metrics for a plurality of possible actions related to resource partitioning. The node receives local metrics for the possible actions from at least one neighbor node and determines overall metrics for the possible actions based on the computed and received local metrics. The node determines resources allocated to a set of nodes and resources allocated to the access and backhaul links of at least one relay based on the overall metrics for the possible actions. In another aspect, association involving relays may be performed by taking into account the performance of the relays. In yet another aspect, association and resource partitioning may be performed jointly. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036764 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a signal of a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a first signal to the relay station through the transmission period in a subframe including a transmission period and a guard time for transmission/reception switching of a relay station, and transmitting a second signal to a macro user equipment through the guard time. Accordingly, a signal can be effectively transmitted in the wireless communication system employing the relay station. | 02-06-2014 |
20140044036 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TWO-HOP LINK COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A two-hop link transmission method and apparatus are provided. The method includes establishing a two-hop link and scheduling transmission on the two-hop link in a Device-To-Device (D2D) communication network. The two-hop link transmission method includes identifying neighbor terminals available for communication with the transmission terminal, selecting one of the neighboring terminals as a recipient terminal, determining a type of a link to be established with the selected neighboring terminal between a single-hop link and two-hop link types, selecting, when the two-hop link type is determined, a relay terminal among the neighboring terminals, establishing the two-hop link with the recipient terminal via the relay terminal, allocating a Multi-Hop Connection Identifier (MCID) for the two-hop link, and transmitting data to the recipient terminal through the two hop link. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044037 | PACKET ROUTING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A packet routing apparatus and method are provided. The packet routing apparatus may participate in a sensor network. In certain aspects the packet routing apparatus may snatch a request to send (RTS) signal that is transmitted from a first node to a second node in the sensor network and may intervene on the relay path of the snatched data packet. In certain aspects, the packet routing apparatus may sniff a data packet that is transmitted from a first node to a second node and may intervene on the relay path of the sniffed data packet. | 02-13-2014 |
20140050143 | Systems and Methods for Facilitating Intra-Cell-Peer-to-Peer Communication - Methods and systems for providing efficient communications between two mobile stations served by the same base station or relay station are provided. A base station maintains information identifying which mobile stations it is serving. When a connection is set up between two mobile stations, if they are both being served by the same base station, the base station forwards traffic directly between the two mobile stations without forwarding it on to higher level network entities. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050144 | Method and System using Relays with Aggregated Spectrum - International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT) Advanced technology, also known as 4th Generation (4G) targets to support up to 100 MHz BW. LTE currently supports single carrier bandwidths of up to 20 MHz. The present application describes a multi-carrier approach in which some embodiments of the invention provide a simple solution of aggregating multiple single carrier bandwidths to obtain a wider bandwidth (>20 MHz). Such an approach may extend Long Term Evolution (LTE) bandwidth to greater than that provided by a single carrier, yet maintain full backward compatibility with technologies that predate 4G technology and utilize smaller, single carrier bandwidths. More generally, embodiments of the invention can apply to other communication standards than only LTE. | 02-20-2014 |
20140056209 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO RELAY PACKETS VIA WI-FI DIRECT - Logic may enable client devices or access points to relay medium access control (MAC) frames through a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) Direct network such as a network of Peer-to-Peer (P2P) connections to extend the wireless range of the devices or access points beyond the transmission range of the individual devices or access points. Logic may extend the range of IEEE 802.11 devices, such as IEEE 802.11ah devices, by allowing a station in the middle of two stations to serve as a relay station using the Wi-Fi Direct technology. Logic may enable relaying to avoid a full mesh technology such as is defined in IEEE 802.11s, since the full mesh technology may contain too many features that are not required for a simple or a static network configuration of such embodiments. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056210 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTI-HOP RELAY SELECTION - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a relay is configured to receive at least one first parameter advertised by a first potential parent relay and at least one second parameter advertised by a second potential parent relay. The relay may be further configured to select the first potential parent relay or the second potential parent relay to relay one or more packets based on the at least one first parameter advertised by the first potential parent relay and the at least one second parameter advertised by the second potential parent relay. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056211 | LATTICE CODING SCHEME FOR TWO-WAY MULTI-RELAY WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - One embodiment comprises a method for a relay node. The method comprises receiving a first message combination comprising at least one encoded message from a first neighboring node and at least one encoded message from a second neighboring node. The first message combination is decoded based on one or more decoding constraints. Each decoding constraint is based on a transmission power of a neighboring node. A transform is applied to the decoded first message combination to generate a second message combination for broadcast. The second message combination is scaled based on a transmission power of the relay node and a transmission power of a neighboring node. The scaled second message combination is simultaneously broadcast to the first neighboring node and the second neighboring node at a symmetric rate. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056212 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CONDUCTING RELAYED COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods are presented for conducting a relayed communication involving a source node, a plurality of intermediate nodes, and at least one destination node, involving at the source node transmitting a signal associated with the relayed communication on a first medium allocation, at each one of the plurality of intermediate nodes relaying the signal onto a next medium allocation in response to receiving the signal as transmitted on at least one medium allocation up to a current medium allocation, and at the at least one destination node receiving the signal as transmitted on at least one medium allocation up to a last medium allocation, wherein at least one node among the plurality of intermediate nodes and the at least one destination node receives signals associated with the relayed communication from multiple intermediate nodes as transmitted on at least one medium allocation. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056213 | RADIO RELAY METHOD, BASE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A frequency resource required for communication between an RS and an eNB is reduced. Provided is a radio relay method for relaying a radio signal exchanged between a mobile station and a base station. The radio relay method includes performing relaying such that a frequency to be used in a case of relaying at least one of transmission signals transmitted from a plurality of mobile stations is overlapped with and allocated to at least a part of a frequency to which another non-relayed transmission signal is allocated. The frequency to be used for transmitting the relayed transmission signal may be disposed discretely on a frequency axis. | 02-27-2014 |
20140071881 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR ASSOCIATION IN MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. One innovative aspect of the present disclosure includes a method of communicating in a wireless network. The wireless network includes an access point and a relay. The method includes receiving, at the access point, an association request from a client. The association request is forwarded by a relay. The method further includes determining a success or failure of association. The method further includes transmitting to the relay, when association fails, an indication that one or more subsequent messages from the client should be filtered. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071882 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR ASSOCIATION IN MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. One innovative aspect of the present disclosure includes a method of communicating in a wireless network. The wireless network includes an access point and a relay. The method includes indicating to a client, at the relay, a network address of the access point. The method further includes receiving an association request, from the client, addressed to the access point. The method further includes forwarding the association request to the access point. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071883 | Systems, Apparatus and Methods for Association in Multi-Hop Networks - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. One innovative aspect of the present disclosure includes a method of communicating in a wireless network. The wireless network includes an access point and a relay. The method includes indicating to a client, at the relay, a network address of the access point. The method further includes receiving an association request, from the client, addressed to the access point. The method further includes forwarding the association request to the access point. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071884 | IP BASED CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM UTILIZING ADVANCED TUNNELS AND ENCAPSULATION METHODS USEFUL IN CONJUNCTION THEREWITH - A dynamic hierarchical cellular system implementing multi-hop encapsulation, wherein in at least one message destined for an individual base station functionality, the individual base station functionality's header is encapsulated within an individual mobile station functionality's header, so as to allow said message to be routed by said router to the individual base station functionality, via the individual mobile station functionality. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071885 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR BRIDGE LEARNING IN MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. One innovative aspect of the present disclosure includes method of communicating in a multi-hop wireless mesh network comprising a root node and a plurality of relay nodes. The method includes attaching the first relay node having one or more descendant nodes. The method further includes transmitting an announcement. The method further includes maintaining, at the first relay node, a time-to-live timer for a descendant node. The method further includes updating a bridging table based on the time-to-live timer | 03-13-2014 |
20140078954 | AUGMENTED AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Subject matter disclosed herein relates to aircraft communication, and more particularly to a non line-of-sight communication path to augment a line-of-sight communication path. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078955 | DATA TRANSMISSION VIA A RELAY STATION WITH ACK/NACK FEEDBACK - Techniques for supporting communication by a relay station are described. In an aspect, the relay station may support NACK Type 1 when operating in an amplify-and-forward (AF) mode. The relay station may receive a first transmission of a packet from an upstream station, determine PAPR of the first transmission, and send NACK Type 1 to the upstream station if high PAPR is detected. In another aspect, the relay station may support NACK Type 1 and NACK Type 2 when operating in a decode-and-forward (DF) mode. The relay station may perform PAPR decoding for the first transmission, send NACK Type 1 if PAPR decoding fails, perform channel decoding if PAPR decoding passes, and send NACK Type 2 to the upstream station if channel decoding fails. In yet another aspect, the relay station may operate in the AF mode or the DF mode. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078956 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing provided with a wireless communication unit adapted to communicate with a wireless network formed by a control apparatus, comprises: a first sending unit adapted to send a probe signal including identification data of the network via the wireless communication unit; a receiving unit adapted to receive a response signal to the probe signal from another information processing apparatus associated with the control apparatus via the wireless communication unit; and a determination unit adapted to determine an information processing apparatus capable of direct link communication, based on the response signal received by the receiving unit. | 03-20-2014 |
20140086138 | Method and Device for Processing Data in a Wireless Network - A method and a device for processing data in a wireless network are provided, wherein a relay node is served by a base station; and wherein the relay node is assigned at least one identification code such that collisions with identification codes of neighboring relay nodes or neighboring base stations are reduced, avoided or solved. Furthermore, a communication system is suggested including at least one such device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086139 | REPEATER FOR SELECTING CHANNEL IN LOCAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD THEREOF - A repeater for selecting a channel in a local communication system, and a method thereof are provided. A repeater of a local communication system includes a transceiver configured to perform at least one of transmitting and receiving a signal, and a controller configured to calculate a degree of interference of an available channel with an adjacent channel, the interference caused when a frequency band of the available channel overlaps partially with a frequency band of the adjacent channel, and to determine that the repeater is to use a channel having a smallest degree of interference as a channel. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086140 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF A CONFIGURABLE NETWORK - A mobile device which is moved within this network can stay connected to the network. The net work routes signals horn client to client and from the internet to client using transceivers. The transceivers in the relay can be a software radio and can be software controlled. Streams of bits are transferred from a source to a destination in a wireless network. Portions of these streams of bits can be transferred between these software radios to distribute signals in the network In addition, servers can be located within the network to provide local and immediate high bandwidth information. As the bandwidth increases, the range of the wireless signal typically decreases. Thus, inserting relays or multiple transceivers can be used to maintain high bandwidth coverage over a large networking range, | 03-27-2014 |
20140086141 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless communications system includes a base station, a plurality of intermediate devices and a terminal device. The base station is operable to wirelessly transmit downlink signals to the terminal device, the downlink signals including terminal control signals identifying one of the intermediate devices as a target device to which the terminal device is to direct uplink signals intended for the base station. The terminal device wirelessly transmits the uplink signals to the base station via the intermediate device identified by the terminal control signals. In this way, downlink communications may be provided directly from the base station to the terminal device, including control signals which instruct the terminal device where to send uplink data. This enables the base station to directly control scheduling of uplink communications, and in particular to define the uplink route from the terminal device to the base station via one or more intermediate devices. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092803 | Mobile base station - Various embodiments of electronic communication systems and methods in which an infrastructure in-motion adapts from a first set of communication parameters to a second set of communication parameters while moving from one geographical region to a second geographical region, and associated transmission pattern of the infrastructure in-motion may be modified to either avoid a problem of multiple-region-coverage or to resolve such a problem once it has arisen. The infrastructure in-motion may be a base station or other infrastructure, and any or all of multiple techniques such as beam switching, beam selection, phased array, and null-steering, may be used to modify a transmission pattern. In various alternative embodiments, infrastructure in-motion in one geographical region establishes a first backhaul link with a first core network, moves to a second geographical region, and then establishes a second backhaul ink with a second core network. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098736 | Decentralizing Core Network Functionalities - The present invention relates to methods and apparatuses for providing network access, wherein a connection to a core network is established via a wireless access device ( | 04-10-2014 |
20140098737 | MULTI-HOP BOOSTER - A two-way wireless repeater and booster system and method are disclosed. The system and method improve signal quality and strength for the middle hop of a three-hop repeater, between User and Network Units operating in the unlicensed bands (ISM and/or UNII), and supporting the cellular (or wireless) network communications channels. The system and method enables the support of a wider repeat spectrum or bandwidth for a given communications bandwidth in the unlicensed band. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098738 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system comprises: a radio base station, a terminal device, and a plurality of relay devices that relay radio communication between the radio base station and the terminal device. The plurality of relay devices create communication quality information in radio communication between the relay devices and the radio base station. The terminal device preferentially connects to the relay device having the best communication quality based on each of the communication quality information. | 04-10-2014 |
20140105098 | FRAME SPECIFICATION FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK COMMUNICATION - A compressed header format is used for messages transmitted in a wireless network. The compressed header includes a first address field and a frame control field including at least one bit specifying whether the first address is for an access point of the wireless communications network. The frame control field may further include at least one additional bit identifying whether the frame is being relayed by a relay node positioned between the access point and a wireless station. The frame control field may further include at least one further bit identifying whether AID is used for the first address field. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105099 | SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZING A SATELLITE POINTING DEVICE - A system for synchronizing a satellite pointing device using the transmission of a satellite synchronization signal in a set of contiguous time intervals, comprises first means of selection of at least two time intervals belonging to the set. The system also comprises second means of selection of at least two distinct transmission frequencies, each transmission frequency being associated with one of the said selected time intervals. Finally the system comprises means for modulating the synchronization signal in the selected time intervals by using the transmission frequency respectively associated with the time interval and means for demodulating the synchronization signal received. | 04-17-2014 |
20140112240 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RELAY NODE, AND WIRELESS BASE STATION - To reduce interference to an own receiver of a relay node due to concurrent transmission/reception processing in a Un radio bearer and in a Uu radio bearer when the relay node RN is handed over from a radio base station DeNB# | 04-24-2014 |
20140119271 | Relay within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - A relay receives a frame from a source, and based on state of a relayed frame bit within the frame, the relay selects an operational mode: implicit acknowledgement mode, first explicit acknowledgement mode, or second explicit acknowledgement mode. The relay sets the relayed frame bit in subsequent transmissions to indicate transmission opportunity (TXOP) control of the communication medium (e.g., whether under control of the relay or the source). The source may receive acknowledgement of the relay's successful receipt of the frame implicitly via the relay transmitting a relayed frame to the destination. Alternatively, the source may receive acknowledgement of the relay's successful receipt of the frame explicitly in a response frame from the relay. State of a more data bit in the frame receive from the source may indicate the source has one or more additional frames intended for the destination. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119272 | Probe request for relay discovery within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - A relay wireless communication device is discovered using probe request. A source device that intends to transmit one or more frames to a destination device transmits the probe request to request a probe response from one or more potential relay devices. A relay device transmits a probe response to the source device when the relay device may operate to forward the one or more frames from the source device to the destination device. The relay device employs one or more considerations to determine its eligibility to serve as relay for the source and destination devices. The source device selects one of the potential relay devices based on their provided probe responses. The source device may select an optimal relay device based upon two or more received probe responses. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119273 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus includes a repeater and a controller. The repeater includes first and second wireless communication modules capable of performing a wireless communication with synchronized with each other and relay wireless communication between first and second wireless communication devices. The controller detects transmission/reception timing of the first wireless communication module and controls transmission/reception timing of the second wireless communication module based on the detected timing to suppress interference caused by transmission from the second wireless communication module during reception of the first wireless communication module. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119274 | RELAYING DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relaying device includes a wireless apparatus interface, a signal processing unit connected to the wireless apparatus interface, a network interface, and a packet processing unit connected to the network interface. The relaying device is provided with multiple communication paths including the wireless apparatus interface, the signal processing unit, and the packet processing unit, and each communication path has a mixing unit configured to additively synthesize an uplink audio signal and a downlink audio signal of other communication path to the uplink audio signal and input the synthesized signal to the packet processing unit, and configured to additively synthesize an uplink audio signal and a downlink audio signal of other communication path to the downlink audio signal and input the synthesized signal to the signal processing unit. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119275 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING PLURALITY OF ANTENNA PORTS AND TRANSMISSION END APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for transmitting a signal by using a plurality of antenna ports and a transmission end apparatus for same are disclosed. A method for transmitting the signal using the plurality of antenna ports, according to the present invention, comprises the following steps: transmitting a control channel to a reception end through a first antenna using a first resource domain; and transmitting a data channel to the reception end through the plurality of antenna ports including first antenna port using a second resource domain, wherein the second resource domain and the first resource domain have identical time domains but different frequency domains, and wherein from the time and frequency domains that belong to the first resource domain, the data channel is not transmitted through at least one antenna port from the antenna ports excluding the first antenna port. | 05-01-2014 |
20140126460 | TERMINAL AND A METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A CELLULAR NETWORK CONNECTION BETWEEN A TERMINAL AND A BASE STATION - A terminal may include a generator configured to generate a request for radio network resources from a cellular network; a transmitter configured to transmit the request for radio network resources to a relay device, wherein the request for radio network resources may be configured to be forwarded by the relay device to a base station of the cellular network; and a controller configured to establish a cellular network connection between the terminal and the base station of the cellular network using radio network resources assigned to the terminal by the cellular network. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126461 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RELAY OPERATION IN WI-FI NETWORKS - Embodiments of the invention provide signaling mechanisms for wireless networks composed of a large number of stations. An example method embodiment comprises: determining, by a wireless relay device, a first time window allocated for a first network, allowing first maximum transmit power for packet transmissions; and determining, by the wireless relay device, a second time window allocated for a second network, wherein the second time window is allowed for transmissions also within the first network, but only with second maximum transmit power that is lower than the first maximum transmit power. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126462 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR RANGE EXTENSION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a relay may associate with an access point and then clone the access point by transmitting the service set identifier of the access point. An association between a wireless node and a relay may be formed such that the relay provides relay services for wireless network communication between the access point and the wireless node. In some aspects, the relay may generate messages which communicate its available capacity so that downstream nodes may determine from which relays service may be available. In addition, each node may generate messages for upstream relays which communicate the load an association with the node would cause. Through such communication between relays, admission control may be used to minimize associations being dropped because of insufficient available capacity. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126463 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - According to an embodiment, a communication system includes a first relay device located outside of a firewall; and a second relay device located within the firewall. The first relay device includes a first receiving unit to receive a request for acquiring information on an information processing device within the firewall from a communication device and receive the information acquired from the information processing device from the second relay device; and a first transmitting unit to transmit the acquisition request to the second relay device and transmit the information received from the second relay device to the communication device. The second relay device includes a second receiving unit to receive the acquisition request; an acquiring unit to acquire information requested by the acquisition request from the information processing device; and a second transmitting unit to transmit the acquired information to the first relay device. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126464 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, RELAY NODE AND METHOD - A mobile communications network includes plural base stations in a network and configured to transmit to mobile communications devices a broadcast signal providing a sequence of data blocks in a sequence of transmission frames, each data block of the sequence being transmitted by each of the base stations contemporaneously for each of the sequence of transmission frames. One or more relay nodes are configured to receive the broadcast signal transmitted by one of the base stations and retransmit the broadcast signal, as the sequence of data blocks in the sequence of transmission frames on the same frequency as the broadcast signal transmitted by the base station, so that one or more of the mobile communications devices can receive the broadcast signal and recover the sequence of data blocks from one or both of the broadcast signal transmitted by the base station or the broadcast signal transmitted by the relay node. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126465 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS - A wireless communication system, method, program, and/or circuitry which includes at least a base station device and a terminal device. The base station device is configured to transmit information indicating a slot for transmitting data by the transmission device. The terminal device is configured to decode the received information using a first communication scheme and transmit data to be allocated to the slot using a second communication scheme to an another terminal device, where the first communication scheme is a different scheme than the second communication scheme. | 05-08-2014 |
20140133386 | BEARER SIGNALLING MANAGEMENT - A method and system of bearer management signalling in a communication network comprising of transporting bearer resource request message of both the UE and RN via DeNB to managing entity of UE within EPC, as a signalling message over uplink channel referred to as ‘Union of Resource Request’ message. The bearer resource response message from one of the managing entity of UE or managing entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signalling message to Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) via DeNB over the downlink channel referred to as ‘Union of Admission Response’. This manages bearer setup signalling as a single loop, by transportation of ‘UR Request’ signalling message and receiving one ‘UA Response’ signalling message over uplink and downlink channels respectively. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133387 | SUB-CARRIER ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING RELAYS - Exemplifying embodiments herein relate to a relay node and a method therein for communicating data to a user equipment, the relay node being associated with a base station, is provided. The method comprises receiving information from the base station indicating a first set of resource blocks of a subframe comprising control information. The method further comprises identifying, based on the received information, at least one resource block outside said first set of resource blocks, and scheduling, to the user equipment, transmissions on the at least one identified resource block. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133388 | SUB-CARRIER ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station, a relay node and a respective method therein are provided for communicating data to a user equipment, the relay node being associated with the base station, wherein a downlink transmission to the user equipment is scheduled on subframe(s) available for the base station. The method in the radio base station comprises detecting that at least a part of the available subframes are not needed for downlink transmission to the relay node; and un-reserving at least one of the not needed subframes. The method further comprises transmitting, to the relay node, a release notification message notifying the relay node of the unreserved subframes for enabling the relay node to use the unreserved subframes for downlink transmission. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133389 | RELAY AND HIERARCHICAL TRANSMISSION SCHEME - In some examples, a method of transmitting data in a radio communication system is described. The method can include dividing data intended for a communication receive node into a high priority code stream and a low priority code stream. The method can also include transmitting the high priority code stream to the communication receive node and a relay node. The method can also include transmitting the low priority code stream to the communication receive node. The relay node may be configured to receive, amplify and forward the high priority code stream to the communication receive node. The communication receive node may be configured to receive the high priority code stream substantially during first time intervals and may be further configured to receive both the low priority code stream and the amplified high priority code stream substantially during second time intervals interleaved with the first time intervals. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133390 | DATA TRANSCEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD IN CENTRALIZED MAC-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transceiving apparatus and method in a centralized MAC-based wireless communication system are provided. The data transceiving method of a centralized MAC-based device may include: setting a direct path to a device and a relay path to a piconet coordinator (PNC); selecting any one of the direct path and the relay path; and transceiving data via the selected path. | 05-15-2014 |
20140140265 | Intelligent Wi-Fi Packet Relay Protocol - L2Relay is a novel packet relay protocol for Wi-Fi networks that can improve the performance and extend the range of the network. A device running L2Relay is referred to as a relayer, which overhears the packet transmissions and retransmits a packet on behalf of the Access Point (AP) or the node if no acknowledgement is overheard. L2Relay is ubiquitously compatible with all Wi-Fi devices. L2Relay is designed to be a layer 2 solution that has direct control over many layer 2 functionalities such as carrier sense. Unique problems are solved in the design of L2Relay including link measurement, rate adaptation, and relayer selection. L2Relay was implemented in the OpenFWWF platform and compared against the baseline without a relayer as well as a commercial Wi-Fi range extender. The results show that L2Relay outperforms both compared schemes. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140266 | COMMUNICATION UNITS AND METHODS FOR POWER CONTROL OF BROADCAST COMMUNICATION - A method and communication unit for power control in a wireless broadcast communication system that includes a plurality of communication cells, with broadcast content being routed from a base station to at least one wireless communication unit via at least one relay node (RN). The method includes, at the base station: broadcasting the broadcast content from the base station to at least one RN; receiving from the at least one RN an indication of signal quality of the broadcast content as received at the at least one RN; and adjusting a transmit power level of a broadcast transmission of broadcast content in response to the indication. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140267 | METHOD OF OPERATING RELAY STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of operating a relay station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes operating in a first mode comprising a first sub-mode and a second sub-mode, in the first sub-mode a first downlink and a first uplink between a base station and the relay station being simultaneously activated, in the second sub-mode a second downlink and a second uplink between the relay station and a mobile station being simultaneously activated, and operating in a second mode comprising a third sub-mode and a fourth sub-mode, in the third sub-mode the first downlink and the second uplink being simultaneously activated, in the fourth sub-mode the first uplink and the second downlink being simultaneously activated. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146739 | Inter-Base Station Logical Interface Communication Using Relay Devices - A relay device configured to facilitate a wireless communication over a logical interface between a first base station and a second base station is described herein. The logical interface may be an X2 interface for a Long Term Evolution network. The relay device receives the wireless communication from the first base station using one or more wireless transceivers of the relay device. The relay device may identify the second base station based at least in part on information associated with the wireless communication. Then, the relay device may transmit the wireless communication to the second base station through the one or more wireless transceivers. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146740 | PRIORITY CONTROL METHOD, SERVER, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A priority control method for use in a server includes upon receiving a priority control request related to communication between a first terminal device connected to a first wireless network and a second terminal device connected to a second wireless network, determining a priority for the communication, and performing by the server, a settings on a first wireless base station in the first wireless network to which the first terminal device is connected, a setting on a second wireless base station in the second wireless network to which the second terminal device is connected, and a setting on at least one relaying apparatus that relays communication in a communication path between the first wireless base station and the second wireless base station, thereby communication between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is relayed with the determined priority. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146741 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS IN A SOLAR FIELD - Embodiments relate to methods and systems of controlling and operating a wirelessly controlled solar field. By placing a higher density of access points in regions close to the solar field border, communication interference may be mitigated. A method of mitigating interference between an access point and a heliostat in a wireless communication system located in a solar field, may include in a first section of the solar field, deploying a first plurality of access points such that each of the access points is a first distance from its neighbor; and in a second section of the solar field, deploying a second plurality of access points such that each of the access points is a second distance from its neighbor. The first distance is greater than the second distance and the second section of the solar field may be closer to a perimeter of the solar field. | 05-29-2014 |
20140153477 | UNINTERRUPTED TRANSMISSION OF INTERNET PROTOCOL TRANSMISSIONS DURING ENDPOINT CHANGES - A method and apparatus providing uninterrupted transmission of IP transmissions, during endpoint changes is disclosed. If a destination identifier in a received IP transmission matches a caller identifier of a record and a source address identifier or source identifier in the transmission do not match a caller address identifier or the caller identifier of the record, and a session identifier in the transmission matches a caller session identifier in the record, the source address identifier and the source identifier in the transmission are set as the caller address identifier and caller identifier respectively of the record. A similar procedure is followed to set the callee address identifier and callee identifier of the record using similar fields associated with the callee. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153478 | CREATION AND SIGNALLING OF UE LISTS TO SUPPORT FREQUENCY SELECTIVE REPEATER OPERATION - A method of supporting frequency-selective repeaters (eNodeRs) in a wireless telecommunication system. A base station (eNodeB) classifies User Equipments (UEs) into two categories or lists of users: a white list containing UEs that may need the assistance of repeaters, and a black list containing UEs that do not need repeater assistance. The eNodeB transmits one of these two lists to the eNodeRs. The eNodeRs do not amplify resource blocks (RBs) scheduled for black list UEs. Each repeater may decide on its own whether to amplify signals for a non-black list UE by measuring signals from the UE and comparing them with predefined criteria. | 06-05-2014 |
20140161021 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK COMPRISING MULTI-HOP RELAY STATIONS - A method provides for conveying wireless communications in a radio network using OFDMA or multi-carrier technologies. The wireless network includes a first relay station and a subscriber station operative to communicate with that first relay station. The first relay station is operative to simultaneously transmit to or receive communications from at least two recipients along a shared frequency channel. The two recipients are wireless entities selected from among: the base station and a subscriber station; or another relay station and a subscriber station; or the base station and another relay station. The wireless communications network can further include a second relay station, which is operative to simultaneously transmit to or receive communications from at least two recipients selected from among: the first relay station and a subscriber stations, or a third relay station and a subscriber station, or the first relay station and a third relay station. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161022 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM - A wireless communication network system including: mobile radios mounted on a moving body moving along a predetermined route; and a plurality of immobile radios arranged along the route, adjacent immobile radios wirelessly communicating with each other, to transmit information from a transmission source to a terminal by relaying the information. The mobile radios and the immobile radios communicate with each other by a time division multiple access method, in which time synchronization is performed to allow each of the mobile radios and the immobile radios to communicate in an allocated time slot. The mobile radios are disposed on front and rear parts of the moving body and are capable of communicating with each other. When the moving body is between the immobile radios arranged to be capable of wirelessly communicating with each other, the two mobile radios is capable of relaying information propagation between the immobile radios. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161023 | COMMUNICATION METHOD USING MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION POINTS, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting channel quality information by a terminal in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving information on a plurality of transmission nodes capable of performing CoMP transmission; transmitting first channel state information on one or more preferred transmission nodes from among the plurality of transmission nodes; receiving pattern information consisting of a plurality of combinations of CoMP sets, each of which corresponds to a relevant time interval according to the pattern information; and performing an operation for transmitting second channel state information on the combination of CoMP sets corresponding to a subframe n. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161024 | RELAY DEVICE AND METHOD - A wireless communications system including a base station, a relay device, and a terminal device. The terminal device can transmit one or more first type access request messages to request uplink resources from the base station, and if no response to the first type access request messages is received from the base station, transmit a second type access request message. The base station is responsive to a first type access request message received from the terminal device to transmit an allocation of uplink resources to the terminal device. The relay device is responsive to a second type access request message received from the terminal device to transmit a relayed access request message to request the base station to allocate uplink resources to the terminal device. The base station is responsive to the relayed access request message to transmit an allocation of uplink resources to the terminal device. | 06-12-2014 |
20140169261 | System and Method for UE Fountain Relay Based Network - System and method embodiments are provided for enabling flexible and reliable UE-to-UE based relay. The embodiments include using fountain codes for combining signals at a suitable network layer higher than a media access control (MAC) sub-layer and using a MAC sub-layer hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmission scheme. When a relay UE in a UE group for joint reception receives, from a network access point, a data packet intended for a destination UE in the UE group and including fountain code at the higher network layer, the relay UE sends the data packet to the destination UE and returns a HARQ ACK message at the MAC sub-layer to the access point. The destination UE then receives and decodes the data packet. Subsequently, upon receiving the entire data, the destination UE sends an ACK message at the higher network layer to the access point. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169262 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-HOP MULTI-SESSION TRANSMISSION - A communication method for multi-hop multi-session transmission, includes forming groups of links operating in cooperation with one another to transmit data concurrently over sessions via relays, controlling interference between the groups, and scheduling the links for the sessions. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169263 | DAS INTEGRATED DIGITAL OFF-AIR REPEATER - Embodiments may allow remote base transceiver stations (BTSs) physically located away from a local source of users to be able to provide local service as if the remote BTSs were at or near the local source of users. Some embodiments may include a plurality of BTSs, each having one or more sectors, and one or more digital access units (DAUs). Embodiments may also include a plurality of repeater digital units (RDUs), where each RDU may be configured to communicate to at least one of the plurality of BTSs and may be operable to route signals optically to the one or more DAUs. Embodiments may also include a plurality of digital remote units (DRUs) located at a location remote to the one or more DAUs, wherein the plurality of remote DRUs may be operable to transport signals to the one or more DAUs. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169264 | BASE STATION APPARATUS - A base station apparatus includes a plurality of wireless control devices, each of which transmits data blocks addressed to a wireless device connected to the wireless control device, a plurality of wireless devices, each of which transmits data blocks addressed to a wireless control device connected to the wireless device; and relay devices arranged between the wireless control devices and the wireless devices. Each relay device includes a plurality of transmission ports, a table to store a correspondence between destinations of received data blocks and transmission ports for transmitting the reception data blocks, a sorting unit to sort received data blocks to one of the plurality of transmission ports corresponding to destinations of the received data blocks, and a controller to control rewriting of the table for changing the correspondence. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169265 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF BASE STATION AND TERMINAL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY - A communication method of a terminal and a base station including a relay is provided. When the terminal attempts a connection to the base station, relays on a communication path include and transmit identifiers thereof in a first message, and the relays and the base station can simply set a communication path to the terminal. When the base station transmits data to the terminal, if the base station includes and transmits an identifier of the terminal in the data, each relay that is located on a communication path forwards data through a preset communication path. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169266 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK INFORMATION IN A BROADCASTING SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for transmitting uplink information in a broadcasting system are provided. A repeater of a mobile broadcasting system includes a plurality of transmitting stations each transmitting a broadcast signal for at least one broadcast service, a plurality of terminals receiving the broadcast signal for the at least one broadcast service through at least one transmitting station among the transmitting stations, and the repeater, the repeated being coupled between the plurality of transmitting stations and the plurality of terminals. The repeater includes a receiving unit configured to receive uplink information from the terminals, a control unit configured to classify the received uplink information by broadcast service and to create uplink information per broadcast service, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the created uplink information to at least one corresponding transmitting station. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169267 | Distributed ARQ for Wireless Communication System - Systems and methods for providing distributed Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) in a wireless communication system are described herein. In one embodiment, a relay station interconnects a base station of the wireless communication system and one or more mobile stations. A first ARQ process is performed for a first connection between the base station and the relay station. A separate second ARQ process is performed for a second connection between the relay station and a mobile station. In this manner, rather than having end-to-end ARQ between the base station and the mobile station, a distributed ARQ process is provided. | 06-19-2014 |
20140177513 | SHARED MEDIA BRIDGING - A method and device are disclosed that reduce area for storing forwarding entries. For some embodiments, an access point (AP) includes a transceiver to couple the root AP to a wired network, a WLAN port to exchange wireless signals with a number of repeater devices, a number of virtual interfaces each assigned to a corresponding one of the repeater devices, a bridging engine to selectively forward data packets to the repeater devices, and a bridging table to store forwarding information for the repeater devices and for other devices coupled to the repeater devices. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177514 | Techniques for Transmitting Data via Relay Communication Links - Examples are disclosed for transmitting data via a relay communication links. In some examples, a wireless device may receive a packet having a physical layer convergence protocol (PLCP) header that indicates whether the packet also includes a relay header placed before a media access controller header. The packet may be dropped or the relay header may be decoded based on a determination of whether the PLCP header indicates that the packet includes the relay header. Other examples are described and claimed. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177515 | RELAYING DEVICE - A relaying device is provided, which can mediate by using communications of a wireless apparatus without clipping off the beginning of verbal communication. The relaying device includes: a network interface that receives an audio signal as a group of packet trains via a network; a wireless apparatus interface to which a wireless apparatus is connected; a voice buffer that temporarily stores the audio signal; and a control unit that starts temporarily storing the audio signal in the voice buffer and requests the wireless apparatus to reserve a channel, when a leading packet of the group of packet trains is received, and that reads the temporarily stored audio signal from the voice buffer and transfers the audio signal to the wireless apparatus, after receiving from the wireless apparatus a reply indicating that a channel has been reserved. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177516 | RELAYING DEVICE - The present invention relates to a relaying device which performs the individual calling in response to not only a call incoming from a telephone but also a call incoming from a transceiver. When receiving a communication request from another device over a network, the relaying device determines if this communication request is accompanied by the wireless-device specifying information (ID). When the communication request is not accompanied by the ID, the relaying device sends a signal for prompting another device to input the ID. When the ID is sent in response to the sent signal, the relaying device instructs the relaying wireless device to call the wireless terminal device specified by this ID. In addition, when the communication request is accompanied by the ID, the relaying device instructs the relaying wireless device to call the wireless terminal device specified by this ID. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177517 | Methods and Apparatuses for Facilitating Communications - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for scheduling or assigning a transmission opportunity. A method and apparatus may assign a relay transmission opportunity to at least one intermediate node designating a resource, among a plurality of resources, of a scheduled transmission opportunity of a signal. The intermediate node is assigned to communicate with at least one designated station during the designated time period. The method and apparatus may broadcast information of the signal to enable the designated station to detect data of the signal indicating that the station is assigned to communicate with the intermediate node during the designated resource of the scheduled transmission opportunity. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177518 | PACKET FORWARDING DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A packet forwarding device performs forwarding of a packet between first and second wireless communication networks to which different identifiers are attached, and includes: a relay network that is interposed between the first and second wireless communication networks; a first processing unit that is connected to the first wireless communication network and performs first routing control by using first routing information in which the first wireless communication network and the relay network are defined as outgoing interfaces; and a second processing unit that is connected to the second wireless communication network and performs second route control by using second routing information in which the second wireless communication network and the relay network are defined as outgoing interfaces. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177519 | REFERENCE SIGNAL RECEPTION AND CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION DETERMINATION FOR MULTIPLE NODES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for receiving reference signals from multiple nodes and determining channel state information (CSI) for the nodes are disclosed. A user equipment (UE) may determine and report CSI for the multiple nodes to support data transmission to the UE. The nodes may transmit reference signals based on different configurations. The configuration for each node may indicate when, where, and how the node transmits its reference signal. The UE may determine CSI for different nodes and/or different combinations of nodes based on the reference signals transmitted by these nodes as well as an indication of which subframes to use to determine each CSI reported by the UE. The UE may report different CSIs for different subframes and may receive data transmission sent by a single node or a combination of nodes based on the reported CSIs. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177520 | BONDED PSEUDO HEMISPHERICAL BEAM OPERATION FOR SPOT BEAM ENVIRONMENTS - A method of creating a pseudo hemispherical beam using a plurality of individual spot beams comprising receiving by a single router or packet processor, user data from a plurality of users, processing the user data by the single router or packet processor using a QoS logic such that a single output comprising a plurality of queues of data results, each queue of data comprising data designated for transmission only to one or more predetermined remote receivers, modulating the plurality of queues of data received using a multiple-carrier modulator such that a single output comprising a plurality of individual spot beams results, wherein each individual spot beam has a unique center frequency and carrier signal configuration, and transmitting the plurality of individual spot beams to a repeating relay configured to transmit each individual spot beam to the one or more predetermined remote receivers. | 06-26-2014 |
20140185516 | WIRELESS NETWORK BASED SENSOR DATA COLLECTION, PROCESSING, STORAGE, AND DISTRIBUTION - In embodiments of the present disclosure, improved capabilities are described for a sensor platform in a wireless network, where optimization servers utilizing publish-subscribe broker services are provided within the wireless network to provide conferenced connectivity between sensor devices and communicating entities. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185517 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO BEARER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of managing a radio bearer is disclosed. A relay node (RN) sets up at least one UuRB for a Uu interface between a user equipment (UE) and the RN and a UnRB for a Un interface between the RN and a base station (BS). The at least one UuRB is mapped to the UnRB according to quality of service (QoS) guaranteed by the at least one UuRB to setup a RB between the UE and the BS. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192704 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING DOWNLINK CHANNEL MEASUREMENT AND METHOD AND APPARATUS PERFORMING DOWNLINK CHANNEL MEASUREMENT IN A RELAYING SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for indicating downlink channel measurement and a method and apparatus for performing channel measurement. The method for indicating downlink channel measurement comprises: receiving information on interferes of a user equipment; generating, based on downlink subframe configuration information, a downlink channel measurement indication for each of possible combinations of the interferers, wherein the channel measurement indication is adapted to indicate a subframe group to be measured by a user equipment; and sending the downlink channel measurement indication to the user equipment so as to indicate the user equipment to perform corresponding downlink channel measurement. According to embodiments of the present invention, the subframe groups that are required to be measured by the user equipment may be determined with respect to possible combinations of interferers corresponding to different levels of interference. Thus, the user equipment may perform channel measurement for respective subframe groups. Therefore, the channel quality as determined in such way will be more accurate and reliable and better match the actual channel condition. Moreover, it also provides a possibility for the serving node to perform the scheduling more accurately and effectively. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192705 | Selective Relaying in a Network Node - Network node ( | 07-10-2014 |
20140192706 | Method and System for Frequency Reuse in Wireless Relay Scenario - The disclosure provides a method for frequency reuse in a wireless relay scenario, wherein a center frequency spectrum, an edge frequency spectrum and a random access frequency spectrum are pre-allocated to a cell according to a scenario parameter in the cell; load conditions of all mobile stations (MSs) covered by each relay station (RS) in the cell is calculated and reported to a base station (BS); the BS allocates the random access frequency spectrum to an RS according to load conditions of all RSs and schedules MSs. The disclosure also provides a system for frequency reuse in a wireless relay scenario. With the method and system above, the frequency spectrum planning is configurable, the random access frequency spectrum is introduced, and both the load balancing and user fairness are taken into consideration, which improves the throughput at the edge of the cell, especially can increase the throughput for the users whose throughput ranks poorly. | 07-10-2014 |
20140198713 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING INTERNET-BASED SENSOR DATA TRANSMISSION - Provided is a method of supporting CoAP-based sensor data transmission between a sensor data collector in a sensor node relay and one or more 6LoWPAN-unsupported sensor nodes. The method includes receiving a CoAP sensor data request message from the sensor data collector, transmitting a CoAP sensor data request message to a corresponding 6LoWPAN-unsupported sensor node by analyzing the received CoAP sensor data request message, and responding to the sensor data collector by creating a CoAP sensor data response message including sensor data received from one or more of the 6LoWPAN-unsupported sensor nodes. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198714 | METHOD FOR ASSOCIATING AND CONSOLIDATING MME BEARER MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS - An aspect of the invention provides for a method of managing bearer signaling for one or more user equipments (UEs) coupled to a eNodeB via at least one relay node, by generating and sending MME Association Consolidation (MAC) request message by the eNodeB to the plurality of disparate mobility management entities managing plurality of user equipments coupled to the said relay node based on receiving bearer resource request of at least one user equipment coupled to the said relay node. The method further comprising of making available to the MME of the said relay node, MME Association Consolidation (MAC) response from the said plurality of disparate mobility management entities managing plurality of user equipments coupled to the said relay node and provisioning by the MME of the said relay node the bearer resource request of at least an user equipment, based on the received MAC response, and provisioning the consequential bearer request of the said relay node wherein, provisioning includes creating, updating, modifying and deleting bearers of UE and RN. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198715 | ESTABLISHING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A TRAIN AND BASE STATIONS - Methods and systems are provided for communication between moving objects (e.g., a train) and land-based systems (e.g., base stations of mobile wireless networks). For example, wireless communication may be established between a train and one or more base stations arranged along a track travelled by the train. In some instances, multiple-input and multiple-output arrays may be configured, comprising antennas of one or more communication relays arranged on the train, and the one or more base stations. Communications may be performed concurrently via multiple communication channels, such as channels of a MIMO arrays, using cooperative communication schemes for example. Channel state information (CSI) may be stored, remotely or locally, such as in a data storage system, and for communicating via the communication channel(s), channel state information may be determined, such as depending on information defining the current location of communication relays used in establishing the channels. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198716 | UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR RELAY NODE BASED COMMUNICATION - A wireless communications system including a base station, a relay device, and a terminal device. The terminal device is operable to receive from the base station an allocation of uplink resources for transmitting uplink data to the relay device, and to transmit uplink data to the relay device using the uplink resources allocated to the terminal device. The relay device is operable to receive the transmitted uplink data from the terminal device on the allocated resources, to receive an allocation of uplink resources for relaying the received uplink data to the base station, and to transmit the received uplink data to the base station using the uplink resources allocated to the relay device. | 07-17-2014 |
20140204832 | Gateway Functionality for Mobile Relay System - A method includes controlling one or more radio access connections at a mobile gateway for at least one station associated with a mobile relay system, the mobile relay system providing a plurality of access technologies and being served by one or more donor cellular systems. The method further includes controlling address information of communication on the one or more radio access connections between at least one station and one or more core network elements associated with the one or more donor cellular systems. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204833 | COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING COMMUNICAITON CONTROL PROGRAM - A relay device is communicable with a communication management system that stores relay device identification information for identifying a relay device capable of communicating with a communication terminal using a first communications protocol, in association with configuration data that allows the communication terminal to communicate using a second communications protocol. In response to a configuration data request received from a communication terminal using the first communications protocol, the relay device transmits relay device identification information to the communication management system to obtain configuration data associated with the relay device identification information, and transmits the configuration data to the communication terminal. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204834 | OFFLOADING TRAFFIC VIA A WIRELESS PEER-TO-PEER CONNECTION - A method for offloading data traffic from a cellular connection to a WLAN connection via a wireless P2P connection is disclosed. The method can include the wireless communication device accessing offloading coordination information from an offload coordination service server, including information about at least one neighboring wireless communication device being within sufficient proximity of the wireless communication device to establish a wireless P2P connection and having access to a WLAN access point; using the offloading coordination information to select a relay device from the at least one neighboring wireless communication device; establishing a wireless P2P connection with the relay device; and offloading data traffic from the cellular connection to the wireless P2P connection so that the data traffic is relayed from the relay device to a network via a WLAN access point accessible to the relay device. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204835 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless communications system including a base station, a relay device, and a terminal device. The terminal device is operable to receive from the base station an allocation of uplink resources for transmitting uplink data to the relay device, and to transmit uplink data to the relay device using the uplink resources allocated to the terminal device. The relay device is operable to receive the transmitted uplink data from the terminal device on the allocated resources, to receive an allocation of uplink data resources for relaying the received uplink data to the base station, and to transmit the received uplink data to the base station using the uplink resources allocated to the relay device. | 07-24-2014 |
20140211687 | System and Methods for Compress and Forward Relaying Schemes in Joint Signal Processing - Embodiments are provided for a compress and forward relaying scheme in joint multi-cell processing. A plurality of base stations receive similar combinations of user signals from a plurality of users, compress the signals using quantization, and relay the signals over respective backhaul links to a processor in the network for decoding the signal. The processor determines suitable quantization noise levels for the backhaul links according to a weighted sum-rate maximization function for optimizing the quantization noise levels, subject to a backhaul sum capacity constraint on the backhaul links. The determined quantization noise levels are sent to the base stations, which then quantize the received combinations of user signals according to the quantization noise levels and relay the quantized signals to the processor. The quantization is according to a Wyner-Ziv coding or a single user compression algorithm that excludes statistical correlations between the user signals at the base stations. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211688 | METHOD OF PROVIDING COMMUNICATION OVER A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention concerns a method of providing communication over a mobile communication network ( | 07-31-2014 |
20140219161 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING - In various aspects of this disclosure, a communication terminal device may be provided. The communication terminal device may include a receiver. The receiver may be configured to receive a message from a first communication device. The communication terminal device may further include a circuit configured to provide a communication device to communication device communication. The communication terminal device may further include a controller. The controller may be configured to determine whether to relay the received message to at least one second communication device. The controller may further be configured to modify the message if the controller determined to relay the received message. The controller may further be configured to relay and transmit the modified message to the at least one second communication device. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219162 | RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - Among other things, a communication system comprising remote units and a controller is described. The remote units exchange radio frequency (RF) signals with mobile devices. At least some of the RF signals comprise information destined for, or originating from, a mobile device. The controller comprises one or more modems and is connected to an external network. At least one of the modems is a baseband modem and is configured to pass first data corresponding to the information. The controller is separated from the remote units by an intermediate network over which second data corresponding to the information is carried in frames between the controller and the remote units. The second data comprises baseband data and at least some of the baseband data is compressed in a frequency domain. The remote units and the controller are configured to compress the baseband data for transmission over the intermediate network. | 08-07-2014 |
20140233453 | Communication Units and Methods for Relay-Assisted Uplink Communication - A relay device is described for supporting communications between a terminal device and a base station, the relay device comprises: at least one receiver; and a control processor, operably coupled to the at least one receiver and arranged to: monitor a downlink communication from the base station to the terminal device; determine therefrom at least one uplink resource to be used by the terminal device; configure the at least one receiver to receive the at least one uplink resource; receive an uplink message on the at least one uplink resource; determine therefrom uplink control information used by the terminal device; modify the uplink message on the at least one uplink resource; and relay the uplink message to the base station. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233454 | Communication Units and Methods for Relay-Assisted Uplink Communication - A relay device for supporting uplink communication between a terminal device and a base station is described. The relay device comprises at least one receiver arranged to receive a downlink message from the base station; a control processor, operably coupled to the at least one receiver and arranged to determine from the downlink message information identifying an uplink control resource to be used by the terminal device; and a transmitter, operably coupled to the control processor and arranged to relay received periodic uplink control channel messages on the identified uplink control resource from the terminal device to the base station. | 08-21-2014 |
20140241235 | Apparatus and Methods for Relay-Assisted Uplink Communication - A relay device for supporting communications between a terminal device and a base station in a wireless communications system is described. The relay device comprises a transceiver arranged to at least receive an access request message from the terminal device; and a control processor operably coupled to the transceiver and arranged to process the access request message, extract information and determine therefrom a power delta value that is not based on a determination of pathloss between the relay device and the terminal device, generate a control element comprising the power delta value; and for relaying at least the control element to the base station. The control processor is further arranged to receive subsequently at least one physical uplink channel message from the terminal device wherein a transmit power level of the at least one physical uplink channel message is based at least on the power delta value. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241236 | Apparatus and Methods for Relay-Assisted Uplink Communication - A terminal device is arranged to communicate with a base station via a relay device in a wireless communications system. The terminal device comprises: a transmitter arranged to transmit a first access request message to the base station wherein the access request message comprises one from a set of access preambles that indicate relay device uplink assistance is required; a receiver arranged to receive an access request grant response from the base station; and a control processor operably coupled to the transmitter and receiver and arranged to: process the access request grant response; extract transmit power control information therefrom for transmissions to the relay device; map a first power level indicated in the transmit power control information to a second power level associated with a transmission via the relay device; and generate and transmit a transmission to the relay device at the mapped transmit second power level. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241237 | Apparatus and Methods for Relay-Assisted Uplink Communication - A terminal device is arranged to communicate with a base station via a relay device in a wireless communications system. The terminal device comprises: a transmitter arranged to transmit an access request message to the base station, wherein the access request message comprises one from a set of access preambles that indicate relay device uplink assistance is required; a receiver arranged to receive an access request grant response from the base station; and a control processor operably coupled to the transmitter and receiver and arranged to: process the access request grant response and determine from a timing advance part thereof transmit power control (TPC) information for transmitting to the base station via the relay device. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241238 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING SEQUENCE TO SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL FOR NODE IDENTIFICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus for allocating a sequence to a synchronization channel for a node identification (ID), the apparatus including: a base node sequence generator to generate a base sequence that is a sequence for a node ID of a base node; a relay node sequence generator to generate a relay sequence that is a sequence for a node ID of a relay node by transforming the base sequence; a baseband signal generator to generate a baseband signal by mapping the base sequence or the relay sequence to a frequency domain and a time domain; and a transmitter to transmit the baseband signal. | 08-28-2014 |
20140247770 | CYCLIC PREFIX SCHEMES - Methods and systems are proposed for transmitting data from a source ( | 09-04-2014 |
20140254468 | Downlink Control Signaling for a Backhaul Link - In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, a method includes: sending, within at least one of a first and a second symbol time, a first transmission having first downlink control information from a network access node to a first mobile node located within a first cell serviced by the network access node; and sending, within at least a third symbol time, a second transmission having second downlink control information from the network access node to a relay node over a wireless communication link that is a backhaul link, where the second transmission is configured to enable the relay node to send, within the first symbol time, a third transmission having third downlink control information from the relay node to a second mobile node located within a second cell serviced by the relay node, where the second cell is different from the first cell. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254469 | MILLIMETER-WAVE RELAY DEVICE WITH BOUNDED DELAY AND METHOD FOR RETRANSMISSION OF SYMBOLS - Embodiments of a wireless station to operate as a per-symbol relay device and method for retransmission of symbols between client devices and a master device using millimeter-wave links is generally disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the relay device may receive one or more of independent symbol streams from the master device. Each independent symbol stream may comprise packets that include groups of one or more symbols. Each group within a packet may be destined for a different one of the client devices. The relay device may separately decode each symbol or group of symbols to generate an independent stream of symbols for retransmission to the client devices using beamforming. The relay device may be arranged to receive, decode, and retransmit each symbol or group of symbols within a delay that is bounded by the number of symbols in the group. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254470 | NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN A LOCAL NETWORK - A system for a local network, the system being configured to extend a near field communication (NFC) between an NFC device and an NFC mobile device beyond the range defined by the NFC standards. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254471 | INTEGRATED RELAY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A wireless communication system comprising a plurality of wireless stations communicating using a first air interface protocol a relay device, and an access point, wherein the plurality of wireless stations communicate with entities in a wide area network via the access point without establishing a direct wireless link with the access point, and wherein the relay device communicates with the plurality of wireless stations using the first air interface protocol and communicates with the access point using a second, different, wireless communication protocol. The second communication protocol, e.g., could be a backhaul protocol that is used by the access point to communicate with other access points in the system. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254472 | Method, Device, and System for Sending and Receiving Control Channel Information - The present invention discloses a method, device, and system for sending and receiving control channel information. When a base station schedules a first relay, the base station selects a second relay according to an optimal precoding code book selected by the first relay. An optimal precoding code book selected by the second relay is orthogonal to the optimal precoding code book selected by the first relay. Control channel information of the first relay and control channel information of the second relay his encapsulated into a high speed downlink shared control channel HS-SCCH, and scrambling the HS-SCCH. The scrambled HS-SCCH is sent to the first relay and the second relay. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254473 | RADIO RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The radio relay apparatus | 09-11-2014 |
20140269488 | FIXED RELOCATABLE WIRELESS DEVICE - A fixed relocatable wireless device (FRWD) ( | 09-18-2014 |
20140269489 | System and Method for Unbalanced Relay-Based Wireless Communications - A method and system for wireless communication with a mobile device in which wireless communication is established with the mobile device. A base station is used to transmit directly to the mobile device in a downlink direction. A relay node is used to transmit to the base station communications received in an uplink direction from the mobile station. The relay node relays at least a portion of the uplink traffic received from the mobile station to the base station. | 09-18-2014 |
20140286229 | Multi-listener Wireless Medium Access Method - Collisions in wireless networks may be avoided by limiting competing transmissions at the same time or within a temporally proximate time range. A relay schedule may be transmitted with each frame in a transmission chain, the relay schedule containing transmission time information such that each participating node in the transmission chain has designated transmission times. The transmission times may be different such that transmissions are spaced out in an effective manner. A non-participant node may receive the transmission with the relay schedule and may delay transmissions during conflicting times based on the relay schedule. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286230 | COMMUNICATION RELAY APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A communication relay apparatus includes a mobile communication terminal mapping table manager configured to manage a terminal mapping table, a base station mapping table manager configured to manage a base station mapping table, and a transferring processor configured to: establish a communication path between a mobile communication terminal and a radio base station based on the respective mapping tables; and perform a transferring process of communication data between the mobile communication terminal and the radio base station through the communication path. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286231 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REORDERING DATA IN AN EVOLVED HIGH SPEED PACKET ACCESS SYSTEM - Method and apparatus for receiving high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) transmissions are disclosed. An HS-DSCH medium access control (MAC-ehs) entity receives MAC-ehs protocol data units (PDUs) via a high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) while in one of Cell_FACH, Cell_PCH, and URA_PCH states. The reordering PDUs included in the MAC-ehs PDUs may be sent to a next processing entity without performing reordering of the PDUs. A certain reordering queue may enter a suspend state upon occurrence of a triggering event and MAC-ehs PDUs distributed to the reordering queue in the suspend state may be forwarded to the next processing entity without performing reordering. MAC-ehs reset procedure may be extended for a certain transmission such that the MAC-ehs reset is performed after receiving a MAC-ehs PDU in a target cell. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286232 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL TO RELAY NODE AT BASE STATION IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a control signal to a relay node at a base station in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises configuring relay-resource element groups (R-REGs) in a unit of four resource elements (REs) contiguous in the ascending order of subcarrier indexes, except for resource elements for a reference signal (RS); allocating transmission resources to the control signal in a unit of the relay-resource element group; and transmitting the control signal to the relay node by using the allocated transmission resources, wherein the resource elements for the reference signal include resource elements for channel state information-RS (CSI-RS), which include resource elements for a channel state information RS to which a transmission power of 0 is allocated. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286233 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FROM RELAY NODE ON BACKHAUL UPLINK - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for transmitting control information from a relay node to a base station on a backhaul link comprises the steps of: determining whether one time slot of a backhaul uplink subframe from the relay node to the base station is a first type slot having transmitted symbol with guard time set or a second type slot without guard time set; diffusing the control information in a time domain using a first length sequence for the first type slot or a second length sequence for the second type slot; mapping the diffused control information on at least one slot from the first type slot or the second type slot; and transmitting the backhaul uplink subframe having more than one slot from the first type slot or the second type slot wherein the control information is mapped. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286234 | System and Method for Multi-User Multiplexing - A relay node is described herein, the relay node comprising a network connectivity device configured to receive a plurality of medium access control layer (MAC) packet data units (PDUs) from a plurality of user agents; a processor configured to multiplex the plurality of MAC PDUs to form a Super-MAC PDU; and wherein the network connectivity device is further configured to transmit the Super-MAC PDU to an access node. | 09-25-2014 |
20140293867 | RELAY STATION, BASE STATION, AND BAND FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD - A relay station to which network sharing is applied, wherein it is possible to appropriately allocate between multiple operators a shared band frequency shared by the multiple operators, and to improve the frequency use efficiency. In a relay station ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140313970 | BACKHAUL DOWNLINK SIGNAL DECODING METHOD OF RELAY STATION AND RELAY STATION USING SAME - A method of decoding a backhaul downlink signal of a relay node (RN), the method includes receiving a higher layer signal indicating a maximum transmission rank from a base station (BS), receiving control information through a relay control channel from the BS, and demodulating the control information, wherein the control information is mapped to resource elements which do not overlap with user equipment-specific reference signal resource elements (URS REs) in a control region which is used for the relay control channel transmission of the BS, the URS REs being reserved resource elements for user equipment-specific reference signals (URSs) according to the maximum transmission rank, and wherein the control information is demodulated based on user equipment-specific reference signals transmitted by the BS on one fixed antenna port n, where n is a natural number. | 10-23-2014 |
20140321353 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR RADIO FREQUENCY SIGNAL BOOSTERS - Provided herein are apparatus and methods for radio frequency (RF) signal boosters. In certain implementations, a multi-band signal booster is provided for boosting the uplink and downlink channels of at least a first frequency band and a second frequency band. In certain configurations, the downlink channels of the first and second channels are adjacent, and the signal booster includes a first amplification path for boosting the uplink channel of the first frequency band, a second amplification path for boosting the uplink channel of the second frequency band, and a third amplification path for boosting both downlink channels of the first and second frequency bands. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321354 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING PACKET IN SYSTEM SUPPORTING NETWORK CODING - A method for managing a packet in a system supporting network coding includes receiving, from a relay, information on a packet to which the network coding is applied, receiving, from the relay, the packet to which the network coding is applied, confirming whether a packet required for an operation of the UE can be acquired from the received packet on the basis of information on the packet to which the network coding is applied, and storing packets into different buffers by distinguishing between the packet required for the operation of the UE and a packet not required for the operation of the UE. Other embodiments including an apparatus for managing a packet are also disclosed. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321355 | RELAY USING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN THE INFRASTRUCTURE-BASED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Various embodiments of relaying via device-to-device communication in an infrastructure-based communication system are disclosed. A method for operation performed by eNodeB includes communicating with a plurality of UEs, determining the relay master among the UEs based on information on the UEs, notifying a UE determined as the relay master the relay master, and communicating by way of the relay master with a relay slave that is a UE that is not the relay master among the UEs. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321356 | RELAY NODE DEVICE FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FROM A BASE STATION AND METHOD THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a relay node device for receiving control information from a base station and a method therefor. The relay node device according to the present invention comprises: a receiver, which receives information about an area where a relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH), the channel for transmitting control information for the relay node from a base station, is allocated; a processor, which searches for at least one R-PDCCH for the relay node based on the R-PDCCH allocation information received; and an R-PDCCH receiver, which receives the at least one R-PDCCH from the fourth symbol of the first slot in a downlink backhaul subframe of the area where the at least one R-PDCCH searched for by the processor has been allocated. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321357 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method including setting a direct route to a station, the station transmitting an information element in which a relay support capability field is set to 1, setting a relay route to a relay device, the relay device transmitting an information element in which a relay capability field is set to 1, and transmitting data via at least one of the direct route or the relay route; and a communication apparatus for implementing the communication method. | 10-30-2014 |
20140328244 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN COOPERATIVE RELAYS USING INCREMENTAL REDUNDANCY AND DISTRIBUTED SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING - A method and apparatus may be used in cooperative relays with incremental redundancy (IR) and distributed spatial multiplexing. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may listen to the base station (BS) transmission during a first phase of the communication, and use cooperation between a relay station (RS) and the BS for the data transmission during a second phase to improve performance. During the second phase, both the BS and the RS may transmit data to the WTRU, using either distributed Space Time Block Codes/Space Frequency Block Codes (STBC/SFBC) or distributed spatial multiplexing. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328245 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH CHANNEL COMPENSATING EQUALIZER - A communication system and method for extending coverage of a base transceiver station. The communication system includes processing circuitry that receives a communication signal over a wireless channel. The received communication signal is processed through an adaptable equalizer to reduce noise, distortion, interference, and frequency errors. In another aspect of the invention, a frequency of a reference signal in the communication system is adjusted to compensate for frequency errors between the communication system and the source of the communication signal. The equalized and frequency adjusted communication signal is then retransmitted into an extended coverage area. Wireless coverage is thereby provided between a base transceiver station and a mobile device in the extended coverage area. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328246 | Mobile Relay Support in Relay-Enhanced Access Networks - Measures are provided for mobile relay support in relay-enhanced access networks. Such measures include setting up a first packet data connection for traffic in a relay-enhanced access network, which relates to first-type user terminals using the same access technology as a base station, from a mobile relay towards a packet data network via a first packet gateway functionality collocated with the base station currently serving the mobile relay, and setting up a second packet data connection for traffic in the relay-enhanced access network, which relates to second-type user terminals using another access technologies as the base station and the mobile relay, from the mobile relay towards the packet data network via a second packet gateway functionality external to the base station currently serving the mobile relay. | 11-06-2014 |
20140334374 | Dynamic Point to Point Mobile Network Including Base Station Aspects System and Method - A computationally implemented system and method that is designed to, but is not limited to: relating first information with third information, the first information regarding second information having been received at first fixed position base station devices being part of a base station network, the second information regarding first communication related events involving one or more of the first mobile operating system based mobile communication devices and one or more of the first fixed position base station devices, the third information regarding the fourth information having been received at the one or more second fixed position base station devices being part of the base station network regarding second communication related events occurring directly between the two or more second mobile operating system based mobile communication devices. In addition to the foregoing, other method aspects are described in the claims, drawings, and text forming a part of the present disclosure. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334375 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE THEREFOR - In a wireless communication system for performing a wireless communication based on a time division method between two wireless communication devices, data packets are transmitted from one wireless communication device to another. If the other wireless communication device fails to receive a packet in a correct order or has received a packet that does not coincide with a scheduled packet sequence number, the incorrectly received packet is stored in a storage unit, and released after the packet that is correctly received later so that the packets are obtained in the correct order. When the scheduled packet number fails to be updated in a certain frame, and the scheduled packet fails to be received in a succeeding frame, the other wireless communication device transmits a resend request in the succeeding frame. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334376 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND SYSTEM INFORMATION FOR REPEATERS AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of transmitting control information for a relay node (RN) from an eNode B in a wireless communication system includes transmitting information on a resource region of at least one relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) including the control information for the RN and interleaving mode information on an interleaving mode applied to the at least one R-PDCCH to the RN, wherein the resource region of the at least one R-PDCCH is RN-specifically configured. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334377 | Multi-Hop Wireless Communication System and Relay Method and Relay Station Therein - A relay station, which is originally deployed in the multi-hop wireless communication system and used for relaying the communication between a base station and a mobile station, is referred to as an ordinary relay station, and a relay station is referred to as an aid relay station. The aid relay station can decide whether to provide aid to the ordinary relay station, and can be invisible to the base station and the mobile station, namely, the aid relay station will not generate signaling between itself and the base station or the mobile station, and therefore the aid relay station, when being implemented, will not generate extra signaling overheads in the multi-hop wireless communication system; and at the same time, when the relay quality of an aided relay station is poor, it can be improved by the aid relay station, thereby improving the system performance of the multi-hop wireless communication system. | 11-13-2014 |
20140341105 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING MULTI-HOP RELAY NETWORKS - Various aspects of an approach for managing multi-hop networks are described herein for an apparatus associated with a network that includes detecting, by the apparatus, an event corresponding to a state of association of a first device with the network; updating at least one network parameter based on the detection of the event; and generating a notification based on the update of the at least one network parameter. Another aspect of the disclosed approach includes receiving, by the apparatus, a first notification corresponding to a state of association of a first device with the network, wherein the first notification comprises a first timestamp corresponding to the state of association of the first device; comparing the first timestamp with a second timestamp corresponding to a table stored by the apparatus; and, updating the table with the first timestamp if the first timestamp is more recent than the second timestamp. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341106 | RADIO RELAY APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROCESSOR - Provided is radio relay apparatus which automatically determines value different from preamble indexes of peripheral radio base stations to be preamble index of the self apparatus, as well as such radio communication method and processor. Radio relay apparatus relays radio signals transmitted and received between radio base stations and radio terminal. Radio relay apparatus includes terminal side communicator that transmits and receives radio signals to and from radio terminal; base station side communicator that transmits and receives radio signals to and from radio base stations; and controllers and that set first preamble index, which is preamble index of radio relay apparatus, and that acquire, from radio signal received by the base station side communicator from each radio base station, second preamble index, which is preamble index of the radio base station. The controllers and determine value different from second preamble index to be first preamble index. | 11-20-2014 |
20140348054 | Wireless Relay Module for Remote Monitoring Systems - A wireless relay module for networked communications between a series of medical devices and a remote monitoring device. An interface circuit coupled to each medical device communicates with the wireless relay module via a wireless relay network. The relay module communicates with the remote monitoring device over one or more internet-accessible wireless communication networks, and includes a receiver coupled to the wireless relay network, transmitter(s) for the wireless relay network or other wireless relay networks, other transmitters for the one or more Internet-accessible wireless communications networks; and a controller. The controller determines a status of the one or more internet-accessible wireless communications networks. When the status indicates that at least one of the internet-accessible wireless communications network is available, the appropriate transmitter is selected for the transmitting medical device data over the available internet-accessible wireless communications networks. When the internet-accessible wireless communications networks are not accessible, the appropriate wireless relay network transmitter is selected for transmitting the data to another wireless relay module. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348055 | RELAYING UNICAST AND MULTICAST DATA IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A relay node for a wireless network is configured for transmissions on the basis of a radio frame with a plurality of subframes. The relay node includes a first relay path and a second relay path. The first relay path is configured to receive, in a first subframe of the subframes, first unicast transmission signals, to decode the first unicast transmission signals to obtain unicast data, and to forward the decoded unicast data by sending second unicast transmission signals in a second subframe of the subframes. The second relay path is configured to receive, in a third subframe of the subframes, multicast transmission signals, to amplify the received multicast transmission signals, and to send the amplified multicast transmission signals in the third subframe. The relay node may switch between the first relay path and the second relay path in order to implement a hybrid Decode-and-Forward and Amplify-and-Forward relaying operation. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348056 | RELAY BACKHAUL UPLINK HARQ PROTOCOL - The present invention relates to a method for configuring a retransmission protocol on the uplink between a network node and a relay node in a mobile communication system, the configuration being performed at a network node or at a relay node, and to the corresponding relay node apparatus and network node apparatus capable of configuring the retransmission protocol. In particular, the number of transmission processes is determined based on the position of time intervals available for the transmission and may be selected in order to control the round trip time of the retransmission protocol. Once the number of transmission processes has been configured, the transmission processes are mapped on the available time intervals in a predefined order and repetitively. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348057 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting signals by a base station in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting, to a relay node, resource allocation information indicating a Virtual Resource Block (VRB) set through Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling; and transmitting a downlink subframe including at least one control channel element (CCE) related to the relay node. The at least one CCE is allocated from a specific Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol other than a first OFDM symbol of the downlink subframe. The VRB set is configured for a Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH). | 11-27-2014 |
20140348058 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL TO RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for receiving a Relay Physical Downlink Control CHannel (R-PDCCH) by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a downlink subframe including one or more aggregated resource blocks including resource elements. The resource elements are mapped in increasing order of first a subcarrier index, and then a symbol index. The method further includes monitoring the R-PDCCH on the one or more aggregated resource blocks. The one or more aggregated resource blocks are numbered based on an aggregation level and a number of the one or more aggregated resource blocks corresponding to the aggregation level. | 11-27-2014 |
20140355511 | EXTENDING NETWORK SIGNAL RANGE VIA VEHICLES - A controller device, implemented in a repeating system associated with a vehicle, may activate an antenna device included in the repeating system to cause the antenna device to receive a network signal and transmit an amplified network signal, corresponding to the network signal, to an area around the vehicle; and cause an amplification device, included in the repeating system, to receive the network signal, amplify the network signal to form the amplified network signal, and provide the amplified network signal for transmission by the antenna device. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355512 | RELAY APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A relay apparatus relays a signal received from a transmitting apparatus to a receiving apparatus, and includes a receiver configured to receive a signal from the transmitting apparatus, and a transmitter configured to repeatedly transmit a predetermined symbol interval of the received signal to the receiving apparatus. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355513 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO CONTROL INTERFERENCE IN MULTI-HOP NETWORK AND RELAY NODE AND NODE PAIR USING THE METHOD - A method and apparatus to control interference in a relay node are provided and include simultaneously receiving a symbol from source nodes, adjusting channel coefficients; and relaying the symbol to destination nodes with adjusted channel coefficients. The simultaneously receiving and the relaying are performed during a symbol transmission process between the source and destination nodes. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355514 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN MULTI-HOP NETWORK BASED ON MIMO SYSTEM AND RELAY NODE AND NODE PAIR USING THE METHOD - A method of controlling interference of relay nodes and node pairs in a multi-hop network, includes relaying signals received from source nodes among the node pairs to destination nodes pairing with the source nodes, and cancelling a part of interference signals between the node pairs by controlling channel coefficients of the relay nodes. The destination nodes are configured to cancel residual interference signals among the interference signals, using the signals received by the destination nodes. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355515 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY STATION - A method and an apparatus for demodulating a downlink control channel by a relay node (RN) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving cell-specific reference signals on at least one antenna port from a base station (BS); receiving user equipment (UE)-specific reference signals on at least one antenna port from the BS; and demodulating a relay physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) based on either the cell-specific reference signals or the UE-specific reference signals. A type of reference signals used to demodulate the R-PDCCH is configured by higher layers. | 12-04-2014 |
20140362762 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for sending a service by a first gateway (GW) among multiple GWs includes, upon reception of a request for a service from a terminal, determining whether the first GW is able to provide the service, detecting a second GW that is able to provide the service requested by the terminal among the multiple GWs based on GW management information that includes respective service information regarding services that the multiple GWs are able to provide, if the first GW is not able to provide the service, requesting the second GW to provide the service requested by the terminal, and upon reception of the service from the second GW, forwarding the service to the terminal. The other embodiments, including a gateway and a terminal are also disclosed. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362763 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD AND EXPANSION UNIT OF FLAT NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - Disclosed are a wireless communication system and method and an expansion unit of a flat network architecture. The wireless communication system comprises at least one baseband signal source, an expansion unit (EU) and at least one remote radio unit (RU) connected to the EU. By overlapping the baseband signals output by each baseband signal source, remote transmission and wireless coverage of multimode digital signals are achieved, thereby solving the problem of system performance degradation caused by the interaction of radio-frequency analogue signal transmission and optical transmission in the prior art. | 12-11-2014 |
20140369253 | DEGREE REDUCTION AND DEGREE-CONSTRAINED COMBINING FOR RELAYING A FOUNTAIN CODE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for relaying a packet are provided. The apparatus receives at least one packet and reduces a degree of the at least one packet. The apparatus further processes the at least one packet based on the reduced degree, generates a combined packet by combining the at least one processed packet with at least one other processed packet based on the reduced degree and a weight of each of the processed packets, and transmits the combined packet. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369254 | Amplified Bonded Cellular Broadband Internet Access Device - An amplified bonded cellular broadband internet access device allows for the reception of radio frequency (RF) signals in remote locations from a cell tower or similar structure and for the amplification and bonding of said signals in order to provide internet access and voice communications. An antenna receives said RF signals and directs the RF signals to a signal amplification unit, which generates amplified RF signals. The amplified RF signals are then passed through a signal bonding unit, where the amplified RF signals are divided using a bonding splitter, encoded through a plurality of internet service provider modems, and bonded together through a broadband bonding network device to create bonded signals. A signal distribution interface including a plurality of ports and a distribution transceiver then directs the bonded signals across a local area network or wide area network. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369255 | TWO-WAY RELAY APPARATUS AND METHOD THEREOF - One or more embodiments provide an apparatus and a method to estimate channel information even when channel information is not accurately known and design a relay filter based on the estimated information in a two-way relay system where a terminal having a single antenna and a relay exist. A relay apparatus of a two-way relay system includes a receiver, a controller, and a transmitter. The receiver receives a signal from at least one terminal. The controller estimates a channel between the terminals based on the received signal, and calculates a receiver matrix and a precoder. The transmitter transmits a signal precoded by the precoder. | 12-18-2014 |
20140376448 | IP CAMERA HAVING REPEATER FUNCTIONS AND METHOD FOR SETTING THE SAME - The present invention is to provide an IP camera having repeater functions, which includes an image-capturing module for capturing images, an image processor for processing the images, a central processor including a network communication module for activating the repeater functions and mediating communication between a root wireless access point (WAP) and an external device, and an antenna electrically connected to the network communication module in order for the IP camera to make wireless connection to the root WAP, upload the images to the Internet and serve as a repeater between the two WAPs, and a memory configured for storing operating software, a plurality of service set identifiers (IDs) and an authentication key. Due to the repeater functions of the IP camera, the external device can identify the IP camera by the IDs and then connect to the Internet, even if the external device is outside coverage of a wireless LAN. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376449 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - By deciding positions of frequencies used via a relay station by a system in advance for assignment of boundary frequencies, frequencies of a central frequency more likely to be affected by the relay station are also mapped by avoiding a signal thereof. Alternatively, an adjacent cell whose central frequency is affected changes depending on a position of the relay station and thus, locations set to be highly likely to interfere with the central frequency of the adjacent cell is reduced by setting a region of the boundary frequencies permitted to the relay station in accordance with the position of the relay station. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009888 | Radio Communication System and Communication Method - A communication system and method that allows a DeNB to identify a RN registered to another DeNB and to acquire necessary information for coordinating interference from RNs registered to the other DeNB are provided. The communication system includes a plurality of communication nodes which includes a plurality of base stations and a plurality of relay nodes, wherein each relay node has a radio connection with a base station, wherein each base station exchanges information indicating identity of a relay node with another base station. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009889 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR RADIO FREQUENCY SIGNAL BOOSTERS - Provided herein are apparatus and methods for radio frequency (RF) signal boosters. In certain implementations, a multi-band signal booster is provided for boosting the uplink and downlink channels of at least a first frequency band and a second frequency band. In certain configurations, the downlink channels of the first and second channels are adjacent, and the signal booster includes a first amplification path for boosting the uplink channel of the first frequency band, a second amplification path for boosting the uplink channel of the second frequency band, and a third amplification path for boosting both downlink channels of the first and second frequency bands. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009890 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA BETWEEN A RELAY AND A BASE STATION - A method and a relay node are described for transmitting and receiving data. The relay node receives a downlink data in a subframe n−k from a base station. The subframe n−k is configured as a multicast broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) subframe by the relay node. The relay node transmits to the base station, in response to receiving the downlink data in the subframe n−k, an acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) in an uplink subframe n, where n is an index number of the uplink subframe for transmitting the ACK/NACK. A value of n is associated with a parameter indicating subframe configuration related with at least one hybrid automatic repeat request (HARM) process between the relay node and the base station. The value of k is equal to or greater than 4. | 01-08-2015 |
20150016333 | DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM CONNECTION THROUGH A STATION WORKING AS A NON-ACCESS POINT - The present invention relates to a method and device for performing a connection to a distribution system (DS) through a station working as a non-access point (AP) in a wireless communication system. In particular, any station (referred to hereinafter as ‘a first STA’) works as an AP having DS connection performance in first frequency band wireless local area network (WLAN) communication when performing WLAN communication to connect to a distribution system (DS), wherein a direct link setting procedure is performed with a specific STA (referred to hereinafter as ‘a second STA’) working as a station that is not an AP in second frequency band WLAN communication, in the second frequency band WLAN communication; and a connection is made to the DS through the direct link in the second frequency band WLAN communication. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016334 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING HANDOVER OF USER EQUIPMENTS ATTACHED TO MOBILE RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for determining handover of user equipments (UEs) attached to the mobile relay node, which performs a handover procedure from a source donor eNodeB (DeNB) to a target DeNB, in a wireless communication system is provided. A mobile relay node (RN) receives an indication including information on assignable resources for the RN, and determines whether to accept or reject the handover of each UE using the received indication and contexts of the UEs stored in the mobile relay node. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016335 | Type II Relay Node Initialization Procedures - A relay node including one or more components configured to encode a message to be transmitted to an access node, the message used to identify the relay node as a relay node during initialization of the relay node. | 01-15-2015 |
20150023245 | MULTI-BAND MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS RELAYING NETWORKS - Methods, systems, devices, and apparatuses are described for wireless communications in which first type of traffic may be transmitted from a gateway access point (AP) directly to a station. Beacon signals transmitted to the station are transmitted as part of the first type of traffic. A second type of traffic may be transmitted from the gateway AP to the station via at least one relay AP. The first type of traffic may include low-throughput traffic and may be transmitted over a long-range radio link (e.g., 2 GHz band link or sub-1 GHz band link). The second type of traffic may include high-throughput traffic and may be transmitted over at least one short-range radio link (e.g., 5 GHz band link). The gateway AP may receive low-throughput traffic directly from the station and high-throughput traffic from the station via the at least one relay AP. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023246 | HEURISTIC SPANNING METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LINK STATE ROUTING - A system and method for selecting at least one relay in a communication network; the network comprises a plurality of nodes; each of the nodes comprises at least one processing unit; each pair of the nodes is characterized by a first connection number; a first score is associated with each pair of (i) first first connection number; and (ii) second first connection number; each of the processing unit is programmed to execute the method. | 01-22-2015 |
20150029931 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA VIA SHARED RELAY STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a transmitting method for minimizing the delay time for data transmission via a wired backbone network using a shared relay station (SRS), wherein the steps of transmitting data and control information using the shared relay station comprises: a) sharing a relay station between at least two base stations (BS) and b) transmitting data via at least two base stations, terminals connected to the respective base stations, and a relay station. According to the present invention, the delay time for data transmission is minimized in comparison with conventional cellular networks, as data which was transmitted to a controller of a core network via a wired backbone network in the conventional cellular networks is transmitted to base stations or terminals via a wireless link by means of a shared relay station. | 01-29-2015 |
20150043419 | MOBILE RELAY NODE BASED CoMP ASSISTED INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Systems and methods for Mobile Relay Node (MRN) based Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) operation in a cellular communications network are disclosed. In one embodiment, MRN based CoMP operation is utilized to provide interference mitigation for wireless devices, and preferably provide interference mitigation for cell edge wireless devices. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043420 | COVERAGE EXTENSION LEVEL FOR COVERAGE LIMITED DEVICE - Generally discussed herein are systems, apparatuses, and methods that can provide a coverage enhancement to a coverage limited device. According to an example a method can include repeating a Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH) data transmission multiple times over multiple sub-frames to a coverage limited Machine Type Communication (MTC) User Equipment (UE), or repeating the PBCH data transmission two or three times within one sub-frame to the coverage limited MTC UE. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043421 | WIRELESS RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a wireless relay apparatus that is communicably connected to a wireless terminal through a wireless LAN each other and is communicably connected to an information processing apparatus through a WAN. The wireless relay apparatus includes a wireless communication unit configured to receive a frame containing data specifying a predetermined first protocol in a higher layer payload type field in a layer 2 header from the wireless terminal and a processor configured to execute a process that causes the wireless relay apparatus to perform establishing a TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) connection to and from the information processing apparatus when the wireless communication unit receives the frame containing the data specifying the predetermined first protocol in the higher layer payload type field in the layer 2 header, wherein the wireless communication unit transfers data received from the information processing apparatus to the wireless terminal. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043422 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control method in a relay station that holds a donor base station list, is connected to a donor base station existing on the donor base station list, and performs relay transmission between the donor base station and a user terminal, comprises a step A of designating a neighboring base station, a step B of inquiring the neighboring base station designated in the step A of whether to accept or refuse the relay station, and a step C of updating the donor base station list in response to an inquiry result in the step B. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043423 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCES AT RELAY STATION (RS) IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A Relay Station (RS), and a corresponding method of performing scheduling at an RS in a mobile communication network are provided. The RS and corresponding method receive channel state information and scheduling information from an apparatus associated with the RS, the scheduling information defining scheduling parameters for downlink transmission of data. The RS and corresponding method also obtain updated scheduling parameters based on the scheduling information, the channel state information, and an amount of the data. | 02-12-2015 |
20150049663 | PROVIDING SECONDARY COVERAGE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Example methods, apparatus, articles of manufacture and systems for providing secondary coverage in a mobile communication system are disclosed. Example methods for a first device to provide secondary coverage in a mobile communication system include transmitting a secondary coverage signal and receiving a presence indication from a second device. Such example methods can also include reporting the presence indication to an access node of the mobile communication system. Such example methods can further include receiving information from the access node to enable relay node functionality in the first device in response to reporting the presence indication to the access node. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049664 | Method for Controlling a Multi-Hop Transmission - Method for controlling a multi-hop transmission it is described a method for controlling a multi-hop transmission of a data packet between a base station and a user equipment via at least one relay node. A maximum allowable time period for transmitting the data packet between the base station and the user equipment via the at least one relay node is specified. The method includes calculating, based on a time information associated with a time period, which has been needed for a transmission of the data packet to the at least one relay node, and the maximum allowable time period, a remaining time period being available for the at least one relay node for transmitting the data packet, and controlling the transmission of the data packet from the at least one relay node to the base station or the user equipment based on the calculated remaining time period. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049665 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ADAPTIVE RELAYING DATA DISTRIBUTION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product example embodiments enable data distribution in wireless communication networks. In example embodiments, a method comprises receiving a wireless broadcast message including a message ID and an associated distributor address; buffering the received wireless broadcast message and starting an observation window timer for the message if the message ID of the received wireless broadcast message is not stored in a database of message IDs and associated distributor addresses for previously received wireless broadcast messages; calculating a relaying probability for the received wireless broadcast message, based on a number of distributor address entries associated with the message ID in the database, the entries resulting from receiving other wireless broadcast messages having the same message ID during the observation window; transmitting the buffered message following termination of the observation window, based on the calculated relaying probability; and starting a cooling window timer upon termination of the observation window and removing all records containing the message ID from the database following termination of the cooling window. | 02-19-2015 |
20150055546 | TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITY (TXOP) SHARING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for indicating whether or not transmit opportunity (TXOP) sharing is allowed. An exemplary method generally includes generating a frame; indicating, via a value of at least one bit of a field of the frame, whether to allow transmit opportunity (TXOP) sharing during which a relay is allowed to forward the frame in the same TXOP in which the frame was transmitted; and transmitting the frame. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055547 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ADAPTIVE REPEATERS - In some embodiments, a first RF signal is received at a wireless repeater, a signal quality is determined based on the first RF signal, the signal quality is analyzed based on a parameter, an operation mode is auto selected based on analysis of the signal quality, and a second RF signal based on the first RF signal is generated for transmission according to the selected operation mode. Under one mode, a first RAC of the wireless may generate data based on a first IF signal downconverted from a first RF signal. Based on the data, a second RAC of the wireless repeater may generate a second IF signal, which can be used to generate a second RF signal for transmission. Under another mode, the first RAC may provide the IF signal to the second RAC, which provides the IF signal for generation of the second RF signal. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055548 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL VIA RELAY BACKHAUL LINK - A method for receiving a signal by a relay in a wireless communication system. The method according to an embodiment includes receiving, by the relay from a base station (BS), a reference signal (RS) in a subframe having a first slot and a second slot. Each of the first and second slots includes a plurality of consecutive resource elements over which the RS is allowed to be spread, and the plurality of consecutive resource elements overlaps a last Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of a corresponding slot. When a last OFDM symbol of the subframe is not available for transmission from the BS to the relay, the RS is received only in the first slot of the subframe and a data signal is received in at least part of the plurality of consecutive resource elements in the second slot. | 02-26-2015 |
20150063199 | METHOD FOR MOBILE RELAY NODE OBTAINING TA INFORMATION, METHOD FOR MOBILE RELAY NODE SWITCHING, METHOD FOR UPDATING LOCATION OF USER LOCATION AND METHOD FOR PAGING USER - The present invention provides a method for RN switching and location updating, a method for updating location of UE and a method for paging UE. Application of the methods of the present invention, can present each UE under the relay from initiating a tracking area update process, reduce network congestion, and save system sources. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063200 | METHOD FOR PRIORITIZING OPERATION OF RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Various methods and apparatuses for prioritizing operation of Relay Node are disclosed. A method for prioritizing the transmission and receipt of uplink signals in a relay node of a wireless communication system is presented. The method comprises determining radio resource requirements for receiving one or more access link signals and/or transmitting one or more backhaul link signal, determining the signal type of the one or more access link signals and/or determining the signal type of the one or more backhaul link signals, and selecting one of a transmitting mode operation and a receiving mode operation based on the radio resource requirements for receiving the one or more access link signals and/or transmitting the one or more backhaul link signals, and based on the signal type of the one or more access link signals and/or the signal type of the one or more backhaul link signals. | 03-05-2015 |
20150071161 | AMPLIFY AND FORWARD RELAY METHOD - The amplify and forward relay method enhances QOS in wireless networks and is based on the switch-and-examine (SEC) and SEC post-selection (SECps) diversity combining techniques where only a single relay out of multiple relays is used to forward the source signal to the destination. The selection process is performed based on a predetermined switching threshold. Maximal-ratio combining (MRC) is used at the destination to combine the signal on the relay path with that on the direct link. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071162 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INDICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting an indication in a wireless communication system is provided. A relay node (RN) transmits an indication which indicates that the RN is either a fixed relay node or a mobile relay node, and receives initial parameters from an operation, administration, and maintenance (OAM) according on the indication. If the RN is the mobile relay node, the initial parameters includes a list of donor eNodeB (DeNB) cells at a trajectory of the RN. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071163 | Portable Wireless Mesh Device - A wireless mesh network comprising a plurality of mobile mesh devices coupled as nodes in a mesh network topology is provided herein. Generally speaking, each mobile mesh device may be a portable, self-contained unit, which does not require network or power wiring to communicate network traffic between the nodes. According to one embodiment, the mobile mesh device may include a small cell gateway for capturing, converting and re-routing cellular signals throughout and beyond the wireless mesh network. According to another embodiment, the mobile mesh device may include a real-time locating services (RTLS) hardware/software engine for capturing network traffic, identifying the identity and location of the device transmitting the network traffic, and triggering an action in response to either the identity and/or the location of the transmitting device. In some embodiments, the RTLS hardware/software engine may be combined with the small cell gateway to automatically re-route converted cellular signals throughout and beyond the wireless mesh network based on the identity of captured data packets. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071164 | Intelligent broadband relay for wireless networks for connectivity to mobile or portable divices - An ultrawideband radio transceiver/repeater provides a low cost infrastructure solution that merges wireless and wired network devices while providing connection to the plant, flexible repeater capabilities, network security, traffic monitoring and provisioning, and traffic flow control for wired and wireless connectivity of devices or networks. The ultrawidebande radio transceiver/repeater can be implemented in discrete, integrated, distributed or embedded forms. | 03-12-2015 |
20150078248 | METHODS FOR SUPPORTING COEXISTENCE OF A MOBILE RELAY AND A FIXED RELAY AND CORRESPONDING APARATUSES - The present invention discloses methods for supporting coexistence of a mobile relay and a fixed relay in a wireless communication network, and corresponding apparatuses. A method comprises: receiving, by a base station, a first message from a relay; determining, by the base station, whether the relay is a mobile relay or a fixed relay based on the first message received from the relay; sending, by the base station, a second message to a mobility management entity, the second message comprising information indicating whether the relay is a mobile relay or a fixed relay so that the mobility management entity can select a corresponding service gateway SGW and a corresponding packet data network gateway PGW for the relay. According to the present invention, coexistence of a mobile relay and a fixed relay in a wireless communication network can be realized with a minimal impact on standardization work. | 03-19-2015 |
20150085738 | RELAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF SELECTING RELAY NODE BASED ON LEARNING IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A relay apparatus and a method of selecting a relay node based on learning in a wireless network are provided. A method of selecting a relay node is performed, for example, by the relay apparatus, and includes receiving packet information from a predecessor node and a successor node, and determining whether the relay apparatus is usable as a node optimized to relay a data packet, based on relay quality information (RQI) that is computed based on the received packet information. Techniques for computing RQI information are also provided. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085739 | RELAY DEVICE SELECTION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM FOR RELAY DEVICE SELECTION DEVICE - A selection device | 03-26-2015 |
20150085740 | Relay Architectures For Mobile Wireless Networks - A communication device configured to route communications between one or more out-of-coverage communication devices using one or more proximity services (ProSe). For example, the communication device can be configured as a mobile device-to network relay. The communication device can be configured to route communications associated with one more out-of-coverage communication devices that are serviced by the communication device. The communication device can be configured to utilize Layer 3 routing. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085741 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for cooperation in wireless communications. Cooperation is considered among a number of network elements, including at least one wireless transmit-receive unit, at least one relay station, and at least one base station. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085742 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING A TRANSMISSION MODE FOR A BACKHAUL LINK TRANSMISSION - A method and a base station are described for transmitting a signal. The base station transmits control information to a relay node through a relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH), and transmits a data to the relay node through a relay-physical downlink shared channel (R-PDSCH). When a number of transmission layers of the R-PDSCH is 2 or more than 2, reference signals, among a plurality of reference signals, transmitted by a specific one of a plurality of antenna ports are used, in the relay node, for a demodulation of the control information. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085743 | System and Method for Adapting Code Rate - A system and method for adapting code rate are provided. A method for a first communication device to transmit a resource assignment to at least one communication device includes assigning at least one transmission resource to transmit the resource assignment, adapting a code rate of an encoded payload based on the at least one transmission resource and a threshold, thereby producing an adapted payload, and transmitting the adapted payload. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085744 | RETRANSMISSION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND RELAY STATION - A retransmission method in a mobile communication system includes performing a first transmission of data from a first wireless communication apparatus to a second wireless communication apparatus through at least one relay station by wireless relaying; and performing retransmission processing of retransmitting the data through fewer relay stations than the first transmission, or without using any relay station, where the second wireless communication apparatus receives data transmitted based on the retransmission processing. | 03-26-2015 |
20150092660 | LTE CONCENTRATOR AND DISTRIBUTOR SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COVERAGE EXTENSION - A Long Term Evolution (LTE) Concentrator and Distributor system and method extends geographical coverage while minimizing Evolved Node B (eNB) deployments. The system and method use a distributed array of Wide Band Receiver Transmitter (WBRT) devices (i.e., RF Heads, RFH, including antennas) connected via wide-band links to a central standard LTE eNB through a novel LTE Concentrator-Distributor (LTE-CD) which is an uplink (smart optimal) concentrator and downlink simulcast distributor. The eNB downlink signal (baseband or modulated RF) is distributed in synchronization (simulcast) through the LTE-CD to all WBRTs for downlink simulcast transmission to all UEs in the coverage area. The WBRTs receive uplink signals from user equipment, UE, devices in a coverage area, send the uplink signals (baseband or modulated RF) to the LTE-CD which optimally combines all received signals into one best uplink signal that is sent (in baseband or modulated RF) to the eNB. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092661 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME FOR VEHICULAR AD HOC NETWORK SYSTEM - A transmission control method for a vehicular ad hoc network system having a plurality of mobile nodes is provided. The mobile nodes include a source node, a destination node, and a plurality of relay nodes. The source node transmits a data packet to the destination node through the relay nodes. The method includes each mobile node capturing mobility information being periodically broadcasted from neighboring mobile nodes to correspondingly update the connection state table thereof, wherein the connection state table records the coverage remaining time between the mobile node and neighboring mobile nodes; when any of relay nodes determines that the coverage remaining time between the relay node and the subsequent mobile node is less than a predefined threshold, the relay node transforms into a proxy node, stores the data packet, and establishes a reliable sub-connection between the proxy node and a next proxy node or the destination node. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092662 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving control information in a wireless communication system. In a repeater according to the present invention, a receiving antenna can receive control information for a hybrid automatic repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ ACK) feedback on the data transmission of a base station from the base station through higher layer signaling. On the basis of the control information, a processor can determine a resource in an upper link control channel to be used for the transmission of the HARQ feedback. A transmitting antenna can transmit the HARQ feedback to the base station through the resource that has been determined. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092663 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - The present invention relates to an electronic device and a method of operating the same. The electronic device and the method of operating the electronic device may effectively form a connection between two or more electronic devices by allowing a relaying device to transfer connection information between the electronic devices to a counterpart. | 04-02-2015 |
20150103730 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY USING MULTIPLE WLAN MODULES OPERATING IN DIFFERENT WIRELESS BANDS - Systems and methods for enabling a wireless local area network (WLAN) client to communicate simultaneously over more than one band at a time are described, where each client has at least one radio that is operational in each supported band. Load balancing based on traffic requirements optimizes the use of the multiple bands. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103731 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUBSET NETWORK CODING WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS BY RELAY NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for network coding by a relay node in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises: receiving an information associated with channel estimation from a base station, determining a number of subset for network coding based on the information associated with channel estimation, receiving at least one codeword from at least one user equipment, and generating re-encoded codeword by network coding based on the number of subset, wherein the number of subset is calculated based on a first outage probability and a second outage probability, and wherein the first outage probability is outage probability of the user Equipment to the base station, and the second outage probability is outage probability of the relay node to the base station. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103732 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN A RELAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a data transmission/receiving method and apparatus in a relay communication system. In particular, the data transmission/receiving method through a backhaul link between a base station and a relay node in a relay communication system comprises: composing a backhaul subframe including a control signal transmission period to which a control signal is allocated and a backhaul signal transmission period to which a backhaul signal is allocated and then allocating the backhaul signal; transmitting configuration information about the backhaul subframe, the information containing symbol position or size data of the backhaul signal transmission period, to the relay node through an upper layer signal; and transmitting the backhaul signal having been allocated through the backhaul subframe to the relay node. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103733 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING SUB-FRAMES FOR RELAY-NODE OPERATIONS - A frame structure for support of large delay spread deployment scenarios (e.g., cellular system operation in large cell sizes or low frequency bands) is generally presented. In this regard a method is introduced comprising partitioning a radio frame into a plurality of equal-sized (or non-equal-sized) sub-frames to simplify system implementation. Other embodiments are also disclosed and claimed. | 04-16-2015 |
20150109991 | Radio Base Station, Radio Communication Network System, and Communication Control Method - A short-distance radio communication in a steady situation and a long-distance radio communication in an unsteady situation are dynamically switched in a radio communication network, and a steady communication and an unsteady communication are realized through the same radio communication network without affecting the respective communication qualities. A radio communication network system includes radio terminals that enable a multihop communication, and a radio base station. The radio base station and the radio terminals communicate with each other by at least two kinds of transmission radio wave powers. The transmission radio wave power is variably controlled according to a measurement data value by sensors of the radio terminals, or a content of data received by a data communication. Also, respective transmission times of the radio terminals, the radio relay station, and the radio base station are determined, and the transmission times do not change even if the transmission radio wave power changes (refer to FIG. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109992 | MULTIPLE IN MULTIPLE OUT NETWORK CODED AMPLIFY AND FORWARD RELAYING SCHEME FOR THREE NODE BIDIRECTIONAL COOPERATION - A method and apparatus are described including receiving a first signal including first data in a first time slot of a first channel, receiving a second signal including second data in a second time slot of a second channel, determining a first pre-coding matrix, determining a second pre-coding matrix, applying the first pre-coding matrix to the first data to produce pre-coded first data, applying the second pre-coding matrix to the second data to produce pre-coded second data, generating a third signal by combining the pre-coded first data and the pre-coded second data and transmitting the third signal on the first channel and on the second channel. Also described are a method and apparatus including transmitting a first signal, receiving a second signal including a first training sequence and decoding the second signal by removing the first training sequence and removing the first signal. | 04-23-2015 |
20150117299 | DISTRIBUTED INFORMATION SOURCE ESTIMATION METHOD BASED ON COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION - The present invention discloses a distributed information source estimation method based on cooperative communication, which comprises the following steps: the fusion center selects a relay node with the best channel quality from a plurality of sensor nodes, according to the current channel quality between each sensor node and the fusion center; said fusion center carries out transmission power distribution on each sensor node, according to the observation quality of each sensor node towards an information source and the current channel quality between each sensor node and the fusion center; each sensor node judges whether it is a relay node or not; the sensor node directly transmits the observation information obtained by observing the information source to said fusion center; the sensor node transmits the observation information obtained by observing the information source to said fusion center. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117300 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL AT A RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting downlink signals at a source base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises transmitting a downlink signal to an end user and at least one relay; receiving a negative response signal from the end user; receiving a positive response signal and channel status information about a channel between the at least one relay and the end user, wherein the at least one relay overhears the negative response signal; and scheduling a specific relay having the best channel status of the at least one relay to re-transmitting the downlink signal to the end user. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117301 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXTENDING RANGE AND COVERAGE OF BANDWIDTH INTENSIVE WIRELESS DATA STREAMS - A wireless networking system is disclosed. The system includes a first wireless access point having a first coverage area. The first wireless access point includes a first wireless transceiver to access a wireless network and a second wireless transceiver coupled to the first wireless transceiver. A second wireless access point has a second coverage area. The second wireless access point includes a third wireless transceiver for establishing a wireless link with the second wireless transceiver, and a fourth wireless transceiver coupled to the third wireless transceiver to provide user access to the wireless link. User access to the wireless link accesses the wireless network via the second and first wireless transceivers. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117302 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE OF A RELAY NODE IN A BACKHAUL SUBFRAME - A method and apparatus for receiving control channel resources of a relay by the relay is provided. The method includes receiving resource information including a resource block assignment information related to resource blocks allocated to the relay; and receiving control channel according to the resource information. | 04-30-2015 |
20150124693 | RADIO REPEATER APPARATUS AND SYSTEM, AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A radio repeater system may include: a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) donor antenna configured to transmit/receive MIMO signals to/from base stations; a beamforming control unit configured to control beamforming by adaptively applying a phase weight to the repeated signals received from the MIMO donor antenna; an interference signal cancellation unit configured to estimate and analyze feedback interference signals introduced from a MIMO service antenna to the MIMO donor antenna and adaptively cancel the feedback interference signals; and the MIMO service antenna configured to transmit/receive MIMO signals to/from radio terminals in a service area. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124694 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING A DIGITAL SIGNAL FOR A NON-ORTHOGONAL MS-MARC SYSTEM, AND A CORRESPONDING PROGRAM PRODUCT AND RELAY DEVICE - A method for non-orthogonal transmission of a signal intended for a system with N sources, M relays and a single receiver, in which simultaneous transmission over a single spectral resource by the relays is simultaneous with a transmission over a single spectral resource by the sources. The method includes, for each relay: joint iterative detection/decoding of messages transmitted respectively by the sources during first transmission intervals to obtain decoded messages; detecting errors on the decoded messages; interleaving the detected error-free messages, followed by algebraic network coding including a linear combination, in a finite field of an order higher than two, of the interleaved messages to obtain a coded message, the linear combinations being independent, in pairs, between the relays; and channel coding to generate a signal representative of the network coded message and to transmit this signal during the subsequent transmission intervals simultaneously with a transmission by the sources. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124695 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND DEVICES FOR MODIFYING RELAY OPERATION OF A WIRELESS DEVICE - Systems, methods and devices for modifying relay operation of a wireless device are disclosed. In one aspect an apparatus for modifying relay operation of a wireless node comprises a processing system configured to generate a message requesting the wireless node to enable access point operation of the wireless node or instructing the wireless node to disable the access point operation of the wireless node. The message comprises a relay activation information element. The message comprises one or more of a field indicating a time for the wireless node to enable the access point operation or disable the access point operation and a field indicating whether the message is requesting the wireless node to enable the access point operation or instructing the wireless node to disable the access point operation. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124696 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR A COORDINATOR, A RELAY DEVICE, A SOURCE DEVICE AND A DESINATION DEVICE INCLUDED IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided is a communication method of a coordinator, the method including: receiving a relay search request frame for requesting a search for at least one relay station between a destination station and a source station; and transmitting, in response to the relay search request frame, a relay search response frame including a list of the at least one relay station so that the source station selects a target relay station from the at least one relay station. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124697 | RELAYS IN A MULTIHOP HETEROGENEOUS UMTS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Aspects relate to a Remote NodeB Relay that appears similar to a NodeB, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), and served mobile devices. Also provided is a Super-Light Router Relay that can provide better performance and QoS to served mobile devices while mitigating modifications to mobile devices, NodeBs, or interfaces between RNC and intermediary NodeBs. Aspects also relate to an Internet Protocol (IP) Relay that requires few, if any, modifications to mobile devices, NodeBs, or interfaces between RNC and intermediary NodeBs. Further, changes to an RNC and/or a core network can be mitigated though utilization of a strategic Relay Gateway. | 05-07-2015 |
20150131519 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING VOICE AND MESSAGING COMMUNICATIONS VIA VARIOUS NETWORKS - Techniques for facilitating data communications among electronic devices via various communication networks are provided. A first electronic device may be connected to a terrestrial network and a second electronic device may be connected to an on-board communications network of a vehicle. A first voice- or message-based content may be received from the first electronic device, for delivery to the second electronic device. A data center may transmit a corresponding forward communication to the second electronic device via a satellite communication link. The data center may also receive a return communication from the second electronic device via either the satellite communication link or a terrestrial communication link, and transmit corresponding content to the first electronic device. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131520 | REPEATER AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SUCH A REPEATER - A repeater capable of emitting as little electromagnetic radiation as possible is described. The repeater can transmit communication signals between a base station and a network terminal in a radio transmission network, such as a mobile radio network. The repeater can include a transmitter that can transmit the communication signals as a radio signal to the network terminal. The repeater can also include a sensor for detecting a switching signal and a control unit that can change the transmitter between a passive operating state and an active operating state based on the switching signal. The transmission power of the transmitter can be lower in the passive operating state than in the active operating state. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131521 | RELAYS IN A MULTIHOP HETEROGENEOUS UMTS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Aspects relate to a Remote NodeB Relay that appears similar to a NodeB, a Radio Network Controller (RNC), and served mobile devices. Also provided is a Super-Light Router Relay that can provide better performance and QoS to served mobile devices while mitigating modifications to mobile devices, NodeBs, or interfaces between RNC and intermediary NodeBs. Aspects also relate to an Internet Protocol (IP) Relay that requires few, if any, modifications to mobile devices, NodeBs, or interfaces between RNC and intermediary NodeBs. Further, changes to an RNC and/or a core network can be mitigated though utilization of a strategic Relay Gateway. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131522 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING HARQ FOR RELAY STATION - A method for performing HARQ includes: receiving information to determine downlink subframes used for a relay station to receive scheduling information from a BS; determining uplink subframes for performing a HARQ with the DL subframes, each of the UL subframes corresponding to each of the DL subframes; assigning sequentially each of a plurality of HARQ processes to each of the UL subframes one by one; and performing HARQ with the BS at at least one of the HARQ processes. An n-th subframe is configured for a corresponding UL subframe if an (n−4)-th subframe is configured for one of the DL subframes, n denoting an integer. The HARQ processes are equal in number to the UL subframes. The DL subframes are configured in at least one radio frame having 10 subframes indexed from 0 to 9. Subframes having indexes 0, 4, 5 and 9 are not configured as a DL subframe. | 05-14-2015 |
20150139069 | STATION FOR DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION SYNCHRONIZATION - A source station for synchronization of transmission and reception of data in a cooperative communication system includes a first receiver to receive, from a destination station, a first request frame including information regarding a first point in time when a first response frame is to be transmitted; a first transmitter to transmit the first response frame to the destination station, at the first point in time; a second transmitter to transmit, to a relay station, a second request frame including information regarding a second point in time when a second response frame is to be transmitted; a second receiver to receive the second response frame transmitted by the relay station at the second point in time; and a time estimator to estimate a first propagation delay time between the source station and the relay station, based on a time in which the second response frame is received. | 05-21-2015 |
20150146609 | REPEATER FOR RECEIVING SIGNALS FROM A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD - Disclosed are a repeater for receiving signals from a base station in a wireless communication system, and a signal receiving method. The base station reports, to each repeater, information on the aggregation level of a relay-control channel element (R-CCE) of a relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) via an explicit signaling method or implicit signaling method. In the event the base station reports via an explicit signaling method, the repeater receives, from the base station, information on the aggregation level of R-CCE which is a transmission unit of R-PDCCH, wherein the information contains control information for the repeater. Then, the repeater decodes an R-PDCCH region on an R-CCE aggregation level basis in accordance with the received R-CCE aggregation level information. | 05-28-2015 |
20150295634 | DATA RELAY BETWEEN COMMUNICATION DEVICES - While a user utilizes a communication device to communicate with other devices over a network, certain technical issues may cause the interruption or disconnection of the communication. The communication device may be configured to relay the communication to a secondary device to continue the communication without interrupting the communication. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295635 | RELAYING FRAMES - Frames received at a redundant port connecting a node to a communications network are identified by the frames including a sequence number associated with a source. A frame is received at the redundant port from a source. A newest sequence number of frames received from the source at the node is determined. A window of frames from the source is determined by corresponding sequence numbers. The window includes sequence numbers preceding the newest sequence number and associated with reception information of a corresponding frame at the node. The node relays the frame, when a sequence number of the received frame is within the window and the reception information indicates a first reception of the frame at the node. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295636 | RELAY APPARATUS, RELAY SATELLITE, AND SATELLITE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A reply apparatus includes: a reception analog switch matrix that outputs, to reception processing units, a wideband reception signal in a band wider than the bandwidth processable by the reception processing unit; a connecting unit that outputs demultiplexed signals to transmission processing units; a transmission analog switch matrix that outputs, to the same transmission antennas, signals subjected to transmission processing; a local generating unit that generates and transmits local signals having different frequencies to the reception processing units; a local-phase-difference calculating unit that calculates a phase difference between the local signals and inputs the phase difference to the reception processing units; and reception-phase correcting units that perform phase correction on the basis of the phase difference. The reception processing units, when the wideband reception signal is input, apply reception processing to divided signals obtained by extracting a part of bands of input signals on the basis of the local signals. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296494 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A RELAY NODE IN A MULTIUSER MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present disclosure relates to a method in which a base station transmits signals to a relay node in a multiuser multi-antenna (MIMO) wireless communication system. More particularly, the method includes: allocating one or more antenna ports to one or more relay nodes, respectively; mapping each of a plurality of downlink grant signals for the one or more relay nodes to a preset resource domain from among resource domains corresponding to one of the allocated antenna ports; mapping uplink grant signals or data signals for the one or more relay nodes to the resource domains corresponding to the allocated antenna ports; and transmitting the mapped signals to the one or more relay nodes. | 10-15-2015 |
20150304014 | MULTIPLE-INPUT AND MULTIPLE-OUPTUT (MIMO) ENHANCEMENT FOR BACKHAUL RELAYS - Embodiments contemplate one or more methods and apparatuses for allocating demodulation reference signals (DRSs) for a backhaul link between a base station and a relay. One or more embodiments include a processor that may generate a plurality of orthogonal cover codes (OCCs) as a reference for demodulation at a reception end of the backhaul link. The processor may allocate the generated plurality of OCCs in DRS groups to selective resource elements of one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) symbols that may be associated with a subframe. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304015 | Relaying Communications In Advanced LTE Systems - There is a method including receiving, at a first network node, information from a relay node associated with the first network node. The information includes an indication of at least one second network node neighboring the first network node. Parameter information of the at least one second network node is determined on the basis of the indication. The parameter information is uniquely mapped to the relay node and indicates current available resources of the at least one second network node for the relay node. Apparatus and computer program products are also disclosed. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304017 | RESOURCE SHARING IN RELAY OPERATIONS WITHIN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication base station is disclosed. The base station includes a transceiver coupled to a controller configured to generate a sub-frame having first control region for a first set of users and a second control region for a second set of users that do not receive the first control region, the first control region has a fixed starting location within the sub-frame and the second control region has a starting location that is one of several possible starting locations within the sub-frame, wherein the controller is configured to cause the transceiver to transmit the sub-frame to the first and second sets of users without signaling the starting location of the second control region in the sub-frame. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304018 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system includes a plurality of DeNBs (base stations) and a plurality of RNs (relay nodes), wherein each RN has a radio connection with a DeNB. Each DeNB acquires time resource configuration applied between another base station and a relay node connected with said another base station. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305034 | Method And Apparatus For Improved Multi-Carrier Communication - Various methods and apparatuses are provided to address the need for improved multi-carrier communication. In one apparatus, a radio access network (RAN) ( | 10-22-2015 |
20150305088 | COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WLAN SYSTEM - A communication method performed by a station (STA) in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes: broadcasting a Direct Link Setup (DLS) discovery request frame for discovering a destination STA with which a direct link will be set up; receiving a DLS discovery response frame from the destination STA in response to the DLS discovery request frame; setting up the direct link with the destination STA; and transmitting a data frame to an Access Point (AP). The step of transmitting the data frame comprises transmitting the data frame to the destination STA through the direct link. The data frame received by the destination STA is relayed to the AP. | 10-22-2015 |
20150312011 | Frame Structure for Filter Bank Multi-Carrier (FBMC) Waveforms - A unified frame structure for filter bank multi-carrier (FBMC) and orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) waveforms may allow FBMC and OFDM frames to be communicated over a common channel without significant inter-frame gaps. The unified frame structure may set an FBMC frame duration to an integer multiple of an OFDM frame element duration to enable alignment of FBMC frames and OFDM frames in the time domain. The unified frame structure may also map control channels in the FBMC and OFDM frames to common resource locations so that the respective control channels are aligned in the time and/or frequency domains. The unified frame structure may also share synchronization channels between FBMC and OFDM frames. Additionally, overhead in an FBMC time division duplexed (TDD) communications channel can be reduced by overlapping time windows appended to FBMC blocks. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312053 | BUS ARCHITECTURE AND ACCESS METHOD FOR PLASTIC WAVEGUIDE - The present disclosure relates to a system that uses a switch to convey wireless signals between a plurality of electronic devices interconnected by dielectric waveguides. In some embodiments, the system includes a plurality of electronic devices respectively having a transceiver element that generates a wireless signal that transmits a data packet. A switch receives the wireless signal from a first one of the plurality of electronic devices and re-transmits the wireless signal to a second one of the plurality of electronic devices. A plurality of dielectric waveguides convey the wireless signal between the plurality of electronic devices and the switch. Respective dielectric waveguides have a dielectric material disposed at a location between one of the plurality of electronic devices and the switch. Using the switch to convey wireless signals between the plurality of electronic devices provides a system that has a low wireless signal attenuation and reduced number of transceivers. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312909 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, RELAY STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A relay station which performs radio communications with a base station and a mobile station, the relay station includes: a receiver configured to receive radio signals from the base station in downlink backhaul subframes, and to limit reception of radio signals from the base station in subframes other than the downlink backhaul subframes; and a controller configured to allow, when performing a random access to the base station, the receiver to receive a message of the random access even in the subframes other than the downlink backhaul subframes. | 10-29-2015 |
20150318911 | Communications Extender - A communications network allows radio communication to be established within radio frequency (RF) shielding structures, such as a ship. The network is compatible with existing handheld radios and can interoperate with existing land mobile radio (LMR) systems. The network includes a plurality of communications extenders configured to form an ad hoc mesh network for propagating voice data. The communications extenders are battery-powered and have a form factor to allow rapid deployment and reconfiguration of the network. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319671 | CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD - A control apparatus including: a network interface configured to communicate with a plurality of networks including a first network and coupling each other via a plurality of relaying apparatus, the first network including a communication apparatus that receives a packet addressed to a first address provided for a specific terminal from the first network and transmits the received packet to a second address provided for the specific terminal from a second network in the plurality of networks when the specific terminal couples to the second network, and a processor configured to: identify at least one relaying apparatus lying between the communication apparatus and the specific terminal that couples to the second network from among the plurality of relaying apparatus, and transmit at least one control packet controlling the at least one relaying apparatus so that a packet addressed to the first address is relayed to the second address. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319724 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention is a device-to-device (D2D) communication method. According to said method, a first terminal performs D2D communication with a second terminal in a wireless communication system, and comprises the steps of: receiving a first signal from the second terminal; and transmitting a second signal based on the received first signal to a third terminal. The first signal and the second signal are used in acquiring synchronization related to the D2D communication in each of the first terminal and the third terminal. | 11-05-2015 |
20150326302 | LAWFUL INTERCEPT REPORTING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS USING PUBLIC SAFETY RELAYS - A relay device assists in enabling lawful intercept (LI) by reporting, to a LI entity associated with the cellular network, authenticated identities of remote UEs (such as remote UEs connected via proximity services) and identification information that may allow the LI entity to monitor traffic (and/or control statistics related to the traffic) associated with the remote UEs. The authentication of the remote UEs may be performed using a technique that does not require involvement of the cellular network. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326307 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, RELAY NODE AND USER EQUIPMENT - A relay node in a mobile communication network for relaying communications between a base station and a mobile terminal. The relay node includes a communication interface that receives resource allocation information from the base station, the resource allocation information indicating a controllable range of communication resources available to the relay node. The relay node also includes a control unit that controls allocation of resources for communication between the relay node and the mobile station based on the received resource allocation information. The relay node then communicates with the mobile terminal based on the control performed by the control unit. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327274 | DISTRIBUTED TURBO ENCODER AND METHOD - The present disclosure relates to an apparatus and method supportive of distributed turbo coding based on relay network utilizing a noisy network coding scheme. For this, included is a relay node operating as a component encoder to relay a signal from a source node to a next node in a distributed turbo coding scheme. The relay node quantizes the signal transmitted from the source node and then interleaves the quantized signal using a predetermined pattern to distinguish the signal transmitted from the source node from a signal to be output from an opposing node, so that the signal transmitted from the source node is relayed to the next node based on a noisy network coding scheme. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327320 | UNINTERRUPTED TRANSMISSION OF INTERNET PROTOCOL TRANSMISSIONS DURING ENDPOINT CHANGES - Facilitating uninterrupted transmission of internet protocol (IP) transmissions during endpoint changes is disclosed. When an IP transmission is received at a first relay port or a second relay port, a call record having the first relay port identifier or the second relay port identifier matching a destination port identifier in the IP transmission is located. When the destination port identifier matches the first relay port identifier of the record, a source IP address identifier and a source port identifier from the IP transmission are set as a first entity IP address identifier and first entity port identifier, respectively, of the record when the first entity IP address identifier and first entity port identifier do not match the source IP address identifier and source port identifier respectively and a received IP session identifier in the IP transmission matches the first entity session identifier. A similar procedure is followed to set a second entity IP address identifier and port identifier. | 11-12-2015 |
20150333817 | RELAYING DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relaying device includes a wireless apparatus interface, a signal processing unit connected to the wireless apparatus interface, a network interface, and a packet processing unit connected to the network interface. The relaying device is provided with multiple communication paths including the wireless apparatus interface, the signal processing unit, and the packet processing unit, and each communication path has a mixing unit configured to additively synthesize an uplink audio signal and a downlink audio signal of other communication path to the uplink audio signal and input the synthesized signal to the packet processing unit, and configured to additively synthesize an uplink audio signal and a downlink audio signal of other communication path to the downlink audio signal and input the synthesized signal to the signal processing unit. | 11-19-2015 |
20150341106 | Relay within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - A relay receives a frame from a source, and based on state of a relayed frame bit within the frame, the relay selects an operational mode: implicit acknowledgement mode, first explicit acknowledgement mode, or second explicit acknowledgement mode. The relay sets the relayed frame bit in subsequent transmissions to indicate transmission opportunity (TXOP) control of the communication medium (e.g., whether under control of the relay or the source). The source may receive acknowledgement of the relay's successful receipt of the frame implicitly via the relay transmitting a relayed frame to the destination. Alternatively, the source may receive acknowledgement of the relay's successful receipt of the frame explicitly in a response frame from the relay. State of a more data bit in the frame receive from the source may indicate the source has one or more additional frames intended for the destination. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341937 | RELAY DEVICE AND METHOD - A wireless communications system including a base station, a relay device, and a terminal device. The terminal device can transmit one or more first type access request messages to request uplink resources from the base station, and if no response to the first type access request messages is received from the base station, transmit a second type access request message. The base station is responsive to a first type access request message received from the terminal device to transmit an allocation of uplink resources to the terminal device. The relay device is responsive to a second type access request message received from the terminal device to transmit a relayed access request message to request the base station to allocate uplink resources to the terminal device. The base station is responsive to the relayed access request message to transmit an allocation of uplink resources to the terminal device. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341966 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING FRAME IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) SYSTEM - A frame transmission method, for receiving data in a wireless local area network. A destination station establishes a direct link with a source station. The destination station receives a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) from the source station via the direct link. The destination station receives a second PPDU from a relay station via a relay link. In addition, the second PPDU is received by the relay station from the source station and is forwarded by the relay station to the destination station. Furthermore, the first PPDU includes a sequence field indicating that the second PPDU is to be transmitted via the relay link. | 11-26-2015 |
20150349873 | TRANSMISSION TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, RELAY DEVICE SELECTING METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A transmission terminal includes a memory that stores first preferential rating information indicating a preferential rating of the transmission terminal in using each of a plurality of relay devices, a transmitter that transmits a start request for starting communication with a counterpart transmission terminal, a receiver that receives second preferential rating information indicating a preferential rating of the counterpart transmission terminal in using each of the plurality of relay devices, the second preferential rating information being transmitted from the counterpart transmission terminal in response to the start request, and circuitry that selects one relay device to relay content data between the transmission terminal and the counterpart transmission terminal, from the plurality of relay devices, using the first preferential rating information and the second preferential rating information. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349874 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS - A method, wireless device and computer program product for expanding the coverage of a cellular network. A wireless device (e.g., cellular telephone) is able to communicate with a base station in a cell of the cellular network over a non-cellular interface via another wireless device in a cell through the use of multi-hopping. A wireless device may request permission to communicate with the base station over a non-cellular interface via hopping off another wireless device when its signal strength is below a threshold. Alternatively, a wireless device may receive a request to communicate with the base station over a non-cellular interface via hopping off the wireless device that sent the request when that wireless device has excess capacity in its bandwidth with the base station. By enabling wireless devices to communicate with a base station in such a manner, the effective capacity of the cellular network is expanded and the effective capacity of the cellular network is improved. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350924 | TECHNIQUES TO SUPPORT DIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION BY WIRELESS NETWORK BOOSTERS - Techniques to support directional transmission and reception by wireless network boosters are described. In one embodiment, for example, an apparatus may comprise logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to receive a directionally-transmitted booster reference signal, receive a system information message comprising timing offset information, and determine a time at which to send a link establishment message based on the timing offset information and a time of receipt of the directionally-transmitted booster reference signal. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350999 | NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND NETWORK SYSTEM - A non-transitory computer readable medium stores a program causing a computer to execute a process. The process includes acquiring load information indicating load applied to each of multiple relay units which are included in a network system and which connect a terminal apparatus to the network system; determining, in response to a connection request being sent, a first relay unit with lower load than a second relay unit to which the connection request is sent by the terminal apparatus, based on the acquired load information; and providing information on the determined first relay unit to the terminal apparatus. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351001 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods for transmitting and receiving data of a station includes setting a direct route to a corresponding station and a relay route to a relay device, selecting one route as between the direct route and relay route, and transmitting and receiving data through the selected route. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium may store a program including instructions to cause a computer to perform the method. The setting may be performed by a processor and the transmitting and receiving may be performed respectively by a transmitter and a receiver. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351007 | Apparatus, Devices and Methods for Content Distribution and Access via Object-Motion Tracking Using a Wireless Communications Network - The systems and methods disclosed herein provide for the development of a wireless communication network that monitors a physical environment. The network components include relay nodes, parent modules and end user devices distributed throughout the physical environment. Such components are programmed, controlled and monitored via cloud computing while the components are also accessed for use by end users via mobile platforms. The systems and methods disclosed herein provides for the distribution of hyperlinked-content to end user devices. | 12-03-2015 |
20150358067 | RANGE EXTENSION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A method for associating a new end-station (end-STA) with a relay access point (R-AP) in a relay transmission. An assignment of a new identifier is transmitted to the new end-STA, wherein traffic indication map indications for the new end-STA in a beacon from the R-AP follows the transmission of the new identifier assignment. A message is sent to a root access point (AP), the message including an indication of a number of information fields in the message and at least one information field, each of the at least one information fields including an identifier of one end-STA associated with the R-AP. An acknowledgement is received from the root AP on a condition that the root AP correctly receives the message and associates an identifier of the end-STA with an identifier of the R-AP. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365158 | System, Method and Apparatus for an Uplink Extender - According to an embodiment, a mobile extender ( | 12-17-2015 |
20150365217 | Virtual Gateway for a Connected Device - A method and system for communicating to connected devices in a local environment are disclosed. The method may comprise receiving, at a head-end controller service, a command intent, the command intent indicating that a control signal should be send to a connected device. Then, the method may include sending the control signal to a virtual-gateway-enabled personal communication device that is within a local communication protocol transmission distance of the connected device. The method may further comprise relaying the control signal from the virtual-gateway-enabled personal communication device to the connected device. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365876 | Methods and Systems for a Wireless Routing Architecture and Protocol - The present invention provides a method for generating routing paths in a multi-hop network. The multi-hop network includes a base station, at least one relay station, and at least one non-relay mobile station. The routing paths are paths between the base station and the at least one non-relay mobile station via the at least one relay station. The base station broadcasts a path discovery message (PDM) including a path list with a starting point of the path list being the base station. Each of the relay stations receives the PDM and updates the PDM by adding their own respective node identifier to the path list and broadcasting the updated PDM. The PDMs eventually reach the non-relay mobile station. The non-relay mobile stations reply to the base station by sending the base station the updated path list between the base station and the non-relay mobile station. In some embodiments the base station or the at least one non-relay mobile station acting as a source node sends a dynamic service (DSx) message including an end-to-end path list to an end of path destination. The relay stations use the path list to forward the message between the source node and the end of path destination. In some implementations the multi-hop network operates in a manner that is consistent with any one of: IEEE 802.16, IEEE 802.16d, and IEEE 802.16e. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365879 | COMMUNICATION METHOD IMPLEMENTED BY A RELAY NODE - The invention relates to a data packet communication method for a telecommunications network implemented by a relay node of said telecommunications network between a base station and at least one piece of user equipment and remarkable in that it comprises a step (E1) of receiving a plurality of data packets, a step (E2) of selecting, according to at least one selection criterion, at least one data packet out of the data packets received, a step (E3) of application processing the selected data packet and a step (E4) of emitting processed data packets to the user equipment. | 12-17-2015 |
20150372748 | NETWORK-CODING BUILDING BLOCKS AND DECOMPOSITION SCHEDULING BASED THEREON - Methods and systems involving network coding (NC) atoms as building blocks of NC networks solve the scheduling problem in NC networks using a decomposition framework based on NC atoms. Ten physical-layer network coding (PNC) atoms and their straightforward network coding (SNC) counterparts are disclosed. SNC network can generate a transmission schedule based on SNC atoms. PNC network can generate transmission schedule based on PNC atoms. Performance evaluation results indicate that decomposition based on PNC atoms outperforms the traditional multi-hop (non-NC) scheduling by about 100% and can yield performance gain of 40% or more compared with decomposition based on the PNC TWRC atom alone. Further performance evaluation results indicate that decomposition based on SNC atoms outperforms the traditional multi-hop (non-NC) scheduling by about 33% and can yield performance gain of 14% or more compared with decomposition based on the SNC TWRC atom alone. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373589 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESERVATION RESOURCE FOR RELAY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON RESERVATION - A communication method of a coordinator in a wireless networks system that uses a reservation-based media access control (MAC). The communication method includes receiving, from a source device, a frame that requests a reservation resource for a relay device, to enable a frame that the source device transmits to a destination device to be relayed via the relay device, and allocating the reservation resource for the relay device, in response to the request. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373722 | OPTIMIZING POWER ALLOCATION IN SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS USING VARIABLE AND STATIC GAINS - Systems and methods are provided for optimizing power allocation in distributed antenna systems and other signal distribution systems using variable and static gains. A power optimization sub-system can receive downlink signals from one or more base stations. The power optimization sub-system can group the downlink signals into a first set of downlink signals for which a static gain is to be applied and a second set of downlink signals for which a variable gain is to be applied. The power optimization sub-system can determine a gain for at least some of the signals to which a variable gain is to be applied. The determined gain can be sufficient to achieve a target metric. The power optimization sub-system can apply the static gain to the first set of signals and apply the determined gain to the second set of signals. | 12-24-2015 |
20150380816 | ANTENNA CONTROL METHOD AND ANTENNA CONTROL SYSTEM - An object of the present invention is to provide an antenna control system and a method capable of consistently maintaining an optimum orientation point between a donor antenna and an adjacent base station. The antenna control system for receiving a signal from a base station includes a donor antenna including an antenna module disposed by being fixed to an inner side of a window glass and configured with an array antenna; a phase shifter including a plurality of transmission lines; and a phase controller configured to control the phase shifter to change an orientation direction of the antenna module; and a repeater including a measuring module for measuring a reception signal received by the antenna module; an analyzing module for analyzing a signal quality parameter in each orientation direction of the antenna module based on a measurement result of the measuring module; and a generating module for generating an antenna control signal for controlling the orientation direction of the antenna module based on an analysis result of the analyzing module. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381260 | RELAY STATION, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A relay station relays communications between a plurality of home base stations and a switching station via communication interfaces. The relay station sets up a switching station side communication interface for each base station group. The switching station side communication interface is a part of a communication interface used by each home base station belonging to the base station group to communicate with the switching station, where the part is between the relay station and the switching station. The base station group includes the home base stations identified by home base station identifiers, each of which has a first data length, having a common upper segment. The upper segment has a second data length shorter than the first data length and being located sequentially from an uppermost position. The second data length is the same as a data length of a macro base station identifier. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381676 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTICASTING/BROADCASTING IN RELAY NETWORK OF WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a wireless communication system and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for multicasting/broadcasting in a relay network of a wireless LAN system. A method by which a relay entity delivers a multicast/broadcast frame in a wireless LAN system, according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, includes the steps of: receiving a multicast/broadcast frame from an STA; and delivering the multicast/broadcast frame to a root access point (AP). The multicast/broadcast frame may be transmitted by the root AP in a broadcast scheme within a basic service set (BSS). In the multicast/broadcast frame transmitted in the broadcast scheme by the root AP, an address 1 (A1) field may be set to a multicast/broadcast address, an address 2 (A2) field may be set to a medium access control (MAC) address of the root AP, and an address 3 (A3) field may be set as a MAC address of the STA, which is a source address of the multicast/broadcast frame. | 12-31-2015 |
20160006498 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FROM RELAY NODE ON BACKHAUL UPLINK - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for transmitting control information from a relay node to a base station on a backhaul link comprises the steps of: determining whether one time slot of a backhaul uplink subframe from the relay node to the base station is a first type slot having transmitted symbol with guard time set or a second type slot without guard time set; diffusing the control information in a time domain using a first length sequence for the first type slot or a second length sequence for the second type slot; mapping the diffused control information on at least one slot from the first type slot or the second type slot; and transmitting the backhaul uplink subframe having more than one slot from the first type slot or the second type slot wherein the control information is mapped. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007256 | Mobile Relay, and Method for Enhancing and Processing X2 Interface Proxy - The embodiments of the present document disclose a mobile relay, and a method for enhancing and processing an X2 interface proxy. The method for enhancing an X2 interface proxy comprises: triggering an X2 proxy to relocate from a first node to a second node, or triggering to set up an X2 interface between a third node and the second node; and using the second node as an X2 proxy of the third node and a base station adjacent to the third node. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007264 | DAS INTEGRATED DIGITAL OFF-AIR REPEATER - Embodiments may allow remote base transceiver stations (BTSs) physically located away from a local source of users to be able to provide local service as if the remote BTSs were at or near the local source of users. Some embodiments may include a plurality of BTSs, each having one or more sectors, and one or more digital access units (DAUs). Embodiments may also include a plurality of repeater digital units (RDUs), where each RDU may be configured to communicate to at least one of the plurality of BTSs and may be operable to route signals optically to the one or more DAUs. Embodiments may also include a plurality of digital remote units (DRUs) located at a location remote to the one or more DAUs, wherein the plurality of remote DRUs may be operable to transport signals to the one or more DAUs. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007345 | COMBINED VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATIONS IN A DISTRIBUTED HYBRID ALLOCATION AND RESERVATION MULTIPLE ACCESS MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems, methods, and apparatus for communication utilizing a plurality of time slots over at least one channel are disclosed. In one or more embodiments, the disclosed method involves assigning, by at least one processor, at least one of the plurality of time slots for media data. In one or more embodiments, at least one of the plurality of time slots assigned for the media data is periodic. The method further involves assigning, by at least one processor, at least one of remaining time slots of the plurality of time slots for non-media data. In at least one embodiment, the assigning of at least one of the plurality of time slots for the media data has precedence over the assigning of the remaining time slots of the plurality of time slots for the non-media data. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007371 | PHYSICAL LAYER (PHY) DESIGN FOR A LOW LATENCY MILLIMETER WAVE (MMW) BACKHAUL SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for establishing a low latency millimeter wave (mmW) backhaul connection. A base station may receive a mmW relay schedule from an evolved Node B (eNB) within one Long Term Evolution (LTE) scheduling interval. The base station may decode the mmW relay schedule, and initialize a mmW radio transmission resource according to the mmW relay schedule. The base station may receive a data packet from a second base station in a mmW transmission time interval (TTI) based on the mmW relay schedule using the initialized mmW radio transmission resource, and may transmit the data packet to a third base station based on the mmW relay schedule using the initialized mmW radio transmission resource. The transmitting may begin before the reception of the data packet is complete. | 01-07-2016 |
20160013856 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160013857 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR RELAY NODE AND NEXT NODE OF THE RELAY NODE FOR NETWORK CODING | 01-14-2016 |
20160014780 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160021644 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR REPEATER - A method for a relay to receive downlink control information from a base station through a Relay-Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH), and the relay therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes determining one or more candidate positions for the R-PDCCH; monitoring whether or not the R-PDCCH is being transmitted at the one or more candidate positions; and receiving, through the monitoring that the R-PDCCH is being transmitted, the downlink control information included in the R-PDCCH. The one or more candidate positions are set as a Virtual Resource Block (VRB) set including N VRBs, and a combination of 2 adjacent candidate positions among candidate positions of a lower aggregation level composes one of candidate positions of a higher aggregation level. The VRBs of the VRB set are assigned numbers. Respective candidate positions for the R-PDCCHs of aggregation levels L are determined as VRBs. | 01-21-2016 |
20160028450 | ROBUST WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMPONENTS THEREOF FOR PROCESSING A MESSAGE FROM TWO SOURCES - A wireless communication system includes an access point and first and second stations. The first station transmits a first message that includes an address of a second station as a destination address and an address of the first station as a source address. The access point forwards the message including the address of the second station address as the destination address and the address of the first station as the source address. The second station receives the message from the first station during a first time interval and receives the first message from the access point during a second time interval. The second station processes the duplicate received message to produce inbound data. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028466 | Method and System for Transmitting Data in Wireless Local Area Network - Disclosed are a method and system for transmitting data in a wireless local access network. The method includes: a first station sending a radio frame to a second station in an obtained transmission opportunity, and carrying, in the radio frame, notification information indicating that the second station uses the transmission opportunity to communicate with a third station. The technical scheme provided in embodiments of the present invention are applicable to transmission opportunity management in a data relay process in the wireless local area network, to achieve the control right management of transmission opportunity under the control of the first station. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028467 | Wireless Transport System - An object of the disclosed invention is to provide a polling-based multihop communication system capable of achieving robust communication. Solving means thereof is a (multihop communication) wireless transmission system including, as wireless stations, a base station, a plurality of relay stations connected at multiple stages by using the base station as a root, and a plurality of terminals connected to the relay stations, in which the base station and the relay stations perform communication using polling in one or more service periods which have been allocated to each of the base and relay stations in time division in advance in a system cycle. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028468 | Distributed Combined Junctional Transformer - The Distributed Combined Junctional Transformer (abbreviated in this document as repeater station) provides a system to take any input signal in any frequency and using any modulation and multiplexing schemes, convert it to the desired format and frequency and subsequently retransmits the signal. In accordance with an embodiment of the invention, a repeater station comprises: an input section capable of receiving the input signal generated by any source device in radio, microwave, infrared, visible or ultraviolet spectrums; a downconversion section translating the input signal to a baseband signal if required; a baseband processing section that interprets the information of the input signal, converts the signal to the desired format and controls the other sections; an upconversion section which translates the baseband frequency output signal to the desired carrier output frequency if required; and an output section which transmits the output signal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028470 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING HARQ FOR RELAY STATION - A method for performing HARQ includes: receiving information to determine downlink subframes used for a relay station to receive scheduling information from a BS; determining uplink subframes for performing a HARQ with the DL subframes, each of the UL subframes corresponding to each of the DL subframes; assigning sequentially each of a plurality of HARQ processes to each of the UL subframes one by one; and performing HARQ with the BS at at least one of the HARQ processes. An n-th subframe is configured for a corresponding UL subframe if an (n−4)-th subframe is configured for one of the DL subframes, n denoting an integer. The HARQ processes are equal in number to the UL subframes. The DL subframes are configured in at least one radio frame having 10 subframes indexed from 0 to 9. Subframes having indexes 0, 4, 5 and 9 are not configured as a DL subframe. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029289 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COMMUNICATION VIA A RELAY NODE - A method and apparatus for supporting communication buffer status reports (BSRs) are disclosed. A wireless device may transmit data to at least one group of wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs). The wireless device may produce a BSR, which may include an indication associated with a group of WTRUs and an indication of an amount of data that the wireless device has buffered to transmit to the group of WTRUs. The wireless device may transmit the BSR to an eNodeB (eNB). The BSR may include a plurality of indications associated with a respective plurality of groups of WTRUs and respective indications of amounts of data that the wireless device has buffered to transmit each of the plurality of groups. The indication of the amount of data that the wireless device has buffered to transmit to the group of WTRUs may identify a total across all logical channels of the group of WTRUs. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029352 | DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION WITH REPETITION TRANSMISSIONS - Wireless telecommunications methods, a computer program product and network nodes are disclosed. The wireless telecommunication network base station method comprises repeating transmission of a physical broadcast channel within a radio frame of a downlink physical resource. By repeating the transmission of the physical broadcast channel, the coverage is increased to the desired amount. | 01-28-2016 |
20160036515 | INTEGRATED WAFER SCALE, HIGH DATA RATE, WIRELESS REPEATER PLACED ON FIXED OR MOBILE ELEVATED PLATFORMS - Methods and systems are provided for relocatable repeaters for wireless communication links to locations that may present accessibility problems using, for example, small unmanned aerial systems (sUAS). An sUAS implemented as an easy-to-operate, small vertical take-off and landing (VTOL) aircraft with hovering capability for holding station position may provide an extended range, highly secure, high data rate, repeater system for extending the range of point-to-point wireless communication links (also referred to as “crosslinks”) in which repeater locations are easily relocatable with very fast set-up and relocating times. A repeater system using beam forming and power combining techniques enables a very high gain antenna array with very narrow beam width and superb pointing accuracy. The aircraft includes a control system enabling three-dimensional pointing and sustaining directivity of the beam independently of flight path of the aircraft. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037358 | RELAY STATION, RELAY METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A relay node in a mobile communication network for relaying communications between a base station and a mobile terminal. The relay node includes a first communication unit that communicates with the base station via a backhaul link using at least one of a first modulation method and a first multiplexing method, and a second communication unit that communicates with the mobile terminal via an access link using at least one of a second modulation method and a second multiplexing method. The relay node also includes a communication control unit that selects the at least one of the first modulation method and the first multiplexing method, or selects the at least one of the second modulation method and the second multiplexing method based on a characteristic of a link, a type of link or a type of data included in a communication signal. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037531 | RELAY SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a method is performed by a wireless station. The method includes determining that a wireless network provides relay service. The wireless network includes an access point and one or more relay nodes. The method further includes transmitting a relay-service desirability indication to the access point. The method also includes receiving a relay-service confirmation from the access point. The wireless station is operable to transmit at a first station-transmission power level during a first time period and a second station-transmission power level during a second time period. The second station-transmission power level is a reduced station-transmission power level as compared to the first station-transmission power level. In addition, the method includes transmitting an uplink transmission at the second station-transmission power level responsive to the relay-service confirmation from the access point. | 02-04-2016 |
20160043844 | OVER THE TOP METHODS FOR AGGREGATION OF WLAN CARRIERS TO LTE - Aspects of the present disclosure provide an apparatus for wireless communications. The apparatus generally includes at least one processor configured to associate with a wireless IP network, transmit to a base station, from the mobile device, a first routable address, establish a tunnel between the mobile device and the base station over a first data connection using the first routable address, and receive, packets from the base station over the wireless network using the tunnel; and a memory coupled to the processor. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044573 | RELAY STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RELAY STATION - A mobile communication system includes at least one upper radio station ( | 02-11-2016 |
20160044608 | ALLOCATING ENERGY RESOURCES IN A NETWORK SIGNALING NODE - A method of allocating energy resources in a network signalling node during an interval of time the network signalling node having internal processing components for maintaining operation of the node and relaying components for relaying data between other nodes in the network. The method comprises determining an amount of energy available for use by the node during the interval, determining a willingness parameter that defines the willingness of the node to supply energy to the relaying components during the time interval, determining, based on the willingness parameter, a portion of the available energy to allocate to the internal processing components during the time interval; and allocating the remainder of the available energy to the relaying components. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044613 | NOTIFICATION OF RELAY CAPABILITIES FOR UE-TO-NETWORK RELAY FUNCTIONS - One embodiment is a relay User Equipment (UE) enabled for UE-to-network relay. The relay UE determines relay capabilities for acting as a relay to re-transmit traffic between a remote UE and a network. The relay UE generates synchronization signals for synchronizing with other relay UEs in proximity for device-to-device (D2D) communication, and inserts an indication of the relay capabilities in the synchronization signals. The relay UE transmits the synchronization signals over-the-air to the other relay UEs. | 02-11-2016 |
20160050549 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING - In various aspects of this disclosure, a communication terminal device may be provided. The communication terminal device may include a receiver. The receiver may be configured to receive a message from a first communication device. The communication terminal device may further include a circuit configured to provide a communication device to communication device communication. The communication terminal device may further include a controller. The controller may be configured to determine whether to relay the received message to at least one second communication device. The controller may further be configured to modify the message if the controller determined to relay the received message. The controller may further be configured to relay and transmit the modified message to the at least one second communication device. | 02-18-2016 |
20160056879 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND PROGRAM - An information processing system includes a relay device and first and second information processing devices. The relay device includes a reception unit that receives from a communication terminal a process request indicating first and second processes; and a terminal request transmission unit that sends the process request to the first information processing device in response to a first request, and sends an execution result of the first process and the process request to the second information processing device in response to a second request. The first information processing device includes a first process control unit that controls to execute the first process according to the process request; and a transmission unit that sends the execution result and the process re quest. The second information processing device includes a second process control unit that controls to execute the second process based on the execution result according to the process request. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056880 | RELAY APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING RELAY APPARATUS - A relay apparatus of the present disclosure is a relay apparatus which is connected to a host apparatus by a first communication method and to a terminal apparatus by a second communication method, and which transmits data to the terminal apparatus and receives data from the terminal apparatus in accordance with an instruction from the host apparatus, the relay apparatus including a communication quality measuring unit which extracts communication quality of the second communication method, a packet processor which detects an error in connection with the terminal apparatus, and an error transmission determining unit which changes timing of notifying the host apparatus of the error detected in the packet processor in accordance with the communication quality extracted in the communication quality measuring unit. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057105 | RELAY DEVICE, METHOD FOR SELECTING COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A connection setting server part | 02-25-2016 |
20160057566 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RELAY APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A relay apparatus | 02-25-2016 |
20160057722 | LOW POWER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A communication system is disclosed herein. The communication system includes a master device that includes a master clock and is connected to a host through a communication network, and a plurality of nodes connected to the master device. The master device transmits one or more periodic beams that include a radio frequency. Each of the nodes includes a node clock that is configured and in synchronization with the master clock based on the one or more periodic beams. The communication system establishes a connection for communication between the master device and at least one node when the node clock of the at least one node is in synchronization with the master clock. The communication system further includes at least one repeater | 02-25-2016 |
20160065297 | NETWORK-CODING BUILDING BLOCKS AND DECOMPOSITION SCHEDULING BASED THEREON - Methods and systems involving network coding (NC) atoms as building blocks of NC networks solve the scheduling problem in NC networks using a decomposition framework based on NC atoms. Ten physical-layer network coding (PNC) atoms and their straightforward network coding (SNC) counterparts are disclosed. SNC network can generate a transmission schedule based on SNC atoms. PNC network can generate transmission schedule based on PNC atoms. Performance evaluation results indicate that decomposition based on PNC atoms outperforms the traditional multi-hop (non-NC) scheduling by about 100% and can yield performance gain of 40% or more compared with decomposition based on the PNC TWRC atom alone. Further performance evaluation results indicate that decomposition based on SNC atoms outperforms the traditional multi-hop (non-NC) scheduling by about 33% and can yield performance gain of 14% or more compared with decomposition based on the SNC TWRC atom alone. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065298 | RELAY APPARATUS - A relay apparatus provided to a vehicle, performing first data communication with a first communication apparatus arranged outside the vehicle, and performing at least second data communication with multiple second communication apparatuses provided to the vehicle is provided. The relay apparatus includes a permission determination portion and an initiation switch portion. The permission determination portion determines whether first data communication between the first communication apparatus and a target second communication apparatus is permitted. The permission determination portion receives the first communication frame from the first communication apparatus through a connection switch portion determining a connection destination according to a control signal. The initiation switch portion outputs to the connection switch portion, the control signal designating the target second communication apparatus as the connection destination of the first communication apparatus. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065446 | MOBILE RELAY NETWORK INTELLIGENT ROUTING - A method for determining a route for communication across a network in real-time, said method including: collecting a set of network delay information at a caller device; storing the set of network delay information at the caller device; based on a stored set of network delay information at the caller device and the callee device, determining, by the caller device, in cooperation with the callee device, a set of relay server candidates to be used to relay data packets between the caller device and the callee device; and based on calculated round trip times for probing data packets set out and sent back, selecting, by the caller device in cooperation with the callee device, a shortest routing path as an active routing path for use for transporting a first data packet between the caller device and the callee device. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066248 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD OF COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus comprises a communication unit configured to communicate with a first other apparatus connectable to a second other apparatus; an obtaining unit configured to obtain status information which indicates that a relay function of the first other apparatus is valid or not using the communication unit; and a request unit configured to request, using the communication unit based on the status information, the first other apparatus to start the relay function. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066336 | QUALITY OF SERVICE ENHANCEMENT FOR WIRELESS RELAY NETWORKS - Multiple relays are different distances from their respective donor access nodes. The donor and relay path selected for a user's traffic is selected based on the priority associated with that user and a ratio of a channel quality indicator and the distance of the donor-relay link. Traffic associated with a higher priority user is routed via a path with a good channel quality indicator to distance ratio whereas traffic for other, lower QoS profile, users does not take channel quality or relay-to-donor distance into account. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066361 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication device includes a wireless communication unit that performs a plurality of wireless communications using different channels by switching the wireless communications by performing time division multiplexing, and a control unit that causes the wireless communication unit to perform a first wireless communication for wirelessly communicating via a relay device and a second wireless communication for wirelessly communicating with a wireless terminal through a Peer to Peer system. The control unit controls the wireless communication unit to use the same channel as a channel to be used in the first wireless communication and perform the second wireless communication. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066363 | System and Method for Communications in Communications Systems with Relay Nodes - A system and method for communications in communications systems with relay nodes are provided. A communications controller includes a communications control unit, a bearer control unit coupled to the communications control unit, and a mapping unit coupled to the bearer control unit. The communications control unit manages resources and schedules transmission opportunities, the bearer control unit manages radio bearers for relay nodes coupled to the communications controller, and the mapping unit provides a mapping of user bearers to radio bearers. | 03-03-2016 |
20160072573 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RELAY DEVICE, AND, COMMUNICATION METHOD - According to one embodiment, a communication device wirelessly communicates with a first relay device forming a first wireless network and a second relay device forming a second wireless network. The communication device includes a first circuitry to acquire a first signal from the first relay device through wireless communication. The communication device includes a second circuitry to create, using the first signal, control information to control a terminal device existing within a coverage area of the second relay device or the second relay device and to cause the first circuitry to wirelessly transmit the control information to the terminal device or the second relay device. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073173 | VIDEO STREAM PROVIDING METHOD AND SYSTEM AND RELAY APPARATUS - A method of providing a video stream which includes different video stream data for each of a plurality of layers is provided. The method includes: receiving from a transmitting apparatus a maximum transmittable layer level determined based on a state of a first network; receiving from a first receiving terminal a first maximum receivable layer level determined based on a state of a 2ath network; receiving from a second receiving terminal a second maximum receivable layer level determined based on a state of a 2bth network; and relaying the video stream using the maximum transmittable layer level, the first maximum receivable layer level and the second maximum receivable layer level. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073436 | Systems and Methods for Facilitating Intra-Cell-Peer-to-Peer Communication - Methods and systems for providing efficient communications between two mobile stations served by the same base station or relay station are provided. A base station maintains information identifying which mobile stations it is serving. When a connection is set up between two mobile stations, if they are both being served by the same base station, the base station forwards traffic directly between the two mobile stations without forwarding it on to higher level network entities. | 03-10-2016 |
20160080071 | INROUTE BURST HEADER IN A VSAT SYSTEM - A satellite terminal and a machine-implemented method are provided for encoding a burst header of a burst for transmission on an inroute. One component of a group of satellite terminal components consisting of an ASIC, a FPGA, and a DSP, generates a burst header having five information bits encoded therein. The five information bits may be encoded using a Reed-Muller code, a (32, 5) block code or a convolutional code having a code rate of either 1/5 or 1/10. The five information bits may represent one or more of a modulation type for a payload of the burst, a code rate for encoding the payload, a code type, and a spreading factor for spreading the payload during transmission. A satellite gateway and a machine-implemented method are also provided for decoding a burst header of a burst received on an inroute as described above. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081004 | Uplink Transmissions for Type 2 Relay - A method for providing user agent data. The method includes an access node receiving an indicator sent from a relay node as an indication that the relay node has received data from the user agent. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081055 | CONTROL APPARATUS, RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM, AND CONTROL METHOD - A mobile object communication system is configured with the assumption that a base station is fixed. Therefore, signal quality becomes unstable if the base station moves freely. Provided is a control apparatus controlling a relay apparatus that is mounted in a mobile object and relays communication between a base station and a communication terminal, including a mobile object information acquiring section that acquires mobile object information indicating a state of the mobile object and a control section that controls the relay apparatus based on the mobile object information. If the movement speed of the mobile object is judged to be less than a predetermined value, the control section may generate a relay control signal indicating that a relay function of the relay apparatus is to be activated. | 03-17-2016 |
20160087768 | System and Methods for Compress and Forward Relaying Schemes in Joint Signal Processing - Embodiments are provided for a compress and forward relaying scheme in joint multi-cell processing. A plurality of base stations receive similar combinations of user signals from a plurality of users, compress the signals using quantization, and relay the signals over respective backhaul links to a processor in the network for decoding the signal. The processor determines suitable quantization noise levels for the backhaul links according to a weighted sum-rate maximization function for optimizing the quantization noise levels, subject to a backhaul sum capacity constraint on the backhaul links. The determined quantization noise levels are sent to the base stations, which then quantize the received combinations of user signals according to the quantization noise levels and relay the quantized signals to the processor. The quantization is according to a Wyner-Ziv coding or a single user compression algorithm that excludes statistical correlations between the user signals at the base stations. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088494 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR RADIO FREQUENCY SIGNAL BOOSTERS - Provided herein are apparatus and methods for radio frequency (RF) signal boosters. In certain implementations, a multi-band signal booster is provided for boosting the uplink and downlink channels of at least a first frequency band and a second frequency band. In certain configurations, the downlink channels of the first and second channels are adjacent, and the signal booster includes a first amplification path for boosting the uplink channel of the first frequency band, a second amplification path for boosting the uplink channel of the second frequency band, and a third amplification path for boosting both downlink channels of the first and second frequency bands. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088668 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING D2D COMMUNICATION - A communication method in a wireless communication system supporting device-to-device (D2D) communication is provided. The communication method includes transmitting a first message including information for identifying a relay to discover a relay user equipment (UE) that performs a relay function in the D2D communication, and receiving a second message including information about the relay UE that performs the relay function, from the relay UE that has received the first message, the second message being transmitted in response to the first message. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088675 | MAINTAINING CONTINUOUS SESSIONS IN CELLULAR DATA NETWORKS - In one aspect, the application running on mobile device creates a unique identifier. This unique identifier acts as the “permanent address” for sending packets from the proxy server to the mobile application. The current IP address of the device is used as a “temporary forwarding address” for the packet. When the IP address of the mobile device changes, the application on the device quickly informs the proxy server about this change. This allows the proxy server to continue sending the remaining data of this download session to the newly acquired IP address without having to restart the entire download session from scratch. | 03-24-2016 |
20160094594 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION OF DATA - A system stores, in a memory, first service identification information for identifying a service to be used by a first communication terminal that requests for content data, second service identification information for identifying a service to be used by a second communication terminal that transmits content data, and content data information indicating property of content data that can be transmitted to the first communication terminal, in association with one another. After a session for transmitting content data is established between the first communication terminal and the second communication terminal, the system controls transmission of content data from the second communication terminal to the first communication terminal, so as to transmit content data having a property indicated by the content data information that is stored in association with the first service identification information and the second service identification information. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094595 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION OF DATA - A communication terminal is controlled such that the communication terminal does not transmit content data from the communication terminal to one or more communication terminals through a first session, but transmits content data from the communication terminal to a selected communication terminal of the one or more communication terminals through a second session after the second session is established with the selected communication terminal. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095116 | FIXED INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY SIGNAL WITH TUNED LOW FREQUENCY LOCAL OSCILLATOR REFERENCE FOR LINEAR TRANSMITTER - A linear technology radio for use in satellite communication is provided. The linear technology radio includes: a pre-amplifier to amplify a Local Oscillator (LO) reference signal; an intermediate frequency (IF) amplifier to amplify an IF signal; a frequency multiplier to multiply the LO reference signal; and a mixer to mix the amplified LO reference signal and the amplified IF signal to generate a Radio Frequency (RF) signal, wherein a frequency band of the IF signal is fixed, a frequency band of the LO reference signal is variable, and a highest frequency of the LO reference signal frequency band is less than a lowest frequency of the IF signal frequency band. | 03-31-2016 |
20160099766 | Methods And Systems For Wireless Networks Relays - Methods and systems are provided for use with wireless networks having one or more cell in which each cell includes a base station (BS), at least one relay station (RS) and at least one mobile station (MS). The at least one relay station can be used as an intermediate station for providing communication between the BS and MS. Methods are provided for allocating OFDM resources for communicating between the BS, RS and/or MS for example dividing transmission resources into uplink and downlink transmissions and methods of inserting pilot symbols into | 04-07-2016 |
20160099767 | METHOD OF OPERATING RELAY STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of operating a relay station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes operating in a first mode comprising a first sub-mode and a second sub-mode, in the first sub-mode a first downlink and a first uplink between a base station and the relay station being simultaneously activated, in the second sub-mode a second downlink and a second uplink between the relay station and a mobile station being simultaneously activated, and operating in a second mode comprising a third sub-mode and a fourth sub-mode, in the third sub-mode the first downlink and the second uplink being simultaneously activated, in the fourth sub-mode the first uplink and the second downlink being simultaneously activated. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099768 | Method and System for a Wireless Multi-Hop Relay Network - In a wireless multi-hop relay network arranged in a tree topology, the base station and one or more relay stations are associated as a virtual base station (VBS). The base station and each relay station have a unique virtual base station identifier (VBS-ID) associated with the path defined by the base station and the one or more relay stations. A relay station in the branch uses its VBS-ID for communicating with an attached subscriber station (e.g. a mobile station) such that communications between the base station and subscriber station occur via the VBS. Subscriber station data communications are relayed between the base station and the one or more relay stations over the VBS via a tunnel connection. The VBS is auto configurable. Mobility for subscriber stations and 10 relay stations is provided through reconfiguration of VBS's. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100346 | FACILITATION OF GEOGRAPHICALLY ADDRESSED DATA STREAMING - A more efficient network is facilitated by data routing. A node device within a network can broadcast a first set of data to a network of other node devices. Based on node device characteristics, some nodes will hear the broadcast first and can be labeled as a relay node. The relay nodes can then transmit other data based on the determination of other relay nodes. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100454 | RELAY DEVICE AND SESSION CONTROL METHOD - The relay device is configured to relay packet data between an information processing device and a mobile equipment, and the relay device includes a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to receive, from the information processing device, a session release request that requests release of a communication session set between the mobile equipment and the information processing device, and when there is not a wireless resource allocated to the mobile equipment, transmit a session release response to the session release request to the information processing device without transmitting the session release request to the mobile equipment. | 04-07-2016 |
20160112929 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND DEVICES FOR ROBUSTNESS IMPROVEMENT IN A MOBILE AD HOC NETWORK USING REPUTATION-BASED ROUTING - Aspect of the present disclosure include A Mobile Ad Hoc Network (MANET) in which an intermediate relay node may engage in discreet packet-dropping practices for selfish (e.g., to conserve power) or other reasons. Each node in such a MANET has a dynamic reputation level known to all other nodes. Embodiments include improving the overall performance or robustness of such a MANET by adopting a routing strategy (e.g. routing protocol) which considers the reputation levels of intermediate relaying nodes in determining the best route from a source to a destination. Embodiments of the present disclosure also include a system for discovering a route between two nodes in a communication network. One or more nodes: (i) determine a reputation level of each neighboring node; (ii) sending a route discovery message that is addressed to the destination node to one neighboring node having a highest reputation level. | 04-21-2016 |
20160119739 | DATA DELIVERY EMPLOYING PREEMPTIVE MUTUAL EXCHANGE OF THE DATA - In a scenario where peer devices (e.g., machine-to-machine devices, machine type communication devices, and so on) have limited transmission capabilities, the peer devices may upload data to another device. For example, data may be uploaded to a base station directly or via a relay device (e.g., a user equipment). Connectivity to the base station or relay device is not assured, however. To facilitate uploading of such data, the data is mutually exchanged between the peer devices. In this way, the data can be uploaded once at least one of the peer devices establishes connectivity to the base station or relay device. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119854 | DEVICE, METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device, a method and a user equipment (UE) for a wireless communication system, the device including: a UE parameters acquisition unit configured to obtain UE parameters from a UE; a master UE determination unit configured to determine a master UE on the basis of the proximity of the UE to a data stream center, as shown by the UE parameters, the master UE being connected to an associated infrastructure and being provided with functionalities to forward data and/or signaling to other UEs; a communication unit configured to transmit to UEs network control signaling including information relating to the master UE. The device makes possible dynamic network planning while taking account of both network capacity and user equity, thereby improving resource utilization rates. | 04-28-2016 |
20160127424 | METHOD FOR SEARCHING FOR DEVICE IN DIRECT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Disclosed are a method for searching for a device and an apparatus therefor. To this end, the method for searching for a device of a first wireless device comprises: transmitting a probe request frame; and receiving a probe response frame from a second wireless device in response to the probe request frame, wherein the probe response frame may contain information on an access point (AP) to which the second wireless device is currently connected. | 05-05-2016 |
20160134356 | SYSTEM, DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR HIGH-FREQUENCY MILLIMETER-WAVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION USING INTERFACE POINTS - Exemplary embodiments include a communication system comprising a portal between radio-frequency propagation environments; one or more of interface points disposed in the plurality of propagation environment and configured to communicate with each other via the portal; and one or more access points disposed in one of the propagation environments, at least a portion being configured to communicate with a particular interface point. Other embodiments include apparatus for communicating across radio-frequency propagation environments comprising at least one antenna array, a computer arrangement, and a non-transitory, computer-readable medium comprising computer-executable instructions that configure an adaptive antenna array to receive expected signals from a device or system disposed in a first propagation environment and to reject interfering signals originating in the same environment; and transmit the received expected signals to a compatible apparatus in a second propagation environment via a portal that is relatively permeable with respect to a particular frequency. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134357 | REPEATER SYSTEM AND METHOD - A repeater system is provided, the repeater system comprising a front end section and a back end section for providing communication between communication sources and a coverage area. The front end section combines multiple downlink signals from multiple communication sources into a combined downlink signal and transmits the combined downlink signal to the back end section. The back end section produces, from the combined signal, the downlink RF communication signal for transmission into the coverage area. The back end section also produces, from a received uplink RF communication signal, an uplink combined signal. The front end section produces multiple signals from the uplink combined signal received from the back end section for transmission to the communication sources. By these means a repeater system is provided which may provide an approved coverage in a coverage area with the potential of high data rates for communication links in that coverage area. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134438 | FREQUENCY DIVISION DUPLEX (FDD) MASSIVE MIMO BACKHAUL FOR REPEATER SMALL CELLS - In a method for transmitting data through a Massive MIMO backhaul system, a central node of the MIMO backhaul system transmits, to a small cell repeater terminal on the downlink, a downlink pilot signal carrying a set of pilot sequences that are mutually orthogonal in the frequency domain. Each pilot sequence in the set of pilot sequences corresponds to an antenna of an antenna array at the central node. The central node receives an uplink pilot signal carrying the set of pilot sequences transmitted by the small cell repeater terminal on the uplink, where the received uplink pilot signal is a frequency converted retransmission of the downlink pilot signal. The central node estimates at least one of an uplink channel and a downlink channel between the central node and the small cell repeater terminal based on the set of pilot sequences and the received uplink pilot signal. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135059 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR RADIO FREQUENCY SIGNAL BOOSTERS - Provided herein are apparatus and methods for radio frequency (RF) signal boosters. In certain implementations, a multi-band signal booster is provided for boosting the uplink and downlink channels of at least a first frequency band and a second frequency band. In certain configurations, the downlink channels of the first and second channels are adjacent, and the signal booster includes a first amplification path for boosting the uplink channel of the first frequency band, a second amplification path for boosting the uplink channel of the second frequency band, and a third amplification path for boosting both downlink channels of the first and second frequency bands. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135109 | OPPORTUNISTIC IOE MESSAGE DELIVERY VIA WAN-TRIGGERED FORWARDING - Opportunistic wide area network (WAN) connectivity for sensor devices with low transmit power, triggered by base station broadcasts, is disclosed that increases the likelihood of the data messages of the sensor devices reaching the base station. Multiple sensor devices within proximity to each other establish device to device links. When a sensor device successfully connects to the base station, the base station broadcasts an identification of the sensor device as a gateway. This can trigger a multi-hop forwarding scheme where sensor devices that receive the broadcast forward their data messages via the D2D links to other peers until their data messages reach the gateway sensor device. The gateway sensor device forwards data messages it receives to the base station, so that the base station receives data packets from multiple sensor devices via the gateway sensor device. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135203 | METHOD FOR SELECTING OR RESELECTING RELAY FOR PROXIMITY SERVICE - One embodiment of the present specification provides a method for selecting or reselecting a relay for a proximity service. The method comprises the steps of: receiving, by user equipment (UE) which is to receive a relay service, synchronization signals from a plurality of other UEs capable of operating as relays; and receiving, by the UE, announce messages from the plurality of other UEs capable of operating as the relays. Here, the announce messages from each of the other UEs can contain relay type information on whether to support a UE-to-network relay service, packet data network (PDN)/access point name (APN) information, and service/group information. The method further comprises the steps of: generating, by the UE, a candidate relay list on the basis of the relay type information, the PDN/APN information, and the service/group information within the announce messages received from the plurality of other UEs; and selecting or reselecting, by the UE, one of the other UEs within the candidate relay list in consideration of relay type, PDN/APN, and service/group information necessary for a service of the UE. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142127 | MILLIMETER-WAVE RELAY DEVICE WITH BOUNDED DELAY AND METHOD FOR RETRANSMISSION OF SYMBOLS - Embodiments of a wireless station to operate as a per-symbol relay device and method for retransmission of symbols between client devices and a master device using millimeter-wave links is generally disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the relay device may receive one or more of independent symbol streams from the master device. Each independent symbol stream may comprise packets that include groups of one or more symbols. Each group within a packet may be destined for a different one of the client devices. The relay device may separately decode each symbol or group of symbols to generate an independent stream of symbols for retransmission to the client devices using beamforming. The relay device may be arranged to receive, decode, and retransmit each symbol or group of symbols within a delay that is bounded by the number of symbols in the group. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142128 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for wireless communications is disclosed. Channel state information (CSI) for a plurality of network nodes is transmitted. Grant information is received from at least one network node of the plurality of network nodes. The grant information is based on the transmitted CSI and includes an indication of a cooperative scheme. A plurality of beam-formed signals, including data from each of the plurality of network nodes, is received in response to the received grant information. The same data is received from each of the plurality of network nodes. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143001 | Controlling a Transmission of Information in a Wireless Communication Network with a Relay Node - The present invention relates to a transmission of information in a wireless communication network between a radio access node and a relay node, wherein, according to a new ground rule, for each allocated downlink subframe for a downlink transmission from the access node to the relay node, an uplink transmission subframe for an uplink transmission is allocated four transmission time intervals later. A downlink subframe is only allocated when a further subframe of the same transmission time interval for a transmission from the relay node to the user equipment is a subframe of a type that indicates to a user equipment that no data are received beyond a control region of the subframe. | 05-19-2016 |
20160149635 | Wi-Fi Hotspot Repeater - WiFi repeater devices described provided herein. An example device includes an enclosure that is configured to be mounted to a window that divides an outdoor area from an indoor area. The enclosure houses a 5 GHz WiFi client radio coupled with a high order MIMO (multiple input, multiple output) antenna, the high order MIMO antenna transmitting and receiving data from a 5 GHz access point located in the outdoor area, and a 2.4 GHz WiFi access point radio coupled with a MIMO (multiple input, multiple output) antenna, the MIMO antenna transmitting and receiving data from 2.4 GHz UEs located in the indoor area. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150452 | RADIO RELAY STATION AND CONTROL METHOD - When a relay station load, which is the load of communications with radio terminals ( | 05-26-2016 |
20160150546 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING MULTI-PATH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OF DISTRIBUTED MAC - Provided is an apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving data using multiple paths in a wireless communication system using a distributed Media Access Control (MAC). More particularly, provided is an apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving data that may select a path with a better channel status from multiple paths that include a direct path using a Line of Sight (LOS) and a relay path passing through a relay apparatus, in a wireless communication system that may transmit data via the LOS using a distributed MAC and a directional antenna. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150569 | HYBRID COORDINATION FUNCTION (HCF) ACCESS THROUGH TIERED CONTENTION AND OVERLAPPED WIRELESS CELL MITIGATION - A method and system reduce interference between overlapping first and second wireless LAN cells in a medium. Each cell includes a respective plurality of member stations and there is at least one overlapped station occupying both cells. An inter-cell contention-free period value is assigned to a first access point station in the first cell, associated with an accessing order in the medium for member stations in the first and second cells. The access point transmits a beacon packet containing the inter-cell contention-free period value, which is intercepted at the overlapped station. The overlapped station forwards the inter-cell contention-free period value to member stations in the second cell. A second access point in the second cell can then delay transmissions by member stations in the second cell until after the inter-cell contention-free period expires. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150581 | Multiband Wireless Communication Method, Coordinating Device, and Network - Disclosed are a multi-band wireless communication method, a coordinating device and a network, wherein the method is applied to a coordinating device that supports multi-band communication, wherein the coordinating device manages a node resource information table, and the node resource information table includes terminal information of a subnet where the coordinating device is located and other subnets; the method includes: the coordinating device receiving a link establishment request; the coordinating device responding to the link establishment request according to the node resource information table, instructing transmitting and receiving ends to establish a point-to-point connection or coordinating to establish relay links between the transmitting and receiving ends; and receiving and forwarding received data packets when the coordinating device is a relay node. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150592 | PORTABLE WIRELESS SIGNAL TRANSFER SYSTEM, METHOD AND TERMINAL - A portable wireless signal transfer system, method and terminal. The method comprises: a first terminal receiving a wireless signal; the first terminal demodulating the wireless signal to obtain burst data and a timeslot number; the first terminal sending the burst data and the timeslot number to a second terminal; the second terminal receiving the burst data and the timeslot number sent by the first terminal; the second terminal performing signal modulation on the burst data; and the second terminal transmitting a signal obtained after the signal modulation in a corresponding timeslot according to the timeslot number. The wireless signal transfer function of a conventional transfer stage can be achieved using two portable terminals, which have the advantages of being easy to carry, economic, flexible, etc., and the application requirements of a conventional communication system are fully adapted. | 05-26-2016 |
20160156404 | ESTABLISHMENT OF PACKET DATA NETWORK CONNECTION VIA RELAY USER EQUIPMENT | 06-02-2016 |
20160156409 | MULTI-CHANNEL COMMUNICATION OPTIMIZATION METHODS AND SYSTEMS | 06-02-2016 |
20160156448 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION IN A HYBRID SATELLITE/TERRESTRIAL NETWORK | 06-02-2016 |
20160156560 | Relay System and Switching Device | 06-02-2016 |
20160157105 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Mobile Inter-Mesh Communication Points in a Multi-Level Wireless Mesh Network | 06-02-2016 |
20160157151 | COMMUNICATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157157 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157158 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157251 | MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS DEVICES IN LIMITED RADIO COVERAGE | 06-02-2016 |
20160165406 | NODE AND A METHOD OF COMMUNICATING AMONG A PLURALITY OF NODES IN CONTENT-CENTRIC NETWORKING ENVIRONMENT - In a method for communicating among a plurality of nodes in a content-centric networking environment, each of a plurality of nodes selects at least one relay node based on topology information on neighbor nodes adjacent within 2 hops from itself. Each of the selected relay nodes determines whether itself is a publisher relay node. Each of the determined publisher relay nodes generates a multi-hop content announce (CA) message including content information of its own 1-hop neighbor nodes, and broadcasts the multi-hop CA message to the plurality of nodes through the selected relay nodes. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165599 | COMMUNICATION MODE SWITCHING METHOD AND DEVICE - A communication mode switching method and device. The method comprises: receiving a sending request; detecting whether the radio-frequency signal strength of a downlink channel meets a first threshold; when the radio-frequency signal strength is greater than or equal to the first threshold, determining that a relay station is in a working state, and keeping a relaying mode to finish the sending request; when the radio-frequency signal strength is less than the first threshold, determining that the relay station is in an abnormal state, and switching to an offline mode to finish the sending request, the offline mode specifically being to perform sending after regulating the sending frequency to be the receiving frequency of the downlink channel. It can be seen that, whether the relay station is in the abnormal state is determined by detecting whether the signal strength of the downlink channel meets the preset threshold, and sequentially, the working mode is switched between the relaying mode and the offline mode in a targeted manner, so that when the relay station is in the abnormal state, the receiving frequency of the downlink channel is used as the sending frequency for sending signals, so as to ensure that other mobile stations are capable of receiving the sent signals, and the rate of call loss is lowered. | 06-09-2016 |
20160173186 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS RELAY FUNCTION AND DATA AGGREGATOR | 06-16-2016 |
20160173187 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REMOVING INTERFERENCE BY ICS REPEATER USING STANDARDIZER | 06-16-2016 |
20160174108 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174130 | METHOD OF REQUESTING ACTIVATION OF A REPEATER FUNCTION AND USER EQUIPMENT | 06-16-2016 |
20160174270 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160182358 | ENHANCED PROTOCOL INDEPENDENT MULTICAST SOURCE REGISTRATION OVER A RELIABLE TRANSPORT | 06-23-2016 |
20160182388 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RELAY DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-23-2016 |
20160183161 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WLAN SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183271 | OPPORTUNISTIC DUAL-BAND RELAY | 06-23-2016 |
20160183307 | CALL COLLISION PROCESSING METHOD, TERMINAL AND TRANSFER PLATFORM | 06-23-2016 |
20160191140 | METHOD AND TRANSCEIVER FOR NETWORK DIVERSITY IN LONG DISTANCE COMMUNICATIONS - A method in a main node for communication with a destination node over long distances. Use of at least one communications resource is synchronized with an auxiliary node. A main signal and an auxiliary signal are generated from an information quantity. The main signal is transmitted to the destination node by the at least one synchronized communications resource. The auxiliary signal is transmitted to the auxiliary node by the at least one synchronized communications resource. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191313 | TYPE-C RETIMER STATE MACHINE AND A PROTOCOL FOR INBAND CONTROL AND CONFIGURATION - An apparatus for retimer configuration and control is described herein. The apparatus includes at least one retimer. The is to receive an inband low frequency periodic signal (LFPS), and to send an inband LFPS based pulse width modulation message (LBPM) in response to the inband LFPS. The retimer is configured by decoding the LBPM. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192208 | LEAKY REPEATER ACCESS NODE - A leaky repeater access node (LRAN) includes a first directional antenna and a second directional antenna to transmit and receive signals in at least one first frequency band, and a third antenna to transmit and receive signals in a second frequency band. The LRAN also includes first analog components to split a first signal received by the first directional antenna into a first portion and a second portion. The first analog components amplify the first portion and provide the amplified first portion to the second directional antenna. The first analog components also convert the second portion to the second frequency band and provide the converted second portion to the third antenna. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192439 | NETWORK-INITIATED DISCOVERY AND PATH SELECTION PROCEDURES FOR MULTI-HOP UNDERLAY NETWORKS - Described herein are processes related to discovering and establishing suitable multi-hop communication paths for (endpoint) user equipments (UEs). A network-initiated discovery and path selection processes may utilize periodically transmitted reference signals along with optional assistance information. A network node, such an eNodeB, and other relaying-capable nodes, such as relay UEs, may transmit periodic reference signals. Based on these transmitted reference signals and optional assistance information, the relay UEs and/or an endpoint node (e.g., the eNodeB or the endpoint UE) may make a selection decision for previous hop paths for communication. The endpoint UE or the eNodeB may make the selection decision for the end-to-end path in order to provide coverage extension for the end UE using multi-hop transmission paths. | 06-30-2016 |
20160197666 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160197667 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, RELAY STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160197669 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM THAT USES LOW LATENCY/LOW DATA BANDWIDTH AND HIGH LATENCY/HIGH DATA BANDWIDTH PATHWAYS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198389 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING BACKHAUL LINK, BASE STATION, RELAY NODE, AND SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160205643 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK REPEATER | 07-14-2016 |
20160205695 | RADIO BASE STATION, RELAY STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160255599 | SIGNAL AMPLIFYING DEVICE, METHOD FOR CONTROLING SIGNAL AMPLIFYING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING SIGNAL AMPLIFYING DEVICE | 09-01-2016 |
20160380790 | RELAYING APPARATUS - A communication network includes relaying apparatuses, each including redundant-route ports providing communication routes between the relaying apparatuses. The relaying apparatus determines whether a first frame received via a usual port is highly important. The first frame being highly important is transmitted via the respective redundant-route ports; the first frame being not highly important is transmitted via one redundant-route port. The relaying apparatus receives a second frame being highly important via the respective redundant-route ports; the second frame has a transmission destination corresponding to an apparatus connected with the relaying apparatus via the usual port. The relaying apparatus makes determination whether or not all the second frames received via the respective redundant-route ports accord with each other. With affirmative determination, one of the second frames is transferred to the transmission destination. With negative determination, all the second frames are cancelled. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381494 | RELAY APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - A relay apparatus that relays communication between an internal network and an external network is provided. The relay apparatus includes a short-range wireless communication unit configured to detect a terminal by establishing short-range wireless communication with the terminal, a first communication unit configured to establish connection with an information processing apparatus that is included in the internal network, a second communication unit configured to establish connection with the external network, and a control unit configured to prohibit communication between the information processing apparatus and the external network while the terminal is being detected by the short-range wireless communication. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381523 | PACKET PRIORITY FOR EVOLVED MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST (EMBMS) SERVICE RELAYS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication. A user equipment (UE) may receive configuration information for a multimedia broadcast service including a group communication identifier and a priority indicator. The UE may then convey the information in a monitoring request to a relay UE. In some cases the information may be conveyed using the Proximity-based Service (ProSe) signaling protocol. The relay UE may use the configuration information to relay broadcast to the receiving UE. If the relay UE receives multiple priority indicators associated with the same group communication identifier (e.g., from different receiving UEs) it may use the highest priority or the most recent priority. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381620 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system ( | 12-29-2016 |
20170237652 | MULTI-PATH DATA TRANSFER USING NETWORK CODING | 08-17-2017 |
20180026703 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027449 | COOPERATIVE, NETWORK CODED, DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND DATA STORAGE METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20180027474 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COMMUNICATION VIA A RELAY DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20190149219 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190149221 | METHOD OF EXTENDING RF SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150119 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONTROL OF CARRIER AGGREGATION FOR A WIRELESS RELAY | 05-16-2019 |
20220141321 | RELAY NODE AND METHOD FOR ENCAPSULATING A PACKET BASED ON TUNNELING PROTOCOL - A relay node and method for encapsulating a packet based on a tunneling protocol. The relay node includes a communication device, a storage device, and a processor. The communication device communicates with a receiving node and a transmitting node; the storage device stores multiple instructions; and the processor is coupled to the communication device and the storage device for loading and executing the multiple instructions stored in the storage device to: control the communication device to receive a packet transmitted by the transmitting node; generate a protocol header related to the packet based on the packet, and calculate a checksum as a checksum block in the multiple sections using multiple sections in the protocol header at least; generate an encapsulated packet including the protocol header and the packet; and transmit the encapsulated packet to the receiving node through the communication device for verifying the checksum block. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141874 | NETWORK ROUTING SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method, system, or computer program product to enhance the performance of multi-hop cellular networks or other wireless networks is provided. A wireless device (e.g., cellular telephone) is able to communicate with a base-station in a cell of the cellular network over a non-cellular interface via another wireless device in the cell through the use of multi-hopping. By enabling wireless devices to communicate with a base station in such a manner, the effective coverage area of the cellular network is expanded and the effective capacity of the cellular network is improved. Distributed routing, device management, adaptive scheduling, and distributed algorithms can be used to enhance the overall performance of multi-hop cellular networks. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141898 | METHOD FOR RELAYING UNSTRUCTURED TRAFFIC, AND RELAY UE - One disclosure of the present specification provides a method for operating in relay user equipment (UE). The method may comprise the steps of: receiving a communication request message directly from a first remote UE; performing a procedure for establishing an access and mobility management function (AMF) entity and a protocol data unit (PDU) session; and storing mapping information between an identifier of a PC5 link with the first remote UE and an identifier of the PDU session on the basis of the PDU session being established for an unstructured PDU session type for unstructured traffic. | 05-05-2022 |